This is a modern-English version of British Flags: Their Early History, and Their Development at Sea: With an Account of the Origin of the Flag as a National Device, originally written by Perrin, William Gordon.
It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling,
and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If
you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.
Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.
TRANSCRIBER'S NOTE
NOTE FROM THE TRANSCRIBER
The cover image was created by the transcriber
and is placed in the public domain.
The cover image was made by the transcriber and is available in the public domain.
Obvious typographical and punctuation errors have been corrected after careful comparison with other occurrences within the text and consultation of external sources.
Obvious typos and punctuation mistakes have been corrected after closely comparing them with other parts of the text and checking external sources.
More detail can be found at the end of the book.
More details can be found __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
CAMBRIDGE NAVAL AND MILITARY SERIES
Cambridge Naval and Military Series
GENERAL EDITORS
EDITORS
SIR JULIAN S. CORBETT, LL.M., F.S.A.
SIR JULIAN S. CORBETT, LL.M., F.S.A.
H. J. EDWARDS, C.B., C.B.E., M.A.
H. J. EDWARDS, C.B., C.B.E., M.A.
BRITISH FLAGS
CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS
Cambridge University Press
C. F. CLAY, Manager
C. F. CLAY, Manager
LONDON: FETTER LANE, E.C. 4
LONDON: Fetter Lane, EC4

NEW YORK: THE MACMILLAN CO.
BOMBAY }
CALCUTTA } MACMILLAN AND CO., LTD.
MADRAS }
TORONTO: THE MACMILLAN CO. OF
CANADA, LTD.
TOKYO: MARUZEN-KABUSHIKI-KAISHA
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
NEW YORK: THE MACMILLAN CO.
BOMBAY }
CALCUTTA } MACMILLAN AND CO., LTD.
MADRAS }
TORONTO: THE MACMILLAN CO. OF
CANADA, LLC.
TOKYO: MARUZEN-KABUSHIKI-KAISHA
All rights reserved
BRITISH FLAGS
UK Flags
THEIR EARLY HISTORY, AND THEIR DEVELOPMENT AT SEA; WITH AN ACCOUNT OF THE ORIGIN OF THE FLAG AS A NATIONAL DEVICE
THEIR EARLY HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT AT SEA, INCLUDING A ACCOUNT OF THE ORIGIN OF THE FLAG AS A NATIONAL SYMBOL
BY
BY
W. G. PERRIN
W. G. Perrin
ADMIRALTY LIBRARIAN
SECRETARY OF THE NAVY RECORDS SOCIETY
FELLOW OF THE ROYAL HISTORICAL SOCIETY
ADMIRALTY LIBRARIAN
SECRETARY OF THE NAVY RECORDS SOCIETY
FELLOW OF THE ROYAL HISTORICAL SOCIETY
ILLUSTRATED IN COLOUR
COLOR ILLUSTRATION
BY
BY
HERBERT S. VAUGHAN
Herbert S. Vaughan
CHEVALIER OF THE LEGION
OF HONOUR
Chevalier of the Legion of Honour

CAMBRIDGE
CAMBRIDGE
AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS
AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS
1922
1922
PREFACE
It might have been expected that the attempt to trace to their origin in the past the institutions and customs in common use upon the sea would from an early date occupy the attention of a seafaring people, but for some obscure reason the British nation has always been indifferent to the history of its activities upon that element on which its greatness was founded, and to which it has become more and more dependent for its daily bread and its very existence. To those who are alive to this fact it will hardly come as a surprise, therefore, to learn that the first sustained attempt at a detailed investigation into the history of the flag at sea was made under the patronage of the German Admiralty by a German Admiral. Vice-Admiral Siegel's Die Flagge, published in 1912, was the first book to deal with the development of the flag at sea in a scientific spirit, and although the earlier chapters contain some mistakes due to his employment of translations of early works instead of original texts, and the accounts of the British flags in the later chapters suffer because he had no access to original records, it is a worthy piece of work.
It might have been expected that trying to trace the origins of the institutions and customs commonly used at sea would have grabbed the attention of a seafaring nation early on. However, for some unknown reason, the British have always shown a lack of interest in the history of their seafaring activities, which fundamentally contributed to their greatness and on which they have increasingly relied for their livelihood and survival. Therefore, it probably won’t surprise those who recognize this fact to learn that the first serious attempt to thoroughly investigate the history of maritime flags was made under the sponsorship of the German Admiralty by a German Admiral. Vice-Admiral Siegel's Die Flagge, published in 1912, was the first book to approach the development of flags at sea with a scientific mindset. Even though the earlier chapters contain some errors due to his use of translations of earlier works rather than original texts, and the later chapters discussing British flags are lacking because he didn’t have access to original records, it remains a commendable piece of work.
The present book is an attempt to remove the reproach to the British nation which this implies. Its plan is somewhat different from that of the work referred to above. Instead of dealing with the flags of all maritime nations of the world—a task that (if it was to be more than a mere copying or compilation) would entail much work in foreign archives—it seemed more profitable to concentrate upon the history of British Naval Flags, for researches made so far back as 1908 had taught me how much that is inaccurate about their history had received acceptance. But first it seemed necessary to devote some time and space to the inquiry into the origin of the flag and how it became the honoured symbol of nationality that it now is, and for this a general view had to be taken in order that a firm foundation might be laid for the early history of our own flags.
The current book aims to address the criticism directed at the British nation that this situation suggests. Its approach is somewhat different from the previously mentioned work. Instead of covering the flags of all maritime nations—an undertaking that would require a lot of research in foreign archives if it were to be more than just a copy or a compilation—it seemed more beneficial to focus on the history of British Naval Flags. Research conducted as far back as 1908 had shown me how much inaccurate information about their history has been accepted. However, I thought it was essential to spend some time exploring the origins of the flag and how it became the respected symbol of nationality that it is today. For this, a broader perspective was necessary to establish a solid foundation for the early history of our own flags.
In the first chapter the ground worked over by Admiral Siegel has been solidified by examination of the original authorities, with the result that a few errors have been detected and some new facts brought to light, and the investigation has also been extended further; the most important of the additions being those relating to the standards in the Phoenician and Greek ships of war, forms of the[vi] early "standard" and "gonfanon," and the Genoese Standard of St George and the Dragon. For the deduction that the use of a national flag arose in the Italian city states I take the entire responsibility, well aware that further investigations may possibly bring to light fresh facts which will overthrow it.
In the first chapter, the groundwork laid by Admiral Siegel has been solidified by examining the original sources, revealing a few errors and uncovering new facts. The investigation has also been expanded; the most significant additions relate to the standards used in the Phoenician and Greek warships, the forms of the early "standard" and "gonfanon," and the Genoese Standard of St. George and the Dragon. I take full responsibility for the conclusion that the use of a national flag originated in the Italian city-states, fully aware that further research might uncover new information that could contradict it.
The chapter on early English, Scottish and Irish flags serves as an introduction to the history of our national flag, which was invented for the use of the mercantile marine, though it was very soon appropriated by the Royal Navy for its sole use. It is very improbable that further research will enable the gap left by the unfortunate destruction of the early 17th century records to be filled, so that the story of the Union Flag may be taken as being substantially complete, but there is still room for further work upon the history of its component crosses. It will be seen that I have been unable to find any solid ground for the common belief that the cross of St George was introduced as the national emblem of England by Richard I, and am of opinion that it did not begin to attain that position until the first years of the reign of Edward I.
The chapter on early English, Scottish, and Irish flags introduces the history of our national flag, which was created for the mercantile marine, though it was quickly taken over by the Royal Navy for its exclusive use. It's very unlikely that more research will fill the gap left by the unfortunate destruction of early 17th-century records, so the story of the Union Flag can be considered mostly complete, but there’s still room for further exploration regarding the history of its component crosses. I've found no strong evidence to support the common belief that Richard I introduced the cross of St. George as England’s national emblem, and I believe it didn’t really start to gain that status until the early years of Edward I’s reign.
The chapters on the flags used to indicate distinctions of command and service at sea give an account of the use (now obsolete) of the Royal Standard at sea by naval commanders-in-chief; of the history of the Admiralty anchor-flag; and of the steps by which the present Admirals' flags were evolved. The history of the ensigns from their first adoption at sea about the end of Elizabeth's reign has been set out in some detail, but further research may bring to light more details of interest in the years between 1574 and 1653. The causes which led to the adoption of a red ensign as the most important British ensign and the steps which led to its appropriation to the Mercantile Marine, and not the Royal Navy, are stated as far as the records availed, though here again further research is needed in the late Elizabethan and early Stuart periods among records that may still survive in private ownership. These chapters may, perhaps, appeal rather to the seaman and the student of naval history than to the general reader, but it is hoped that they may also prove of service to artists who wish to avoid the anachronisms into which some of their brethren have been betrayed.
The chapters on the flags used to show differences in command and service at sea describe the now-obsolete Royal Standard at sea used by naval commanders-in-chief, the history of the Admiralty anchor-flag, and how the current Admirals' flags were developed. The history of the ensigns, from their first use at sea around the end of Elizabeth's reign, is detailed, but more research might uncover additional interesting details from 1574 to 1653. The reasons for adopting a red ensign as the most significant British ensign, and how it became associated with the Mercantile Marine instead of the Royal Navy, are explained as far as the available records allow, though further research is required in the late Elizabethan and early Stuart periods among private records that may still exist. These chapters may appeal more to sailors and students of naval history than to general readers, but it's hoped they will also help artists avoid the anachronisms into which some of their peers have fallen.
In order that the development of flag signals may be properly appreciated it has been necessary, when dealing with the earlier years, to take into account what had happened outside the narrow circuit of British waters. The earlier matter, though here examined solely from the point of view of the flags used, offers considerable interest[vii] to the student of naval tactics, with which indeed the art of signalling is inseparably connected.
To properly understand the development of flag signals, it's important to consider what was happening beyond the limited scope of British waters during the earlier years. This earlier information, while focused solely on the flags used, is still quite interesting[vii] for anyone studying naval tactics, with which the art of signaling is closely related.
The last chapter, on Ceremonial and other usages, is, from the author's point of view, the least satisfactory. From the nature of the subject, the official records contain very little information about it. It is only by the slow and laborious process of examining contemporary journals, diaries, accounts of voyages, and similar material that facts can be found for any exhaustive treatment of these matters. Something of this has been done, but more remains to do.
The final chapter, about Ceremonial and other uses, is, in the author's opinion, the least satisfying. Due to the nature of the topic, official records provide very limited information. Only through the slow and painstaking process of examining contemporary journals, diaries, travel accounts, and similar resources can facts be uncovered for a thorough exploration of these subjects. Some progress has been made, but there is still more to be done.
In concluding the work which has occupied a large portion of the leisure hours of many years, it is my pleasant duty to express my gratitude to the numerous friends whose encouragement and assistance have enabled me to persevere in what has proved a somewhat arduous task; especially to Sir Julian Corbett, who has read the proofs and given me the benefit of his criticisms; to the officials of the Pepysian Library, Public Record Office, British Museum and London Library for the facilities afforded me; and not least to my friend Mr Vaughan who has spared no pains in the preparation of the coloured plates.
In wrapping up this work that has taken up a lot of my free time over the years, I am happy to express my gratitude to the many friends whose support and help have allowed me to keep going with what has turned out to be a pretty challenging task; especially to Sir Julian Corbett, who has reviewed the proofs and shared his valuable feedback; to the staff at the Pepysian Library, Public Record Office, British Museum, and London Library for the resources they provided; and especially to my friend Mr. Vaughan, who has put in great effort in preparing the colored plates.
W. G. PERRIN.
W.G. Perrin.
January 1922
January 1922
CONTENTS
CHAPTER | PAGE | |
I. | THE ORIGIN OF THE FLAG AND ITS DEVELOPMENT UP TO THE END OF THE THIRTEENTH CENTURY | 1 |
II. | EARLY ENGLISH, SCOTTISH AND IRISH FLAGS | |
England | 30 | |
Scotland | 46 | |
(iii) Ireland | 50 | |
III. | THE UNION FLAGS AND JACKS | 54 |
IV. | FLAGS OF COMMAND | |
The Royal Standard | 74 | |
The Admiralty Flag | 81 | |
(iii) Admirals' Flags | 85 | |
(iv) Command Pendants | 102 | |
V. | COLOURS OF DISTINCTION | |
Public Warships | 110 | |
Private Military Vessels | 124 | |
(iii) Public Ships for Non-Military Uses | 126 | |
(iv) Merchant Ships | 129 | |
Pleasure Boat | 136 | |
VI. | FLAG SIGNALS | |
Early Signals | 140 | |
The First English Codes | 161 | |
(iii) The Invention of Number Signals | 166 | |
(iv) The Vocabulary Signal Book | 175 | |
(v) Business Codes | 183 | |
VII. | CEREMONIAL AND OTHER USAGES | 189 |
INDEX | 205 |
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
A ship of Henry VIII | FRONTISPIECE |
(From a MS. plan of Calais in the British Museum, c. 1545) | |
PLATE | PAGE | |
I. | Old Flags | FACING 2 |
1. Vexillum | 8. St George | |
2. Harold's Dragon | 9. St Andrew | |
3. William's Gonfanon | 10. Irish Saltire | |
4. Knights Templars' Bauçan | 11. Baucan | |
5. Knights Hospitallers | 12. Holy Trinity | |
6. St Edward | 13. Cinque Ports | |
7. St Edmund | 14. Yarmouth | |
II. | Coins | FACING 6 |
1. Sidon, c. 370 B.C. | 6. Aradus, c. 350 B.C. | |
2. " c. 380 B.C. | 7 and 8. Histiaea, c. 300 B.C. | |
3. " c. 360 B.C. | 9. Rome (Hadrian) | |
4. " c. 90 B.C. | 10. Northumbria, c. 925 A.D. | |
5. " c. 400 B.C. | 11. Northumbria, c. 940 A.D. | |
III. | Seals | FACING 46 |
1. Lyme Regis, 13th cent. | 5. Faversham, 13th cent. | |
2. Yarmouth, 15th cent. | 6. Hastings, 13th cent. | |
3. Dover, 1305 | 7. Tenterden, 15th cent. | |
4. Sandwich, 13th cent. | 8. King's Lynn, late 16th cent. | |
IV. | Union Jack | FACING 54 |
1. Union of 1606 and 1707 | 2. Union of 1801 | |
V. | Union Jack and Flags | FACING 58 |
1. Quartered Union | 5. Budgee Jack | |
2. Union Pendant | 6. Privateer Jack | |
3. Commonwealth Jack | 7. Public Office Jack | |
4. Protectorate Jack | 8. Admiralty Pattern (modern) | |
VI. | Royal Flags | FACING 74 |
1. Royal Standard, early | 5. Commonwealth Standard | |
2. " " 1340 | 6. Cromwell's Standard | |
3. " " 1411 | 7. Royal Standard, 1689 | |
4. " " Stuart | 8. " " 1707 | |
VII. | Royal Flags | FACING 76 |
1. Royal Standard, 1714 | 3. Royal Standard, 1837 | |
2. " " 1801 | ||
[xii] | ||
VIII. | Admirals' Flags | FACING 84 |
1. Admiralty Flag | 6. Budgee Pendant | |
2. Distinction Pendant | 7. Rear Admiral of White, 1824 | |
3. Commonwealth Admiral | 8. Vice Admiral, 1889 | |
4. Rear Admiral of Blue, 1702 | 9. Rear Admiral, 1889 | |
5. Rear Admiral of White, 1702 | 10. Broad Pendant (modern) | |
IX. | Early Ensigns, etc. | FACING 92 |
1. Levant Co., 1581 | 9. Jacobean Ensign, 1618 | |
2. Streamer of Royal Arms | 10. Red Ensign, early 17th cent. | |
3, 4, and 5. Elizabethan Ensigns | 11. White Ensign, early 17th cent. | |
6. Jacobean Ensign | 12. Blue Ensign, early 17th cent. | |
7. Green and White Pendant | ||
8. Jacobean Ensign, 1615 | ||
X. | Ensigns, etc. | FACING 98 |
1. Scots Ensign, 1686 | 7. Red Ensign, 1707 | |
2. White Pendant | 8. White Ensign, 1707 | |
3. Irish Ensign, 1686 | 9. Blue Ensign, 1707 | |
4. Scottish East India Co. | 10. White (St George) Ensign, 1707 | |
5. Guinea Jack | 11. East India Co., 1822 | |
6. White Ensign, 1702 | ||
XI. | Modern Flags, etc. | FACING 118 |
1. White Ensign, 1801 | 7. War Office Badge | |
2. Blue Ensign, 1801 | 8. Military Auth. Afloat | |
3. Red Ensign, 1801 | 9. Post Office | |
4. Admiralty, Blue Ensign | 10. Royal Mail | |
5. Naval Ordnance, Blue Ensign | 11. North Sea Fishery | |
6. Blue Pendant | ||
XII. | Modern Flags, etc. | FACING 134 |
1. New Zealand Ensign, 1831 | 6. Red Pendant | |
2. New Zealand Blue Ensign | 7. Canada Badge | |
3. Australian Blue Ensign | 8. South Africa Badge | |
4. Trinity House | 9. Indian Marine Badge | |
5. Cinque Ports | 10. Lloyds Badge | |
XIII. | Numerary signal flags (1790-1810) | FACING 170 |
Chapter I
The Origin of the Flag and its Development up to the end of the Thirteenth Century
A flag may be defined as a piece of pliable material, attached at one end so as to move freely in the wind, serving as a sign or a decoration. This word is now common to the nations of north-western Europe[1], but it does not appear to have come into use in this particular meaning until the sixteenth century, and the etymology of it is obscure. Perhaps the most satisfactory of the derivations hitherto put forward is that of Professor Skeat, who derives it from the Middle English "flakken" to fly, one of a number of similar onomatopoeic words suggestive of the sound of something flapping in the wind. Its first appearance with a meaning coming within the above definition is as a specific term denoting a rectangular piece of material attached by one vertical edge, flown at the masthead of a ship, as a symbol of nationality or leadership. It was not until towards the end of the seventeenth century that the word began to take on the more general meaning it now has, and indeed the restricted meaning still partially survives in the German language, in which the word "Flagge" is properly applicable only to flags flown at sea, those on land being called "Fahnen." Before the seventeenth century there was no generic term in the English language that covered the various forms—banners, ensigns, streamers, pendants, etc.—that are now generally included under the term "flag."
A flag can be defined as a piece of flexible material, attached at one end so it can move freely in the wind, and used as a sign or decoration. This term is commonly used in the countries of north-western Europe[1], but it didn't seem to take on this specific meaning until the sixteenth century, and its origins are unclear. One of the most convincing origins suggested comes from Professor Skeat, who links it to the Middle English "flakken," meaning to fly, which is part of a group of similar onomatopoeic words that evoke the sound of something flapping in the wind. Its first use, fitting this definition, was as a specific term indicating a rectangular piece of material attached by one vertical edge, flown at the masthead of a ship as a symbol of nationality or leadership. It wasn't until the late seventeenth century that the word began to acquire the broader meaning it has today, and the more limited definition still partially exists in German, where "Flagge" specifically refers to flags flown at sea, while flags on land are known as "Fahnen." Prior to the seventeenth century, there was no general term in English that encompassed the various forms—banners, ensigns, streamers, pendants, etc.—that are now typically included under the term "flag."
A somewhat similar change in meaning has, during the course of centuries, affected nearly every flag name, and constitutes one of the great difficulties in the way of a clear exposition of the early history of flags. Moreover, the early writers are neither consistent in their use of terms nor accurate in their application. This renders the correct interpretation of many passages a matter requiring caution and discrimination and, it may be added, experience. As a guide to the reader we shall set down the principal terms to be met with, and indicate the extent to which their meaning has changed, but before doing so it is desirable to explain one or two technical or semi-technical terms employed in connection with the parts of a flag. The part next the staff or line to which it is attached is called the "hoist"[2] by seamen, or heraldically the head or "chief"; the remainder of the flag is the "fly." The fly may be forked or swallow-tailed. If the end of the fly is divided by a simple incision which does not remove material, it is said to be "slit." The fly may be produced into a number of pointed or round-ended tails, to which the Crusaders gave the name of tongues (linguae, lingulae). The British and many other ensigns have in the upper part next the staff a rectangular compartment containing a national device. In modern flags this usually occupies one-fourth of the flag, but in early flags it was much smaller. This is called a "canton." The other terms that need explanation at this stage are as follows:
A similar shift in meaning has impacted almost every flag name over the centuries, making it one of the major challenges in clearly explaining the early history of flags. Additionally, early writers were neither consistent in their terminology nor accurate in their usage. This makes the correct understanding of many passages require caution, discernment, and, it can be added, experience. To help the reader, we will outline the main terms encountered and indicate how their meanings have changed. But first, it's helpful to clarify one or two technical or semi-technical terms related to the parts of a flag. The part next to the staff or line to which it is attached is referred to as the "hoist" by sailors, or heraldically the head or "chief"; the rest of the flag is called the "fly." The fly can be forked or swallow-tailed. If the end of the fly is split by a simple cut that doesn’t remove any material, it is described as "slit." The fly can also extend into multiple pointed or rounded tails, which the Crusaders called tongues (linguae, lingulae). The British and many other flags have a rectangular area in the upper part next to the staff that features a national symbol. In modern flags, this usually takes up a quarter of the flag, but it was much smaller in early flags. This area is called a "canton." The other terms that need clarification at this point are as follows:
Σημεῖον (Semeion). This word appears to have been first used in the abstract meaning of "sign" or "signal"; to have been then applied to the object by which the signal was made, or which signalised the presence of the commanding officer. In the early period of Greece this was not a flag, but a staff-like object.
Σημεῖον (Semeion). This word seems to have originally meant "sign" or "signal" in an abstract sense; it was later used to refer to the object that made the signal or indicated the presence of the commanding officer. In the early period of Greece, this object was not a flag, but something more like a staff.
Insigne, pl. Insignia. The Latin equivalent of the above, denoting a sign, signal, or staff of office.
Insigne, pl. Insignia. The Latin term for the mentioned above, referring to a sign, signal, or official staff.
Signum. A token or sign, especially the distinctive sign of a division of the Roman army. Also used to denote "signal" in the abstract.
Signum. A token or sign, especially the unique symbol of a branch of the Roman army. It’s also used to refer to "signal" in a broader sense.
Vexillum. A square flag hung from a transverse bar at the head of a staff; the principal form of flag in use in the classical period. In late writers this word is used to cover any form of flag, and from the eighth century onwards will be found applied as well to objects that were not flags, for which the word insigne should have been used.
Vexillum. A square flag that hung from a horizontal bar at the top of a staff; it was the main type of flag used in classical times. In later writings, this term is used to refer to any kind of flag, and from the eighth century onward, it has been applied to things that weren't actually flags, for which the word insigne should have been used.
Banner (late Latin bandum, bannum). A rectangular flag attached laterally to its staff. Originally of much greater depth than length, a "band" of coloured material attached to a lance by one of its longer sides, it gradually became square. The banner was primarily the personal flag of an emperor, king, lord or knight, and served to mark his presence in the army or fleet, and as a rallying point for his retainers. On the introduction of heraldic devices these were inserted upon it. It was also employed by religious or civic bodies for a similar purpose. In modern language this term is usually applied to flags hung from transverse bars, displayed in religious or political processions, but we shall not employ it in this meaning.
Banner (late Latin bandum, bannum). A rectangular flag attached to a pole at the side. Originally much deeper than it was long, it was a "band" of colored fabric attached to a lance by one of its longer edges, but it gradually became square. The banner was mainly the personal flag of an emperor, king, lord, or knight, representing their presence in the army or fleet and serving as a rallying point for their followers. When heraldic designs were introduced, these were added to the banner. It was also used by religious or civic groups for similar reasons. In modern language, we usually refer to this term for flags hung from crossbars, displayed in religious or political parades, but we will not use it in this way.
Gonfanon, Gonfalon. This word appears in the Anglo-Saxon Chronicle as guðfana, and in the Chanson de Roland as gunfanun. It is apparently derived from the Norse gunn-fane (war-flag) and in its earlier forms was probably of the shape shown on the Northumbrian coins about 925 a.d. [2] Among the Normans two centuries later it had a square body and ended in three or more long tails, a form handed[3] on to the Italian Communes. Some writers apply this name (inaccurately) to flags of vexillum form, with or without tails at the base.
Gonfanon, Gonfalon. This word appears in the Anglo-Saxon Chronicle as guðfana, and in the Chanson de Roland as gunfanun. It seems to come from the Norse gunn-fane (war-flag) and in its earlier forms was likely shaped like the images on Northumbrian coins from around 925 CE [2] Among the Normans two centuries later, it had a square body and ended in three or more long tails, a design passed[3] on to the Italian Communes. Some writers mistakenly use this name to refer to flags with a vexillum shape, with or without tails at the bottom.
Standard. This word presents great difficulty, and it has undergone a radical change in meaning which (so far as I am aware) has never been explained. As no historical survey of the development of the flag can fairly ignore the need for such an explanation it will be necessary to treat it at some length. At different periods in history since the eleventh century the word under one or more of its many forms (e.g. estandart, standart, standardum, standarz, standarum, standalem), has had the following meanings:
Standard. This word is quite tricky and has experienced a significant change in meaning that, as far as I know, has never been clarified. Since any historical overview of the flag’s development can’t overlook the need for such an explanation, it will be important to discuss it in detail. Throughout different periods since the eleventh century, the word in one or more of its various forms (e.g. estandart, standart, standardum, standarz, standarum, standalem) has had the following meanings:
(i) A tall pole or staff supporting some object that was not a flag.
(i) A tall pole or staff holding something that wasn't a flag.
(ii) A tall pole or mast set in a four-wheeled chariot, supporting various objects, including one or more flags.
(ii) A tall pole or mast mounted on a four-wheeled cart, holding various items, including one or more flags.
(iii) An elongated tapering flag containing the arms or badges of a king or noble.
(iii) A long, narrow flag featuring the coat of arms or emblems of a king or noble.
(iv) A rectangular banner containing the royal arms.
(iv) A rectangular banner featuring the royal coat of arms.
One of the earliest appearances of the word is in the Chanson de Roland. The oldest existing ms. of this poem was, it is true, not written before the latter part of the twelfth century, but it is well known that the poem itself is much older. In this long poem of some 4000 lines the word occurs thrice only, and is confined to the episode which relates to Baligant, Emir of Babylon, which M. Gaston Paris considers to be the work of another author. The passages in question are:
One of the earliest appearances of the word is in the Chanson de Roland. The oldest existing Ms. of this poem was, indeed, not written until the late twelfth century, but it is well known that the poem itself is much older. In this lengthy poem of around 4000 lines, the word appears only three times and is limited to the part that tells the story of Baligant, the Emir of Babylon, which M. Gaston Paris believes was written by a different author. The relevant passages are:
He has brought his dragon before him. And the standard of Tervagan and Mahomet.
And the dragon, the flag, and the standard,]
In speaking of the flags the poet (or perhaps poets) uses either the words "enseigne" or "gunfanun" or, in one instance, "orie flambe." What then was the "Standard of Mahomet" which the author of this section has in mind? The story he is telling is, of course, purely[4] mythical, so that he, or the original inventor of the myth, must have met the word and the object which it connoted in some other connection. The most likely source of this knowledge is the First Crusade. During the struggle for the possession of Jerusalem in the summer of 1099, Robert of Normandy, in personal combat, seized from one of the Saracen Emirs an object which is described as a very long pole covered over with silver, having at its top a golden ball or apple (pomum aureum). This was called a standard, a word which was evidently at that time of recent introduction, for the contemporary historians, some of whom had been eye-witnesses of the events they relate, have various ways of spelling it, and usually refer to it in such a way as to indicate that the word was not in familiar use[3]. According to Albert of Aix[4] this standard was borne in front of the army of the "King of Babylon" and was the centre around which the flower of the army gathered and to which stragglers returned. A few years later Fulcher of Chartres notes the capture of three more "standards," but does not describe them.
In discussing the flags, the poet (or maybe poets) uses the words "enseigne," "gunfanun," or, in one instance, "orie flambe." So, what was the "Standard of Mahomet" that the author of this section is referring to? The story being told is, of course, purely mythical, so he, or the original creator of the myth, must have encountered the word and the object it represented in another context. The most likely source of this knowledge is the First Crusade. During the fight for control of Jerusalem in the summer of 1099, Robert of Normandy, in a personal battle, took from one of the Saracen Emirs an object described as a very long pole covered in silver, topped with a golden ball or apple (pomum aureum). This was called a standard, a term which was evidently new at the time, as contemporary historians, some of whom witnessed the events, spell it in various ways and usually indicate that the word wasn’t commonly used[3]. According to Albert of Aix[4], this standard was carried at the front of the army of the "King of Babylon" and was the focal point around which the best part of the army gathered and to which stragglers returned. A few years later, Fulcher of Chartres notes the capture of three more "standards," but he doesn’t describe them.
The second form of standard (which was apparently imitated from the Italian carrocio presently to be described) makes its appearance nearly a hundred years later. In an engagement with the Saracens near Acre at the end of August, 1191, the banner of Richard I was borne aloft on a machine of which the unknown but contemporary author of the Itinerarium Regis Ricardi gives the following description:
The second type of standard (which seems to have been inspired by the Italian carrocio that will be described soon) shows up nearly a hundred years later. In a battle with the Saracens near Acre at the end of August 1191, Richard I's banner was raised on a device that the unknown contemporary author of the Itinerarium Regis Ricardi describes as follows:
The Normans formed a rampart around the Standard, which in order that it may be better known we have not thought it out of the way to describe. It consists, then, of a very long beam, like the mast of a ship, placed upon four wheels in a frame very solidly fastened together and bound with iron, so that it seems incapable of yielding either to sword, axe or fire. Affixed to the very top of this, the royal flag, commonly called banner, flies in the wind. For the protection of this machine, especially in battle in the open, a selected band of soldiers is appointed, so that it may not be broken down by onrush of the enemy or overthrown by any injury, for if by any chance it should be overthrown the army would be dispersed and confounded, because it would not know in what part of the field to rally. Moreover, the hearts of the soldiers would be filled with the fear that their leader had been overcome if they did not see his banner borne aloft. Nor would they in the rear readily come forward to resist the enemy if, from the withdrawal of his banner, they feared that some ill fortune had happened to their king. But while that standard remained erect the people had a sure place of refuge. Hither the sick were brought to be cured, hither were brought the wounded, and even famous or illustrious [5]men tired out in the fighting. Whence, because it stands fast as a sign to all the people, it is called the "Standard."[5] It is placed upon four wheels, not without reason, in order that, according to the state of the battle, it may be either brought forward as the enemy yield or drawn back as they press on.
The Normans built a protective barrier around the Standard, which we think is worth describing for clarity. It consists of a long beam, similar to a ship's mast, mounted on a sturdy frame with four wheels, securely fastened and reinforced with iron, making it resistant to swords, axes, and fire. At the very top, the royal flag, often called a banner, flies in the wind. To safeguard this equipment, especially during open battles, a chosen group of soldiers is assigned to protect it, ensuring it won't be broken down by an enemy charge or knocked over. If it were to fall, the army would break apart and become confused, unsure where to regroup. Additionally, the soldiers would feel panic if they didn't see their leader's banner raised, fearing he had been defeated. Those in the back wouldn't be eager to face the enemy if they thought some disaster had befallen their king due to the absence of his banner. However, as long as the standard remained upright, the troops had a reliable place of refuge. The sick and wounded were brought here to receive care, as were even renowned fighters who were exhausted from battle. Because it stands firm as a symbol for everyone, it is called the "Standard." It is mounted on four wheels for a reason: to be advanced when the enemy retreats or pulled back when they press forward.
It is to a machine similar to this, and bearing aloft a pyx and three banners, that the battle near Northallerton in 1138 owes its name of Battle of the Standard.
It is to a machine like this, carrying a pyx and three banners, that the battle near Northallerton in 1138 gets its name, the Battle of the Standard.
The use of this form of standard was not confined to the English; indeed it seems to have been in general use in the armies of western Europe in the twelfth and thirteenth centuries, and the transference of the name from the support to the royal, ducal, or state flag that it bore was a natural consequence. This transference evidently began to take place about the end of the thirteenth century, for in 1282 the State gonfanon of Genoa, hitherto called the "vexillum" of St George, in the Annales Genoenses, becomes the "Stantarium B. Georgii." In England the change seems to have taken place a little later. I have not met with it before the year 1323, when the Exchequer Accounts contain references to Standards (Estandartz, estandardes) bearing the royal arms and made of worsted of Aylesham.
The use of this type of standard wasn't just limited to the English; it actually seems to have been commonly used in the armies of western Europe during the twelfth and thirteenth centuries. The shift in name from the support to the royal, ducal, or state flag it represented was a natural development. This change apparently started happening around the end of the thirteenth century, because in 1282, the State gonfanon of Genoa, which had previously been known as the "vexillum" of St George, in the Annales Genoenses, became the "Stantarium B. Georgii." In England, the change appears to have occurred a little later. I haven't come across it before 1323, when the Exchequer Accounts include references to Standards (Estandartz, estandardes) that displayed the royal arms and were made of worsted from Aylesham.
But the name was not given in England to every form of flag bearing the royal arms or cross of St George. It was confined to a particular type intermediate in length between the streamer and the banner[6]. This type was evidently the direct descendant of the "gonfanon," which is the only form of flag represented on such of the great seals of our early kings as show flags at all[7]. From the fact that it is this form which is depicted at the masthead of the ships in early seals, as for instance those of Hastings and Lyme Regis (thirteenth century) and of Dover (1305) reproduced in Plate III, we may infer that it was the type most convenient for use at the head of the "standard," and therefore the type to which the name gradually became applied. During the fourteenth century the tails were reduced in number to two and the flag made to taper gradually throughout its length. Finally, the heralds established a form in which the tails were short, blunt and rounded off at the end, which they decided should contain the cross of St George in chief with the motto and badges of the owner, but not his arms, in the fly. This change seems to have taken place about the end of the fifteenth century. By the restriction of the royal arms to flags of banner form the name [6]"standard," when qualified by the adjective "royal" (but only in this connection), became transferred to the royal banner of arms, not only in popular speech which makes no account of such technical niceties, but also in official usage from Tudor times to this day.
But the name wasn’t used in England for every kind of flag that displayed the royal arms or the cross of St George. It was specifically applied to a certain type that was in between the length of a streamer and a banner[6]. This type was clearly a direct descendant of the "gonfanon," which is the only flag type shown on the great seals of our early kings that depicts flags at all[7]. Since this type is illustrated at the masthead of ships in early seals, such as those of Hastings and Lyme Regis (from the thirteenth century) and Dover (1305) reproduced in Plate III, we can infer that it was the most practical form to use at the head of the "standard," and thus became the name for that style. In the fourteenth century, the tails were reduced to two, and the flag was designed to taper gradually along its length. Eventually, heralds established a version in which the tails were short, blunt, and rounded at the ends, which they decided should feature the cross of St George at the top, along with the motto and badges of the owner, but not the owner's arms, on the fly. This change seems to have occurred around the end of the fifteenth century. By limiting the royal arms to flags of banner form, the name [6]"standard," when modified by the adjective "royal" (but only in this context), was shifted to the royal banner of arms, both in casual conversation, which doesn’t consider such technical details, and in official use from Tudor times to the present day.
Streamer. A long and relatively narrow flag flown at sea from the masthead, top or yardarm, often reaching down to the water. The earlier name of the modern "pendant." The term is also applied to any ribbon-like flag or decoration.
Streamer. A long and fairly narrow flag displayed at sea from the masthead, top, or yardarm, often hanging down to the water. The older name for what we now call a "pendant." The term is also used for any ribbon-like flag or decoration.
Pennon. Originally a small pointed flag worn at the lance-head by knights; but the word was used at sea in the fourteenth and fifteenth centuries to denote a short streamer.
Pennon. Originally a small pointed flag worn at the tip of a lance by knights; however, in the fourteenth and fifteenth centuries, the term was also used at sea to refer to a short streamer.
Pennoncel. A small pennon.
Pennoncel. A small flag.
Pennant (in modern official language written "pendant," but pronounced "pennant"). A synonym for "streamer," a name which it has gradually replaced.
Pennant (now officially written as "pendant," but pronounced "pennant"). It's a synonym for "streamer," a term that it has slowly taken the place of.
Geton, gytton, guidon. A small swallow-tailed flag.
Geton, gytton, guidon. A small swallow-tailed flag.
Ensign (corruptly written "ancient" during the sixteenth to eighteenth centuries). This word was borrowed from the land service in the sixteenth century to denote the striped flag then introduced on the poop of ships. In explaining the meaning of this word in the Army, Barret[8] remarks: "We Englishmen do call them (Ensigns) of late Colours, by reason of the variety of colours they be made of, whereby they be the better noted and known to the companie."
Ensign (incorrectly referred to as "ancient" from the sixteenth to eighteenth centuries). This term was adopted from the land service in the sixteenth century to describe the striped flag that was then placed on the stern of ships. In discussing the meaning of this term in the Army, Barret[8] notes: "We Englishmen recently call them (Ensigns) Colours, because of the variety of colors they are made of, which makes them easier to recognize and identify by the company."
Colours. Originally applied to an ensign; afterwards extended to mean the flags commonly flown by a ship. At the end of the seventeenth century a "suit of colours" included ensign, jack and pendant.
Colors. Initially used for a flag; later it came to refer to the banners typically flown by a ship. By the end of the seventeenth century, a "set of colors" included the ensign, jack, and pendant.
Jack. A small flag flown on the bowsprit.
Jack. A small flag displayed on the bowsprit.
Upon the water, as upon the land, the Standard (taking the word in its earliest meaning) seems to have preceded the Flag by many centuries. The earliest knowledge we have of its existence is derived from the pottery of the pre-dynastic Egyptians, to whom, on the most moderate estimate of Egyptologists, a date not later than 4000 b.c. has been assigned. Among the primitive decorations of the earthenware vases and boxes of that period the representation of a boat[9] frequently appears. In these boats, which seem to have been in use only on the Nile, the two cabins amidships are a prominent feature. At the end of the aftermost cabin rises a tall pole with an emblem at the top, which is believed to represent the district or town to which the owner of the boat belonged. There are at least eighteen different [7]forms of this emblem[10], but these standards all agree in having in their upper part two pendent objects which appear to be long ribbons or streamers attached to the pole. These standards were developed into the nome-standards of the Egyptian armies, but they never again appear in Egypt in connection with boats, which from the time of the First Dynasty onwards are invariably represented without standard or flag of any kind, although in rare instances the top of the steering oar is decorated with two long ribbons.
Upon the water, just like on land, the Standard (in its original meaning) seems to have existed long before the Flag, by many centuries. The earliest evidence we have of its presence comes from the pottery of the pre-dynastic Egyptians, who, according to the most conservative estimates from Egyptologists, date back to no later than 4000 B.C.. Among the simple decorations on the earthenware vases and boxes from that era, there often appears a depiction of a boat[9]. In these boats, which appear to have only been used on the Nile, the two cabins in the center are a notable feature. At the back of the last cabin, there's a tall pole with a symbol at the top, believed to represent the region or town to which the boat's owner belonged. There are at least eighteen different[7]forms of this symbol[10], but these standards all share two dangling objects at their top, resembling long ribbons or streamers attached to the pole. These standards evolved into the nome-standards of the Egyptian armies, but they never reappear in Egypt linked to boats, which from the time of the First Dynasty onward are always shown without any standards or flags, although in rare cases, the top of the steering oar is adorned with two long ribbons.
Standards appear to have been in use at a later date among all the Semitic nations, but evidence of their use upon the sea before the fifth century b.c. is not forthcoming. From about the end of that century onwards Sidon and Aradus (Arvad), the two great seaports of Phoenicia, referred to by the prophet Ezekiel in his lamentation for Tyre[11] as supplying the mariners for that city, placed upon their coinage[12] a representation of a war galley. At the stern of this galley, supported against a curved ornament similar to that to which the Greeks gave the name "Aphlaston," is placed a tall staff having at its top a globe within the arms of a crescent, representing the sun and moon. In the earlier examples this is too indistinct for successful photographic representation but it is clearly visible in the coins of the fourth century shown in Plate II[13].
Standards seem to have been used later by all the Semitic nations, but there's no evidence of their use at sea before the fifth century B.C.. From around the end of that century onward, Sidon and Aradus (Arvad), the two major seaports of Phoenicia mentioned by the prophet Ezekiel in his lament for Tyre[11], used a depiction of a war galley on their coinage[12]. At the back of this galley, supported by a curved ornament similar to what the Greeks called "Aphlaston," is a tall mast topped with a globe encircled by a crescent, symbolizing the sun and moon. In earlier examples, this detail is too vague for successful photographic representation, but it's clearly visible in the coins from the fourth century shown in Plate II[13].
After the submission of those cities to Alexander the Great in 333 b.c. the globe and crescent seems to have been exchanged for a cruciform standard similar to that shown in the left hand of the goddess Astarte in the coin of 87 b.c. depicted in Plate II, fig. 4. This cruciform standard was probably adopted by Alexander from the Athenians, the most prominent naval power of Greece, among whom it seems to have been an object of great significance[14]. On two great amphorae awarded to the victors in the Panathenaic games of 336-5 b.c., now in the British Museum, it is represented in a manner which can leave no doubt as to its symbolic importance. On one of them Athene holds in her hand a long cruciform staff, the head of [8]which is expanded in ovoid form. On the other amphora the goddess has by her side a short column which is surmounted by a winged Victory (Nike) holding in her left hand a similar standard, and in her right the aphlaston of a galley. Unfortunately for our purpose, the Athenians did not represent ships upon their coinage, but similar standards are seen in the hand of the nymph Histiaea upon the coins of the Euboean town of that name, dated circa 313-265 b.c., two of which are represented in Plate II, figs. 7 and 8. Many other instances, too numerous to detail, will be found upon later Greek coins. In these the crosses are not all of the same design, and Prof. Babelon has collected examples of thirty-six forms, all more or less different, from the plain cross to a more elaborate form in which the head terminates in a ball and two small winged figures of Victory kneel at the ends of the arms. Some of these forms are decorated with narrow streamers; in many of them the cross-piece is not at right angles to the staff, but it is possible that this may be due to an attempt at perspective. One other instance deserves mention: the excavations on the site of the important city of Pergamum in Asia Minor, once the capital of the kingdom of Pergamus, and afterwards that of the Roman province of Asia, have brought to light the bas-reliefs which decorated the balustrade of the Portico of Athene Polias. On this bas-relief, which, in the opinion of M. Collignon[15], alludes to naval victories under Attalus (241-197 b.c.) or Eumenes II (197-159), the cruciform standard is twice represented in highly ornate forms terminating in pine cones at the head; in each case it is accompanied with the aphlasta and beaks of galleys.
After the submission of those cities to Alexander the Great in 333 B.C., the globe and crescent seem to have been replaced by a cross-shaped standard similar to the one held in the left hand of the goddess Astarte on the coin from 87 B.C. depicted in Plate II, fig. 4. This cross-shaped standard was likely adopted by Alexander from the Athenians, the leading naval power of Greece, who regarded it as highly significant[14]. On two large amphorae awarded to the winners of the Panathenaic games of 336-5 B.C., now in the British Museum, it is depicted in a way that clearly shows its symbolic importance. On one, Athena holds a long cross-shaped staff with an ovoid head. On the other amphora, the goddess is next to a short column topped by a winged Victory (Nike) holding a similar standard in her left hand and the prow of a galley in her right. Unfortunately, for our purpose, the Athenians did not depict ships on their coins, but similar standards can be seen in the hand of the nymph Histiaea on the coins from the Euboean town of that name, dated around 313-265 B.C., two of which are shown in Plate II, figs. 7 and 8. Many other examples, too numerous to mention, can be found on later Greek coins. In these, the crosses vary in design, and Prof. Babelon has compiled examples of thirty-six forms, all slightly different, ranging from the simple cross to more complex designs where the top ends in a ball and two small winged figures of Victory kneel at the ends of the arms. Some of these designs feature narrow streamers; in many, the cross-piece is not perpendicular to the staff, which might be an attempt at perspective. One more example is worth highlighting: excavations at the significant city of Pergamum in Asia Minor, once the capital of the kingdom of Pergamus and later of the Roman province of Asia, have uncovered bas-reliefs that decorated the balustrade of the Portico of Athene Polias. In this bas-relief, which, according to M. Collignon[15], refers to naval victories under Attalus (241-197 B.C.) or Eumenes II (197-159), the cross-shaped standard is represented twice in highly decorative forms ending in pine cones on top; in both cases, it is accompanied by the prow and beaks of galleys.
A careful study of all the examples leads to the conclusion that this globe and crescent, or cruciform, standard was the symbol of naval authority, the prototype in fact of the Admiral's flag. The name of this standard is not specifically stated, but there can be no doubt that it is the semeion (σημεῖον) frequently referred to by Greek authors in describing naval actions. That the semeion was a solid object we know from the fact that it was raised aloft in giving signals[16]. There is evidence that semeia were of various forms and that these forms were distinctive of the nationality of the ship. Of Artemisia, queen of Halicarnassus, who accompanied Xerxes in his expedition against Greece and fought on the Persian side at the Battle of Salamis (480 b.c.), Polyaenus, in his Strategemata, relates that she had two semeia, one of "barbarian" form, the other Greek. When she was pursuing a Greek ship she raised aloft the barbarian [9]standard[17], but when fleeing before a Greek ship she raised the Greek standard, so that her pursuer took her ship for Greek and kept off from it. The "barbarian" standard used by Artemisia was probably the globe and crescent above referred to, for Sidon supplied Xerxes with the best of his ships, and it was in Sidonian ships that Xerxes himself was wont to embark[18]. It seems, on the other hand, probable that a cruciform standard was in common use by all the Greek states at an early period, for Polyaenus relates that Chabrias, the Athenian general, just before his action off Naxos in 376 with the Lacedaemonian fleet under Pollis, ordered his subordinate commanders to remove the semeia from their ships and to keep in mind, in the ensuing conflict, that all ships bearing such signs were enemies[19].
A thorough examination of all the examples leads to the conclusion that this globe and crescent, or cruciform, standard represented naval authority, essentially serving as the model for the Admiral's flag. The name of this standard isn’t directly mentioned, but there’s no doubt it is the semeion (σημεῖον) that Greek authors frequently refer to when describing naval battles. We know the semeion was a physical object because it was hoisted to signal[16]. Evidence shows that semeia came in different forms, and these forms were characteristic of the ship's nationality. Regarding Artemisia, queen of Halicarnassus, who joined Xerxes in his campaign against Greece and fought on the Persian side during the Battle of Salamis (480 B.C.), Polyaenus mentions in his Strategemata that she had two semeia, one with a "barbarian" design and the other Greek. When she was chasing a Greek ship, she raised the barbarian [9]standard[17], but when she was fleeing from a Greek ship, she raised the Greek standard so that her pursuer mistook her vessel for Greek and avoided it. The "barbarian" standard used by Artemisia was likely the globe and crescent mentioned earlier, since Sidon provided Xerxes with the best ships, and he often embarked in Sidonian vessels[18]. On the other hand, it seems likely that the cruciform standard was widely used by all Greek states at an early date, because Polyaenus notes that Chabrias, the Athenian general, just before his engagement off Naxos in 376 with the Lacedaemonian fleet under Pollis, instructed his subordinate commanders to take down the semeia from their ships and to remember that any ships displaying such signs were enemies[19].
The flag was evidently unknown to the early Greeks; it is never mentioned by Homer, and indeed there is no equivalent word in the language of the classical period, yet at the time when we first meet with the standard on the Phoenician coins flags were in common use by the Chinese. The Chinese classics on the art of war known as the Sun Tzu and Wu Tzu, written in the fifth century b.c., make frequent reference to them. They played a very important part in marshalling the army and inspiriting the soldiers, and the correct moment to strike the enemy was judged by the disorder of their flags. According to Wu, the Chinese flags contained various animal emblems.
The flag was clearly unknown to the early Greeks; it’s never mentioned by Homer, and there isn’t even an equivalent word in the language of that time. However, when we first see the standard on the Phoenician coins, flags were already commonly used by the Chinese. The Chinese classics on military strategy, known as the Sun Tzu and Wu Tzu, written in the fifth century B.C., frequently reference flags. They were crucial for organizing the army and motivating the soldiers, and the right moment to attack the enemy was assessed by how disordered their flags were. According to Wu, the Chinese flags featured different animal symbols.
The origin of the flag in European waters may however be dated from the end of the fifth century b.c., when a primitive form was, if later writers[20] are a safe guide, in use in the Athenian navy. This was the "purple garment" or "Phoinikis[21]," used as a signal for combat or as the sign of the Admiral's ship. Possibly the use of this emblem may have been imitated from the Phoenicians. It may, on the other hand, have originated independently, from a necessity of rendering the cruciform standard more conspicuous in action. There is not sufficient evidence to decide this point, but it is significant that the vexillum in use among the Romans at a somewhat later date shows traces of a similar origin.
The origin of the flag in European waters can be traced back to the end of the fifth century B.C., when a basic version was reportedly in use in the Athenian navy, if we can trust later writers[20]. This was the "purple garment" or "Phoinikis[21]," which served as a signal for battle or represented the Admiral's ship. It’s possible that this emblem was inspired by the Phoenicians, or it might have developed independently out of the need to make the cross-shaped standard more visible during action. There's not enough evidence to resolve this debate, but it's notable that the vexillum used by the Romans later on shows signs of a similar origin.
The military standard or signum of the Romans consisted of a lance with silver-plated shaft with a cross-piece at the top, from which in [10]some instances a small vexillum was suspended. From the ends of this cross-piece, whether it held a vexillum or not, hung ribbons with silver ivy leaves at the ends. Below were a number of discs, which are believed to represent the honours conferred upon the Legion to which the signum belonged[22]. Below these again was a crescent, as a charm against ill-fortune. In the signa of the Praetorian guard the discs were replaced by crowns alternating with medallion portraits of the imperial house. These signa were used as company ensigns to facilitate the tactical movements of the Legion. The principal standard of the Legion, answering to the Regimental Colours, was the aquila or eagle. Pliny the Elder[23] informs us that
The military standard or signum of the Romans was a lance with a silver-plated shaft and a cross-piece at the top, from which a small vexillum was sometimes hung. From the ends of this cross-piece, whether it held a vexillum or not, hung ribbons with silver ivy leaves attached. Below were several discs, which are thought to symbolize the honors given to the Legion the signum belonged to[22]. Below these was a crescent, serving as a charm against bad luck. In the signa of the Praetorian guard, the discs were replaced by crowns that alternated with medallion portraits of the imperial family. These signa were used as company flags to help coordinate the Legion's movements. The main standard of the Legion, similar to the Regimental Colours, was the aquila or eagle. Pliny the Elder[23] tells us that
Caius Marius in his second consulship (b.c. 103) assigned the eagle exclusively to the Roman Legions. Before that period it had only held the first rank, there being four others as well, the wolf, the minotaur, the horse and the wild boar, each of which preceded a single division. Some few years before his time it had begun to be the custom to carry the eagle only into battle, the other standards being left behind in camp. Marius however abolished the rest of them entirely.
Caius Marius, during his second term as consul (B.C. 103), designated the eagle as the exclusive standard for the Roman Legions. Prior to this, the eagle had only been the highest rank among five, alongside the wolf, the minotaur, the horse, and the wild boar, each representing a separate division. A few years before his time, it had started to become customary to take the eagle into battle while leaving the other standards in camp. However, Marius completely eliminated the rest of them.
The vexillum consisted of a square piece of material, usually red or purple but sometimes white or blue, hung by the top edge (or sometimes its two top corners only) from a cross-piece at the head of a lance and heavily fringed along its bottom edge. The peculiar method of attachment at the corners, which caused it to hang in heavy folds instead of straight down, would seem to indicate an origin similar to that of the Greek "Phoinikis." This was the standard appropriated to the cavalry and to the special detachments of infantry, and it is said to be the oldest of the Roman military standards. It hung before the General's tent and was used in giving the signal to prepare for battle[24]. From its use in this connection it naturally became the sign of a commander of a fleet of ships[25] and was used in giving the signal for fleet actions.
The vexillum was a square piece of fabric, usually red or purple but sometimes white or blue, that hung from the top edge (or sometimes just the two top corners) of a cross-piece at the top of a lance, heavily fringed at the bottom. The unique way it was attached at the corners, which made it hang in deep folds instead of straight down, suggests it had a similar origin to the Greek "Phoinikis." This was the standard used by the cavalry and special detachments of infantry, and it is believed to be the oldest of the Roman military standards. It was displayed in front of the General's tent and used to signal preparations for battle[24]. Because of its role in this context, it eventually became the symbol of a fleet commander[25] and was used to signal fleet operations.
Flavius Vegetius[26], writing at the close of the fourth century a.d., distinguishes six kinds of military insignia, viz.: aquila, draco, vexillum, flammula, tufa and pinna. The Draco or dragon had been borrowed [11]from the Parthians after the death of Trajan. It took the form of a dragon fixed upon a lance with gaping jaws of silver. The body was of coloured silk, and when the wind blew down the open jaws the body was inflated. The Flammula (little flame) was an elongated flag attached to the staff at the side, split throughout its length so as to form two narrow streamers. The Tufa seems, from the name, to have been some form of tuft[27] or helmet-crest, but the exact form is not known. It is of interest as having been adopted in Britain under the name Tuuf[28]. Pinnae was the name given to the side wings of the soldiers' helmets, apparently formed of feathers. The precise form of the pinna standard is not known, but it is probable that the fan-shaped feather standards which are displayed at the coronation of the pope are a survival of this, or the preceding form.
Flavius Vegetius[26], writing at the end of the fourth century AD, identifies six types of military insignia: aquila, draco, vexillum, flammula, tufa, and pinna. The Draco or dragon was borrowed from the Parthians after Trajan's death. It took the shape of a dragon mounted on a lance, with silver jaws wide open. The body was made of colored silk, and when the wind blew through the open jaws, the body would inflate. The Flammula (little flame) was a long flag attached to the staff at the side, split along its length to create two narrow streamers. The Tufa seems, from its name, to have been some kind of tuft[27] or helmet crest, but the exact design is unknown. It is noteworthy for having been adopted in Britain under the name Tuuf[28]. The Pinnae referred to the side wings of the soldiers' helmets, which were probably made of feathers. The exact design of the pinna standard is unclear, but it’s likely that the fan-shaped feather standards seen during the pope's coronation are a remnant of this, or a similar type.
Until the end of the Roman Empire the standard was used at sea only for signalling purposes or to mark the ship in which the leader was embarked. Thus in the action off Marseilles in b.c. 49, in which Caesar's fleet under the command of Brutus engaged the Massilian fleet which was fighting on the side of Pompey, the ship in which Brutus was embarked was quickly recognised by the leader's standard, and narrowly escaped being rammed by two triremes from opposite sides[29].
Until the end of the Roman Empire, the standard was used at sea mainly for signaling or to identify the ship carrying the leader. For instance, during the battle off Marseilles in BCE 49, where Caesar's fleet commanded by Brutus faced the Massilian fleet that was allied with Pompey, the ship carrying Brutus was quickly identified by the leader's standard and narrowly avoided being rammed by two triremes coming from opposite directions[29].
There are frequent references to this standard in classical writers and it is often depicted in reliefs or on coins. From these it is clear that its position was on the starboard quarter of the ship, at the leader's right hand; it was raised there in going into action, and its removal was a sign of disaster or retreat. It would seem that it was also removed if the fleet was about to be engaged by superior forces, presumably in order that the enemy might not concentrate against the leader's ship. Thus in b.c. 36 Octavian, when expecting an attack at sea by Pompey, embarked in a liburnian and sailed round the fleet exhorting his men to have courage. When he had done this he lowered his standard "as is the custom in times of very great danger[30]."
There are frequent references to this standard in classical writers, and it's often shown in reliefs or on coins. From these, it's clear that it was positioned on the starboard quarter of the ship, at the leader's right hand; it was raised when going into action, and its removal signaled disaster or retreat. It seems that it was also taken down if the fleet was about to face superior forces, probably so the enemy wouldn't focus on the leader's ship. Thus, in B.C. 36, Octavian, anticipating an attack at sea by Pompey, boarded a liburnian and sailed around the fleet encouraging his men to be brave. After doing this, he lowered his standard "as is the custom in times of very great danger[30]."
Pompey, whose success at sea had already induced him to exchange the customary purple cloak of the Roman commander for a dark blue one, "as the adopted son of Neptune," inflicted on Octavian the defeat that the latter had anticipated, but was shortly afterwards himself defeated at Naulochus by Agrippa, whom Octavian, a few years later, after the battle of Actium, honoured with a special dark [12]blue flag[31] as a symbol of his naval superiority. From the account given by Appian of the action off Naulochus it is clear that there was no distinguishing flag in the private ships, as he expressly states that the only difference in the ships of Octavian and Pompey lay in the colours of the towers erected on them. From another passage in Appian[32] it appears that it was the rule for the inferior commander to lower his standard on approaching a superior. It is evident that these standards were not "national" in the sense that our modern flags are national.
Pompey, whose success at sea had already led him to swap the traditional purple cloak of the Roman commander for a dark blue one, "as the adopted son of Neptune," dealt Octavian the defeat he had anticipated. However, he was soon defeated at Naulochus by Agrippa, whom Octavian, a few years later, after the battle of Actium, honored with a special dark [12]blue flag[31] as a symbol of his naval superiority. From Appian's account of the battle off Naulochus, it's clear that private ships lacked distinguishing flags, as he specifically states that the only difference between the ships of Octavian and Pompey was the colors of the towers on them. Another passage in Appian[32] suggests that it was customary for the inferior commander to lower his standard when approaching a superior. It’s evident that these standards were not "national" in the way we think of modern flags today.
It is difficult to understand why an invention so apparently simple as the laterally-attached flag should have been so late in making its appearance in Europe (except in the form of small ribbon-like streamers), but the fact remains that it is not until the close of the eighth century a.d. that we meet with evidence of its existence. About the year 800 Pope Leo III caused a mosaic to be placed on the apse of the Triclinium of the Lateran Palace, in which on the right Christ was represented as handing the keys of the Church to Pope Sylvester and a flag to Constantine, while on the left St Peter was handing a pallium to Leo and a similar flag to Charlemagne. Except for some fragments in the Vatican this mosaic has disappeared, but engravings showing it before and after restoration are to be found in a description of the Lateran published at Rome in 1625[33]. In these the flags are depicted as attached by one side to a staff, whilst the fly is cut into three pointed tails. The field in both flags is charged with six roses, but the reproduction made from early drawings by Benedict XIV in 1743, which is still in existence at Rome in the Tribune against the Santa Scala, shows the flag on the right, which is of a green colour, sprinkled with golden stars, not roses. In the year 800 Charlemagne was crowned emperor at Rome, and received from the Patriarch of Jerusalem the keys of that city together with a flag the form of which is not stated. Evidently these flags were symbols of authority, as we have seen the vexillum to have been centuries before.
It’s hard to understand why an invention as seemingly simple as the side-attached flag appeared so late in Europe (except as small ribbon-like streamers), but the fact is that we don’t see evidence of its existence until the end of the eighth century AD. Around the year 800, Pope Leo III commissioned a mosaic for the apse of the Triclinium of the Lateran Palace. In this mosaic, Christ is shown on the right handing the keys of the Church to Pope Sylvester and a flag to Constantine, while on the left, St. Peter is giving a pallium to Leo and a similar flag to Charlemagne. Except for a few fragments in the Vatican, this mosaic is now lost, but engravings of it before and after restoration are available in a description of the Lateran published in Rome in 1625[33]. The engravings depict the flags attached by one side to a staff, with the fly cut into three pointed tails. Both flags feature a field with six roses, but a reproduction based on early drawings by Benedict XIV in 1743, still located in Rome in the Tribune against the Santa Scala, shows the flag on the right, which is green with golden stars instead of roses. In 800, Charlemagne was crowned emperor in Rome and received the keys to the city along with a flag, though its form isn't described. Clearly, these flags represented authority, as we've seen with the vexillum centuries earlier.
There are several instances during the succeeding centuries of this ceremonial presentation of a flag by high ecclesiastical authorities to the leaders of expeditions whose aims received the approval of the Church, the most important, from our point of view, being the presentation made to William the Conqueror before his expedition to England. Beside these there appear to have been other flags in use which symbolised the patronage and protection of some especial saint, as for instance the vexillum of St Maurice borne in the Spanish campaigns of Charlemagne.
There are several examples over the following centuries of a ceremonial presentation of a flag by high church officials to the leaders of expeditions that had the Church's approval. The most significant one, from our perspective, was the flag presented to William the Conqueror before his expedition to England. In addition, there were other flags that symbolized the patronage and protection of specific saints, such as the vexillum of St. Maurice, which was carried during Charlemagne's Spanish campaigns.
It seems probable that the laterally-attached form of flag had its origin in the East, for Ximenes de Rada, Archbishop of Toledo, who died in 1247, mentions this form as one of the special characteristics of the Arabs who overcame Roderic in 711 a.d. and conquered Spain[34].
It seems likely that the side-attached version of the flag originated in the East, as Ximenes de Rada, the Archbishop of Toledo, who died in 1247, notes this style as one of the unique traits of the Arabs who defeated Roderic in 711 A.D. and conquered Spain[34].
It is true that, as will be seen in the next chapter, the Danes were using this form in the ninth century, but it is more probable that they had adopted it from the Franks than that they had invented it; certainly the only standards of the Germanic tribes known to the Romans were animal emblems, which were kept in the sacred groves until required in battle[35].
It is true that, as will be shown in the next chapter, the Danes were using this form in the ninth century, but it’s more likely that they adopted it from the Franks rather than inventing it themselves; after all, the only standards of the Germanic tribes known to the Romans were animal emblems, which were kept in sacred groves until needed in battle[35].
The form of flag that first comes into evidence in the Lateran mosaic, that in which the flag is attached laterally to the staff while the fly is cut into three pointed tails, appears again upon two Carlovingian book-covers of carved ivory, one of the ninth and one of the tenth century, now preserved in South Kensington Museum. Neither of these bears any device upon it, but in another book-cover of the twelfth century in the same collection a small cross saltire appears in the body of the flag, and the tails are proportionately of much greater length. This form, to which the term "gonfanon" became applied, was the principal form in use until the twelfth century, when it began to be replaced by the rectangular banner, which offered a more suitable field for the display of the personal devices that afterwards developed into heraldic charges.
The type of flag that first appears in the Lateran mosaic, where the flag is attached to the staff on the side and the fly is split into three pointed tails, shows up again on two Carolingian book covers made of carved ivory, one from the ninth century and one from the tenth century, which are now in the South Kensington Museum. Neither of these has any symbols on it, but another book cover from the twelfth century in the same collection features a small saltire cross on the flag, and the tails are significantly longer. This design, which became known as the "gonfanon," was the main style used until the twelfth century, when it started to be replaced by the rectangular banner, which provided a better surface for showcasing personal symbols that later evolved into heraldic designs.
The most important historical monument that has survived to illustrate the use of the gonfanon is the celebrated piece of embroidery known as the Bayeux Tapestry. We need not here enter into the controversy that has so long raged over the question of the exact date to be assigned to this unique work. The weight of evidence inclines strongly toward a date within the last two decades of the eleventh century, but if we admit a date as late as 1150 a.d. it will not materially affect the conclusions we shall draw. In addition to five rather rudimentary forms at the mastheads of the ships, twenty-five gonfanons in all are depicted, two with five tails, one with four, and the remainder with three. Only a small proportion of the hundreds of armed men who appear in the various scenes of military activity portrayed bear gonfanons on their spears. These are the greater leaders—the barons, as the Normans called them. The variation in the number of tails is probably merely an incidental caprice of the designer or embroiderers, but there is one gonfanon which greatly exceeds the rest in size and [14]in the length of its tails, which in this case alone are shown of such length as to curl in the wind[36]. It appears in the representation of that crucial moment in the battle at which the Normans, taken with a sudden panic, and believing that their Duke had fallen, were about to quit the fight, when William, lifting his helmet from his face, turned towards them and called out that he was still alive and by God's help would yet conquer. At the same time, a companion figure, which from the mutilated superscription in the tapestry appears to be Eustace of Boulogne, lifts this gonfanon high in the air with his left hand while with the right he points to the Duke's face; a significant action, calling attention in a twofold manner to William's presence. This gonfanon is probably the one consecrated and sent by Pope Alexander; the principal flag of the Norman army on the day of battle[37]. It cannot be supposed that the most elaborate flag in the whole tapestry is merely the personal gonfanon of Eustace, and indeed the assertion of M. Marignan that the device shown in this gonfanon represents the arms of the Counts of Boulogne has been sufficiently refuted by Dr Round[38]. As a matter of fact this device (which may be described as a cross formy between four roundels) was not an uncommon one at that period. It will be found upon the reverse of many of the coins of the Holy Roman Emperors from Charlemagne onwards and upon those of some of the English monarchs before the Conquest. On the other hand, the gonfanons which appear in earlier scenes in the tapestry either in William's hand or in the hand of the gonfanoner in attendance on him, display only a plain Greek cross. It is therefore not unreasonable to assume that this particular device was associated with sovereign power and would consequently be suitable for a banner that was intended to be an outward sign of the Pope's claim to transfer the sovereignty of England from Harold to William. Moreover, according to Wace, William formally adopted the consecrated gonfanon as his own before the battle:
The most significant historical monument that has survived to show the use of the gonfanon is the famous piece of embroidery known as the Bayeux Tapestry. We won’t get into the long-standing debate over the exact date of this unique work. The evidence strongly suggests it was created in the last two decades of the eleventh century, but even if we consider a date as late as 1150 A.D., it won't really change the conclusions we’ll draw. Aside from five rather simple forms at the mastheads of the ships, there are a total of twenty-five gonfanons depicted—two with five tails, one with four, and the rest with three. Only a small proportion of the hundreds of armed men shown in various scenes of military activity carry gonfanons on their spears. These represent the top leaders—the barons, as the Normans referred to them. The variation in the number of tails is probably just a random choice by the designer or embroiderers, but there is one gonfanon that stands out in size and has tails that are shown long enough to curl in the wind[36]. It appears during that pivotal moment in the battle when the Normans, gripped by panic and believing their Duke had fallen, were about to retreat when William, lifting his helmet from his face, turned to them and shouted that he was still alive and, with God’s help, would still win. At the same time, a companion figure—likely Eustace of Boulogne from the damaged label on the tapestry—raises this gonfanon high in the air with his left hand while pointing to the Duke's face with his right hand; a significant gesture that draws attention to William's presence in two ways. This gonfanon is probably the one consecrated and sent by Pope Alexander; the main flag of the Norman army on the day of battle[37]. It’s unlikely that the most detailed flag in the entire tapestry is just the personal gonfanon of Eustace, and in fact, M. Marignan's claim that the design shown in this gonfanon represents the arms of the Counts of Boulogne has been effectively disproven by Dr. Round[38]. In reality, this design (which can be described as a cross between four roundels) was fairly common at that time. It can be seen on the back of many coins from the Holy Roman Emperors from Charlemagne onwards, as well as on some coins of English monarchs before the Conquest. Conversely, the gonfanons featured in earlier scenes of the tapestry, whether in William's hand or held by the gonfanoner attending him, only display a plain Greek cross. Therefore, it's reasonable to assume that this particular design was linked to sovereign power and would thus be fitting for a banner meant to signify the Pope’s claim to transfer the sovereignty of England from Harold to William. Furthermore, according to Wace, William formally adopted the consecrated gonfanon as his own before the battle:
Li Dus apela un servant
Son gonfanon fist traire avant
Ke li Pape li enveia,[15]
E cil le trait, cil le despleia:
Li Dus le prist, suz le dreça
Raol de Conches apela
Portez dist-il mon gonfanon
Li Dus apela un servant
Son gonfanon doit être tiré avant
Que le Pape l’envoie,[15]
Et celui l'a tiré, celui l'a déployé :
Le Duc le prit, sur le dressa
Raoul de Conches appelle
Apportez, dit-il, mon gonfanon.
The Duke called a servant
Caused his gonfanon to be brought forward
Which the Pope sent him
And the man brought it, he unfolded it
The Duke took it, raised it erect
Called to him Raol de Conches
Bear, said he, my gonfanon.
The Duke called a servant
Had his banner brought forward
That the Pope sent him
And the man brought it, unfolding it
The Duke took it, raised it high
Called to Raol de Conches
"Here, hold my banner," he said.
Roman de Rou, v, 12713-9.
Roman de Rou, v, 12713-9.
Thus it appears that William's original gonfanon was not borne in the battle, but was replaced by the consecrated flag, which would thereby become the rallying point for the army and the special sign of the Duke's location in the field.
Thus it seems that William's original banner was not carried into battle, but was replaced by the consecrated flag, which then became the rallying point for the army and the specific sign of the Duke's position on the battlefield.
Raol, who was the hereditary gonfanoner of the Duke of Normandy, asked permission to decline the honour of bearing the consecrated flag on the ground that he wished to take part in the fighting, as did Gautier Giffard, to whom it was subsequently offered, and it was finally handed to Toustain.
Raol, who was the hereditary gonfanoner of the Duke of Normandy, asked for permission to decline the honor of carrying the sacred flag because he wanted to participate in the fighting, just like Gautier Giffard, to whom it was later offered. Ultimately, it was given to Toustain.
Before we deal with the remaining flags we must first examine the square object shown at the masthead of William's ship the 'Mora.' This has been commonly supposed to be the "consecrated banner" in question, but, as pointed out by Freeman[39], it is really a great lantern. The Norman army embarked at St Valery in the estuary of the Somme late in the afternoon of the 27th Sept., and before William had got on board the 'Mora' the sun had set. As he did not wish the fleet to make the English coast before daybreak, he gave orders that on reaching the open sea the ships were to anchor near him until he gave a signal by lighting the lantern at the masthead and sounding the trumpet, when they were to follow him across[40]. The object above the lantern, which resembles a cross, may be intended to represent the weather-vane spoken of by Wace:
Before we deal with the remaining flags, we need to first look at the square object shown at the top of William's ship, the 'Mora.' It's often thought to be the "consecrated banner" in question, but, as Freeman[39] points out, it’s actually a large lantern. The Norman army set sail from St Valery in the Somme estuary late in the afternoon on September 27th, and by the time William got on board the 'Mora,' the sun had already set. Since he didn't want the fleet to reach the English coast before dawn, he ordered that once they were in open water, the ships should anchor nearby until he signaled them by lighting the lantern at the masthead and sounding the trumpet, at which point they were to follow him across[40]. The object above the lantern, which looks like a cross, might be meant to represent the weather-vane mentioned by Wace:
Une lanterne fist le Dus
Metre en sa nef el mast de sus
Ke les altres nès le veissent
Et empres li lor cors tenissent
Une wire-wire dorée
Out de cuivre en somet levée.
Une lanterne fît le Dus
Mettre en sa nef el mast de sus
Que les autres nés le voient
Et en même temps leurs corps teniennent
Une wire-wire dorée
Out de cuivre en sommet levée.
The Duke caused a lantern
To be placed in his ship at the masthead
So that the other ships might see it
And hold their course near him.
A gilded weather-vane
Of copper it had raised on top.
The Duke had a lantern
Put on his ship at the top of the mast
So that other ships could see it
And stay close to him.
It had a gilded weather-vane
Made of copper on top.
Roman de Rou, v, 11592-7.
Roman de Rou, v, 11592-7.
The remaining flag of the Norman army is an enigma. In form, the segment of a circle fringed along the circumference, it contains a [16]representation of a bird with closed wings and outstretched claws, placed with its back to the staff, so that when the spear is held inclined forward, as in the Tapestry, it appears to be standing on the ground. The suggestion of Meyrick that this represents an ancestral flag of the men of the Cotentin, the descendants of the Danes of Harold Blaatand, is more ingenious than satisfying, for the Danish raven was never depicted in this tame position. Its attitude resembles that of the hawks seen perched on Guy's hand in the two early scenes in which he leads Harold to William, and indeed in the lower border, which throughout the tapestry contains frequent allusions to the events depicted above it, there appears immediately below this flag a hawk chasing a rabbit. From its unusual—not to say unique—form it would seem to belong to a people of different race from that of the bulk of the army, and the only body of men present in William's army fulfilling this condition were the Celts of Brittany, whose leader Alan had command of the third division of the army, and whose flag therefore must have been one of the most important of those in the field.
The remaining flag of the Norman army is a mystery. Shaped like a segment of a circle with fringes along the edge, it features a [16] depiction of a bird with its wings closed and claws outstretched, positioned facing away from the staff. When the spear is held forward, like in the Tapestry, the bird looks like it’s standing on the ground. Meyrick's suggestion that this represents an ancestral flag from the men of Cotentin, who are descendants of Harold Blaatand's Danes, is clever but not fully convincing, as the Danish raven was never shown in such a subdued pose. Its posture resembles the hawks perched on Guy's hand in the two earlier scenes where he leads Harold to William. In the lower border, which frequently references the events above, a hawk chasing a rabbit appears just below this flag. Its unusual—if not unique—shape suggests it belongs to a group different from the majority of the army, and the only group that fits this description in William's army were the Celts of Brittany, led by Alan, who commanded the third division, making their flag one of the most significant on the battlefield.
On the English side, the most important object is the Dragon Standard (Plate I, fig. 2) which is symbolically shown in two positions: upright in the hand of the standard-bearer, and fallen to the ground with its bearer lying dead across its staff. Immediately behind it Harold himself is likewise represented twice, first upright and drawing the arrow from his eye, and then prone, receiving his final wound. A little before this, in the scene which portrays the death of Harold's brothers Gyrth and Leofwine, there lies on the ground a triangular flag, with fringed tails hanging from the lower edge, a form similar to that found on the tenth century Northumbrian coins[41]. This is the only flag which, like the standard, is lying on the ground; its overthrow must therefore have had a great symbolic importance in the mind of the designer of the tapestry, and the only flag that we know of which would fulfil this condition is that one against which the brothers took their stand (see p. 32). This was the flag upon which the figure of a fighting man was worked in gold, and although the tapestry does not show this figure (probably because there is not room for it), there can be little doubt that the representation of that flag is intended.
On the English side, the most significant object is the Dragon Standard (Plate I, fig. 2), which is symbolically depicted in two positions: upright in the hand of the standard-bearer and fallen to the ground with its bearer lying dead across its staff. Right behind it, Harold himself is also represented twice—first upright, pulling the arrow from his eye, and then lying down, receiving his final wound. Just before this, in the scene showing the death of Harold's brothers Gyrth and Leofwine, there is a triangular flag on the ground, with fringed tails hanging from the lower edge, resembling the form found on tenth-century Northumbrian coins[41]. This is the only flag, like the standard, that is on the ground; its downfall must have held significant symbolic importance for the designer of the tapestry. The only flag we know of that meets this condition is the one against which the brothers stood (see p. 32). This flag featured the figure of a fighting man worked in gold, and although the tapestry does not show this figure (likely due to lack of space), it is clear that the representation of that flag is intended.
L'estendart unt à terre mis
E li Reis Heraut unt occis
E li meillor de ses amis;
Li gonfanon à or unt pris.
L'enseigne a été mise à terre
Et le roi héraldique a été tué
Avec les meilleurs de ses amis;
Le drapeau d'or a été pris.
They have overthrown the standard
And slain King Harold
And the best of his friends;
They have taken the gold-worked
gonfanon.
They have toppled the standard
And killed King Harold
And the best of his friends;
They have taken the gold-embroidered
gonfanon.
Roman de Rou, v, 13956-9.
Roman de Rou, v, 13956-9.
We have, in the preceding pages, traced the development of the flag up to the closing years of the eleventh century without finding any evidence of the existence of a national flag, that is, of a flag flown, not to denote the presence of some particular leader at sea or on the field of battle, or that some especial religious sanction or blessing had been conferred or expected, but to indicate that the ship, town or other strong place upon which it was placed owned allegiance to some particular state or sovereign authority: a flag that might, on suitable occasion, be flown by any subjects of that state, not as their personal ensign but as a symbol of the collective body of which they were members.
We have, in the previous pages, traced the development of the flag up to the late years of the eleventh century without finding any evidence of a national flag. By that, I mean a flag that wasn’t just meant to show the presence of a specific leader at sea or on the battlefield, or to convey a special religious blessing or approval. Instead, it was meant to indicate that the ship, town, or other stronghold displaying it owed loyalty to a certain state or sovereign authority. This flag could be flown, when appropriate, by any subjects of that state—not as their personal emblem but as a symbol of the collective group to which they belonged.
While the Roman Empire stood at the height of its power, with the whole civilised world under its dominion, there was no need of any such device; and long after it had in fact passed away the theory of its nominal existence survived and hindered the development of any national consciousness. It is clear that this feeling must have been strong since we find it shared by such a man as Theodoric the Ostrogoth, who, although de facto ruler of Italy from 493 to his death in 526, professed his allegiance to the Eastern Empire and showed anxiety to get his position recognised by the Emperor at Constantinople. The history of the next five hundred years is that of a continuous succession of struggles for power and possession of territory between kings, nobles and ecclesiastics, and although the crowning of Charlemagne by the Pope in 800 was a formal repudiation by Rome of the authority of the Eastern Emperor there is no indication that the idea of nationality had yet arisen in the minds of men. The flag which Leo III presented to him was not in any way a national emblem; it was the symbol of his supreme authority and no more. In the ninth and tenth centuries there existed a certain number of religious flags of greater or less reputation for their wonder-working powers, of which the Oriflamme of Saint Denis may be taken as the type, but these were never national in the sense in which we have defined this word above.
While the Roman Empire was at the peak of its power, ruling over the entire civilized world, there was no need for any kind of device; and long after it had actually fallen, the idea of its nominal existence lingered on and hindered the emergence of any sense of national identity. It's clear that this sentiment must have been significant since we see it echoed by individuals like Theodoric the Ostrogoth, who, even though he was the de facto ruler of Italy from 493 until his death in 526, claimed loyalty to the Eastern Empire and was eager to have his position acknowledged by the Emperor in Constantinople. The next five hundred years tell the story of a continuous series of power struggles and territorial conflicts among kings, nobles, and religious leaders. Although Charlemagne's crowning by the Pope in 800 was a formal rejection of the Eastern Emperor's authority, there is no evidence that the concept of nationality had yet developed in people’s minds. The flag that Leo III gave him was not a national symbol; it represented his complete authority and nothing more. In the ninth and tenth centuries, there were a number of religious flags known for their miraculous powers, with the Oriflamme of Saint Denis being a prime example, but these were never national in the sense we defined above.
The great movement known as the Crusades, which commenced at the end of the eleventh century, and after two hundred years of failure, relieved by a few transient successes, finally exhausted the enthusiasm of western Europe at the end of the thirteenth century, has been claimed as one of the main causes of the growth of national sentiment. In a sense this is no doubt correct, though it is equally true that its failure was primarily due to the national antagonisms of the peoples who took part in the expeditions to the Holy Land, and the partisan jealousies and individual self-seeking of their leaders. But there is no doubt as to the effect it had in widening the mental[18] horizon of all the peoples of western Europe, and it is therefore not surprising to find indications of a development of flag design during the course of the struggle. Nevertheless, if we expect to find traces of any national or popular flags among the early crusaders we shall be disappointed. The kings, nobles, and military orders of the Temple and Hospital had each their own special banner, but the common people had none, and it was not until the year 1188, one hundred years after the first crusaders had entered Syria, that a means was provided for distinguishing the rank and file of different nationalities by a variation in the colour of the crosses upon their shoulders. From the beginning, the cross set upon the clothing of rich and poor alike had been the outward symbol of a common religion and, in theory, of a common aim among all who took part in the conflicts with the followers of Mahomet, but the flags which led the armies into action and crowned the towers of captured castles or the gates of towns were those of the individual leaders. Squabbles over the precedence of such flags were not infrequent. The well-known instance of Richard I and Philip of France at Messina in 1190 was perhaps the most important in its after effects, but it was by no means the first or last of such occurrences. In 1098 the Emir in command of one of the castles in the neighbourhood of Antioch, seeing that the Saracens had been dispersed, and fearful for the result if the Christians assaulted the castle, offered to surrender, and asked for a Christian flag, which he placed on the highest point of the walls. He took that nearest to hand, which happened to be that of Raymond of Toulouse. The followers of Bohemond were very angry at this, and in the end the Emir gave back Raymond's banner and erected that of Bohemond in its place. In August of the following year the Emir of Ascalon, frightened by the fall of Jerusalem, made a similar offer of surrender to Raymond and hoisted his flag over the gate of the city. Godfrey of Bouillon, who had just been elected ruler of Jerusalem, claimed possession for himself, whereupon the Emir sent back Raymond's flag and refused to surrender to either of them.
The significant movement known as the Crusades began at the end of the eleventh century and, after two hundred years marked by failures and a few brief successes, ultimately drained the excitement of Western Europe by the end of the thirteenth century. This has been cited as one of the main factors in the rise of national sentiment. While there’s some truth to this, it's also accurate that its failure was mostly due to the national rivalries among the people involved in the expeditions to the Holy Land and the selfish ambitions of their leaders. However, it’s clear that the Crusades expanded the mental horizons of all the people in Western Europe, which is why it's not surprising to see evidence of flag designs evolving during this struggle. Still, if we look for any signs of national or popular flags among the early crusaders, we might be disappointed. The kings, nobles, and the military orders of the Temple and Hospital each had their own unique banners, but the common soldiers had none. It wasn't until 1188, a hundred years after the first crusaders entered Syria, that a system to distinguish different nationalities was introduced through variations in the color of the crosses on their shoulders. From the start, the cross worn on the clothing of both rich and poor was the outward symbol of a shared religion and, in theory, a shared goal among all who fought against the followers of Muhammad. However, the flags that led the armies into battle and topped the towers of captured castles or the gates of towns were those of individual leaders. Disputes over the precedence of these flags were common. A well-known example is the clash between Richard I and Philip of France in Messina in 1190, which had significant effects later on, but it certainly wasn’t the first or the last such incident. In 1098, the Emir in charge of a castle near Antioch, seeing that the Saracens had been driven away and fearing what would happen if the Christians attacked, offered to surrender and requested a Christian flag, which he raised on the highest point of the walls. He chose the nearest one available, which happened to be that of Raymond of Toulouse. This angered the followers of Bohemond, and in the end, the Emir returned Raymond's banner and raised Bohemond's flag instead. In August of the following year, the Emir of Ascalon, alarmed by the fall of Jerusalem, made a similar offer to Raymond and displayed his flag over the city's gate. Godfrey of Bouillon, who had just been elected ruler of Jerusalem, claimed ownership for himself, leading the Emir to return Raymond's flag and refuse to surrender to either of them.
The placing of the flag of one of the crusading leaders upon castle or town was usually sufficient to protect that place from further assault, but it was not always respected. On the capture of Jerusalem in July, 1099, a remnant of the wretched inhabitants who had escaped torture and massacre at the hands of the Christians, had taken refuge on the roof of the mosque which occupied the site of Solomon's Temple. Tancred, moved by pity, wished to spare them, and he and Gaston de Bearn gave them their gonfanons as a protection. This served them for a few hours, but the Crusaders had not tasted enough blood, and early next morning, ignoring the protection thus formally[19] granted, they shot them down with arrows or put them to the sword—men and women alike. Raymond and Tancred had in a like manner given protection to the defenders of the Tower of David, who received their flags "as a sign of protection and life." Raymond was more successful, perhaps because the Tower of David was not so easily entered, and he succeeded in getting the prisoners away safely, thereby giving rise to the scandalous imputation that he had neglected his duty and sold his protection for gold.
The display of a flag from one of the crusading leaders on a castle or town was normally enough to safeguard that place from further attacks, but it wasn't always honored. When Jerusalem fell in July 1099, a few of the unfortunate residents who had escaped torture and massacre at the hands of the Christians found refuge on the roof of the mosque that stood where Solomon's Temple once was. Tancred, feeling compassion, wanted to spare them, so he and Gaston de Bearn offered them their gonfanons as protection. This provided safety for a few hours, but the Crusaders hadn't had their fill of blood, and early the next morning, disregarding the protection they had formally received, they shot them down with arrows or killed them—both men and women. Raymond and Tancred had similarly offered protection to the defenders of the Tower of David, who accepted their flags “as a sign of protection and life.” Raymond had more success, possibly because the Tower of David was harder to breach, and he managed to get the prisoners away safely, which led to the scandalous accusation that he had failed in his duty and sold his protection for gold.
Our last instance of the use of the flag during this (the first) Crusade will concern its employment at sea. In May, 1102, Jaffa was being threatened by the Saracens, and Baldwin, then King of Jerusalem, was anxious to encourage the inhabitants to hold out. The Saracen forces prevented him from getting there by land; he therefore embarked at Arsuf in a buss, together with one Goderic, who is described by Albert of Aix as an English pirate. On approaching Jaffa the flag of Baldwin was fastened to a spear and raised high in the sun, so that the Christians in Jaffa, on seeing it, might be sure that Baldwin was still living. The Saracens also recognised it, and hastily collecting a force of twenty galleys and thirteen other craft, attempted to sink the buss. The king, however, got through in safety.
Our last example of the flag's use during the first Crusade will focus on its application at sea. In May 1102, Jaffa was under threat from the Saracens, and Baldwin, who was then King of Jerusalem, was eager to motivate the residents to resist. The Saracen forces blocked his access by land; therefore, he set sail from Arsuf in a small ship, accompanied by a man named Goderic, who Albert of Aix describes as an English pirate. As they neared Jaffa, Baldwin's flag was attached to a spear and raised high in the sunlight, so that the Christians in Jaffa would know that Baldwin was still alive. The Saracens recognized it too, and quickly gathered a fleet of twenty galleys and thirteen other vessels in an attempt to sink the small ship. However, the king managed to get through safely.
We have, unfortunately, no exact description of the various flags mentioned, for the contemporary writers do not condescend to give such details, though they occasionally allude to some characteristic feature. Thus the flag of Bohemond is stated to have been of a red colour (rubicundum, sanguineum) while that of Robert of Normandy was yellow (aureum). That of Baldwin is referred to several times as being white. On one occasion it was torn from his lance through being driven into the body of an Arab whom he slew. The flags[42] borne on lances in battle were evidently of gonfanon form, as there are several references to the tails flying in the faces or over the heads of the enemy, but it seems that there were also a number of larger flags, for several of the greater leaders, including Bishop Adhemar the Papal Legate, had a special flag-bearer (vexillifer). These were probably also of gonfanon form during the First Crusade, for the deep rectangular banner does not appear to have been introduced until the Second Crusade.
Unfortunately, we don't have an exact description of the various flags mentioned, as contemporary writers don’t bother to provide such details, though they occasionally refer to some distinguishing feature. For example, the flag of Bohemond is said to have been red (rubicundum, sanguineum), while Robert of Normandy's was yellow (aureum). Baldwin's flag is mentioned several times as being white. At one point, it was torn from his lance after being driven into the body of an Arab he killed. The flags[42] carried on lances in battle were clearly of gonfanon shape, as there are several mentions of the tails flying in the faces or over the heads of the enemy, but it seems there were also larger flags, since several of the major leaders, including Bishop Adhemar the Papal Legate, had a dedicated flag-bearer (vexillifer). These were probably also in the gonfanon style during the First Crusade, as the deep rectangular banner doesn’t seem to have been introduced until the Second Crusade.
It seems that crosses were borne in some of the flags, but there is no mention of any personal device, though some flags are stated to have been resplendent with purple and precious stones. It is commonly[20] supposed that the introduction to western Europe of the cross of St George (the red cross on white ground) dates from this first crusade, yet it does not appear at that time to have been associated with him. On the 28th June, 1098, the crusaders besieged in Antioch by Corbogha, finding themselves within measurable distance of destruction by famine, determined to risk all upon a pitched battle. In this forlorn hope they were completely successful. Unable to account for this by any earthly cause, they imagined that they had seen a great army on white horses, clothed in white and bearing white banners in their hands, issue from the neighbouring mountains and come to their assistance. The leaders of this ghostly army, recognised by their names written on their banners, were St George, St Demetrius, and St Mercurius[43]. If at this time the red cross had become the distinctive sign of St George one or other of these writers would surely have mentioned it, but all agree that the banners were white.
It looks like some of the flags had crosses on them, but there's no mention of any personal emblem, even though some flags were described as brilliant with purple and precious stones. It's generally believed that the cross of St. George (the red cross on a white background) was introduced to Western Europe during the first crusade, but at that time, it doesn't seem to have been linked to him. On June 28, 1098, the crusaders, besieged in Antioch by Corbogha and facing imminent starvation, decided to risk everything in a direct battle. Against all odds, they achieved complete success. Unable to explain it by any earthly reason, they thought they had witnessed a large army on white horses, dressed in white and carrying white banners, come from the nearby mountains to help them. The leaders of this spectral army, identified by the names on their banners, were St. George, St. Demetrius, and St. Mercurius[43]. If the red cross had become the unique symbol of St. George at that time, one of these writers would have mentioned it, but they all agree that the banners were white.
We may gather a few more details regarding the flags of the crusading period from some of the earlier chansons de geste. The gonfanon, the use of which was confined to the nobility, was fastened to the shaft of the spear before going into action by three or five nails[44], and it must have needed a strong fastening if it was to remain on the spear throughout the battle. Indeed, the poets give a realistic touch to their descriptions of the various combats by narrating how their heroes drove the cloth of the gonfanon into the body of the foe. As they sat upright upon their horses the tails of the gonfanon reached down to their hands or even to their feet.
We can get some more details about the flags from the crusading period from some of the earlier chansons de geste. The gonfanon, which was only used by the nobility, was attached to the spear before going into battle with three or five nails[44], and it had to be secured well to stay on the spear during the fight. In fact, the poets add a realistic twist to their battle descriptions by telling how their heroes pierced the enemy with the gonfanon. While riding on their horses, the tails of the gonfanon hung down to their hands or even to their feet.
He secured it to his lance with three golden nails. In his right hand, he wielded the spear with energy. The golden tongues struck down to his fist.
Guillaume d'Orange, v. 317.
Guillaume d'Orange, v. 317.
The designs are simple in colour—red, white, yellow—and there is no mention of any charge upon them, though in one instance a red gonfanon is marked by a golden cross:
The designs use basic colors—red, white, yellow—and there's no indication of any charges associated with them, although one red banner does have a golden cross on it:
The pennons were carried by knights; they appear to have been of similar colours to the gonfanons, but were much smaller.
The pennons were carried by knights; they seem to have been similar in color to the gonfanons, but were much smaller.
Ogier l'Ardenois, v. 4440.
Ogier l'Ardenois, v. 4440.
We have already noticed that the name "Standard" appears first applied to a Saracen ensign. Further corroboration of this is supplied by the Chanson d'Antioche and Le Conquête de Jerusalem. In the latter poem the author (Richard the Pilgrim) has imagined a wonderful standard carried on an iron chariot and made of ivory and various precious woods, and of an enormous height:
We’ve already seen that the name "Standard" was first used in reference to a Saracen flag. Further evidence of this is provided by the Chanson d'Antioche and Le Conquête de Jerusalem. In the latter poem, the author (Richard the Pilgrim) envisions an incredible standard being carried on an iron chariot, made of ivory and various precious woods, and towering in height:
The custom of marking the flag with some distinctive heraldic device appears to have been introduced about the middle of the twelfth century, for the seal of Philip of Flanders (A.D. 1161) shows the Flemish lion on his banner. During the Third Crusade, which followed upon the re-capture of Jerusalem by Saladin (October, 1187), the banner[45] of Richard I of England, which flew from the top of the "Standard" already described, contained a single lion, while that of his great rival, Philip Augustus of France, was blue powdered with gold fleurs-de-lis. The Knights of the Temple, who first come into view in 1128, adopted a banner half black and half white (drear and black to their foes but fair and favourable to their friends) to which they gave the name bauçan[46]. Their rivals, the Knights of the Hospital of St John in Jerusalem, who first enter into military activity in 1136, had a red banner with a white cross upon it. The representation in Plate I (fig. 5) is taken from an early manuscript of Matthew Paris and shows a Latin cross; the eight-pointed cross[47], associated with this order, was rarely used except on the vestments of the order, though it occasionally appears on the banner of the commander-in-chief.
The tradition of marking flags with unique heraldic symbols seems to have started around the middle of the 12th century, as seen in the seal of Philip of Flanders (A.D. 1161), which displays the Flemish lion on his banner. During the Third Crusade, after Saladin recaptured Jerusalem (October, 1187), the banner[45] of Richard I of England, which was raised atop the "Standard" mentioned earlier, featured a single lion, while his main rival, Philip Augustus of France, had a blue banner adorned with gold fleurs-de-lis. The Knights of the Temple, who first appeared in 1128, adopted a banner that was half black and half white (gloomy and dark to their enemies but bright and favorable to their allies) and named it bauçan[46]. Their rivals, the Knights of the Hospital of St. John in Jerusalem, who began their military efforts in 1136, carried a red banner with a white cross. The illustration in Plate I (fig. 5) is taken from an early manuscript by Matthew Paris and shows a Latin cross; the eight-pointed cross[47], associated with this order, was infrequently used except on the order's garments, although it sometimes appears on the banner of the commander-in-chief.
Mention has already been made of the consecrated flags which it was customary for the Pope to present to the leaders of expeditions which had the approbation of the Church. The flag entrusted to the Bishop of Puy, the Papal Legate present at the First Crusade, was of this nature. It is referred to in 1098 as the signum magni papae. In 1104 when Paschal sent Bohemond into France to gather support for him against the Emperor, he entrusted him with another of these [22]flags, to which the name vexillum Sancti Petri is applied. This change of name would appear to indicate a difference in the device on the flag. That difference was probably the introduction of the two Keys of St Peter beside the cross, a point of some interest to us as it might affect the question of the identity of the gonfanon on the Bayeux Tapestry already discussed, and incidentally the date of that work. We have, however, no certain knowledge of the presence of these keys before the year 1203. In March of that year Innocent III sent to Calojohannes, King of the Bulgars and Wends, one of these flags, together with a letter in which he explained its symbolism at some length. This flag contained a cross and the two keys symbolic of the powers entrusted to Peter according to the tradition of the Church[48]. From the tenor of this letter it may be inferred that the device was not a new one in 1203, so that this was no doubt the device upon the vexillum S. Petri met with during the Third Crusade in 1199 and 1201. An interesting instance of the use of a flag to convey authority occurs in 1216, when Rupen, nephew of Leo of Armenia, was formally seised of the lordship of Antioch by the patriarch of that city handing him a flag in the church of St Peter.
Mention has already been made of the consecrated flags that the Pope traditionally gave to the leaders of expeditions approved by the Church. The flag given to the Bishop of Puy, the Papal Legate at the First Crusade, was one of these. It is referred to in 1098 as the signum magni papae. In 1104, when Paschal sent Bohemond to France to gather support against the Emperor, he entrusted him with another of these flags, known as the vexillum Sancti Petri. This change in name seems to suggest a difference in the design of the flag. That difference likely included the addition of the two Keys of St. Peter alongside the cross, which is particularly intriguing as it might relate to the identification of the gonfanon on the Bayeux Tapestry we’ve discussed, and consequently the dating of that work. However, we have no confirmed evidence of these keys being present before 1203. In March of that year, Innocent III sent one of these flags to Calojohannes, King of the Bulgars and Wends, along with a letter explaining its symbolism in detail. This flag featured a cross and the two keys symbolizing the powers entrusted to Peter according to Church tradition[48]. From the content of this letter, it can be inferred that the design was not new in 1203, indicating it was likely the same design found on the vexillum S. Petri encountered during the Third Crusade in 1199 and 1201. An interesting example of using a flag to convey authority occurred in 1216, when Rupen, nephew of Leo of Armenia, was formally given the lordship of Antioch by the patriarch of that city handing him a flag in the church of St. Peter.
Thus far we are still without evidence of the existence of any flag that could be described as "national," and we shall therefore turn our attention to the birthplace of so much that was great in art and literature, the Italian city-states, and since we are primarily seeking evidence as to the early use of the flag at sea (though hitherto without much success) we shall turn first to the maritime states of Genoa and Pisa.
So far, we still don't have any proof of a flag that can be called "national," so we'll focus on the birthplace of much that was significant in art and literature, the Italian city-states. Since we are mainly looking for evidence of the early use of the flag at sea (though we haven't had much luck so far), we'll first look at the maritime states of Genoa and Pisa.
Of these two, Pisa was the first to rise as an important maritime city, and in 980 she was supplying vessels to transport the troops of the Emperor Otho II. By the end of the eleventh century a system of government by Consuls had been firmly established, and the city can be looked upon as an independent state. Shortly after this (in 1114) the Pisans proceeded to capture the Balearic Isles from the Saracens. A contemporary metrical account[49] of this struggle gives an indication of the flags then in use in the following words:
Of these two, Pisa was the first to become a significant maritime city, and in 980 it was providing ships to transport the troops of Emperor Otto II. By the end of the 11th century, a government led by Consuls had been firmly established, and the city can be seen as an independent state. Shortly after this (in 1114), the Pisans went on to capture the Balearic Islands from the Saracens. A contemporary poetic account[49] of this conflict mentions the flags that were in use at the time in the following words:
Hinc Ildebrandus of the Holy Standards of Mary The consul, with his right hand, fiercely charged at the enemies, Apostolic See flag was raised at Athos.
Here we have evidence of at least three different flags in the Pisan host: the Standard-bearer of the city carries the communal flag, the nature of which is not indicated (in 1242 and 1350 it was a plain red flag); Hildebrand the Consul carries a flag[50] of the B. V. Mary; and Atho carries the papal flag[51], which had no doubt been presented by the Pope when sending his benediction to the expedition through the Archbishop of Pisa. These flags were fastened to spears (hastis vexilla micabant) which were used in the conflict without regard to the sanctity of the emblems borne on them:
Here we have evidence of at least three different flags in the Pisan host: the Standard-bearer of the city carries the communal flag, though its nature isn't specified (in 1242 and 1350 it was a plain red flag); Hildebrand the Consul carries a flag of the B. V. Mary; and Atho carries the papal flag, which was likely presented by the Pope when sending his blessing to the expedition through the Archbishop of Pisa. These flags were attached to spears (hastis vexilla micabant) that were used in the conflict without regard for the sacredness of the emblems displayed on them:
This matter-of-fact method of utilising the flag of the B. V. Mary by thrusting its staff through the breast of an enemy and withdrawing it stained with his blood does not accord with modern notions of the sanctity of the flag.
This straightforward way of using the flag of the B. V. Mary by stabbing it into the chest of an enemy and pulling it out covered in his blood doesn't fit with today's views on the sanctity of the flag.
The first important step in the rise of Genoa occurred in 958, when Berengarius and Adalbert guaranteed its communal rights. Some thirty years after this the Cathedral was founded, and as it was dedicated to St Lawrence it is evident that at this early date St George had not yet become the patron saint of the city.
The first important step in the rise of Genoa happened in 958, when Berengarius and Adalbert secured its communal rights. About thirty years later, the Cathedral was established, and since it was dedicated to St. Lawrence, it's clear that at this early time, St. George had not yet become the city's patron saint.
The original manuscript of the Annales Genuenses, which narrate (not without partisan bias) the principal events affecting the state and its relations with Pisa and other rivals during the twelfth and thirteenth centuries, was at one time in the Archives of Genoa, but it is now in the Bibliothèque Nationale at Paris. Commenced by Caffaro in 1154 on the basis of a diary of events, which he had kept since early youth, and continued from time to time by later writers under the instructions of the municipal authorities, it presents a contemporary record from the year 1099 to 1293, and, what is even more important for our purpose, it contains in its margin a number of illustrations in which flags appear both ashore and afloat.
The original manuscript of the Annales Genuenses, which tells the main events affecting the state and its relations with Pisa and other rivals during the twelfth and thirteenth centuries (not without some bias), was once housed in the Archives of Genoa, but is now held at the Bibliothèque Nationale in Paris. Started by Caffaro in 1154 based on a diary he had kept since his youth, and later continued by other writers under the direction of the city’s officials, it provides a contemporary account from the year 1099 to 1293. What’s even more important for our purposes is that it includes several illustrations in the margins showing flags both on land and at sea.
Evidently, at some date after 958 the Genoese transferred their spiritual allegiance from St Lawrence to St George in much the same way that the Venetians had transferred their allegiance from St Theodore to St Mark when the supposed relics of that saint were translated from Alexandria to Venice, or as the English, in the fourteenth century, replaced Edward the Confessor by St George, but it is not until the year 1198 that we meet with a distinct reference by name to the [24]flag of St George as being that of the State. From that year onward it is frequently referred to in terms which leave no doubt that it had been the outward symbol of Genoese power from a much earlier period. Indeed, in an illustration, against the year 1113, of the castle of Porto Venere, then newly built by the Genoese, there flies above the castle a large three-tailed gonfanon bearing a cross that extends to the three sides and to the commencement of the tails. This is a pen-and-ink sketch, so that the colour of the cross is not shown, but there can be little doubt that this was a flag of St George. I say a flag of St George because, although the red cross on white was ultimately adopted as the State ensign, the State flag of St George in the thirteenth century was not a cross at all; it was an actual representation of St George himself on horseback in the familiar attitude of slaying the dragon with a spear. This is shown clearly in a coloured miniature which accompanies the events of 1227. In that year, at the commencement of the struggle between the papacy and the Emperor, the Genoese laid siege to Savona and the neighbouring town of Albizzola, which were attempting to withdraw from their allegiance to their great neighbour and to take sides with the Emperor Frederick. The artist depicts the siege operations against these two towns, and shows the principal citizens of Savona on their knees before the Podesta of Genoa in his tent, humbly offering their submission[52]. Before the tent floats a large red gonfanon, rectangular in form, and with four square-ended tails, having the above-mentioned device in a light yellow colour, and the word "vexillum" written under it to call attention to the fact that it was the State flag.
Clearly, after 958, the Genoese shifted their spiritual loyalty from St. Lawrence to St. George, similar to how the Venetians moved their allegiance from St. Theodore to St. Mark when the supposed relics of that saint were brought from Alexandria to Venice, or how the English replaced Edward the Confessor with St. George in the fourteenth century. However, it wasn’t until 1198 that we find a specific reference to the [24]flag of St. George as representing the State. From that point on, it’s often mentioned in ways that clearly indicate it had been a symbol of Genoese power for a much longer time. In fact, in an illustration from the year 1113 of the castle of Porto Venere, recently built by the Genoese, a large three-tailed gonfanon with a cross, extending to three sides and the beginning of the tails, flies above the castle. This is a pen-and-ink drawing, so the color of the cross isn’t shown, but there’s little doubt that it was a flag of St. George. I say a flag of St. George because, although the red cross on white eventually became the State ensign, the State flag of St. George in the thirteenth century was not a cross at all; it was a depiction of St. George himself on horseback in the well-known pose of slaying the dragon with a spear. This is clearly illustrated in a colored miniature related to the events of 1227. That year, as tensions rose between the papacy and the Emperor, the Genoese besieged Savona and the nearby town of Albizzola, which were trying to break away from their allegiance to their powerful neighbor and side with Emperor Frederick. The artist captures the siege of these two towns, showing the leading citizens of Savona kneeling before the Podesta of Genoa in his tent, humbly submitting themselves. Before the tent, a large rectangular red gonfanon with four square-ended tails flies, displaying the previously mentioned device in a light yellow color, with the word "vexillum" written beneath it to highlight that it was the State flag.
The record of the events in 1242 provides a typical example of the use of this flag of St George by the Genoese. Having heard on the 10th July that the Emperor Frederick had sent sixty galleys and two great ships under the command of Ansaldus de Mari to Pisa, and that the Pisans were themselves fitting out fifty-eight galleys and other vessels under Buscarius Pisanus, the Genoese immediately fitted out eighty-three galleys, with thirteen tarids[53] and four great ships, at Genoa. These were all painted white with red crosses in lieu of the sea-green colour in which they had hitherto been accustomed to paint their vessels[54]. Instructions were then sent throughout all the [25]districts owning allegiance to the city that all men should prepare to embark, armed and supplied with victuals. The Podesta[55] then collected the people in the Square of St Lawrence, and after delivering an oration encouraging them for the coming conflict, he, amid general rejoicing, solemnly took possession of the state flag of St George, "to the honour of God and of Holy Church and the confusion of their enemies," and constituted himself Admiral of the fleet. His next step was to superintend the election of eight Protentini and ninety-six Comiti according to districts[56]. He then handed to each Protentinus, who became the Squadron Commander of one of the eight squadrons into which the fleet was divided, a splendidly worked flag embodying the device of his district (vexillum unum juxta formam cuiuslibet compagnae mirabiliter designatum) and to each Comitus two flags; one of the State device (vexillum ad signum communis), evidently the red cross of St George, which he was to place on the starboard quarter of his ship, and the other containing the lion of St Mark (vexillum ad signum Venetorum Sancti Marchi), which was to be placed on the port quarter. This is an extraordinary instance of the use of dual national flags in a fleet, and was the consequence of a treaty made between Genoa and Venice in 1238 whereby the two great rival sea powers agreed that their war vessels should bear the flags of both States as a token of amity and alliance between them. The Admiral's flag was then erected in one of the best galleys, and the Protentini (Squadron Commanders) and Comiti (Captains) proceeded to hoist theirs in the galleys and tarids assigned to them, which were then apportioned off to the various squadrons. No officers were appointed to the four great ships (naves magnae), which were evidently victualling and store ships, relying almost entirely upon sail power for propulsion and therefore of little use in fighting at that period. As there were 96 comiti and 96 fighting ships, it is clear that the galleys of the Admiral and of the eight Protentini had each three flags, the State flag and the district flags being probably placed in the bows. This appears to be the first recorded instance of the division of a fleet into squadrons by means of flags. The most striking detail of the interesting events in 1227 and 1242—one that has hitherto escaped attention—is the fact that in the Republic of Genoa, one of the earliest States to adopt a national flag, two forms of that flag existed side by [26]side; one containing a representation of the patron saint (vexillum Beati Georgii) flown only in the presence of the chief of the State or the Commander-in-chief, the other containing merely the red cross emblematic of that saint, the general device of the community (signum communis), in other words the flag of the common people. Thus the supreme power and the common source of that power are represented distinctly, and in such a way as to indicate that fundamentally they were one and the same thing.
The account of events in 1242 is a classic example of how the Genoese used the flag of St. George. On July 10th, they learned that Emperor Frederick had sent sixty galleys and two large ships led by Ansaldus de Mari to Pisa, while the Pisans were preparing fifty-eight galleys and other vessels under Buscarius Pisanus. In response, the Genoese quickly equipped eighty-three galleys, thirteen tarids[53] and four large ships in Genoa. These ships were all painted white with red crosses instead of the sea-green color they usually used for their vessels[54]. They then sent out instructions across all the districts under the city’s authority for everyone to be ready to embark, armed and provisioned. The Podesta[55] gathered the people in the Square of St. Lawrence and, after delivering a speech to motivate them for the upcoming battle, he ceremonially took possession of the state flag of St. George, "for the honor of God and Holy Church and to confuse their enemies," and declared himself Admiral of the fleet. Next, he oversaw the election of eight Protentini and ninety-six Comiti based on the districts[56]. He then gave each Protentinus, who would command one of the eight squadrons, a beautifully crafted flag representing his district (vexillum unum juxta formam cuiuslibet compagnae mirabiliter designatum) and to each Comitus two flags: one of the State emblem (vexillum ad signum communis), clearly the red cross of St. George, to be displayed on the starboard side of his ship, and the other featuring the lion of St. Mark (vexillum ad signum Venetorum Sancti Marchi), to be shown on the port side. This showcases an unusual use of two national flags within a fleet, resulting from a treaty between Genoa and Venice in 1238 that allowed their warships to display the flags of both states as a symbol of friendship and alliance. The Admiral's flag was then raised on one of the best galleys, and the Protentini (Squadron Commanders) and Comiti (Captains) proceeded to hoist their flags in the galleys and tarids assigned to them, which were then allocated to various squadrons. No officers were assigned to the four large ships (naves magnae), which were clearly supply and storage vessels, relying mostly on sail power and thus not very useful for combat at that time. Since there were 96 comiti and 96 fighting ships, it’s evident that the galleys of the Admiral and the eight Protentini each had three flags, likely displaying the State flag and the district flags at the front. This appears to be the first recorded instance of organizing a fleet into squadrons using flags. One particularly noteworthy detail from the significant events of 1227 and 1242—something that has not received much attention—is that in the Republic of Genoa, one of the earliest states to adopt a national flag, there existed two versions of that flag side by side: one featured the patron saint (vexillum Beati Georgii), flown only in the presence of the head of the state or the Commander-in-chief, while the other simply displayed the red cross, symbolizing that saint and representing the community at large (signum communis), essentially the flag of the common people. Thus, the supreme authority and the common source of that authority are distinctly represented, indicating that fundamentally they were one and the same.
There are other instances in these Annals from which it is clear that the flag of St George was erected only in the galley of the Admiral. Indeed in 1282 it was expressly ordained by the Sapientes Credentiae (Council of XV) that no leader should have the title of Admiral, but only of Captain, unless he had at least ten galleys under his command, and that the flag of St George should not be borne at sea unless the fleet comprised ten or more galleys.
There are other instances in these Annals that show the flag of St. George was raised only on the Admiral's galley. In fact, in 1282, it was specifically stated by the Sapientes Credentiae (Council of XV) that no leader could be called Admiral unless they commanded at least ten galleys, and that the flag of St. George should only be flown at sea if the fleet had ten or more galleys.
On the farther side of Italy another great maritime power had sprung into existence at Venice. Owing to its remoteness from the lines of military communication and the protection of its surrounding lagoons, Venice enjoyed a comparative immunity from outside interference that enabled her to form a settled government at a much earlier date than had been possible at Genoa or Pisa, although the city was of much later origin. In such circumstances one might suppose that the Venetians would choose a national symbol at an early period, and that the famous Lion of St Mark was adopted for this purpose shortly after the translation of the relics of that saint to Venice in 828 a.d.[57] I have, however, not met with any reference to this celebrated flag earlier than the passage in which Villehardouin describes the attack of the Crusaders on Constantinople in July, 1203. As the fleet approached the walls of the city the aged and blind Doge Dandolo stood at the prow of his galley with the Gonfanon of St Mark displayed before him. When he landed the Gonfanon was carried before him,
On the far side of Italy, another major maritime power emerged in Venice. Because of its distance from military routes and the protection of its surrounding lagoons, Venice enjoyed relative freedom from outside interference, allowing it to establish a stable government much earlier than Genoa or Pisa, even though the city was founded later. Given these circumstances, one might expect that the Venetians would select a national symbol early on, and that the famous Lion of St. Mark was adopted for this purpose shortly after the relics of that saint were brought to Venice in 828 AD[57] However, I have not found any reference to this well-known flag earlier than the account by Villehardouin, which describes the Crusaders' attack on Constantinople in July 1203. As the fleet drew near the city walls, the elderly and blind Doge Dandolo stood at the front of his galley with the Gonfanon of St. Mark displayed before him. When he landed, the Gonfanon was carried ahead of him,
And when the Venetians saw the Gonfanon of St Mark on land and the galley of their leader which had been beached in front of them, then each man felt himself shamed, and all approached the land, and those in the huissiers (horse transports) leapt out and went on shore, and those in the great ships got into barges and got to the shore as quickly as each one could.
And when the Venetians saw the Gonfanon of St. Mark on land and their leader's galley that had been pulled up on the shore in front of them, every man felt ashamed. They all moved toward the land, and those in the horse transports jumped out and went ashore, while those in the large ships got into small boats and reached the shore as quickly as they could.
It will be noted that there was but one gonfanon of St Mark, that borne before the leader, although there were evidently many other flags, for in describing the preparation of the fleet for action a little[27] earlier Villehardouin states that banners and gonfanons were erected on the castles of the ships, and that shields were placed along the sides[58].
It should be noted that there was only one gonfanon of St. Mark carried in front of the leader, even though there were clearly many other flags. Earlier, when describing the fleet's preparation for action, Villehardouin mentions that banners and gonfanons were displayed on the ships' castles, and shields were lined up along the sides[58].
Here we have evidently an arrangement of flags somewhat similar to that already described as prevailing in the Genoese fleet. The State flag is confided to the commander-in-chief, while other ships display the banners of the subordinate leaders.
Here we clearly see a setup of flags that is somewhat similar to what was mentioned earlier about the Genoese fleet. The official flag is given to the commander-in-chief, while other ships show the banners of the subordinate leaders.
But it is doubtful whether the idea of a national ensign originated in the maritime states. The first of the Italian cities to adopt a democratic form of government was Milan, where the people, under the leadership of their Archbishop, Aribert, successfully resisted the Emperor Conrad himself. In the course of the struggle, about the year 1038, Aribert introduced as a rallying point for his people in battle a movable standard, which is described by Arnulf as a lofty beam, like the mast of a ship, fixed on a strong wagon and bearing a golden apple at the summit, from which hung two white streamers (pendentibus duobus candissimi veli limbis). Midway on this pole was placed a crucifix, to which the eyes of the citizens might turn for comfort whatever the fortunes of the fight might be. This device was afterwards adopted by most of the city-states of Italy, and under the name of carroccio (chariot) will be met with frequently in their annals. In its later development an altar was placed at the base of the mast, while the wagon, drawn by white oxen, was hung with scarlet cloth and the city flag floated at the masthead.
But it’s uncertain whether the idea of a national flag started in the maritime states. The first of the Italian cities to adopt a democratic government was Milan, where the people, led by their Archbishop, Aribert, successfully opposed Emperor Conrad himself. During this struggle, around the year 1038, Aribert introduced a movable standard as a rallying point for his people in battle. Arnulf describes it as a tall beam, like a ship's mast, mounted on a sturdy wagon and topped with a golden apple, from which hung two white streamers (pendentibus duobus candissimi veli limbis). Midway up this pole was a crucifix, so the citizens could look to it for comfort, no matter how the battle went. This device was later adopted by most of the city-states in Italy, and under the name carroccio (chariot), it frequently appears in their records. In its later form, an altar was placed at the base of the mast, the wagon was drawn by white oxen, draped with scarlet cloth, and the city flag flew at the top.
Among the cities that adopted this form of standard were Cremona, where it was named "Berta," Brescia, Bologna, Florence and Parma. In the case of Parma, where the standard was called "Blancardo," an interesting instance of its symbolic importance other than in battle is recorded. In 1303, when Ghiberto of Correggio obtained possession of that city, he got himself confirmed as "lord, defender, and protector of that city, and was invested by the resignation into his hands of the standard of the Virgin and the flag of the Carroccio[59]."
Among the cities that adopted this standard were Cremona, known as "Berta," Brescia, Bologna, Florence, and Parma. In Parma, where the standard was referred to as "Blancardo," there’s an interesting example of its symbolic significance beyond battle. In 1303, when Ghiberto of Correggio took control of the city, he was confirmed as "lord, defender, and protector of that city," and he was officially given the standard of the Virgin and the Carroccio flag[59].
This investiture by flag, already illustrated in the case of Charlemagne and Rupen, is worthy of two further illustrations. In 1329 Padua recognised Alberto della Scala as its lord by presenting him with the flag of the people (vexillum populi) in public assembly, and in 1406 acknowledged its overthrow by Venice by presenting the same symbol to the Doge Steno. In this year also Verona acknowledged its defeat by surrendering to the Venetians its communal flag [28](a white cross on red ground) and its vexillum populi (a golden cross on azure field).
This investiture by flag, already shown with Charlemagne and Rupen, deserves two more examples. In 1329, Padua recognized Alberto della Scala as its lord by presenting him with the flag of the people (vexillum populi) in a public assembly. In 1406, it acknowledged its defeat by Venice by giving the same symbol to Doge Steno. That same year, Verona also recognized its defeat by surrendering its communal flag (a white cross on a red background) and its vexillum populi (a golden cross on a blue field) to the Venetians. [28]
As a final example of the use of flags in the mediaeval Italian republics we may take the case of Florence. In October, 1250, in the course of a sanguinary struggle between the Guelphs and Ghibellines, the popular party (then Guelph)
As a final example of the use of flags in the medieval Italian republics, we can look at Florence. In October 1250, during a bloody conflict between the Guelphs and Ghibellines, the popular party (then Guelph)
marched in military array to San Lorenzo, and there elected thirty leaders, annulled a portion of the functions of the Podestà, and appointed as guardian of the new government a captain of the people, Messer Uberto da Lucca, with whom were to be associated twelve elders (two for each division of the town) as councillors for him and advisers of the people.
marched in military formation to San Lorenzo, where they elected thirty leaders, canceled some of the Podestà’s duties, and appointed a leader of the people, Messer Uberto da Lucca, as the head of the new government. He was to be supported by twelve elders (two from each area of the town) as his advisors and counselors for the people.
The captain was to be a foreigner; but the elders were to be Florentines.
The captain would be a foreigner, but the elders would be Florentines.
The fighting population was divided into twenty companies each with a standard of its own, and the force thus created was intended, under the leadership of the captain, to defend the liberties of the people within the town. Outside Florence the army was still to be commanded by the Podestà. The captain's standard showed a red cross on a white field: to this day the ensign of the town of Florence. The nobles and the powerful burghers (popolani) formed a separate force—that of the knights. Each sesto or division of the town had a separate ensign for its troop of cavalry, and these banners, with many others, were given solemnly by the Podestà on every Whitsunday.
The fighting population was split into twenty companies, each with its own flag, and this force, led by the captain, was meant to protect the people’s freedoms within the town. Outside of Florence, the army was still led by the Podestà. The captain's flag displayed a red cross on a white background, which is still the emblem of the town of Florence today. The nobles and prominent citizens (popolani) formed a distinct group—that of the knights. Each sesto or section of the town had its own flag for its cavalry unit, and these banners, along with many others, were ceremonially presented by the Podestà every Whitsunday.
The contado was also divided into companies under respective standards, and when called into the town, fell naturally into line with the city bands.
The contado was also split into groups under their own flags, and when summoned to the town, they easily lined up with the city bands.
All these changes were intended to check the power of the Ghibellines, who soon came to be so hated by the majority of Florentines that a common banner even was felt as an intolerable evil, and the Guelph party adopted a red lily on a white field, leaving the white lily on a red field (the old arms of the commune) to the opposite faction[60].
All these changes were meant to limit the power of the Ghibellines, who quickly became so despised by most Florentines that even a shared banner felt like an unbearable curse. The Guelph party chose a red lily on a white background, while the white lily on a red background (the old coat of arms of the commune) was left for the opposing faction[60].
Here again we have two national flags as at Genoa, but with a marked difference in the underlying meaning. One, the red flag with white lily, the ensign of the aristocratic classes: the other, the red cross, that of the common people.
Here we have two national flags like in Genoa, but with a significant difference in their meanings. One is the red flag with a white lily, representing the aristocratic classes; the other is the red cross, symbolizing the common people.
From the facts set forth in the preceding pages (and they are supported by a number of less important details with which we shall not weary the readers' attention) it may be inferred that national flags came into being during the course of the twelfth century and had a twofold origin. In the case of the smaller states organised on a popular basis under continually changing Consuls or magistrates, they arose from the necessity of having some clearly recognisable rallying point in action that was not personal and therefore subject to frequent change. This was supplied either by a common devotion to a particular saint, as at Genoa and Venice, or by the adoption of[29] one particular colour, as at Pisa, or in the solitary case of Rome, the greatest of all in wealth of historic memories, by the re-adoption of an ancient classic device, the S.P.Q.R. of the Senatus Populusque Romanus. In the larger states, which from their very size were at that period necessarily organised on a feudal basis, the banner of the sovereign lord became the national flag. This was what happened in France and (as will appear in the next chapter) also happened in England.
From the information presented in the previous sections (and there are several less significant details that we won't bore the readers with), it can be inferred that national flags originated during the twelfth century and had two main sources. For the smaller states organized democratically under frequently changing Consuls or magistrates, the flags emerged from the need for a clear rallying point in action that was not tied to any individual and therefore wouldn’t change often. This was provided either by a shared devotion to a specific saint, as seen in Genoa and Venice, or by adopting a single color, as in Pisa, or in the unique case of Rome, the richest in historical significance, by reusing an ancient classic symbol, the S.P.Q.R. of the Senatus Populusque Romanus. In larger states, which were structured on a feudal basis due to their size at that time, the banner of the sovereign lord became the national flag. This occurred in France and (as will be discussed in the next chapter) also happened in England.
In this, the most memorable advance in the use of flags, it was the city-states of Italy that led the way; and it was the great development during the Crusades of the activity of the maritime states of Genoa, Venice and Pisa that spread the example throughout Europe.
In this, the most notable advancement in the use of flags, it was the city-states of Italy that took the lead; and the significant progress made during the Crusades by the maritime states of Genoa, Venice, and Pisa helped spread this practice across Europe.
By the end of the thirteenth century the maritime city-states of northern Europe, which had arisen to prominence in consequence of the development of their shipping under the influence of the Crusades, had begun to make regulations governing the use of their flags at sea. Thus the maritime laws of Hamburg, to which Pardessus[61] assigns a date prior to 1270, contained a provision to the effect that every burgher of that town should fly at sea a red flag[62], under penalty of three silver marks, unless the flag had been lowered in time of danger, and a like penalty was to be inflicted on any stranger who flew this flag, on plaint being made against him. A similar provision appears in the Maritime Law of Riga of the same date, with the difference that the flag is to bear a white cross, the colour of the field not being stated, though at a later date it is given as black. The Laws of Lubeck contain a like provision in 1299, the "Lubeschen Vloghel[63]" being presumably the flag, white and red in two horizontal bands, flown by that town until its absorption into the German Empire.
By the end of the thirteenth century, the coastal city-states of northern Europe, which had gained prominence due to their shipping advancements influenced by the Crusades, began to establish rules for using their flags at sea. For example, the maritime laws of Hamburg, which Pardessus[61] dates before 1270, included a rule stating that every citizen of that town must fly a red flag[62] at sea, with a penalty of three silver marks for failing to do so, unless the flag had been lowered due to danger. A similar rule can be found in the Maritime Law of Riga from the same period, except that the flag was required to have a white cross, with the color of the background not specified at that time, though it was later noted as black. The Laws of Lubeck also included a similar regulation in 1299, with the "Lubeschen Vloghel[63]," presumably the flag consisting of white and red horizontal bands, being used by that town until it joined the German Empire.
Two years earlier, in 1297, appeared the first recorded provision for the bearing of an English flag at sea, and we may therefore, with the close of the thirteenth century, quit the wide field of research that we have been attempting to survey for a more detailed investigation of the history of British national flags.
Two years earlier, in 1297, the first documented rule for flying an English flag at sea was established, so we can now, at the end of the thirteenth century, move away from the broad research we've been trying to cover and focus on a more detailed exploration of the history of British national flags.
FOOTNOTES:
[3] E.g. Albert of Aix: longissima hasta quod vocant standart. Baldric of Dol: admiravisi stantarum. Peter Tudebode: Quod stantarum apud nos dicitur vexillum. Robert the Monk: vexillum admiravissi quod standarum vocant.
[3] For example, Albert of Aix: longest spear they call standard. Baldric of Dol: admiring standards. Peter Tudebode: What we call a flag is referred to as a standard among us.. Robert the Monk: a flag you would admire.
[6] In 1337 streamers were from 14 to 32 ells long and 3 to 5 cloths wide; standards were 9 ells long and 3 cloths wide; while banners were 1¾ ells long and 2 cloths wide.
[6] In 1337, streamers ranged from 14 to 32 yards long and were 3 to 5 widths of cloth wide; standards measured 9 yards long and 3 widths of cloth wide; while banners were 1¾ yards long and 2 widths of cloth wide.
[9] The fact that the object represented is really a boat has been disputed, but there seem to be no good grounds for the objections made. The question is discussed by Dr Wallis Budge in his Egypt in the Neolithic and Archaic Periods (Books on Egypt and Chaldea, vol. ix), pp. 71 et seq.
[9] The claim that the object in question is actually a boat has been challenged, but there doesn't seem to be any solid basis for these objections. Dr. Wallis Budge addresses this issue in his Egypt in the Neolithic and Archaic Periods (Books on Egypt and Chaldea, vol. ix), pp. 71 et seq.
[10] They are represented in de Morgan's Recherches sur les Origines de l'Egypte, in Dr Wallis Budge's work just cited, p. 78, and in Capart's Primitive Art in Egypt, p. 210.
[10] They are featured in de Morgan's Recherches sur les Origines de l'Egypte, in Dr. Wallis Budge's work mentioned earlier, p. 78, and in Capart's Primitive Art in Egypt, p. 210.
[11] Ezekiel, chap. xxvii.
[14] For a more detailed discussion of these standards see papers by Dr Assmann and Mr Hill in the Zeitschrift für Numismatik, vol. xxv, and by Prof. E. Babelon in the Revue Numismatique for 1907. Prof. Babelon holds that this cruciform staff is the object which the Greeks called στυλις, a word whose meaning has never been satisfactorily determined, and that its primary object was to support the "aphlaston." The other writers do not concur. His theory that the boards which formed the aphlaston were movable and, supported by the "stylis," served to aid the navigation of the ship will not, I think, command many adherents.
[14] For a more detailed discussion of these standards, see papers by Dr. Assmann and Mr. Hill in the Zeitschrift für Numismatik, vol. xxv, and by Prof. E. Babelon in the Revue Numismatique from 1907. Prof. Babelon argues that this cross-shaped staff is what the Greeks referred to as στυλις, a term whose meaning has never been clearly defined, and that its main purpose was to support the "aphlaston." The other writers disagree. His theory that the boards forming the aphlaston were movable and, supported by the "stylis," helped with the ship's navigation is unlikely to gain much support.
[17] τὸ βαρβαρικὸν ἀνέτεινε σημεῖον. Strategemata, viii, 53 (iii). Polyaenus flourished circa 150 a.d. and was therefore writing long after the event he relates, but he appears to have had access to earlier authors whose works have now perished.
[17] The savage raised a signal. Strategemata, viii, 53 (iii). Polyaenus thrived around 150 A.D. and was therefore writing well after the events he describes, but he seems to have had access to earlier authors whose works have since been lost.
[18] Herodotus, vii, 100, 128.
Herodotus, vii, 100, 128.
[19] Strategemata, iii, 11 (xi).
[21] Φοινικις said to be derived from Φοίνιξ dark red or purple. Φοίνιξ which also denotes a Phoenician is of doubtful etymology and may have been derived from the name of the date palm.
[21] Phoenix is said to come from Φοίνιξ, which means dark red or purple. Φοίνιξ, which also refers to a Phoenician, has an uncertain origin and may have been taken from the name of the date palm.
[22] Vide Stuart Jones, Companion to Roman History.
[23] Natural History, Book x, 5 (4).
[26] De Re Militari, iii, 5: "Muta signa sunt aquilae, dracones, vexilla, flammulae, tufae, pinnae. Quocunque enim haec ferri iusserit ductor, eo necesse est signum suum comitantes milites pergant." He is here using the word signum in the sense of signal, and divides these signals into vocalia or orders given by word of mouth, semi-vocalia or those given by trumpet, and muta or those denoted by the movement of the standards.
[26] De Re Militari, iii, 5: "The symbols have changed: the eagles, dragons, flags, flames, tufts, and plumes. Wherever the leader orders these to be displayed, the soldiers with his standard must follow." He is using the word signum to mean signal, and categorizes these signals into vocalia or commands given verbally, semi-vocalia or those given by trumpet, and muta or those indicated by the movement of the standards.
[29] De Bello Civili, ii, 6: Conspirataeque naves triremes duae navem D. Brut quae ex insigni facile agnosci poterant, duabus ex partibus sese in eam incitaverant.
[29] De Bello Civili, ii, 6: Two warships had plotted against D. Brutus's ship, which was easily identified by its insignia, and they attacked it from both sides.
[32] Civil Wars, v, 55.
[33] Alemannus, De Lateranensibus parietinis.
[34] De Rebus Hispaniae, iii, 18: Arabum ... qui sua capita tegunt vittis, ... habentes vestis diversis coloribus variegatas, tenentes gladios et ballistas, et vexilla in altum tensa.
[34] De Rebus Hispaniae, iii, 18: Arabs ... who cover their heads with bands, ... wearing garments of various colors, holding swords and crossbows, and flying banners raised high..
[37] "There in the midst of all, the guiding star of the whole army, floated the consecrated banner, the gift of Rome and of Hildebrand.... There rode the chief of all, the immediate leader of that choicest and central division, the mighty Duke himself." Freeman, Norman Conquest, 2nd edition, iii, 463. It is true that (p. 465) Freeman says "I cannot see the banner in the tapestry," but if he was looking for a "banner" he certainly would not find one at this early date, and Wace (v, 11451) expressly says that it was a "gonfanon": "L'Apostoile...un gonfanon li enveia." Freeman supposes (p. 768) that at this point Eustace is giving advice to which William will not listen, but surely this is a misconception of a striking incident spiritedly portrayed by the designer.
[37] "In the middle of everything, the guiding star of the entire army, floated the sacred banner, a gift from Rome and Hildebrand.... There rode the chief of all, the immediate leader of that elite and central division, the powerful Duke himself." Freeman, Norman Conquest, 2nd edition, iii, 463. It is true that (p. 465) Freeman says "I can't see the banner in the tapestry," but if he was looking for a "banner," he definitely wouldn't find one at this early date, and Wace (v, 11451) clearly states that it was a "gonfanon": "L'Apostoile...un gonfanon li enveia." Freeman assumes (p. 768) that at this moment Eustace is giving advice that William won't heed, but this seems to be a misunderstanding of a striking event vividly depicted by the designer.
[40] William of Poitiers (his chaplain) says: "Verum ne prius luce littus, quo intendunt, attingentes, iniqua et minus nota statione periclitentur; dat praeconis voce edictum, ut cum in altum sint deductae, paululum noctis conquiescant non longe a sua rates cunctae in anchoris fluitantes, donec in ejus mali summo lampade conspecta, extemplo buccinae clangorem cursus accipiant signum."
[40] William of Poitiers (his chaplain) says: "To prevent them from reaching their intended shore before dawn and risking danger from an unfamiliar and less safe harbor, he issues an announcement through a herald, stating that once they are at sea, they should rest for a while during the night, not far from their ships that are anchored. They should wait until the light of a torch reveals the peak of that trouble, at which point they should take the sound of the trumpet as their signal to move."
[42] The chroniclers adopt no technical terms for the flags, but use vexillum or signum indiscriminately, the former word being no longer restricted to hanging flags, and being occasionally used for a standard or even for a cross.
[42] The chroniclers don’t use any technical terms for the flags, but use vexillum or signum interchangeably. The former term is no longer limited to hanging flags and is sometimes used to refer to a standard or even a cross.
[48] Baluzius, Epistolarum Innocentii III Pontificis lib. undecim. 1682: Praetendit autem non sine mysterio crucem et claves; quia beatus Petrus Apostolus et crucem in Christo sustinuit et claves a Christo suscepit. Repraesentat itaque signum crucis, etc.
[48] Baluzius, Epistolarum Innocentii III Pontificis lib. undecim. 1682: He claims, with an air of mystery, the cross and the keys; because the blessed Apostle Peter carried the cross for Christ and received the keys from Christ. So, it represents the sign of the cross, and so on.
[49] Laurentius Veronensis, De Bello majoricano.
[51] Michael de Vico in his Breviarium Pisanae Historiae, written in 1371, says this was red (vexillum vermileum) and that thereafter the Pisans always flew a red flag.
[51] Michael de Vico in his Breviarium Pisanae Historiae, written in 1371, states that this was red (vexillum vermileum) and that afterwards the Pisans always used a red flag.
[52] Reproduced in colour in the Monumenta Germaniae Historica. Scriptores, vol. 18. The ms. itself has also been reproduced in photographic facsimile.
[52] Reproduced in color in the Monumenta Germaniae Historica. Scriptores, vol. 18. The Ms. itself has also been reproduced in a photographic facsimile.
[53] The tarid at this date was shorter and broader than the galley, and therefore able to carry a heavier burden, but it was on this account less mobile, and therefore defensive rather than offensive in action. These tarids were fitted out with fighting castles (hediffitia (aedificia) mirabilia ad proelium) to increase their defensive qualities.
[53] At this time, the tarid was shorter and wider than the galley, which meant it could carry a heavier load. However, this made it less maneuverable, so it was used more for defense than attack. These tarids were equipped with fighting towers (hediffitia (aedificia) mirabilia ad proelium) to enhance their defensive capabilities.
[56] The term "Protentinus" was adopted from the Normans then ruling in Sicily, who had acquired it from the Byzantines. As in Sicily, the Protentinus appears to have been primarily the chief magistrate of one of the districts (compagnae) into which the state territory was divided for administrative purposes, the "comitus" being one of his subordinate officers. Thus the fleet was organised on a territorial basis. The term "comitus" was afterwards applied to the officer occupying the position of boatswain in a galley, but it has not that meaning at this date.
[56] The term "Protentinus" was taken from the Normans who were then in control of Sicily and was borrowed from the Byzantines. Just like in Sicily, the Protentinus seems to have been mainly the chief magistrate of one of the districts (compagnae) into which the state was divided for administrative reasons, with the "comitus" being one of his subordinate officers. Thus, the fleet was organized based on these territories. The term "comitus" later referred to the officer who served as the boatswain on a galley, but it doesn't carry that meaning anymore today.
[61] Collection de Lois Maritimes, ii, 337.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Collection of Maritime Laws, ii, 337.
[63] Pardessus, ii, 411.
Chapter II
Early English, Scottish, and Irish Flags
(i) ENGLAND
So far as may be judged from the scanty records that remain, the ancient inhabitants of these islands do not seem to have known the use of flags until the Romans made them acquainted with their military signa. Adopted by the Saxons either directly from the Romans before they left their homes on the continent or from the Britons whom they subdued, flags formed, from the seventh century onwards, an important part of the regalia. Speaking of Eadwin King of Northumbria, under date 628 a.d., the Venerable Bede says:
As far as we can tell from the limited records that remain, the ancient inhabitants of these islands didn’t seem to have known about flags until the Romans introduced them to their military signa. The Saxons either adopted them directly from the Romans before they left their homes on the continent or from the Britons they conquered. From the seventh century onward, flags became an important part of the regalia. Referring to Eadwin, King of Northumbria, in the year 628 AD, the Venerable Bede says:
his dignity was so great throughout his dominions that banners (vexilla) were not only borne before him in battle, but even in time of peace when he rode about his cities and towns or provinces the standard bearer was wont to go before him. And when he walked about the streets that sort of standard which the Romans call Tufa, and the English Tuuf, was borne before him[64].
his dignity was so immense across his territories that banners were not only carried in front of him during battle, but even in peacetime when he traveled through his cities, towns, or provinces. The standard bearer would usually lead the way. And when he walked through the streets, a type of standard that the Romans refer to as Tufa, and the English as Tuuf, was carried in front of him[64].
A few years later, on the translation of the bones of King Oswald, the royal vexillum of purple and gold (auro et purpura compositum) was placed above the tomb, a practice that was followed through many centuries.
A few years later, during the translation of King Oswald's bones, the royal banner of purple and gold (auro et purpura compositum) was placed above the tomb, a tradition that was upheld for many centuries.
The Saxons of Wessex adopted as their principal war standard the dragon, which in various forms was destined to appear at many crucial moments in English history. At the battle of Burford in 752, according to Henry of Huntingdon, the Wessex standard was a golden dragon, while the Mercians used the vexillum[65].
The Saxons of Wessex chose the dragon as their main war standard, which in different versions would show up at many key points in English history. During the battle of Burford in 752, as noted by Henry of Huntingdon, Wessex's standard was a golden dragon, while the Mercians carried the vexillum[65].
The Danish vikings, who commenced their descents upon the southern coasts of England in the middle of the ninth century, had as their ensign a raven embroidered in a flag, which appears to have been used for divination. In the year 878 Hubba
The Danish Vikings, who started their raids on the southern coasts of England in the mid-ninth century, carried a flag with a raven embroidered on it, which seems to have been used for divination. In the year 878, Hubba
the brother of Hingwar and Halfdene, with 23 ships ... sailed to Devon, where with 1200 others he met with a miserable death, being slain before the castle of Cynuit[66]. There (the Christians[67]) gained a very large booty, [31]and amongst other things the flag called Raven [68], for they say that the three sisters of Hingwar and Hubba, daughters of Lodobroch, wove that flag and got it ready in one day. They say moreover that in every battle wherever that flag went before them, if they were to gain the victory a live raven would appear flying in the middle of the flag, but if they were doomed to be defeated it would hang down motionless, and this often proved to be so[69].
the brother of Hingwar and Halfdene, with 23 ships ... sailed to Devon, where with 1200 others he met a tragic end, being killed outside the castle of Cynuit[66]. There (the Christians[67]) scored a huge victory, [31]and among other things, they captured the flag called Raven[68], because it’s said that the three sisters of Hingwar and Hubba, daughters of Lodobroch, crafted that flag in a single day. They also say that in every battle where that flag was carried, if they were destined for victory, a live raven would appear flying in the center of the flag, but if they were meant to lose, it would hang down lifeless, and this often turned out to be true[69].
From this description it is clear that the raven flag was attached by one side to a staff, instead of by the top to a crosspiece like the Roman vexillum. We meet with it next at the beginning of the eleventh century, when the Danish hordes again invaded England under Sweyn and Cnut and conquered it. The anonymous author of the Encomium of Queen Emma, the wife of Cnut, gives a description of the flag and attributes to it magical properties, in which he is good enough not to expect his readers to believe. He says:
From this description, it’s obvious that the raven flag was attached on one side to a staff instead of being secured at the top to a crosspiece like the Roman vexillum. We encounter it again at the start of the eleventh century when the Danish forces invaded England under Sweyn and Cnut and took over. The anonymous author of the Encomium of Queen Emma, who was Cnut's wife, describes the flag and claims it has magical properties, though he is considerate enough not to expect his readers to believe that. He states:
For they had a flag of wondrous portent, which, though I may well believe this to be incredible to the reader, yet because it is true I will mention it in this truthful account. Of a truth, although it was woven of quite plain white silk and there was no image of any kind in it, yet in time of war there always appeared in it a raven, as though it were woven thereon, which when its own party was victorious appeared with open beak, shaking its wings and moving its legs, but when that party was defeated, very quiet and with its whole body hanging down (toto corpore demissus)[70].
For they had a flag with a remarkable significance, which, although it might seem unbelievable to the reader, I will mention in this honest account because it is true. Indeed, even though it was made of simple white silk and had no image on it, during times of war, a raven always appeared as if it were woven into the fabric. When its side was winning, the raven would show itself with an open beak, flapping its wings and moving its legs, but when that side was losing, it would appear very still, its entire body hanging down (toto corpore demissus)[70].
Possibly this flag was triangular, for in the early years of the tenth century the viking kings of Northumbria introduced into the reverse of their coins a triangular flag affixed laterally to a staff[71]. The top edge of this was horizontal and the lower, which was inclined upward from the staff, was heavily fringed. In the field was a small cross, which had—possibly under the influence of a nominal christianity—replaced the raven, although that bird is found on the obverse of some of the later coins[72]. These coins are of especial interest to us as they contain the earliest representation of a flag of any of the northern nations. This triangular flag appears first in a coin of Sihtric, who, after being driven from Dublin by the Irish in 920, reigned at York and died about 927, and later in a coin of Regnald (King of Northumbria in 943) and upon coins of Anlaf (949-952)[73].
Possibly this flag was triangular, because in the early 10th century, the Viking kings of Northumbria started adding a triangular flag attached sideways to a staff on the back of their coins[71]. The top edge was horizontal, and the lower edge, which sloped upward from the staff, was heavily fringed. In the center, there was a small cross, which may have—possibly under the influence of nominal Christianity—replaced the raven, although that bird can still be seen on the front of some later coins[72]. These coins are particularly important to us because they feature the earliest depiction of a flag from any of the northern nations. This triangular flag first appears on a coin of Sihtric, who, after being forced out of Dublin by the Irish in 920, ruled in York and died around 927, and later on a coin of Regnald (King of Northumbria in 943) and on coins of Anlaf (949-952)[73].
It is about this period that flags first become associated with particular saints. Among the treasures sent by Hugh the Great, Duke of the Franks, to King Æthelstan in 927 was a banner of St Maurice, which is said to have been of especial assistance to Charlemagne in his Spanish wars[74]. We do not know what form this banner took, presumably it was a representation of the saint, but it is of especial significance to us that this saint had been a soldier, for it enables us in some measure to understand why St George had such an extraordinary vogue a few centuries later.
It’s during this time that flags first became linked to specific saints. Among the treasures sent by Hugh the Great, Duke of the Franks, to King Æthelstan in 927 was a banner of St. Maurice, which was said to have been especially helpful to Charlemagne in his wars in Spain[74]. We don’t know what this banner looked like; it was presumably a depiction of the saint, but it’s especially significant for us that this saint had been a soldier, as it helps us partially understand why St. George became so popular a few centuries later.
At the battle of Assandune (1016) in which the English under Eadmund Ironside were defeated by the Danes under Sweyn and Cnut, the Raven was opposed to the Dragon and to another ensign described as a "Standard." This is the first occasion on which an English king appears in the field with two different "standards," and it is of interest to note that his place in battle was between them[75].
At the battle of Assandune (1016), the English led by Eadmund Ironside were defeated by the Danes under Sweyn and Cnut. The Raven faced off against the Dragon and another flag referred to as a "Standard." This is the first time an English king was present in battle with two different "standards," and it's interesting to note that his position on the battlefield was between them[75].
It is to be regretted that Henry of Huntingdon did not explain what this royal "Standard," for which he has no exact Latin equivalent, was like. He tells us that Harold also had a "Standard" (signum regium quod vocatur Standard) at the Battle of Hastings, and that a band of Norman knights bound themselves by oath to seize it: an effort in which they were successful, although many were slain. This Standard was apparently the "Dragon" seen in the Bayeux Tapestry in the hands of Harold's standard-bearer[76]. According to William of Malmesbury[77], Harold, who was fighting on foot, placed himself with his brothers near his vexillum, which was in the likeness of a man fighting, and was sumptuously adorned with gold and precious stones. After the battle William presented it to the Pope. Probably this fighting man was the emblem of the South-Saxons, for on the Sussex Downs above Wilmington—once the home of Earl Godwin, Harold's father—may be seen the outline of a gigantic figure armed with a staff or lance in either hand[78]. Evidently Harold's position was between [33]the Dragon standard, and his personal ensign, a position similar to that occupied "according to custom" by Eadmund fifty years before.
It’s unfortunate that Henry of Huntingdon didn't describe what this royal "Standard" was like since there's no exact Latin word for it. He mentions that Harold also had a "Standard" (signum regium quod vocatur Standard) at the Battle of Hastings, and a group of Norman knights swore an oath to capture it, which they did, even though many of them were killed. This Standard was likely the "Dragon" depicted in the Bayeux Tapestry held by Harold's standard-bearer[76]. According to William of Malmesbury[77], Harold, who was fighting on foot, positioned himself with his brothers next to his vexillum, which resembled a man in combat and was richly decorated with gold and gemstones. After the battle, William gave it to the Pope. This fighting figure probably represented the South-Saxons, as a giant outline can be seen on the Sussex Downs above Wilmington—once the home of Earl Godwin, Harold's father—showing a figure armed with a staff or lance in both hands[78]. Clearly, Harold's position was between the Dragon standard and his personal ensign, similar to the position Eadmund occupied "according to custom" fifty years earlier.
Of these two the "signum regium," or principal "standard" appears to have been fixed in a central position or rallying point, while the other, the Dragon, was carried in the hands of a standard-bearer chosen for his personal strength and prowess. In September of the year 1191 when Richard was fighting in the Holy Land in company with the French under the Duke of Burgundy, and the crusading army was drawn up for battle, Richard fixed his standard in the midst of the forces and handed the Dragon to Peter des Preaux to carry, despite the claim of Robert Trussebut to bear it by hereditary right[79]. By this time the royal "standard" supported an heraldic banner that displayed the lion which Richard placed upon his first great seal and which on his return to England he multiplied by three; but why did a symbol so obviously pagan as the Dragon survive the Conquest and that greater attention to religion—or at any rate to its outward observance—that the Conquest had brought in its train? William of Normandy had conquered England beneath the aegis of the gonfanon with golden cross that the Pope had blessed for him, yet we hear no more of it. The battle of the Standard in 1138 was fought around a ship's mast bearing aloft the banners of St Peter, St John of Beverley and St Wilfred of Ripon. The very crusade in which Richard was engaged had been inaugurated with the solemn assumption of coloured crosses by the combatants at the hands of the Archbishop of Tyre, white for the English, red for the French, and green for the men of Flanders[80]. Yet the standard under which the English crusaders were led to the attack was none of these, but the same Dragon under which the Parthians had fought the Romans and the men of Wessex had beaten the men of Mercia. And the chronicler who records this fact was an eye-witness.
Of these two, the "royal standard," or main "flag," seems to have been positioned in a central spot or rallying point, while the other, the Dragon, was carried by a standard-bearer selected for his physical strength and skill. In September 1191, while Richard was fighting in the Holy Land alongside the French under the Duke of Burgundy and the crusading army was arranged for battle, Richard planted his standard in the center of the forces and gave the Dragon to Peter des Preaux to carry, despite Robert Trussebut’s claim to bear it by hereditary right[79]. By this time, the royal "standard" displayed an heraldic banner featuring the lion that Richard had placed on his first great seal, and which he multiplied by three when he returned to England; but why did a symbol so clearly pagan as the Dragon continue after the Conquest, especially given the increased focus on religion—or at least its public display—that the Conquest had brought? William of Normandy had conquered England under the protection of the gonfanon with the golden cross blessed by the Pope, yet we hear no more of it. The battle of the Standard in 1138 was fought around a ship's mast holding up the banners of St Peter, St John of Beverley, and St Wilfred of Ripon. The very crusade in which Richard was engaged started with the ceremonial adoption of colored crosses by the fighters from the Archbishop of Tyre, white for the English, red for the French, and green for the men of Flanders[80]. Yet the standard under which the English crusaders were led into battle was none of these, but the same Dragon under which the Parthians had fought the Romans and the men of Wessex had defeated the men of Mercia. And the chronicler who recorded this was an eyewitness.
When, in the twenty-eighth year of his reign, Henry III was about to visit the Abbey at Westminster, which he was rebuilding,
When, in the twenty-eighth year of his reign, Henry III was about to visit the Abbey at Westminster, which he was rebuilding,
he commanded Edward FitzOdo to make a Dragon in the manner of a Standard or Ensign of red Samit, to be embroidered with gold, and his tongue to appear as though continually moving and his eyes of Saphires or other stones agreeable to him[81]
he ordered Edward FitzOdo to create a Dragon like a Standard or Ensign of red fabric, to be embroidered with gold, and its tongue to look like it’s always moving, with eyes made of sapphires or other stones of his choice[81]
which was to be placed in the Abbey Church against the King's coming thither. What then was its religious significance?
which was to be placed in the Abbey Church for the King's visit. So, what was its religious significance?
But we must leave this question to the student of folklore[82]. Suffice it to say that the Dragon was borne in the English army at Lewes in 1216, at Creçy in 1346, and finally at Bosworth Field in 1485, whence, in company with two banners, one containing the image of St George and the other a Dun Cow, it was carried in state to St Paul's Cathedral. Under all the Tudor sovereigns the Dragon formed one of the supporters of the Royal Arms, it appeared on the streamers of the Henri Grace à Dieu, and to this day it supports the Arms of the City of London and gives a name to one of the Officers of Arms—Rouge Dragon.
But we should leave this question to the student of folklore[82]. It's enough to say that the Dragon was present in the English army at Lewes in 1216, at Crécy in 1346, and finally at Bosworth Field in 1485, where it was carried in style to St Paul's Cathedral alongside two banners, one featuring an image of St George and the other a Dun Cow. Throughout the Tudor reigns, the Dragon was one of the supporters of the Royal Arms, it appeared on the flags of the Henri Grace à Dieu, and even today, it supports the Arms of the City of London and lends its name to one of the Officers of Arms—Rouge Dragon.
Before we turn aside to retrace the steps by which St George became the patron saint of England and the red cross on white ground England's national flag, we must first briefly notice the other saintly banners with which, for a time, it contested the pre-eminence. Mention has already been made of the "Standard" from which the battle of 1138 took its name. This standard consisted of the mast of a ship fixed on a four-wheeled frame. At the top was placed a silver pyx containing a consecrated wafer, and beneath this were suspended the banners of St Peter (of York), St John (of Beverley), and St Wilfred (of Ripon). The entirely religious nature of this standard is no doubt due to the fact that the English levies had been gathered under the direction of Thurstan, the aged Archbishop of York[83].
Before we look back at how St. George became England's patron saint and how the red cross on a white background became the national flag, we should first briefly mention the other saintly banners that once competed for prominence. We've already talked about the "Standard" from which the battle of 1138 got its name. This standard was made up of a ship's mast mounted on a four-wheeled frame. At the top, there was a silver pyx holding a consecrated wafer, and beneath it hung the banners of St. Peter (of York), St. John (of Beverley), and St. Wilfred (of Ripon). The completely religious nature of this standard is likely because the English forces were assembled under the guidance of Thurstan, the elderly Archbishop of York[83].
The banner of St John of Beverley was again in evidence during the Scottish wars of Edward I, and during these same wars there appears for the first time the banner of another north of England saint, St Cuthbert of Durham. Both these banners were carried by ecclesiastics, who were paid by the king for their services. In addition to these, which seem to have been carried only in the Northern wars, there were in use, as appears from the Wardrobe Accounts for 1299-1300[84], five other banners: two of the Arms of England, one of the arms of St George, one of the arms of St Edmund, and one of the arms of St Edward.
The banner of St. John of Beverley was once again displayed during the Scottish wars of Edward I, and for the first time in these wars, the banner of another northern England saint, St. Cuthbert of Durham, appeared. Both banners were carried by clergy members, who were compensated by the king for their services. Besides these, which seem to have only been used in the Northern wars, there were also five other banners recorded in the Wardrobe Accounts for 1299-1300[84]: two representing the Arms of England, one for the arms of St. George, one for the arms of St. Edmund, and one for the arms of St. Edward.
A description of the banner of St Cuthbert has been preserved for us in a MS. of the sixteenth century[85]:
A description of the banner of St. Cuthbert has been preserved for us in a 16th-century manuscript[85]:
There was also a Baner ... called Sanct Cuthbertes Baner which was five yards in length. All the pippes of it were of sylver to be sleaven on a long speire staffe, and on the overmost pype on the hight of yt was a ffyne lytle silver crosse, and a goodly Banner cloth perteyned to yt. And in the mydes of the banner cloth was all of white velvett, halfe a yerd squayre [35]every way, and a faire crose of Read velvett over yt, and within ye said white velvett was ye holy Relique, ye Corporax that ye holy man Sancte Cuthbert did cover the chalyce withall when he sayd mess. And the Resydewe of ye Banner clothe was all of Read velvett, imbrodered all with grene sylke and goulde most sumtuousle.
There was also a banner ... called Saint Cuthbert's Banner, which was five yards long. All its pipes were made of silver to be fastened on a long spear staff, and on the top pipe, at its peak, was a fine little silver cross, along with a beautiful banner cloth that belonged to it. In the middle of the banner cloth was all white velvet, half a yard square in every direction, and a lovely cross of red velvet over it, and within the white velvet was the holy relic, the corporal that the holy man Saint Cuthbert used to cover the chalice when he said Mass. The rest of the banner cloth was all red velvet, lavishly embroidered with green silk and gold. [35]
The arms of England were at this period the three leopards (or lions): those of St George the well-known red cross. St Edmund's arms are believed to have been three golden crowns on a blue field[86], those of St Edward (Edward the Confessor) were, also on a blue field, a cross flory between five martlets, gold[87]. Some of Edward's coins show on the reverse a cross between four small birds that may be taken to be martlets, the heraldic swallow without feet or beak. These alone of all the saintly "arms" appear to have had any direct connection with the man with whose name they are associated.
The arms of England at this time featured three leopards (or lions) and the well-known red cross of St. George. St. Edmund's arms are thought to have had three golden crowns on a blue background[86], while St. Edward's (Edward the Confessor) also had a blue field, showcasing a flory cross surrounded by five gold martlets[87]. Some of Edward's coins display a cross alongside four small birds, which likely represent martlets, a heraldic representation of a swallow without feet or beak. Of all the saintly "arms," these seem to have the only direct connection to the individual they are linked with.
Under Henry V there was added to these a banner emblematic of the Holy Trinity[88], which was carried at Agincourt. In addition to these we hear of a banner of St William, carried in the Earl of Surrey's army in the north in 1513.
Under Henry V, a banner symbolizing the Holy Trinity[88] was added, which was carried at Agincourt. We also hear about a banner of St. William, carried in the Earl of Surrey's army in the north in 1513.
It will have been noticed that, with the exception of the two apostles, only one of these saints, St George, is of foreign extraction. How did it come to pass that this foreign saint completely eclipsed those who, in the literal sense of the word, were strictly national?
It’s notable that, apart from the two apostles, only one of these saints, St. George, is from another country. How did this foreign saint manage to completely overshadow those who were, in the literal sense, purely national?
Few saints have been so universally honoured as St George, and yet there is not a saint in the calendar about whose life so little that is authentic is known. He was a soldier who attained the crown of martyrdom during the reign of Diocletian. That is the extent of our knowledge, and on this meagre foundation the wildest, the most incredible legends have been embroidered. Even the date of his death is not certain[89], yet from an early age he was one of the most popular of saints, especially in the East, where he was revered by Mahometan and Christian alike. And here it is to be noted that he is not the George of Cappadocia, the Arian Bishop of Alexandria who met with the death his acts had amply merited at the hands of the populace in the year 361, although so eminent an authority as Gibbon[90] has declared them one and the same.
Few saints have been so widely honored as St. George, yet there is no saint in the calendar about whom so little authentic information is known. He was a soldier who became a martyr during the reign of Diocletian. That’s the extent of our knowledge, and on this thin foundation, the craziest and most unbelievable legends have been created. Even the exact date of his death is uncertain[89], but from an early age, he was one of the most popular saints, especially in the East, where he was respected by both Muslims and Christians. It’s important to note that he is not the George of Cappadocia, the Arian Bishop of Alexandria, who met a deserved end at the hands of the people in the year 361, although a prominent authority like Gibbon[90] has claimed they are the same person.
The cult of St George spread from East to West. In the fifth century he was honoured in Gaul. The monastery at Thetford, founded in the reign of Canute, was dedicated to him[91], and the churches of St George at Fordington (now a part of Dorchester) [36]and Southwark were founded before the Norman Conquest. But although his feast day (23rd April) had been included by the Venerable Bede in his Martyrologium it does not appear to have been generally observed in England till a later date. One of the payments in the Misae roll of 14 John (1213)[92] is dated as the day before the feast of St George, and this feast was included among the minor festivals by the Council at Oxford in 1222[93], yet it is not mentioned in the Constitutions of the Bishop of Worcester in 1240[94]. It is included in the list of saints' days drawn up by the Synod of Exeter in 1287, but it is not included in lists drawn up by Archbishops of Canterbury in 1332 and 1400, nor in one drawn up by the Bishop of Bath and Wells in 1342[95].
The cult of St. George spread from East to West. In the fifth century, he was honored in Gaul. The monastery at Thetford, founded during Canute's reign, was dedicated to him[91], and the churches of St. George at Fordington (now part of Dorchester) [36]and Southwark were established before the Norman Conquest. However, even though his feast day (April 23) was included by the Venerable Bede in his Martyrologium, it doesn't seem to have been widely celebrated in England until later. One of the payments in the Misae roll of 14 John (1213)[92] is noted as being the day before St. George's feast, and this feast was listed among the minor festivals by the Council at Oxford in 1222[93], but it isn't mentioned in the Constitutions of the Bishop of Worcester from 1240[94]. It is listed in the saints' days drawn up by the Synod of Exeter in 1287, but it is absent from lists created by Archbishops of Canterbury in 1332 and 1400, and from one compiled by the Bishop of Bath and Wells in 1342[95].
The explanation of this lies in the fact that St George was not a churchman's but a soldier's saint. It is to our crusading kings, Richard and Edward I, and to their followers that he owes a popularity that extends to numbers that do not reverence saints and would be hard put to it to name offhand half a dozen others.
The reason for this is that St. George wasn't a saint of the church, but of soldiers. He owes his popularity to our crusading kings, Richard and Edward I, and their followers, reaching even those who don't typically honor saints and would struggle to name half a dozen others on the spot.
St George became especially popular among the crusaders, and his miraculous intervention was believed to have decided victory in their favour on several occasions. The early sculptured tympanum over the south door of St George's Church at Fordington is supposed to represent the saint intervening in behalf of the Christians at the battle of Antioch in 1098. The same subject occurs in a mural painting in the church at Hardham in Sussex[96]. Both painting and sculpture are assigned to the twelfth century. In both instances the saint is on horseback and carries a lance; with the butt end he strikes down the foe. Near the head of the lance is a gonfanon the fly of which is split into long tails. No sign of the cross now remains in the painting, but in the sculpture it is plainly visible at the head of this gonfanon. As the earliest representation in England of St George's flag, this sculpture is of especial interest.
St. George became particularly popular among the crusaders, and his miraculous intervention was believed to have secured victory for them on several occasions. The early sculpted tympanum above the south door of St. George's Church at Fordington is thought to depict the saint intervening on behalf of the Christians during the battle of Antioch in 1098. The same theme appears in a mural painting in the church at Hardham in Sussex[96]. Both the painting and sculpture are dated to the twelfth century. In both cases, the saint is on horseback and holding a lance; with the butt end, he strikes down his enemy. Near the head of the lance is a gonfanon, the fly of which is split into long tails. No sign of the cross remains in the painting, but in the sculpture, it is clearly visible at the head of the gonfanon. As the earliest representation in England of St. George's flag, this sculpture is especially notable.
As already remarked in the previous chapter, the date at which the red cross on a white field first became associated with St George is not known. Jacobus de Voragine, the thirteenth century author of the Legenda Aurea, quotes an earlier history of Antioch as his authority for the statement that at the Siege of Jerusalem (1099) the Christians hesitated to ascend the scaling ladders until St George, clad in white armour marked with the red cross, appeared and beckoned them on.
As mentioned in the previous chapter, the exact date when the red cross on a white background first became linked to St. George is unclear. Jacobus de Voragine, a thirteenth-century author of the Legenda Aurea, cites an earlier history of Antioch as his source for the claim that during the Siege of Jerusalem (1099), the Christians hesitated to climb the scaling ladders until St. George, dressed in white armor with the red cross, appeared and signaled for them to continue.
The date at which St George's cross became accepted as the English national flag has also yet to be ascertained. It does not appear to have been used as such at the time of the Third Crusade. In January, 1188, when Henry II and his followers enrolled themselves in response to the preaching of William of Tyre, they received white crosses, while the French took red and the Flemings green ones[97]. At first sight it may seem that there is some error in this statement. We know that at a later period the English had adopted the red cross on white ground while the French made use of a white one on a blue ground. Cleirac[98], writing in 1661 and knowing of no other authority for the statement than Matthew Paris, attempted to solve this difficulty by "restoring" the text and interchanging "red" and "white," but this simple expedient is not allowed to the modern student. The statement occurs not only in Matthew Paris, who had probably taken it from the Abbot Benedict's Gesta Regis Henrici Secundi, but also in the works of John de Oxenedes, Bartholomew de Cotton, Roger de Wendover and Ralph de Diceto. It is not probable that so many contemporary, or nearly contemporary, writers would make or repeat such a statement if it were erroneous.
The exact date when St George's Cross became recognized as the English national flag is still not known. It doesn’t seem to have been used in that capacity during the Third Crusade. In January 1188, when Henry II and his followers signed up in response to preaching by William of Tyre, they received white crosses, while the French got red ones and the Flemings green ones[97]. At first glance, it might look like there’s a mistake in this claim. We know that later, the English adopted a red cross on a white background while the French used a white one on a blue background. Cleirac[98], writing in 1661 and relying only on Matthew Paris for the claim, tried to resolve this issue by “correcting” the text and swapping “red” and “white,” but modern scholars aren’t allowed such liberties. This statement appears not just in Matthew Paris, who likely sourced it from Abbot Benedict's Gesta Regis Henrici Secundi, but also in the writings of John de Oxenedes, Bartholomew de Cotton, Roger de Wendover, and Ralph de Diceto. It’s unlikely that so many contemporary or nearly contemporary writers would make or repeat such a claim if it were incorrect.
Time and circumstances have not permitted of an absolutely exhaustive examination of the public records, but after a lengthy search in all likely places the author has not been able to find any mention of the "arms" or flag of St George in English earlier than the year 1277. In the roll of accounts[99] relating to the Welsh War of that year (the fifth of Edward I) occur payments to Admetus, the king's tailor, for the purchase of white and coloured cloth, buckram, etc., for the manufacture of pennoncels and bracers "of the arms of St George." In the original these entries have all been struck through, probably because they were accounted for elsewhere in some roll now perished. While this account only mentions three streamers of the king's arms, it includes the comparatively large number of 340[38] pennoncels of St George's arms. It is probable that banners of the king's arms and of the arms of St Edward and St Edmund were also in use, together with banners of the feudal lords taking the field, just as we find them in use twenty-three years later at the siege of Carlaverock[100], but it is evident from the entries above referred to that the arms of St George were in great, if not exclusive, demand for the smaller flags, which in some cases are expressly stated to be for the king's foot soldiers (pro peditibus regis).
Time and circumstances haven't allowed for a completely thorough examination of the public records, but after an extensive search in all likely places, the author hasn't found any mention of the "arms" or flag of St. George in England before the year 1277. In the roll of accounts[99] related to the Welsh War of that year (the fifth year of Edward I), there are payments made to Admetus, the king's tailor, for the purchase of white and colored cloth, buckram, and so on, for making pennoncels and bracers "of the arms of St. George." In the original, these entries have all been crossed out, likely because they were recorded elsewhere in a now-lost roll. While this account only mentions three streamers of the king's arms, it includes a relatively large number of 340[38] pennoncels bearing St. George's arms. It’s likely that banners of the king's arms and those of St. Edward and St. Edmund were also used, alongside banners of the feudal lords who took the field, just as we see them being used twenty-three years later at the siege of Carlaverock[100]. However, it is clear from the previously mentioned entries that the arms of St. George were in high demand, if not exclusively sought after, for the smaller flags, which in some cases are specifically noted to be for the king's foot soldiers (pro peditibus regis).
We have, therefore, in determining the probable date of the introduction of St George's cross as an English national flag to take into account the following facts.
We need to consider the following facts when figuring out the likely date when St. George's cross was adopted as an English national flag.
In the year 1188 the red cross was not a mark of English nationality, although it was certainly in use in the East and by the Genoese as a religious emblem associated with St George.
In 1188, the red cross wasn't a symbol of English nationality, although it was definitely in use in the East and by the Genoese as a religious emblem linked to St. George.
In 1213 the feast of St George was recognised by the Court officials and used in dating payments, but was not yet generally observed by the people.
In 1213, the feast of St. George was acknowledged by the court officials and used to date payments, but it wasn't widely celebrated by the public yet.
In 1222 this feast was included among the minor festivals to be observed in the English Church, but its omission in later lists shows that it was not universally observed and that no special importance was attached to it.
In 1222, this feast was added to the list of minor festivals to be celebrated in the English Church, but its absence in later lists indicates that it wasn't widely recognized and that it wasn't considered particularly significant.
The cross of St George is definitely referred to in 1277 in circumstances that leave no doubt that it was then in use in England as a national emblem.
The cross of St. George is clearly mentioned in 1277 in a way that leaves no doubt it was being used in England as a national symbol at that time.
We must now briefly recall the state of affairs in England during those ninety years. After Henry II assumed the cross in 1188 his quarrel with Philip of France and with his own son prevented him from proceeding to the Holy Land. Richard, who succeeded him in 1189, spent only six months of his ten years' reign in England. On his return in 1194 after his long absence at the Crusades and in captivity, he spent only two months in this country and then went to France, where the remainder of his life was spent. The whole of John's reign was spent in quarrels with his subjects. Henry III, throughout his long reign of fifty-six years, took up an attitude which was decidedly un-English. On the other hand, Edward I is generally recognised by historians as the first king of "English" nationality. At the date of his succession to the throne he was absent at the Crusades, and as the country was enjoying peace at the hands of those entrusted with the administration of the government he did not return to England until 1274. This peace was not broken until the attempt of Llewellyn to secure the absolute independence of Wales brought on the Welsh War of 1277.
We need to quickly review the situation in England over those ninety years. After Henry II took the cross in 1188, his conflict with Philip of France and his own son kept him from going to the Holy Land. Richard, who became king in 1189, spent just six months of his ten-year reign in England. When he returned in 1194 after a long absence due to the Crusades and captivity, he stayed for only two months before heading to France, where he spent the rest of his life. John's entire reign was marked by disputes with his subjects. Henry III, during his long reign of fifty-six years, adopted a stance that was decidedly un-English. In contrast, Edward I is generally recognized by historians as the first king of "English" nationality. When he began his reign, he was away at the Crusades, and since the country was experiencing peace under those managing the government, he didn’t return to England until 1274. This peace was disrupted only when Llewellyn tried to gain complete independence for Wales, leading to the Welsh War of 1277.
Having all these circumstances in view, it seems on the whole probable that the cross of St George, although more or less familiar to the English, was first erected by Edward I into a national symbol for a people that, by the incorporation of the foreign elements introduced at the Norman Conquest (assisted by the loss of the greater part of the continental possessions of its kings) had at length become a homogeneous nation. From the entries in the roll above referred to and from similar entries in later rolls of Edward I it appears that the cross of St George was almost entirely confined to the pennoncels on the spears of the foot-soldiers and to the "bracers" which the archers bore on their left forearms. Why the bracer should be singled out for this distinction is not clear, but it will be remembered that little over a hundred years later the bracer of Chaucer's "Yeoman" was a conspicuous part of his dress.
Considering all these factors, it seems likely that the cross of St. George, while somewhat familiar to the English, was first established as a national symbol by Edward I for a people that, due to the mix of foreign elements introduced at the Norman Conquest (along with the loss of most of the continental possessions of its kings), had finally become a unified nation. From the entries in the roll mentioned above and from similar entries in later rolls of Edward I, it appears that the cross of St. George was mostly used on the pennons of the foot soldiers' spears and on the "bracers" that archers wore on their left forearms. It's unclear why the bracer was given this distinction, but it's worth noting that just over a hundred years later, the bracer worn by Chaucer's "Yeoman" was a prominent feature of his outfit.
We may suppose that the cross of St George, the simplest and most conspicuous of all the saintly devices, was chosen as the distinctive badge of all those not entitled to armorial bearings and not clothed in the livery of the feudal lords. Indeed, from the expression "for the King's footsoldiers" (pro peditibus regis), which occurs in more than one of the rolls, it would seem that the St George's cross was used instead of the royal arms for the soldiery raised directly by the king and not brought into the field under the banner of any of the nobles. It is not until the reign of Richard II that we meet with an order for the whole of the army to be ensigned with the St George's cross.
We can assume that the cross of St. George, the simplest and most noticeable of all the saintly symbols, was chosen as the distinctive badge for those who were not entitled to coats of arms and weren’t dressed in the colors of the feudal lords. In fact, from the term "for the King's footsoldiers" (pro peditibus regis), which appears in more than one of the rolls, it seems that the St. George's cross was used instead of the royal arms for soldiers raised directly by the king and not under the banner of any nobles. It isn't until the reign of Richard II that we see an order for the entire army to be marked with the St. George's cross.
Among the greater banners that of St George was not as yet supreme; it was indeed only one of four, for when the Castle of Carlaverock was taken in the year 1300:
Among the larger banners, the one for St. George wasn’t the top one yet; it was just one of four, since when the Castle of Carlaverock was captured in the year 1300:
Puis fist le roy porter amont
Sa baniere et la Seint Eymont
La Seint George et la Seint Edwart
Et o celes par droit eswart
La Segrave et la Herefort
Et cele au Seignour de Clifford
A ki li chasteaus fut donnes
[102].
Puis fist le roy porter amont
Sa baniere et la Seint Eymont
La Seint George et la Seint Edwart
Et o celes par droit eswart
La Segrave et la Herefort
Et cele au Seignour de Clifford
A ki li chasteaus fut donnes
[102].
Then the king caused his banner
and that of St Edmund, St George,
and St Edward to be displayed on
high, and with them, by established
right, those of Segrave and Hereford
and that of the Lord of Clifford
to whom the castle was entrusted.
Then the king had his banner
and those of St Edmund, St George,
and St Edward displayed up
high, along with, by established
right, those of Segrave and Hereford
and the one of the Lord of Clifford
to whom the castle was entrusted.
The first step towards the promotion of St George to a position of predominance seems to be due to Edward III, who in gratitude [40]for his supposed help at the Battle of Creçy founded the Chapel of St George at Windsor in 1348. It is from this time that we may date the actual dethronement of Edward the Confessor from the position of "patron saint" of England and the definite substitution of St George in his place. This process was completed under Henry V after the Battle of Agincourt. A Convocation of the province of Canterbury held at St Paul's towards the end of 1415 raised the festival of St George to the position of a "double major feast" and ordered it to be observed throughout the province (which includes England and Wales south of Cheshire and Yorkshire) with as much solemnity as Christmas Day. The Archbishop[103], in his formal communication to the Bishop of London of the decision arrived at, refers to St George as being "as it were the patron and special protector" of the nation, "For by his intervention, as we unhesitatingly believe, not only is the armed force of the English people directed in time of war against hostile incursions, but by the help of such a patron the struggles of the unarmed clergy[104] in time of peace are frequently strengthened[105]."
The initial move to elevate St. George to a prominent position appears to be thanks to Edward III, who, in appreciation for his supposed assistance at the Battle of Crécy, established the Chapel of St. George at Windsor in 1348. From this point, we can mark the beginning of the removal of Edward the Confessor from his role as the "patron saint" of England, with St. George officially taking his place. This transition was finalized under Henry V after the Battle of Agincourt. A Convocation of the province of Canterbury, held at St. Paul's toward the end of 1415, elevated the feast of St. George to a "double major feast" and mandated that it be celebrated across the province (which covers England and Wales south of Cheshire and Yorkshire) with the same level of reverence as Christmas Day. The Archbishop[103], in his formal notification to the Bishop of London about the decision made, describes St. George as "essentially the patron and special protector" of the nation, stating, "For by his intervention, as we firmly believe, not only is the armed force of the English people guided in times of war against enemy attacks, but with such a patron's help, the efforts of the unarmed clergy[104] in times of peace are often supported[105]."
When the Prayer Book was revised under Edward VI, the festival of St George was abolished, with many others. Under the influence of the Reformation the banners of his former rivals, St Edward and St Edmund, together with all other religious flags in public use, except that of St George, entirely disappeared, and their place was taken by banners containing the royal badges.
When the Prayer Book was updated during Edward VI's reign, the celebration of St. George was discontinued, along with many others. Due to the Reformation, the banners of his former rivals, St. Edward and St. Edmund, as well as all other religious flags used in public, except for St. George's, vanished completely, and they were replaced by banners featuring the royal emblems.
We have seen that the appearance of the red cross on the clothing of the soldiery can be traced back to the "bracer" of the archers of 1277. The Ordinances of War made by Richard II at Durham in 1385, when on his way to repel a threatened invasion from Scotland, required every man in the king's army to bear a large cross of St George on his clothing before and behind. Richard appears to have adopted this expedient from the Scots, though they were of course not the first people to make use of it. On the 1st of July in that year orders had been issued for the soldiers of the Scottish army to be marked with a white St Andrew's cross (see p. 47). At that [41]date Richard was at Westminster; he left there about the 4th of July, was at Leicester on the 7th, and at York from the 17th to 22nd. On the 26th he had reached Durham; he remained there till the 28th, and arrived at Morpeth by the 31st. The ordinances which he issued at Durham must therefore be dated at the end of July[106], and as there is no evidence that the English were at this time in the habit of marking their coats with the red cross before and behind, we may reasonably infer that it was then done for the first time in direct imitation of the Scots. This provision is also found in the similar ordinances made by Henry V at Mantes in 1419, the only difference between them being that while under the older orders no prisoner was allowed to wear this cross, under the later ones prisoners in the custody of their captors might do so.
We have seen that the red cross on soldiers' uniforms dates back to the "bracer" of the archers in 1277. The War Ordinances established by Richard II in Durham in 1385, as he was preparing to fend off a potential invasion from Scotland, required every man in the king's army to wear a large St. George's cross on their clothing, front and back. Richard seemed to have taken this idea from the Scots, though they weren't the first to use it. On July 1 of that year, orders were given for the soldiers in the Scottish army to be marked with a white St. Andrew's cross (see p. 47). At that [41] time, Richard was at Westminster; he left about July 4, was in Leicester on July 7, and in York from July 17 to 22. By July 26, he had reached Durham, where he stayed until the 28th, then arrived in Morpeth by the 31st. Therefore, the ordinances he issued in Durham must be dated at the end of July[106], and since there's no evidence that the English were marking their coats with the red cross front and back at that time, we can reasonably conclude that it was first done then, directly copying the Scots. This requirement is also present in similar ordinances made by Henry V at Mantes in 1419, with the only difference being that while the earlier orders prohibited prisoners from wearing this cross, the later ones permitted prisoners in the custody of their captors to do so.
Ordinances of War made by King Richard II at Durham Ao 1385. Cott. MS. Nero D. vi, f. 89.
Ordinances of War made by King Richard II at Durham Ao 1385. Cott. MS. Nero D. vi, f. 89.
Item que chescun, de quel estat condicion on nacion qil soit, issint qil soit de nostre partie, porte un signe des armes de Seint George large devant et autre aderer, sur peril qe sil soit naufre ou mort en defaute dycel, cely qe le naufra ou tue, ne portera nul juesse pur li, et que nul enemy ne porte le dit signe de Seint George, coment qil soit prisoner ou autrement sur peyne destre mort[107].
Item that anyone, regardless of their status or nation, who bears our symbol, which is the sign of the arms of Saint George displayed prominently in front and another attached, shall face severe consequences if they are shipwrecked or killed due to lack of it. The one who causes the shipwreck or death will not face any judgment for it, and no enemy is allowed to display the aforementioned sign of Saint George, whether they are a prisoner or otherwise, under the penalty of death[107].
Ordinances of War made by Henry V at Mawnt (Mantes, prob. July, 1419). Lansdowne MS. 285.
Ordinances of War created by Henry V at Mawnt (Mantes, likely July, 1419). Lansdowne MS. 285.
Also, that every man of what estate, condicion or nacion that he be, of oure partie, bere a band of Seint George suffisant large, upon the perile, if he be wounded or dede in the fawte thereof, he that hym wounded or sleeth shall bere no peyn for hym: and that none enemy bere the said signe of Seint George, but if he be prisoner & in the warde of his maister, upon peyn of deth therefore[108].
Also, that every man, regardless of his rank, condition, or nationality, who is from our side, should wear a sufficiently large St. George's band, under penalty, for if he is wounded or killed in the fight, the one who wounds or kills him will face no punishment for it. Additionally, no enemy should bear the St. George's sign unless he is a prisoner in the custody of his master, under penalty of death for that.
There is no record of the flags flown on English ships earlier than the thirteenth century, but there can be little doubt that in the eleventh and twelfth centuries they were of the rudimentary form (little more than wind vanes) depicted on the ships of the Bayeux Tapestry. The invention of the banner of arms about the middle of the thirteenth century provided a ready means of distinguishing the nationality, port of origin, or ownership of a ship at sea, and its use for that purpose is indicated in a number of seals of seaport towns which may be dated from the latter half of that century. Thus the seal of Lyme Regis (Plate III, fig. 1), incorporated in the reign of Edward I, shows in addition to the early type of gonfanon simply charged with a cross, displayed from the masthead, banners of arms [42]on spears amidships, the arms being those of England and of Castile and Leon, the latter in compliment to Eleanor of Castile, Queen of Edward I. The seal of Sandwich (Plate III, fig. 4), somewhat earlier in design if not in actual date, shows in addition to a small pendant at the masthead, a banner on the forecastle and two banners on the aftercastle. The ship in the seal of Faversham (Plate III, fig. 5) displays a pendant at the masthead, the banner of St George on the forecastle, and a banner charged with three chevronels on the aftercastle, while the ship of Hastings (Plate III, fig. 6) displays the banner of the Cinque Ports (Plate I, fig. 13) at the bow and the banner of England on the aftercastle, in addition to a gonfanon at the masthead. From the closing years of this century onwards a number of documents have survived in the Public Records which give indications of the nature of the flags displayed at sea. Thus the accounts[109] of the ship sent from Yarmouth to fetch the "Maid of Norway" in 1290 show that this ship was provided with banners of the Royal Arms and silken streamers, and in the year 1294 sum of 5s. 6d. was expended in the purchase of a streamer, and 20d. for a banner containing the figure of St George, for a galley building at York, while for one building at Southampton in the same year no less than 40s. (relatively a large sum) was expended in purchasing two streamers and twenty-five banners of the Royal Arms. The most interesting documents of that period are, however, first an ordinance made at Bruges on 8th March, 1297, between Edward I and the Count of Flanders[110] which provided that all ships of England, Bayonne and other places under the English crown going to Flanders should display a banner of the Royal Arms (le signal des armes du Roy d'Engleterre) and that the ships of Flanders should display the arms of the Count and be provided with letters patent sealed with the seal of their port of origin confirming their right to do so—probably the earliest instance of the existence of "ships' papers" upon record. The second document[111] is a long recital of disputes at sea between the mariners of England and Bayonne on the one side and the Normans on the other, during the years from 1292 to 1298. From this it appears that in a pitched battle which took place off the coast of Brittany the Normans had flown at the mastheads streamers of red sendal 30 yards long and 2 yards broad called "baucans," and "signifying death without quarter and mortal war in all parts where mariners are to be found."
There are no records of the flags used on English ships before the thirteenth century, but it's likely that in the eleventh and twelfth centuries, they were basic forms (barely more than wind vanes) shown on the ships in the Bayeux Tapestry. The introduction of the banner of arms around the mid-thirteenth century offered a clear way to identify the nationality, port of origin, or ownership of a ship at sea, and its use for this purpose is evident in various seals from seaport towns that can be dated to the latter half of that century. For example, the seal of Lyme Regis (Plate III, fig. 1), established during Edward I's reign, shows an early type of gonfanon with a cross displayed from the masthead, along with banners of arms [42] on spears midships, representing both England and Castile and Leon, the latter honoring Eleanor of Castile, Queen of Edward I. The seal of Sandwich (Plate III, fig. 4), which is slightly older in design if not by date, features a small pendant at the masthead, a banner on the forecastle, and two banners on the aftercastle. The ship on the seal of Faversham (Plate III, fig. 5) shows a pendant at the masthead, the banner of St George on the forecastle, and a banner with three chevronels on the aftercastle, while the Hastings ship (Plate III, fig. 6) displays the Cinque Ports banner (Plate I, fig. 13) at the bow and the banner of England on the aftercastle, in addition to a gonfanon at the masthead. Starting from the late years of this century, several documents have survived in the Public Records that provide insights into the types of flags flown at sea. For instance, the accounts[109] of the ship sent from Yarmouth to retrieve the "Maid of Norway" in 1290 reveal that this ship was outfitted with banners featuring the Royal Arms and silk streamers. In 1294, 5s. 6d. was spent on a streamer, and 20d. for a banner depicting St George, for a galley being constructed in York. Meanwhile, for a ship being built in Southampton that same year, a considerable sum of 40s. was allocated for two streamers and twenty-five banners of the Royal Arms. However, the most noteworthy documents from this period include an ordinance made in Bruges on March 8, 1297, between Edward I and the Count of Flanders[110] that mandated all ships from England, Bayonne, and other places under the English crown traveling to Flanders to display a banner of the Royal Arms (le signal des armes du Roy d'Engleterre), while ships from Flanders were required to display the count's arms and have letters patent sealed with their port's seal to affirm their right to do so—likely the earliest known example of "ships' papers." The second document[111] is a detailed account of maritime disputes between English and Bayonne sailors on one side and Normans on the other, spanning from 1292 to 1298. This reveals that during a major battle off the coast of Brittany, the Normans unfurled streamers made of red sendal measuring 30 yards long and 2 yards wide, known as "baucans," which symbolized death without mercy and total warfare wherever sailors could be found.
When we enter upon the fourteenth century the sources of information become more ample and the flags show greater diversity of device. The ship in the seal of Dover of 1305 (Plate III, fig. 3) displays the banner of the Cinque Ports on the stern castle and a gonfanon at the masthead. The accounts of the king's armourer in 1322 contain entries of eighty penoncels for galleys with the royal arms in chief, a large number of banners of the arms of St Edmund (Plate I, fig. 7) and of the arms of St Edward (Plate I, fig. 6), standards of the royal arms, penoncels of St George for lances, and three banners of St George, but it is not clear whether any of the above, except the 80 penoncels, were for the king's ships. The material used, in addition to sendal, was worsted, sindon and cloth of Aylsham.
When we enter the fourteenth century, the sources of information become more abundant, and the flags show a greater variety of designs. The ship on the seal of Dover from 1305 (Plate III, fig. 3) displays the banner of the Cinque Ports on the stern castle and a gonfalon at the masthead. The records from the king's armorer in 1322 list eighty pennons for galleys featuring the royal arms at the top, a significant number of banners with the arms of St. Edmund (Plate I, fig. 7) and the arms of St. Edward (Plate I, fig. 6), standards of the royal arms, pennons of St. George for lances, and three banners of St. George. However, it’s unclear whether any of these, except for the 80 pennons, were intended for the king's ships. The materials used included not just sendal, but also worsted, sindon, and cloth from Aylsham.
A roll of the expenses of John de Bukyngham, clerk of the great wardrobe, shows the following flags to have been manufactured under his directions for the king's ships in 1350:
A record of the expenses of John de Bukyngham, clerk of the great wardrobe, shows the following flags were produced under his direction for the king's ships in 1350:
2 penoncels of sindon, 7¼ yards long and 2 cloths wide, red with a white pale charged with 3 blue garters,
2 pennants of silk, 7¼ yards long and 2 cloths wide, red with a white stripe featuring 3 blue garters,
2 penoncels 3¼ yards long and 3 cloths wide, charged with a shield of the royal arms surrounded by a blue garter,
2 pennants 3¼ yards long and 3 cloths wide, featuring a shield of the royal arms encircled by a blue garter,
2 streamers for the "Jerusalem," one 32 yards long and 5 cloths wide with the royal arms in chief and striped red and white fly; the other 30 yards long, of red worsted, charged with white dragons, green lozenges and leopards' heads,
2 streamers for the "Jerusalem," one 32 yards long and 5 cloths wide with the royal arms on top and red and white stripes below; the other 30 yards long, made of red wool, decorated with white dragons, green diamonds, and leopards' heads,
2 standards for the same ship, 8 yards square,
2 standards for the same ship, 8 yards square,
A streamer for the "Marye," 32 yards long with figure of St Mary in chief, and the royal arms quarterly in the fly,
A banner for the "Marye," 32 yards long featuring an image of St. Mary at the top, and the royal arms displayed in the tail,
A streamer for the "Edward" 33 yards long with an "E" in chief and the royal arms in the fly,
A streamer for the "Edward," 33 yards long, featuring an "E" at the top and the royal coat of arms at the end,
Streamers for the "John," "Edmund" and several other ships with figures of the saint appropriate to the name painted upon linen cloth in chief,
Streamers for the "John," "Edmund," and several other ships with images of the saint that match their names painted on linen cloth at the top,
3 streamers 5, 10, and 30 yards long with the royal arms in chief and fly chequered green and white powdered with green and red roses,
3 streamers 5, 10, and 30 yards long with the royal arms at the top and a checkered green and white fly sprinkled with green and red roses,
A streamer 24 yards long and 4 cloths wide for the ship assigned to the King's Wardrobe, charged with the royal arms, with a black key in chief, and 6 standards for the same ship with a leopard at the head followed by a black key and the royal arms.
A streamer 24 yards long and 4 cloths wide for the ship assigned to the King's Wardrobe, featuring the royal arms, with a black key at the top, and 6 flags for the same ship with a leopard at the top followed by a black key and the royal arms.
A few years later we have an indenture dated in the forty-third year of Edward III whereby John de Haytfeld, clerk of the armour and artillery of the king's ships, acknowledges the receipt from Thomas de Carleton, the king's armourer[112], of a number of flags of the following types:
A few years later, we have a contract dated in the forty-third year of Edward III, where John de Haytfeld, the clerk of the armor and artillery of the king's ships, acknowledges receiving a number of flags from Thomas de Carleton, the king's armor maker[112], of the following types:
Streamers with the royal arms in chief varying in length from 8 to 38 yards
Streamers with the royal arms at the top, ranging in length from 8 to 38 yards
Standards with the royal arms in chief varying in length from 7 to 12 yards
Standards featuring the royal arms at the top, varying in length from 7 to 12 yards.
Banners of the royal arms
Royal coat of arms banners
Banners of St George
St. George flags
A Gonfanon of council of red tartaryn worked with nine golden angels supporting a shield of the royal arms, each angel having on his head a chaplet of the Order of the Garter (Un gonfanon de conseil de tartaryn rouge batuz od ix angelis dor tenantz un escu des armes du Roy eiant suz les testes chapeles de garetters des conflarie de saint George)
A gonfanon from the council of red tartan worked with nine golden angels supporting a shield of the royal arms, each angel wearing a chaplet of the Order of the Garter (Un gonfanon de conseil de tartaryn rouge batuz od ix angelis dor tenantz un escu des armes du Roy eiant suz les testes chapeles de garetters des conflarie de saint George)
A gonfanon blue and white with a shield of the royal arms surrounded by a garter powdered with a golden fleurs de lis.
A blue and white banner featuring a shield of the royal arms, surrounded by a garter adorned with golden fleur-de-lis.
A similar indenture made with John of Sleaford, Clerk of the Privy Wardrobe, mentions 18 standards of worsted of the royal arms, and 234 standards of linen of the arms of St George with leopards of worsted in chief.
A similar agreement made with John of Sleaford, Clerk of the Privy Wardrobe, mentions 18 standards of worsted with the royal arms, and 234 standards of linen featuring the arms of St George with leopards in chief.
The flags of the fifteenth century were of similar type. A roll of the tenth year of Henry V[113], containing a long list of articles supplied for the royal ships, mentions the following flags:
The flags of the 15th century were similar types. A record from the tenth year of Henry V[113], which includes a long list of items provided for the royal ships, mentions the following flags:
A banner displaying the royal arms and St. George,
Gittons of the Holy Trinity, St. Mary, St. Edward, royal arms,
St. George, the ostrich feather, and swan,
Standards of St. Mary, St. George, the ostrich feather, and royal
arms.
For the "Holy Ghost"
A streamer of the "Holy Spirit,"
Gifts of the Holy Spirit, antelope, royal coat of arms, swan and
St. Edward
Standards of the Holy Ghost, St. George, antelope, and swan.
For the "Gabriel"
A streamer of St. Katherine,
A bunch of St Edward.
For the "Nicholas"
A St. Nicholas streamer,
Gittons of St Edward, royal arms and ostrich feather,
Standards of St. Edward and St. George.
For the "Grace Dieu"
A stream of St. Nicholas,
A gutton of St Edward.
This exuberance of design persisted until the Reformation in England put the saints out of favour. While in the early years of Henry VIII the 'Henri Grace à Dieu' was provided with banners of England, England and Spain, Castile, Guienne, Wales, Cornwall, the pomegranate and rose, the rose of white and green, and St Edward[45] streamers "with a dragon" 45 and 42 yards long, one with a lion 36 yards long, one with a greyhound 18 yards long and two "litell streamers with crosse of saint George" 15 and 12 yards in length respectively, and other ships had banners of St Peter, St Katherine, St Edward, St Anne, the dragon, greyhound, portcullis and red lion, towards the end of his reign the saintly flags had disappeared for ever, except for the red cross of St George, and the royal arms and royal badges alone remain. Thus the ship reproduced in the frontispiece from a plan of Calais harbour[114] made about the year 1545 displays, in addition to the huge streamer of St George, only the royal arms and the royal badges of the fleur-de-lis and crown, ostrich feather, portcullis and crown, and rose and crown.
This enthusiasm for design continued until the Reformation in England turned people against saints. In the early years of Henry VIII, the 'Henri Grace à Dieu' was adorned with banners representing England, Spain, Castile, Guienne, Wales, Cornwall, the pomegranate and rose, the white and green rose, and St Edward[45]. There were streamers "with a dragon" 45 and 42 yards long, one with a lion measuring 36 yards, one with a greyhound that was 18 yards long, and two "little streamers with the cross of Saint George" at lengths of 15 and 12 yards, respectively. Other ships displayed banners of St Peter, St Katherine, St Edward, St Anne, the dragon, greyhound, portcullis, and red lion. By the end of his reign, these saintly flags had completely vanished, leaving only the red cross of St George, the royal arms, and royal badges. Thus, the ship reproduced in the frontispiece from a plan of Calais harbor[114] made around 1545 shows, in addition to the large streamer of St George, only the royal arms and the royal badges of the fleur-de-lis and crown, ostrich feather, portcullis and crown, and rose and crown.
The rolls of Anthony Anthony, prepared in the last year of Henry VIII, show streamers party green and white (the Tudor colours) with St George's cross in chief; banners of St George and of the Tudor colours in horizontal stripes, and a few banners of the royal arms, and of the fleur-de-lis badge.
The rolls of Anthony Anthony, created in the final year of Henry VIII, display green and white streamers (the Tudor colors) featuring St. George's cross at the top; banners of St. George and the Tudor colors in horizontal stripes, along with some banners of the royal arms and the fleur-de-lis emblem.
The accounts for the year 1574, when ensigns appear for the first time among sea stores, give the following details as to their construction. There were twenty-four of them made "for her Mats newe shippes," the material being "bolonia sarcenett of diverse coulors." Staves were provided, one with a gilt and the others with steel heads, with a pair of tassels to each. The flags were provided with canvas sockets. For the banners red and blue say was provided, with buckram for the socket, and "mockadoe fringe." Streamers and banners were primed, painted and coloured in oil colours by Wm Herne, the queen's serjeant painter, and the streamers were of the following lengths:
The records from 1574, when ensigns first appeared among sea supplies, provide the following details about their construction. Twenty-four were made "for her Majesty's new ships," using "Bolonia sarcenet in various colors." Staves were supplied, one with a gilt head and the others with steel heads, each accompanied by a pair of tassels. The flags came with canvas sockets. For the banners, red and blue said was used, along with buckram for the socket and "mockadoe fringe." Streamers and banners were primed, painted, and colored with oil paints by Wm Herne, the queen's serjeant painter, and the streamers measured the following lengths:
60 " " 7 " " "
54 " " 8 " " "
45 " " 6 " " "
36 " " 6 " " "
There were besides four banners of fine linen cloth, fringed, and quartered with the royal arms, each being 15 feet long and 13 feet 6 inches deep. "And more twoe banners of damask thone of crymson with a lyon of gold, thother of purple with affaulcon of silver fringed with silke."
There were also four banners made of fine linen cloth, trimmed with fringe, and featuring the royal arms, each measuring 15 feet long and 13 feet 6 inches deep. "Additionally, there were two more banners made of damask, one crimson with a gold lion, the other purple with a silver falcon, trimmed with silk."
When Drake and Hawkins set out for their last voyage in 1594 they were provided with
When Drake and Hawkins embarked on their final journey in 1594, they were given
[46]30 flags of St George costing 16s. and 8d. a piece
3 streamers with the Queen's badges in silver and gold that cost £8 each.
80 other streamers costing 25s. each, and
26 ensigns;
the total cost of these flags reaching the large amount (for those days) of £221.
the total cost of these flags amounted to a significant (for those days) £221.
Very little record remains of the flags flown by British merchant ships during this period. It has been already remarked that those going to Flanders at the end of the thirteenth century were ordered to fly the royal arms, and banners of these arms appear on the ships in the early seals of Lyme Regis, Hastings and Bristol. The fifteenth century seal of Yarmouth (Plate III, fig. 2) shows the banner of St George on the forecastle, a pendant with cross of St George in chief at the masthead, and a banner of the arms of Yarmouth[115] (closely resembling the Cinque Ports flag but with herrings' tails substituted for the dimidiated hulks) upon the stern castle. In the seal of Tenterden (Plate III, fig. 7) and of Rye, also of the fifteenth century, the banner of St George is prominent. It seems probable that from the fourteenth century onwards ships not belonging to the king or the nobility flew the flag of St George when they flew any flag at all. In ships belonging to the greater nobles the custom appears to have been to display a streamer of the owner's badges; thus the ships in the "Warwick Pageant[116]," drawn circa 1490, display streamers containing the badges of the bear and ragged staff with St George's cross in chief. Ships of lesser owners, belonging to an important seaport such as the Cinque Ports or Yarmouth, appear to have flown the recognised flag of that port in addition to a flag or streamer of St George.
Very few records exist of the flags flown by British merchant ships during this time. It's been noted that ships heading to Flanders at the end of the thirteenth century were instructed to display the royal arms, and these arms can be seen on the ships in the early seals of Lyme Regis, Hastings, and Bristol. The fifteenth-century seal of Yarmouth (Plate III, fig. 2) shows the banner of St. George on the forecastle, a pendant with the cross of St. George at the masthead, and a banner of the arms of Yarmouth[115] (which closely resembles the Cinque Ports flag but has herrings' tails instead of the divided hulks) on the stern castle. In the seals of Tenterden (Plate III, fig. 7) and Rye, also from the fifteenth century, the banner of St. George is prominent. It seems likely that from the fourteenth century onward, ships not owned by the king or nobility flew the flag of St. George when they displayed any flag at all. On ships owned by major nobles, the custom seemed to be to fly a streamer featuring the owner’s badges; for example, the ships in the "Warwick Pageant[116]," created around 1490, show streamers with the badges of the bear and ragged staff along with St. George's cross at the top. Ships owned by lesser owners, particularly from key seaports like the Cinque Ports or Yarmouth, seem to have flown the official flag of that port in addition to a flag or streamer of St. George.
By the end of the sixteenth century the use of the royal arms had become confined to the Admiral of the Fleet; the royal badges had nearly disappeared from the sea, though they are occasionally to be met with during the next century, and the flag of St George had taken the lead as the distinguishing characteristic of English ships, both men-of-war and merchantmen.
By the end of the sixteenth century, the use of the royal arms was limited to the Admiral of the Fleet; the royal badges had mostly vanished from the sea, although they occasionally appeared in the next century. The flag of St. George had become the primary symbol for English ships, both warships and merchant vessels.
(ii) SCOTLAND
The history of the national flags of Scotland is much less complicated than that of the flags of England, for the northern nation had decided upon their patron saint at a much earlier date than their neighbours south of the Tweed. There was a similar struggle for supremacy among competing saints, but the issue was decided in the [47]eighth century and appears to have remained unchallenged ever since. In the words of Wm Forbes Skene, the Scottish historian,
The history of Scotland's national flags is much simpler than that of England's flags because the northern nation chose their patron saint much earlier than their neighbors to the south of the Tweed. There was a similar competition among various saints, but the decision was made in the [47] eighth century and seems to have stayed the same ever since. In the words of Wm Forbes Skene, the Scottish historian,
With the departure of the Columban Clergy, the veneration of St Columba as the apostle of the northern Picts seems to have been given up, at least by the southern portion of that people, and St Peter now became the patron saint of the kingdom and continued to be so till the year 736, when Angus the son of Fergus established his power by the defeat of Nectan himself, and the other competitors for the throne. As the king rapidly brought the territories of the other Pictish families under his sway, and even added Dalriada to his kingdom, he seemed desirous to connect a new ecclesiastical influence with his reign, for in the same year that he completed the conquest of Dalriada he founded a church at St Andrews, in which he placed a new body of clergy, who had brought the relics of St Andrew with them, and this apostle soon became the more popular patron saint of the kingdom, while the previous patronage of St Peter disappeared from the annals[117].
With the departure of the Columban Clergy, the reverence for St. Columba as the apostle of the northern Picts seems to have faded, at least among the southern part of that population, and St. Peter became the patron saint of the kingdom, maintaining that status until the year 736, when Angus, the son of Fergus, solidified his power by defeating Nectan and the other contenders for the throne. As the king swiftly brought the lands of other Pictish families under his control, and even incorporated Dalriada into his kingdom, he appeared eager to associate a new ecclesiastical influence with his reign. In the same year that he completed the conquest of Dalriada, he established a church at St. Andrews, where he installed a new group of clergy who had brought the relics of St. Andrew with them. This apostle quickly became the more popular patron saint of the kingdom, while the earlier patronage of St. Peter faded from the records[117].
It is probable that the cross-saltire was adopted by the Scots as a national ensign at a very early period, but there seems no direct evidence of this before the fourteenth century. The earliest Scottish records were unfortunately lost at sea in the ship that was sent to return them to that country, whence they had been carried off, with the Stone of Destiny, by Edward I.
It’s likely that the cross-saltire was taken on by the Scots as a national flag quite early on, but there doesn’t appear to be any direct evidence of this before the fourteenth century. Unfortunately, the earliest Scottish records were lost at sea on the ship that was meant to bring them back to the country, from where they had been taken, along with the Stone of Destiny, by Edward I.
In the summer of the year 1385 the Scots planned a raid into England, in which they were assisted by a considerable contingent of French. The Ordinances for the allied army drawn up by the Council for this occasion and promulgated on the 1st July contained the following proviso:
In the summer of 1385, the Scots planned a raid into England, getting help from a significant number of French troops. The rules for the allied army, created by the Council for this event and announced on July 1st, included this stipulation:
Item every man French and Scots shall have a sign before and behind, namely a white St Andrew's Cross, and if his jack is white or his coat white he shall bear the said white cross in a piece of black cloth round or square[118].
Item, every Frenchman and Scotsman shall have a sign on both the front and back, specifically a white St. Andrew's Cross. If his jacket is white or his coat is white, he shall display the white cross on a piece of black cloth either round or square[118].
It will be noted that the field on which the cross-saltire was to be placed was immaterial, but if the coat happened to be white the field was to be black. There is other evidence that the ground colour was not an essential part of the design, although the prevailing colour at a later date seems to have been blue. In the Accounts of the Lord High Treasurer of Scotland[119] for the year 1512 there is recorded a [48]payment for a roll of blue say for the banner of a ship "with Sanct Androis cors in the myddis." In 1513 the ground colour was also blue. In 1523, however, when orders were again issued for each man to bear the white saltire before and behind, no ground was mentioned, while in 1540 and 1542 the ground colour of the ensigns was yellow and red (the Stuart livery colours) or red, as the following entries show:
It should be noted that the background for the cross-saltire didn’t really matter, but if the coat was white, the background had to be black. There’s also evidence that the background color wasn’t a crucial part of the design, although it seems blue became the standard color later on. In the Accounts of the Lord High Treasurer of Scotland[119] for 1512, there’s a record of a payment for a roll of blue fabric for the banner of a ship "with Saint Andrew's cross in the middle." In 1513, the background color was again blue. However, in 1523, when new orders were issued for each man to display the white saltire on the front and back, no background was specified. By 1540 and 1542, the background colors for the flags were yellow and red (the Stuart livery colors) or red, as the following entries indicate:
1540
1540
Item, the x day of Junii deliverit to Thomas Arthur to be iii anseƷeis[120] to the schippis xvj elnis reid and Ʒallow taffites of cord, price of the elne xviij s.
Item, on the x day of June, delivered to Thomas Arthur to be iii handkerchiefs[120] for the ships, 16 yards of red and yellow cord, priced at 18 shillings per yard.
Summa xiiij li. viij s.
Sum 14 pounds, 8 shillings.
Item, deliverit to him to be the croces thairof iiij elnes half elne quhyte taffites of Janis[121] price the elne xv s.
Item, delivered to him to be the crosses thereof 4 and a half yards of white taffeta priced at 15 shillings per yard.
1542
1542
Item, the vij day of August, deliverit to Charles Murray to be and ansenƷe, x elnis raid and Ʒallow taffitis of cord, price of the elne xviij s. and twa elnis quhite taffites of Janis to be croces thairto, price of the elne xiiij s.
Item, on the fifth day of August, delivered to Charles Murray to be received, 10 yards of red and yellow cord fabric, at a price of 18 shillings per yard, and 2 yards of white fabric from Janis to be added to it, at a price of 14 shillings per yard.
There is a similar entry on the 12th for 8 ells red, and 2½ ells white for the cross.
There is a similar entry on the 12th for 8 ells of red and 2½ ells of white for the cross.
Cleirac, in his Explication des Termes de Marine, etc.[124], gives for the Scotch flag a ground of red or blue, and also a ground of red, yellow and green, with the saltire in a canton or overall[125]. It is probable, however, that he was relying on obsolete information, for there seems no other evidence of a parti-coloured field so late as 1670[126], though a red ensign for ships, with white saltire in a blue canton[127], was in use until the Legislative Union of 1707.
Cleirac, in his Explication des Termes de Marine, etc.[124], describes the Scottish flag as having a background of red or blue, as well as a background of red, yellow, and green, with a saltire in a corner or overall[125]. However, it's likely that he was using outdated information, as there doesn't seem to be any other evidence of a two-colored field as late as 1670[126], although a red ensign for ships, featuring a white saltire in a blue corner[127], was in use until the Legislative Union of 1707.
It remains to say a few words about the royal banner, which may be considered in a sense national although it is the personal heraldic flag of the sovereign and ought not to be used by any subject. The rampant lion with a tressure fleur-de-lisé first appears in a seal of Alexander II appended to a Charter dated 1222[128]. Except for the period during which Mary Queen of Scots, after her marriage with the Dauphin, impaled the French Arms with her own it has remained unaltered, in the form in which we now see it quartered in the Royal Standard, since the thirteenth century.
It’s worth mentioning a bit about the royal banner, which can be seen as somewhat national even though it's the personal heraldic flag of the monarch and shouldn't be used by anyone else. The rampant lion surrounded by a tressure fleur-de-lisé first shows up on a seal of Alexander II attached to a Charter from 1222[128]. Except for the time when Mary Queen of Scots, after marrying the Dauphin, combined the French Arms with her own, it has remained unchanged in the form we now see it quartered in the Royal Standard since the 13th century.
The Raven and the Dragon Standards found their way into Scotland, [49]but are not met with after the twelfth century. In the early years of the eleventh century Sigurd, Earl of Orkney, who afterwards carried the Raven standard against the Irish at Clontarf, was challenged by Finleic, Earl of the Scots, to battle at Skedmire.
The Raven and the Dragon Standards made their way to Scotland, [49]but they weren't seen after the twelfth century. In the early eleventh century, Sigurd, Earl of Orkney, who later fought under the Raven standard against the Irish at Clontarf, was challenged to a battle by Finleic, Earl of the Scots, at Skedmire.
Sigrod sought his mother that she might divine unto him upon the matter, for she was a wise woman. The earl told her that the odds in number between his foeman and his own men would not be less than seven to one. She answered, "I would have brought thee up all thy life in my wool-basket, if I had known that thou wert bent upon living for ever; but 'tis Fate that settles a man's days whatever he is. It is better to die with honour than to live with shame. Now take this banner, which I have wrought for thee with all my skill! And I say, by my knowledge, that the victory shall be to them before whom it is borne, but deadly shall it be to them that bear it." The banner was made with much fine needle-work, and with exceeding art. It was wrought in the likeness of a raven, and when the wind blew upon the banner it was as if the raven flapped his wings in flight. Earl Sigrod was very angry at his mother's words; and gave the Orkneymen their ethel-holdings free to raise a levy for him; and went to Skedmire to meet Earl Finleic, and each of them set his host in array. And as soon as the battle was joined, Earl Sigrod's standard-bearer was shot to death. The Earl called upon another man to carry the standard, and he bore it for a short while and then fell also. Three of the Earl's standard-bearers fell indeed, but he won the victory[129].
Sigrod sought out his mother to get her insights on the situation because she was wise. The earl told her that the odds between his enemy and his men were at least seven to one. She replied, "I would have kept you in my wool-basket your whole life if I had known you were determined to live forever; but it's Fate that decides a man's days, no matter who he is. It's better to die with honor than to live with shame. Now take this banner, which I've made for you with all my skill! I know that victory will belong to those who carry it, but it will be deadly for those who do." The banner was crafted with fine needlework and great artistry. It was designed to look like a raven, and when the wind blew on it, it seemed as if the raven was flapping its wings. Earl Sigrod was very angry at his mother's words; he granted the Orkneymen their land rights for free to gather troops for him and went to Skedmire to meet Earl Finleic, with both sides preparing for battle. As soon as the fight began, Earl Sigrod's standard-bearer was shot dead. The Earl called on another man to carry the standard, and he held it for a short time before he fell as well. Three of the Earl's standard-bearers died, yet he still won the battle[129].
The Dragon appeared as the Scottish Royal Standard at the Battle of the Standard (1138). According to the contemporary "Relatio de Standardo[130]," written by St Aelred, Abbot of Rielvaulx Abbey in Yorkshire, when the Scots broke and fled those in flight saw from the position of the royal standard, which was in the likeness of a dragon[131], that their king was not slain, and gathering themselves to him they renewed the fight. On this occasion the Scottish king's son made use of the following ruse. Finding himself cut off with a few companions, he told them to throw away the banners by which they were to be recognised from the English and then, mixing with the latter as though fighting on their side, they reached his father in safety.
The Dragon was the Scottish Royal Standard at the Battle of the Standard (1138). According to the contemporary "Relatio de Standardo[130]," written by St Aelred, Abbot of Rielvaulx Abbey in Yorkshire, when the Scots broke and fled, those who were running saw from the position of the royal standard, which looked like a dragon[131], that their king was not dead, and rallying to him, they renewed the fight. On this occasion, the Scottish king's son used the following trick. Finding himself cut off with a few companions, he instructed them to discard the banners that identified them from the English and then, blending in with the latter as if they were fighting on their side, they safely reached his father.
Except for a short period during the reign of James IV (1473-1513) a Scots navy was either non-existent or of little importance, and it is therefore not to be expected that any great development took place in its flags; nevertheless, from the Lord High Treasurer's accounts it appears that no less a sum than £72. 7s. 6d. was expended upon the "mayn standert" of the "Great Michael" in 1513. This flag [50]appears to have had a St Andrew's cross on a blue ground at the head, and a fly of red and yellow on which the royal badges of the red lion and white unicorn appeared. Other flags of this period were the banners of St Andrew and St Margaret, and a banner and standards with the red lion upon a yellow field.
Except for a short time during the reign of James IV (1473-1513), Scotland didn't really have a navy or it wasn't very significant. So, we shouldn't expect much progress in its flags. However, records from the Lord High Treasurer show that a substantial sum of £72. 7s. 6d. was spent on the "main standard" of the "Great Michael" in 1513. This flag [50] seems to have featured a St Andrew's cross on a blue background at the top, with a fly of red and yellow displaying the royal symbols of the red lion and white unicorn. Other flags from this time included the banners of St Andrew and St Margaret, along with a banner and standards featuring the red lion on a yellow field.
(iii) IRELAND
In St Patrick the Irish possess a patron saint who is in the truest sense national. Although a native of Scotland, the best of his life and work was devoted to the people among whom in early youth the fortune of war placed him. He seems, moreover, never to have had a serious competitor for their favour[132], and they have been unwavering in their allegiance to him. Nevertheless, there is no ancient flag, and no symbol except the shamrock, associated with his name.
In St. Patrick, the Irish have a patron saint who truly embodies national identity. Although he was originally from Scotland, he dedicated the best years of his life to the people among whom he found himself during his early youth due to the circumstances of war. Furthermore, he seems to have never had a serious rival for their affection[132], and their loyalty to him has remained steadfast. However, there is no ancient flag and no symbol, aside from the shamrock, connected to his name.
Flags do not seem to have been in use at a very early period among the celtic nations, and when we meet with them in Irish literature in the eleventh century the terms used for them are not native Irish words but had apparently been borrowed from the Danish invaders who wrought such havoc to the ancient Irish civilisation from the ninth to the eleventh centuries. The word used by the author of the Cogadh Gaedhel re Gallaibh is "mergi[133]," which is believed to be borrowed from the Scandinavian "merke" (mark), while the other word met with, "confingi," seems to be derived from the Norse "gunfana."
Flags don't seem to have been used very early on among the Celtic nations, and when we encounter them in Irish literature in the eleventh century, the terms used for them aren't native Irish words but were likely borrowed from the Danish invaders who caused such destruction to the ancient Irish civilization from the ninth to the eleventh centuries. The word used by the author of the Cogadh Gaedhel re Gallaibh is "mergi[133]," which is thought to be borrowed from the Scandinavian "merke" (mark), while the other word found, "confingi," seems to be derived from the Norse "gunfana."
At the great battle of Clontarf fought in the year 1014 between the Irish under their king Brian Borumha and the Danish invaders of Ireland under the Earl Sigurd, assisted by the revolted king of Leinster, the Irish under Brian had many banners, but these banners were known by their colours rather than by any particular device in them.
At the big battle of Clontarf, fought in 1014 between the Irish led by their king Brian Boru and the Danish invaders of Ireland under Earl Sigurd, who was helped by the rebellious king of Leinster, the Irish forces under Brian had many banners, but these banners were recognized by their colors rather than by any specific designs on them.
Brian looked out behind him and beheld the battle phalanx ... and three score and ten banners over them, of red, and of yellow, and of green, and of all kinds of colours; together with the everlasting, variegated, lucky, fortunate banner that had gained the victory in every battle and in every conflict, and in every combat ... namely the gold-spangled banner of Fergal Ua Ruairc[134].
Brian looked back and saw the battle formation ... and seventy banners above them, in red, yellow, green, and every color you can imagine; along with the ever-changing, colorful, lucky banner that had won every battle, every fight, and every struggle ... specifically, the gold-spangled banner of Fergal Ua Ruairc[134].
These banners appear to have been personal to the chiefs and to have been taken down when they were slain, even if their forces still remained undefeated. During the conflict Brian, who on account of his age took no part in the battle and was engaged in prayer at a little [51]distance, enquired repeatedly of his attendant whether the banner of his eldest son, Murchadh, still remained aloft. Towards the end he asked once more, and the attendant reported that it was far from Murchadh but still standing. Brian said "The men of Erinn shall be well while that banner remains standing because their courage and valour shall remain in them all, as long as they can see that banner." At length Murchadh was mortally wounded, and although the enemy were defeated his banner was taken down. When his father asked again, the attendant answered, "... the foreigners are now defeated and Murchadh's banner has fallen." "That is sad news," said Brian, "... the honour and valour of Erinn fell when that banner fell and Erinn has fallen now indeed."
These banners seemed to be personal to the chiefs and were taken down when they were killed, even if their troops remained undefeated. During the battle, Brian, who stayed aside due to his age and was engaged in prayer a little [51]distance away, kept asking his attendant whether his eldest son Murchadh's banner was still flying. Towards the end, he asked again, and the attendant reported that it was not near Murchadh but was still up. Brian said, "The men of Ireland will be alright as long as that banner is up because their courage and bravery will stay in them all as long as they can see that banner." Eventually, Murchadh was mortally wounded, and although the enemy was defeated, his banner was taken down. When his father asked again, the attendant replied, "... the foreigners have been defeated, and Murchadh's banner has fallen." "That is sad news," said Brian, "... the honor and bravery of Ireland fell when that banner fell, and Ireland has truly fallen now."
It may be concluded from this narrative that the Irish of the eleventh century had no national flag common to the whole people. This, together with the fact that after the death of Brian no Irish king arose great enough to secure the allegiance of the whole nation, may explain why the Irish never developed a national flag as did the English and Scots.
It can be concluded from this story that the Irish in the eleventh century did not have a national flag that was recognized by everyone. This, along with the fact that after Brian's death, no Irish king emerged powerful enough to unify the entire nation, may explain why the Irish never created a national flag like the English and Scots did.
The red saltire on white ground which represents Ireland in the Union flag had only an ephemeral existence as a separate flag. Originating as the arms of the powerful Geraldines, who from the time of Henry II held the predominant position among those whose presence in Ireland was due to the efforts of the English sovereigns to subjugate that country, it is not to be expected that the native Irish should ever have taken kindly to a badge that could only remind them of their servitude to a race with whom they had little in common, and the attempt to father this emblem upon St Patrick (who, it may be remarked, is not entitled to a cross—since he was not a martyr) has evoked no response from the Irish themselves.
The red saltire on a white background that represents Ireland in the Union flag only briefly existed as a separate flag. It originated as the emblem of the powerful Geraldines, who held a dominant position in Ireland from the time of Henry II, during the efforts of English sovereigns to control the country. It's not surprising that the native Irish never embraced a symbol that only reminded them of their subjugation to a people with whom they had little in common. The attempt to link this emblem to St. Patrick (who, it’s worth noting, isn’t considered a martyr and thus is not entitled to a cross) has not resonated with the Irish themselves.
The earliest evidence of the existence of the red saltire flag[135] known to the author occurs in a map of "Hirlandia" by John Goghe dated 1567 and now exhibited in the museum of the Public Record Office. The arms at the head of this map are the St George's cross impaled with the crowned harp, but the red saltire is prominent in the arms of the Earl of Kildare and the other Geraldine families placed over their respective spheres of influence. The red saltire flag is flown at the masthead of a ship, possibly an Irish pirate, which is engaged in action in the St George's Channel with another ship flying the St George's cross. The St George's flag flies upon Cornwall, Wales and Man, but the red saltire flag does not appear upon Ireland itself, though it is placed upon the adjacent Mulls of Galloway and Kintyre in Scotland. It is, however, to be found in the arms of Trinity College,[52] Dublin (1591), in which the banners of St George and of this saltire surmount the turrets that flank the castle gateway.
The earliest evidence of the red saltire flag[135] that the author knows of appears in a map of "Hirlandia" by John Goghe from 1567, currently displayed in the Public Record Office museum. The arms at the top of this map show St George's cross combined with the crowned harp, but the red saltire is prominently featured in the arms of the Earl of Kildare and the other Geraldine families over their respective areas of influence. The red saltire flag is hoisted at the top of a ship, likely an Irish pirate, that is in combat in the St George's Channel with another ship displaying the St George's cross. The St George's flag can be seen in Cornwall, Wales, and Man, but the red saltire flag does not appear on Ireland itself, though it does show up on the nearby Mulls of Galloway and Kintyre in Scotland. However, it is found in the arms of Trinity College,[52] Dublin (1591), where the banners of St George and this saltire crown the turrets flanking the castle gateway.
The Graydon MS. Flag Book of 1686 which belonged to Pepys does not contain this flag, but gives as the flag of Ireland (which, it may be noted, appears as an afterthought right at the end of the book) the green flag with St George's cross and the harp, illustrated in Plate X, fig. 3. The saltire flag is nevertheless given as "Pavillon d'Ierne" in the flag plates at the commencement of the Neptune François of 1693, whence it was copied into later flag collections.
The Graydon MS. Flag Book of 1686 that belonged to Pepys doesn't include this flag, but it shows the flag of Ireland (which, interestingly, appears as an afterthought right at the end of the book) as the green flag featuring St. George's cross and the harp, illustrated in Plate X, fig. 3. The saltire flag is still referred to as "Pavillon d'Ierne" in the flag plates at the beginning of the Neptune François of 1693, from which it was copied into later flag collections.
Under the Commonwealth and Protectorate, when England and Scotland were represented in the Great and other Seals by their crosses, Ireland was invariably represented by the harp, and in the Union flag of 1658, as will be seen later, it was the harp that was added to the English and Scottish crosses to form a flag representative of the three kingdoms. At the funeral of Cromwell the Great Standards of England and Scotland had the St George's and St Andrew's crosses in chief respectively, but the Great Standard of Ireland had in chief a red cross (not saltire) on a yellow field[136].
Under the Commonwealth and Protectorate, when England and Scotland were represented in the Great and other Seals by their crosses, Ireland was consistently represented by the harp. In the Union flag of 1658, as will be discussed later, the harp was added to the English and Scottish crosses to create a flag representing the three kingdoms. At Cromwell's funeral, the Great Standards of England and Scotland featured the St George's and St Andrew's crosses at the top, while the Great Standard of Ireland had a red cross (not a saltire) on a yellow background[136].
When the Order of St Patrick was instituted in 1783 the red saltire was taken for the badge of the Order, and since this emblem was of convenient form for introduction into the Union flag of England and Scotland it was chosen in forming the combined flag of England, Scotland and Ireland in 1801.
When the Order of St Patrick was created in 1783, the red saltire was chosen as the badge of the Order. Since this emblem was a handy shape for inclusion in the Union flag of England and Scotland, it was selected to create the combined flag of England, Scotland, and Ireland in 1801.
Ireland has been represented in the royal standard since 1603 by the golden harp on a blue field, but it would seem that this is not the original arms of that country, for the augmentation of arms granted by Richard II to his favourite Robert de Vere, Earl of Oxford, whom he created Duke of Ireland in 1386, was azure, three crowns, or, and these are said to have been confirmed as the true arms of Ireland by a commission of enquiry under Edward IV. The harp, which appears to have been an ancient badge of Ireland, was formally adopted as the arms of that country by Henry VIII in the year when he changed the royal style from "Dominus Hiberniae" to "Rex Hiberniae." The change in the colour of the field from blue to green, as is commonly seen in the flags of Irishmen in rebellion against English rule, is believed to have originated with Owen Roe O'Neill in 1642.
Ireland has been symbolized in the royal standard since 1603 by a golden harp on a blue background, but it seems this isn’t the original arms of the country. The coat of arms granted by Richard II to his favorite Robert de Vere, Earl of Oxford, who became Duke of Ireland in 1386, was azure, three crowns, or, and these are said to have been officially recognized as the true arms of Ireland by a commission under Edward IV. The harp, which appears to be an ancient symbol of Ireland, was officially designated as the arms of the country by Henry VIII in the year he changed the royal title from "Dominus Hiberniae" to "Rex Hiberniae." The shift in the background color from blue to green, commonly seen in flags of Irish rebels against English rule, is believed to have started with Owen Roe O'Neill in 1642.
There is very little information as to the flags flown in Irish ships. From a date at least as early as the thirteenth century certain of the Irish ports were accustomed to supply ships for the king's service[137]. [53]Such ships would have flown the English or Cinque Ports flag. There is indeed a mention in the State Papers of 1586[138] of an Irish ship attacking an English merchantman under the Scots flag, "showing forth a Skottish ensigne," and a passage in Dudley's voyage in 1594[139] from which it may be inferred that there was no recognised Irish flag at that date. In Feb. 1785, a brig from Dublin hoisted at Antigua a green ensign with the harp and crown in the centre, which was seized by Collingwood's orders, and later in the same year another ship from Belfast, flying a similar ensign, was detained until the master had gone ashore and bought proper colours for the vessel[140].
There is very little information about the flags used on Irish ships. As early as the thirteenth century, some Irish ports were known to supply ships for the king's service[137]. [53]These ships likely flew the English or Cinque Ports flag. In fact, there is a mention in the State Papers from 1586[138] of an Irish ship attacking an English merchant vessel under the Scots flag, "showing forth a Skottish ensigne," and a passage in Dudley's voyage in 1594[139] suggests that there was no recognized Irish flag at that time. In February 1785, a brig from Dublin raised a green ensign with a harp and crown in the center at Antigua, which was confiscated by Collingwood's orders. Later that year, another ship from Belfast that also flew a similar ensign was held until the captain went ashore and bought proper colors for the vessel[140].
FOOTNOTES:
[65] Historia Anglorum: "Aciebus igitur dispositis, cum in directum tendentes appropinquarent, Edelhun praecedens West sexenses, regis insigne draconem scilicet aureum gerens, transforavit vexilliferum hostem."
[65] Historia Anglorum: "With the battlefield defined, Edelhun led the West Saxons straight toward their opponent, proudly waving the royal golden dragon standard as he charged at the enemy's banner-bearer."
[69] Asser, Life of King Alfred.
[70] Emmae Reginae Anglorum Encomium, lib. ii.
[73] Anlaf seems to have lived alternately in Ireland, Scotland, and Northumbria, and to have been King of Dublin in 945. On his final expulsion from Northumbria in 952 he returned to Ireland, and after the battle of Tara in 980 became a monk at Iona. See Todd, War of the Gaedhil with the Gaill (Rolls Series).
[73] Anlaf appears to have lived back and forth between Ireland, Scotland, and Northumbria, and he was King of Dublin in 945. After being kicked out of Northumbria for good in 952, he went back to Ireland, and following the battle of Tara in 980, he became a monk at Iona. See Todd, War of the Gaedhil with the Gaill (Rolls Series).
[74] William of Malmesbury, De Gestis Regum Anglorum: "Vexillum Mauricii beatissimi martyris Thebae legionis principis, quo idem rex in bello Hispano quamlibet infestos et confertos inimicorum cuneos derumpere et in fugam solitus erat cogere."
[74] William of Malmesbury, De Gestis Regum Anglorum: "The banner of Saint Maurice, the blessed martyr and leader of the Theban Legion, which the king used to break through hostile and tightly packed enemy formations, causing them to flee during the Spanish war.."
[75] Henry of Huntingdon, Historia Anglorum: "Cum enim Dacos solito acrius pugnare videret (Edmund) loco regio relicto, quod erat ex more inter draconem et insigne quod vocatur 'Standard,' cucurrit terribilis in aciem primam."
[75] Henry of Huntingdon, Historia Anglorum: "When he noticed that the Dacians were fighting more aggressively than usual, Edmund, stepping away from his royal position, which was usually between the dragon and the banner known as 'Standard,' charged fearlessly into the front line."
[77] Gesta Regum Anglorum: "Rex ipse pedes juxta vexillum stabat cum fratribus...vexillum illud post victoriam papae misit Willelmus, quod erat in hominis pugnantis figura, auro et lapidibus arte sumptuosa intextum."
[77] Gesta Regum Anglorum: "The king stood by the flag with his brothers... that flag was sent by William after the victory, showing a man fighting, woven in gold and precious stones with incredible craftsmanship.."
[78] There is a smaller figure of a man in the act of striking with a club on the downs near Cerne Abbas in Dorset. Possibly both these figures are pre-Saxon. The horse, a favourite subject for treatment in this manner, is almost certainly pre-Saxon; yet it was adopted by the Saxons of Kent.
[78] There’s a smaller representation of a man swinging a club on the hills near Cerne Abbas in Dorset. It’s likely that both of these figures are from before the Saxon era. The horse, a popular subject depicted like this, is almost definitely pre-Saxon, but it was embraced by the Saxons of Kent.
[79] Roger de Hoveden, Chronica "cum ... rex Angliae fixisset signum suum in medio, et tradisset draconem suum Petro de Pratellis ad portandum contra calumniam Roberti Trussebut, qui illum portare calumniatus fuit de jure praedecessorem suorum."
[79] Roger de Hoveden, Chronica "When ... the King of England placed his sign in the center and entrusted his dragon to Peter de Pratellis to defend against the accusations from Robert Trussebut, who claimed the rights of his predecessors.."
[81] Dart, Westmonasterium, 1742.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Dart, Westmonasterium, 1742.
[85] Rites of Durham (Surtees Society), 1903.
[91] Baring Gould, Curious Myths, 1872.
[92] Exchequer Accounts, 349/2.
[93] Bail, Summa Conciliorum.
Bail, Summa Conciliorum.
[94] Wilkins, Concilia Magnae Britanniae et Hiberniae.
[95] Ibid.
[97] Benedict Abbas, Gesta Regis Henrici Secundi: "Praedicti vero reges in susceptione crucis ad distinguendam gentem suam signum evidens providerunt. Nam rex Franciae et gens sua cruces rubeas susceperunt, et rex Angliae et gens sua cruces albas susceperunt, et comes Flandriae cum gente sua cruces virides suscepit."
[97] Benedict Abbas, Gesta Regis Henrici Secundi: "The kings mentioned earlier gave a clear sign to identify their people when they took up the cross. The king of France and his people carried red crosses, the king of England and his people carried white crosses, and the Count of Flanders and his people carried green crosses."
[99] Exchequer Accounts, 3/15. Rotulus forinsecus de guerra Walliae anno regni regis Edwardi quinto.
[99] Exchequer Accounts, 3/15. Record of foreign war taxes for Wales in the fifth year of King Edward.
"Flind. Die martis in Festo Sancti Laurentii [pro tribus peciis de Buckeram et tribus peciis telae de Aylesham emptis per manus Admeti cissoris ad faciendum C Braceria et xx*xj penuncella de Armis sancti Georgii et pro emendendum et sudendum eorundem Bracerium et penuncellorum. ci s vi d. Item pro sex peciis telae de Aylesham emptis ad faciendum Braceria et penuncella pro peditibus Regis per manus eiusdem A. xx s. Item pro cl ulnis telae tinctae emptis pro eodem c s. Item pro custura cxx penuncellorum de Armis sancti Georgii per manus eiusdem A. xxiij s] (other similar entries for material for Bracers) ... pro tribus Stemeris emptis ad fracandum intus arma Regis vij s. vj d.
Flind. On the Day of Martis, during the Feast of Sancti Laurentii, three pieces of fabric from Buckeram and three pieces of fabric from Aylesham were purchased by Admeti the cutter for making C Bracerium and xx*xj penuncella of the arms of Sancti Georgii, as well as for repairing and reinforcing the same Bracerium and penuncella. The cost was 6 shillings. Additionally, six pieces of fabric from Aylesham were purchased for making Braceria and penuncella for the foot soldiers of the King, at a cost of 20 shillings. Also, some dyed fabric was bought for 100 pence. Furthermore, for the stitching of 120 penuncella of the arms of Sancti Georgii, the cost was 23 shillings, as purchased by the same A. Lastly, for three Stemeeris bought to break into the arms of the King, the cost was 7 shillings and 6 pence.
[100] Vide Nicolas, Siege of Carlaverock.
[102] Nicolas, Roll of Carlaverock.
[103] Henry Chicheley.
Henry Chicheley.
[104] I.e. fighting against ghostly enemies.
I.e. fighting invisible enemies.
[105] Wilkins, Concilia, iii, 375: "Hujus itaque dispositionis ex clementissima et benignissima Dei Salvatoris nostri misericordia procedentis consideratione, nationis Anglicanae plebs fidelis, etsi Deum in sanctis suis omnibus laudare ex debito teneatur, ipsum tamen, ut orbis affatus, ipsaque gratiae desuper concessae experientia, rerum cunctarum interpres optima, attestantur, in suo martyre gloriosissimo, beato Georgio, tanquam patrone et protectore dictae nationis speciali, summis tenentur attollere vocibus, laudibus personare praecipuis et specialibus honoribus venerari. Hujus namque, ut indubitanter credimus, interventu, nedum gentis Angligenae armata militia contra incursus hostiles bellorum tempore regitur, sed et pugna cleri militaris inermis in sacrae pacis otio sub tanti patroni suffragio celebriter roboratur."
[105] Wilkins, Concilia, iii, 375: "In light of the compassionate and kind nature of our Savior God, the faithful people of England, while they are required to praise God in all His saints, feel compelled to raise their voices in honor and praise of their glorious martyr, Saint George, as the special patron and protector of the nation. They want to pay him the highest and most special tributes. We firmly believe that through his intercession, not only is the armed forces of England protected against enemy attacks during times of war, but also the unarmed struggle of the clergy is greatly strengthened in sacred peace under the guidance of such a great patron."
[108] Ibid. i, 464.
[109] Exchequer Accounts, 4/26.
[112] Exchequer Accounts, 30/16.
[113] Exchequer Accounts, 49/29.
[114] B. M. Cott. Aug. i, ii, 57b.
[116] Cott. Julius E. iv.
[118] The Acts of the Parliaments of Scotland, i, 191: "Item que tout homme francois et escot ait un signe devant et derrere cest assauoir une croiz blanche saint andrieu et se son Jacque soit blanc ou sa cote blanche il portera la dicte croiz blanche en une piece de drap noir ronde ou quarree."
[118] The Acts of the Parliaments of Scotland, i, 191: "Every free man and Scot will have a sign on the front and back, specifically a white cross of Saint Andrew. If he is wearing a white robe, he will carry this white cross on a round or square piece of black cloth."
[120] Ensigns.
Ensigns.
[121] White taffety of Genoa (jean).
White silk from Genoa (jeans).
[122] Op. cit. vii, 189.
[123] Ibid. ix, iii.
[125] Escosse le Sauteur d'argent qui est la Croix des Chevaliers Saint Andre, au drap de gueles ou d'azur: portent aussi face de gueles d'or et de Synope qui est verd, le Sauteur au quanton ou sur le tout.
[125] Scotland's Silver Jumper, which represents the Cross of the Knights of Saint Andrew, appears on a red or blue background. It also includes a gold face with red and a green Synope, either in the canton or covering the entire design..
[128] Dunbar, Scottish Kings, p. 89.
[129] Orkney Saga, xi.
[133] Elsewhere "meirge."
Elsewhere "merge."
[136] Prestwich, Respublica.
[137] E.g. Nicholas quotes an example in 1233, when the inhabitants of Dublin were directed to prepare their new great galley for the king's service, and ships from Waterford, Dublin, Youghal, Ross and Drogheda were supplied for the Flanders expedition in 1304. Some, perhaps all, of these ports were affiliated to the Cinque Ports, as, for instance, Youghal, which became "one of the Petylymmes of the Cinque Ports in Ireland" in 1462. (Cal. Pat. Rolls.)
[137] For example, Nicholas mentions an incident in 1233 when the people of Dublin were instructed to ready their new large ship for the king's use, and ships from Waterford, Dublin, Youghal, Ross, and Drogheda were provided for the Flanders expedition in 1304. Some, possibly all, of these ports were connected to the Cinque Ports, like Youghal, which was recognized as "one of the Petylymmes of the Cinque Ports in Ireland" in 1462. (Cal. Pat. Rolls.)
[138] S. P. D. Eliz. clxxxvii, 13.
[140] It may be pointed out, however, that under the present Merchant Shipping Act the flying of such a flag, if it did not imitate the British or other national colours, would not be illegal, but the ship must show the red ensign when required under Art. 74 of that Act.
[140] It's worth noting that under the current Merchant Shipping Act, displaying such a flag, as long as it doesn't mimic British or other national colors, wouldn't be illegal. However, the ship must display the red ensign when required under Article 74 of that Act.
Chapter III
The Union Flags and Jacks
In the preceding sketch of the early history of the British flags we have, so far as evidence is available, followed the steps by which the red cross on a white ground came to represent the people of England, and we have seen, though less clearly, how the white saltire on a blue ground became the chosen flag of the Scottish nation. It now remains to trace the process by which these two flags became united in one, and finally, by the addition of a red saltire to represent Ireland, developed into the present Union flag.
In the earlier overview of the history of British flags, we have outlined, based on the available evidence, how the red cross on a white background came to symbolize the people of England. We have also seen, albeit less clearly, how the white saltire on a blue background became the flag of Scotland. Now, we need to explore how these two flags were combined into one, and ultimately, with the addition of a red saltire to represent Ireland, evolved into the current Union flag.
On the death of Queen Elizabeth in March, 1603, the succession to the crown lay open.
On the death of Queen Elizabeth in March 1603, the succession to the throne was up for grabs.
There had been no repeal of the stipulation made by Henry VIII, both in Act of Parliament and in his will, that after the death without heirs of his three children, Edward, Mary and Elizabeth, the crown should descend to the heirs of his younger sister, Mary.... Consequently, the rightful heir when Elizabeth lay dying was no scion of the Scottish House, but the eldest representative of the Suffolk line—Princess Mary's great-grandson, Edward Seymour, Lord Beauchamp. But Elizabeth's ministers were not the slaves of legal niceties. The Queen's neutrality left their choice unfettered; and though expectation of personal profit largely moved them, their action proved politic. Lord Beauchamp was a man of insignificant position and character; James VI, however contemptible in many respects, had experience as a ruler, and a contiguous kingdom to add to the endowments of the English Crown[141].
There had been no repeal of the stipulation made by Henry VIII, both in the Act of Parliament and in his will, that after the death without heirs of his three children—Edward, Mary, and Elizabeth—the crown should go to the heirs of his younger sister, Mary.... As a result, the rightful heir when Elizabeth was dying was not a member of the Scottish House, but the eldest representative of the Suffolk line—Princess Mary's great-grandson, Edward Seymour, Lord Beauchamp. However, Elizabeth's ministers were not bound by legal formalities. The Queen's neutrality left their choice open; and although their actions were largely driven by personal gain, they proved to be politically wise. Lord Beauchamp was a man of little significance and character; James VI, despite his many flaws, had experience as a ruler and a neighboring kingdom to add to the resources of the English Crown[141].
But the union of crowns brought about by Elizabeth's ministers with the tacit approval of the two nations did not directly lead to the union of peoples. The Parliaments remained separate; national jealousies ran high, especially in England, and James was foiled in his efforts to bring about the closer union he sought. Nevertheless, he was determined[142] that the union of the two nations should have some other outward expression than the change in the royal standard, [55]and in the beginning of the fourth year of his reign he issued a proclamation in the following words:
But the unification of the crowns brought about by Elizabeth's ministers with the quiet approval of both nations did not directly result in the unification of the people. The Parliaments stayed separate; national rivalries ran high, especially in England, and James was thwarted in his attempts to achieve the closer union he desired. Still, he was determined[142] that the unification of the two nations should have some other visible indication besides the change in the royal standard, [55] and at the start of the fourth year of his reign, he issued a proclamation stating:
A Proclamation declaring what Flags South and North Britains shall bear at Sea.
A proclamation declaring which flags South and North Britain shall display at sea.
Whereas some difference has arisen between our Subjects of South and North Britain, Travelling by Sea, about the bearing of their flags, for the avoiding of all such contentions hereafter, We have with the advice of our Council ordered That from henceforth all our subjects of this Isle and Kingdom of Great Britain and the Members thereof shall bear in their maintop the Red Cross, commonly called St George's Cross, and the White Cross, commonly called St Andrew's Cross, joined together, according to a form made by our Heralds and sent by Us to our Admiral to be published to our said Subjects[143]. And in their foretop Our Subjects of South Britain shall wear the Red Cross only as they were wont, and our Subjects of North Britain in their Foretop the White Cross only as they were accustomed. Wherefore We will and command all our Subjects to be conformable and obedient to this Our Order, and that from henceforth they do not use to bear their flags in any other Sort, as they will answer the contrary at their Peril.
Whereas there has been some disagreement between our subjects in the South and North of Britain regarding the display of their flags while traveling by sea, to prevent any future disputes, we have decided, with the advice of our Council, that from now on, all our subjects in this island and kingdom of Great Britain and its members shall display the Red Cross, known as St George's Cross, and the White Cross, known as St Andrew's Cross, together on their maintop, according to a design created by our Heralds and sent by us to our Admiral to be communicated to our said subjects[143]. In their foretop, our subjects in South Britain shall continue to wear only the Red Cross as they have done, while our subjects in North Britain shall display only the White Cross as they were used to. Therefore, we require and command all our subjects to comply with this order and that from now on they do not display their flags in any other way, as they will be held responsible for any violation.
Given at our Palace of Westminster the 12th. day of April in the 4th. year of our Reign of Great Britain France and Ireland Annoq. Domini 1606.
Given at our Palace of Westminster on the 12th day of April in the 4th year of our reign of Great Britain, France, and Ireland, in the year 1606.
Unfortunately the naval records of the early years of the seventeenth century have almost entirely disappeared from the State archives; the "State Papers" themselves are but fragmentary remains; and the English Privy Council Registers from 1602 to 1613 were destroyed by the fire at Whitehall in 1618, so that it is impossible to say what were the points of contention referred to in the Proclamation.
Unfortunately, the naval records from the early 17th century have nearly all vanished from the State archives; the "State Papers" are just broken remnants; and the English Privy Council Registers from 1602 to 1613 were destroyed in the Whitehall fire of 1618, making it impossible to determine the issues mentioned in the Proclamation.
The birth of the flag that is now the pride of so many millions was indeed obscure. Intended at first for use only at sea, it appears to have excited no attention except from those directly concerned with shipping. The royal and merchant navies were alike dwindling away, and the sea did not fill that place in the minds of James' subjects that it had filled in the greater days of Elizabeth.
The birth of the flag that is now the pride of so many millions was truly unremarkable. Initially meant for use only at sea, it seems to have drawn little attention, except from those directly involved in shipping. Both the royal and merchant navies were declining, and the sea did not hold the same significance in the minds of James' subjects as it had during the grander days of Elizabeth.
The only strictly contemporary evidence of the actual design chosen in 1606 is to be found in the following appeal from the shipmasters of Scotland, whom it did not by any means please.
The only clear evidence of the design selected in 1606 comes from an appeal made by the shipmasters of Scotland, which they were definitely not happy about.
Edinburgh
7 Aug. 1606
Edinburgh
August 7, 1606
Most sacred Soverayne. A greate nomber of the maisteris and awnaris of the schippis of this your Majesteis kingdome hes verie havelie compleint to your Majesteis Counsell that the form and patrone of the flaggis of schippis, send doun heir and commandit to be ressavit and used be the subjectis of boith kingdomes, is very prejudiciall to the fredome and dignitie of this Estate and will gif occasioun of reprotche to this natioun quhairevir the said flage sal happin to be worne beyond sea becaus, as your sacred Majestie may persave, the Scottis Croce, callit Sanctandrois Croce is twyse divydit, and the Inglishe Croce, callit Sanct George, haldin haill and drawne through the Scottis Croce, whiche is thairby obscurit and no takin nor merk to be seene of the Scottis Armes. This will breid some heit and miscontentment betwix your Majesteis subjectis, and it is to be feirit that some inconvenientis sall fall oute betwix thame, for oure seyfairing men cannot be induceit to ressave that flag as it is set doun. They haif drawne two new drauchtis and patronis as most indifferent for boith kingdomes which they presented to the Counsell, and craved our approbatioun of the same; bot we haif reserved that to your Majesteis princelie determination,—as moir particularlie the Erll of Mar, who wes present and hard thair complaynt, and to whome we haif remittit the discourse and delyverie of that mater, will inform your Majestie, and latt Your Heynes see the errour of the first patrone and the indifferencie of the two new drauchtis. And sua, most humelie beseiking your Majestie, as your Heynes has evir had a speciall regaird of the honnour, fredome and libertie of this your Heynes antient and native kingdome that it wuld pleis your sacres Majestie in this particulair to gif unto your Heynes subjectis some satisfactioun and contentment, we pray God to blisse your sacred Majestie with a lang and prosperous reignne and eternall felicitie[144].
Most Sacred Sovereign, a large number of the masters and owners of the ships of your Majesty's kingdom have strongly complained to your Majesty's Council that the design and pattern of the flags of the ships, sent down here and commanded to be received and used by the subjects of both kingdoms, is very harmful to the freedom and dignity of this Estate and will bring reproach to this nation wherever that flag happens to be displayed overseas. As your sacred Majesty may notice, the Scottish Cross, called St. Andrew's Cross, is split in two, while the English Cross, called St. George's Cross, remains whole and is drawn through the Scottish Cross, which obscures it and makes it impossible to see the Scottish Arms. This will create some tension and discontent among your Majesty's subjects, and there is a fear that some conflicts may arise between them, as our seafaring men cannot be convinced to accept that flag as it is presented. They have created two new designs and patterns that they believe are fair to both kingdoms, which they submitted to the Council, seeking our approval of the same; but we have reserved that for your Majesty's princely decision. The Earl of Mar, who was present and heard their complaint, has been tasked with discussing and delivering that matter to your Majesty, and will make your Highness aware of the error in the original design and the fairness of the two new drafts. Thus, we humbly beseech your Majesty, as your Highness has always had a particular regard for the honor, freedom, and liberty of this ancient and native kingdom, to please grant your Majesty's subjects some satisfaction and contentment in this matter. We pray God to bless your sacred Majesty with a long and prosperous reign and eternal happiness.
There is nothing to show that this appeal met with any response, but the Scots never took kindly to the new flag and rarely used it until after the Legislative Union of 1707. Sir Edward Nicholas in 1634 was doubtful "whether the Scots have used to carry that Flag of the Union."
There’s no evidence that this appeal received any response, but the Scots never really embraced the new flag and seldom used it until after the Legislative Union of 1707. Sir Edward Nicholas in 1634 was unsure "whether the Scots have been known to carry that Flag of the Union."
It is unfortunate that these "drafts and patterns" have disappeared, perhaps in the same fire that consumed the "form" made by the heralds. There is no doubt about the main outline, but the absence of precise detail has led several writers—purists in heraldic matters—to contend that the white border of the red cross was simply a narrow fimbriation[145]. I think, however, that examination of [57]the available evidence will show that this border did not originate as a mere "fimbriation," that it was in fact part of the field of the English flag, and that the new flag was, as described by Sir James Balfour[146], "the flagis of St Andrew and St George interlaced," not merely the red cross surmounting the Scots flag. Material proof that it was so regarded sixty years later is in existence in Amsterdam in the shape of actual flags captured during the Second and Third Dutch Wars, and belonging therefore to the second half of the seventeenth century. These show a very wide border to the red cross, and in two instances[147] the red cross, the white border and the white saltire are each of the same width.
It's unfortunate that these "drafts and patterns" have disappeared, possibly in the same fire that took the "form" created by the heralds. There's no doubt about the main outline, but the lack of precise details has led some writers—purists in heraldic matters—to argue that the white border of the red cross was just a narrow fimbriation[145]. However, I believe that examining the available evidence will show that this border didn't start out as just a "fimbriation;" it was actually part of the background of the English flag, and the new flag was, as Sir James Balfour[146] described, "the flags of St Andrew and St George interlaced," not just the red cross sitting on top of the Scots flag. Physical proof that it was seen this way sixty years later exists in Amsterdam in the form of actual flags captured during the Second and Third Dutch Wars, dating back to the second half of the seventeenth century. These show a very wide border around the red cross, and in two cases[147], the red cross, the white border, and the white saltire are all the same width.
The heralds had been faced by a dilemma. It was impossible to combine the two flags so as to form a new one without giving precedence to one of them. If quartered, the upper canton next the staff was the place of honour, and both could not occupy it at the same time. In the reign of James II this difficulty was solved, in the case of the Royal Arms, by placing the Scots' Lion in the first quarter in the Great Seal of Scotland. Possibly a similar solution was suggested by the Scottish shipmasters. But there was a precedent for a closer union than this quartered form, which no doubt the heralds had in mind. Elizabeth had granted the Levant Company, by her charters of 1581 and 1592, the right to wear as a flag "the Armes of England with the redde crosse in white over the same[148]." We may be quite sure that in consenting to such an arrangement Elizabeth had no thought of giving the national flag precedence over the royal standard, but merely wished to signify their intimate union and the extension of the royal protection to the company. The method adopted in 1606 was exactly the same, the "red cross in white" being placed over the Scots flag.
The heralds were in a tough spot. They couldn't combine the two flags to create a new one without prioritizing one over the other. If they were quartered, the upper canton next to the staff was considered the honorable position, and both flags couldn't occupy that spot simultaneously. During James II's reign, this issue was addressed for the Royal Arms by placing the Scots' Lion in the first quarter on the Great Seal of Scotland. It's possible that a similar solution was proposed by the Scottish shipmasters. However, there was a precedent for a closer union than just this quartered format, which the heralds likely had in mind. Elizabeth had granted the Levant Company, through her charters of 1581 and 1592, the right to use a flag "the Arms of England with the red cross in white over the same[148]." We can be certain that when she agreed to this arrangement, Elizabeth did not intend to give the national flag priority over the royal standard, but rather wanted to show their close connection and the royal protection extended to the company. The method used in 1606 was exactly the same, with the "red cross in white" placed over the Scots flag.
The quarterly arrangement of the crosses appears to have been used on one occasion; the dispatch of a fleet in 1623 to bring back Prince Charles and the Duke of Buckingham from Spain. Mr Serjeant Knight, in a "discourse" on the St George's flag written in 1678 at the request of Pepys[149], stated that he had in his possession the Order from the Great Wardrobe directed to his father, Mr Thomas Knight, Arms Painter, who was to paint the banners and streamers required for the Prince. The principal flag was to be that shown in Plate V, fig. 1: "Imprimis in ye Prince's ship wherein he goes, on ye top ye [58]Crosses of St. Andrew and St. George." Mr Knight assured Pepys that he could not be mistaken about this "cobled Banner," as he scornfully called it, "ye severall arms being trickt in ye margin of ye Order," and he proceeded to give a sketch of it. Indeed, he was disposed to believe this to be the original form of the Union flag:
The quarterly arrangement of the crosses seems to have been used at least once; specifically, when a fleet was sent in 1623 to bring back Prince Charles and the Duke of Buckingham from Spain. Mr. Serjeant Knight, in a "discourse" about the St George's flag written in 1678 at Pepys' request[149], mentioned that he had the Order from the Great Wardrobe given to his father, Mr. Thomas Knight, Arms Painter, who was tasked with painting the banners and streamers needed for the Prince. The main flag was to be the one shown in Plate V, fig. 1: "First in the Prince's ship where he travels, at the top the [58]Crosses of St. Andrew and St. George." Mr. Knight assured Pepys that he was certain about this "cobbled Banner," as he mockingly called it, "the various arms being drawn in the margin of the Order," and he went on to provide a sketch of it. In fact, he tended to think this was the original design of the Union flag:
having seen severall Flaggs with St. George and St. Andrew quarterly and may every Lord Mayor's Day be seen born by some of ye Companies Barges, these flags being made much about that time, all men being willing to flatter their new king.
having seen several flags with St. George and St. Andrew divided and may every Lord Mayor's Day be seen carried by some of the Companies' barges, these flags being made around that time, everyone eager to flatter their new king.
The evidence of the Privy Council Register of Scotland is, however, sufficient to prove that this inference was incorrect.
The evidence from the Privy Council Register of Scotland is, however, enough to show that this assumption was wrong.
The documents of 1606 do not give any name to the flag they describe. It appears first to have been called the "Britain" or "British" flag[150], and I have not found the name "Union" earlier than 1625, when it appears in the list of the flags and banners used at the funeral of James I[151]. Three years later it appears in the Sailing Instructions of the Earl of Lindsey[152], but the older name still persisted at sea and is found in inventories of stores and in sailing and fighting instructions until 1639[153].
The documents from 1606 don't assign a name to the flag they talk about. Initially, it seems to have been referred to as the "Britain" or "British" flag[150], and I haven't found the name "Union" used any earlier than 1625, when it shows up in the list of flags and banners used at James I's funeral[151]. Three years later, it appears in the Sailing Instructions of the Earl of Lindsey[152], but the older name remained in use at sea and can be found in inventories of supplies and in sailing and combat instructions until 1639[153].
Hitherto this "British" or "Union" flag had, like the old English flag of St George, been flown equally by merchantman and man-of-war, strangers being expected to distinguish the latter by their more warlike appearance.
So far, this "British" or "Union" flag had, like the old English flag of St George, been displayed by both merchant ships and warships, with outsiders expected to tell the difference by their more military look.
Towards the year 1633, however, the old question of the salute in the Narrow Seas was becoming more and more acute, "because," in the words of Sir Wm Monson, "both the French and Hollanders seek to usurp upon his Majesties right[154]." Sir John Pennington, the "Admiral of the Narrow Seas," seized on this as an excuse to advocate a difference in the flags of the king's and the merchants' ships. In a [59]letter dated 7th April, 1634, asking for instructions on various points relative to his duties as Admiral of the Narrow Seas he writes:
Towards 1633, however, the issue of the salute in the Narrow Seas was becoming increasingly pressing, "because," in the words of Sir Wm Monson, "both the French and the Dutch are trying to encroach on His Majesty's rights[154]." Sir John Pennington, the "Admiral of the Narrow Seas," used this as a reason to push for a distinction between the flags of the king's ships and the merchant vessels. In a [59]letter dated April 7, 1634, asking for guidance on several matters related to his responsibilities as Admiral of the Narrow Seas, he writes:
For alteringe of the Coulers whereby his Mats owne Shippes may be knowne from his Subiects I leave to yor Lopps more deepe consideration. But under correction I conceive it to bee very materyall and much for his Mats Honor, and besides will free disputes with Strangers, for when they omitt doinge their Respectes to his Mats Shippes till they bee shott at they alleadge they did not know it to be the kinges Shippe[155].
For changing the colors so that His Majesty's ships can be distinguished from those of his subjects, I leave for your Lordship's deeper consideration. However, I believe it is very important and beneficial for His Majesty's honor, and it will also prevent disputes with foreigners. When they fail to show respect to His Majesty's ships until they are fired upon, they claim they didn’t realize it was the king's ship.
The plea that the existing arrangement caused confusion in the minds of foreigners was quite justified, but it is probable that there was a deeper underlying cause, jealousy of the mercantile marine. Be this as it may, Pennington's suggestion was favourably received, and the approval of the king was obtained to the issue of the following Proclamation:
The concern that the current setup confused foreigners was completely valid, but it's likely that a deeper issue was at play—jealousy of the merchant fleet. Regardless, Pennington's proposal was well received, and the king approved the release of the following Proclamation:
A Proclamation appointing the Flags, as well for our Navie Royall as for the Ships of our Subjects of South and North Britaine.
A proclamation designating the flags for both our Royal Navy and for the ships of our subjects in South and North Britain.
Wee taking into Our Royall consideration that it is meete for the Honour of Our owne Ships in Our Navie Royall and of such other Ships as are or shall be employed in Our immediate Service, that the same bee by their Flags distinguished from the ships of any other of Our Subjects, doe hereby straitly prohibite and forbid that none of Our Subjects, of any of Our Nations and Kingdomes, shall from hencefoorth presume to carry the Union Flagge in the Maine toppe, or other part of any of their Ships (that is) S. Georges Crosse and S. Andrews Crosse joyned together upon paine of Our high displeasure, but that the same Union Flagge bee still reserved as an ornament proper for Our owne Ships and Ships in Our immediate Service and Pay, and none other.
We are taking into our royal consideration that it is appropriate for the honor of our own ships in our Royal Navy and other ships that are or will be employed in our direct service, that they be distinguished by their flags from the ships of any other of our subjects. Therefore, we strictly prohibit and forbid that any of our subjects from any of our nations and kingdoms shall henceforth presume to carry the Union Flag in the main top or other parts of any of their ships (that is, the St. George's Cross and St. Andrew's Cross joined together) under penalty of our high displeasure. The Union Flag is to be reserved as an ornament exclusively for our own ships and ships in our direct service and pay, and no others.
And likewise Our further will and pleasure is, that all the other Ships of Our Subjects of England or South Britaine bearing flags shall from hencefoorth carry the Red-Crosse, commonly called S. George his Crosse, as of olde time hath beene used; And also that all the other ships of Our Subjects of Scotland or North Britaine shall from hencefoorth carry the White Crosse commonly called S. Andrews Crosse, Whereby the severall Shipping may thereby bee distinguished and We thereby the better discerne the number and goodnesse of the same. Wherefore Wee will and straitly command all Our Subjects foorthwith to bee conformable and obedient to this Our Order, as they will answer the contrary at their perills.
And similarly, we want all other ships owned by our subjects from England or South Britain that bear flags to now display the Red Cross, commonly known as St. George's Cross, as has been the tradition for a long time. We also want all the other ships owned by our subjects from Scotland or North Britain to now display the White Cross, commonly known as St. Andrew's Cross. This will allow us to differentiate between the various ships, helping us better recognize their quantity and quality. Therefore, we instruct and firmly command all our subjects to comply with this order immediately, as they will be held accountable for any disobedience.
Given at Our Court at Greenwich this fifth day of May in the tenth yeere of Our Reigne of England Scotland France and Ireland, Defender of the Faith &c.
Given at Our Court at Greenwich this fifth day of May in the tenth year of Our Reign of England, Scotland, France, and Ireland, Defender of the Faith, etc.
The ostensible reason for this distinction in flags—to enable the "number and goodnesse" of the ships of the two nations to be more[60] readily discerned—is obviously an afterthought[156]; a sugar coating to the pill. The customs officers of the various ports could, of course, have provided any information desired relative to the shipping, and were not dependent on the flags for their knowledge of the ships' nationalities. The point is of some interest as it marks a distinct step in the exaltation of the Navy Royal and its officers into a position of superiority over the mercantile marine.
The apparent reason for this difference in flags—to make the "number and quality" of the ships from both nations easier to recognize—is clearly a later addition, like a sweet coating on a bitter pill. The customs officers at various ports could have easily provided any information needed about the shipping and weren’t relying on the flags to know the ships' nationalities. This is interesting because it represents a noticeable step in elevating the Royal Navy and its officers to a superior position over the merchant marine.
It will also be observed that the proclamation of 1634 does not require the flags to be hoisted at the masthead as did that of 1606. Probably this was no accidental omission but was the outcome of the general introduction of the "Jack" on the bowsprit a year or two before. Flags had no doubt been occasionally carried on the bowsprit from the time when that spar was first invented, but the practice had been exceptional, at any rate in the English navy. An early instance was depicted in a contemporary picture in Cowdray Castle, since destroyed by fire, which represented "the encampment of the English forces near Portsmouth, together with a view of the English and French fleets at the commencement of the action between them on the 19th of July, 1545." In this picture, which fortunately was reproduced in an engraving by the Society of Antiquaries in 1780, the Lord Admiral's ship, the 'Henri Grace à Dieu,' was seen flying a royal standard on the bowsprit. Drake, also, had flown a striped flag in this position in that last voyage which ended for him in his death at sea in January, 1596[157]. Yet when Captain Young submitted his "Noates for Sea Service" to the Earl of Essex[158] he wrote as though the idea were unusual:
It will also be noted that the proclamation of 1634 does not require the flags to be flown at the masthead as the one from 1606 did. This was likely not an oversight but rather a result of the general introduction of the "Jack" on the bowsprit a year or two earlier. Flags had probably been occasionally flown on the bowsprit since that spar was first invented, but this practice was rare, at least in the English navy. An early example is shown in a contemporary painting in Cowdray Castle, which has since been destroyed by fire, depicting "the encampment of the English forces near Portsmouth, along with a view of the English and French fleets at the start of the battle between them on the 19th of July, 1545." In this painting, which was fortunately reproduced in an engraving by the Society of Antiquaries in 1780, the Lord Admiral's ship, the 'Henri Grace à Dieu,' is shown flying a royal standard on the bowsprit. Drake also flew a striped flag in this position during his final voyage that ended in his death at sea in January, 1596[157]. However, when Captain Young presented his "Noates for Sea Service" to the Earl of Essex[158], he wrote as if the idea were unusual:
and that the cullers maye bee the better knowne from those of the enemies and yf they chance to have the like it shalbe then convenient that upon or misson flagge-staves or th ende of or bowlesprits and that theare bee but a smawle litle flagge with a red Crosse yt being but a litle bigger than a vaine of a great Catche[159].
and that the colorers may be better recognized from those of the enemies, and if they happen to have the same, it will then be convenient that on our mission flagpoles or at the end of our bowsprits, there is just a small flag with a red Cross that is slightly larger than a vein of a large Catch.
There is no mention of, or provision for, "jacks" in the inventories which accompanied the report of the committee that inquired into the state of the navy in 1618. Sir Julian Corbett has pointed out[162] that the earliest instance of the use of the word "jack" to denote a flag occurs in the orders issued by Sir John Pennington to one of his captains on 3rd July, 1633. The original has not survived, but the copy[163] is in a contemporary hand and is corroborated by Pennington's Journal, now among the MSS. of Lord Muncaster.
There is no mention of or provision for "jacks" in the inventories that came with the report from the committee that investigated the navy's condition in 1618. Sir Julian Corbett has pointed out[162] that the first recorded use of the word "jack" to refer to a flag appears in the orders given by Sir John Pennington to one of his captains on July 3, 1633. The original document hasn't survived, but the copy[163] is written in a contemporary hand and is confirmed by Pennington's Journal, which is now part of the manuscripts owned by Lord Muncaster.
In the summers of the years 1631, 1633 and 1634 Pennington was in command of a small squadron as Admiral of the Narrow Seas, charged especially with the duty of freeing the coast from pirates. He tells us in his journal[164], under the above date (3rd July, 1633):
In the summers of 1631, 1633, and 1634, Pennington commanded a small squadron as Admiral of the Narrow Seas, primarily tasked with clearing the coast of pirates. He notes in his journal[164], under the date of July 3, 1633:
In the morninge it blew very hard at SW by W. Aboute noone we weyed—leavinge the 8th Whelpe in Catt Water and stoode of to sea with the rest of our Fleete, knowinge it to bee a very hard matter for any small vessels to keepe the sea in such fowle weather, and the likelyest place for them to shelter in with these winds was Torbaye, for which place we stoode, causinge the 10th Whelpe to goe a head of us and close aboard the shore, with her coullers and ordynance in, that shee might not bee suspected to bee one of our Fleete, the better to intrap any Pyrates.
In the morning, it was very windy from the southwest. Around noon, we weighed anchor—leaving the 8th Whelpe in Catt Water—and headed out to sea with the rest of our fleet, knowing it would be really tough for any small vessels to stay at sea in such bad weather. The best place for them to take shelter with these winds was Torbay, so we headed there, sending the 10th Whelpe ahead of us and close to the shore, with her colors and ordinance displayed, so she wouldn't be suspected of being part of our fleet, which would help us catch any pirates.
The order, which is dated the same day on board the 'Vanguard,' Pennington's flagship, is evidently the one given to the 10th Whelp[165]. It contains instructions as to rendezvous in case the ships lost company, and continues as follows:
The order, which is dated the same day aboard the 'Vanguard,' Pennington's flagship, is clearly the one given to the 10th Whelp[165]. It includes instructions for rendezvous in case the ships lost contact, and continues as follows:
you are to looke out carefully for these pirates night and day; that if it be possible wee maie intrapp them. You are alsoe for this present service to keepe in yor Jack at yor Boultsprit end and yor Pendant and yor Ordinance[166].
you need to watch out carefully for these pirates day and night, so that if possible we can trap them. You are also required for this current mission to keep your Jack at your bowsprit end, along with your Pendant and your Ordinance[166].
The fact that the position of the "Jack" is defined in this order tends to show that the term had not yet become common, and this is fully confirmed by a passage added by Sir Nathaniel Boteler to one[167] of the manuscript copies of his well-known Six Dialogues about Sea Services, written about the year 1634.
The fact that the role of the "Jack" is listed in this order suggests that the term hadn't become widespread yet, which is further supported by a passage added by Sir Nathaniel Boteler to one[167] of the manuscript copies of his well-known Six Dialogues about Sea Services, written around the year 1634.
Boteler, who last served at sea in the Ile de Ré Expedition of 1627, says:
Boteler, who last served at sea during the Ile de Ré Expedition in 1627, says:
but of late ther hathe bin invented an order that none of our Englishe shypps should be allowed to carry the king's flagge (that is the English Crosse quartered[168] wh the Scottish, and called the Brittish flagge or Colours) save only such shyps as are either of his Maties owne or serve under his paye, and every such vessel, though but a Catche, is permitted and enjoined to weare one of thes in a smale volume in her Boltsprites Topp. And the flaggs thus worne are tearmed Jacks.
but recently there has been a rule that none of our English ships are allowed to display the king's flag (which is the English Cross quartered[168] with the Scottish, and known as the British flag or Colors) except for those ships that are either owned by His Majesty or are on his payroll, and every such vessel, even if it's just a Catch, is required to fly one of these in a small size at her Boltsprit Top. And the flags worn like this are called Jacks.
The "Order" referred to is evidently the Proclamation of 1634, which, as already remarked, was the outcome of Pennington's request for instructions. It seems highly probable that it is to the same outstanding personality[169] that we owe the institution of the "Jack" on the bowsprit.
The "Order" mentioned is clearly the Proclamation of 1634, which, as noted earlier, came from Pennington's request for guidance. It seems very likely that we can credit the same prominent individual[169] for the creation of the "Jack" on the bowsprit.
From 1634 until the death of Charles I the royal ships continued to be distinguished from the merchant ships by this difference in their flags, although, as a distinct favour, merchant ships were, in a few special cases, granted permission to carry the Union flag.
From 1634 until Charles I died, royal ships were still set apart from merchant ships by the difference in their flags. However, as a special favor, some merchant ships were allowed to fly the Union flag in a few specific cases.
The execution of Charles I on 30th January, 1649, dissolved the dynastic union between England and Scotland. The two nations, which only a few years before had been united in a "Solemn League and Covenant" against Charles, had been gradually drifting apart, and on the proclamation by the Scots of Charles' son as king the two governments fell into open enmity. In these circumstances the Union flag had become meaningless. On the 22nd of February the Parliament decreed that the "Admiralty" should be settled in the Council of State[170], and the "Navy Committee," that is, the Committee of the Council, who were managing those affairs of the navy that had formerly been within the jurisdiction of the "Principal Officers of the Navy," immediately applied to the Council to know what they were to do about flags.
The execution of Charles I on January 30, 1649, ended the dynastic union between England and Scotland. The two nations, which had only a few years earlier joined together in a "Solemn League and Covenant" against Charles, had been slowly drifting apart, and when the Scots proclaimed Charles' son as king, the two governments became openly hostile. In this situation, the Union flag had lost its meaning. On February 22, Parliament decided that the "Admiralty" should be placed under the Council of State[170], and the "Navy Committee," which was handling those aspects of the navy that had previously been managed by the "Principal Officers of the Navy," promptly reached out to the Council to find out what to do about flags.
This Committee taking notice of the arms yt are engraven upon ye sternes of ye shipps belonging to ye Comonwealth & intended for this Summers fleet doe think fit to inform the Comtee of State therewith that so directions may be given what arms shalbe placed in their steed & likewise what characters shalbe given to the flaggs that are to be worne in this service[171].
This Committee has noticed that the arms are engraved on the sterns of the ships belonging to the Commonwealth and intended for this summer's fleet. We believe it's important to inform the Committee of State so that directions can be provided on what arms should be placed in their place and also what symbols should be given to the flags that will be used in this service[171].
The Council of State promptly decided "That the Ships at Sea in service of the State shall onely beare the red Crosse in a white [63]flag [172]," thus bringing the navy back to the old English flag and once more into line with the merchant shipping. The royal arms were ordered to be removed from the sterns and replaced by "the Armes of England and Ireland in two Scutcheons[173]."
The Council of State quickly decided that "The Ships at Sea serving the State shall only display the red Cross on a white [63]flag [172]," thus bringing the navy back to the traditional English flag and aligning it once again with merchant shipping. The royal arms were to be taken off the sterns and replaced with "the Arms of England and Ireland in two Shields[173]."
Two days later the Generals at Sea were informed, in answer to a further inquiry, that if Scots ships were found "bearing either the red cross or the Armes heretofore called the King's Armes" they were to admonish them to "forbeare the carrying of them for the future[174]."
Two days later, the Generals at Sea were informed, in response to another inquiry, that if Scottish ships were found "displaying either the red cross or the coat of arms previously known as the King's Arms," they were to warn them to "refrain from carrying them in the future[174]."
It is probable that the order of 22nd Feb. was not altogether welcome to the navy officers, for on 5th March, only a few days after the above order had been issued, the Council of State decided upon a new union flag for naval use. The union now to be symbolised was that of England and Ireland. Although Ireland had been more or less under the rule of the kings of England from the time of Henry II, it was not until the accession of James I in 1603 that she had found recognition in the royal standard, and it remained for the Commonwealth to give her due recognition in the national flag. The entry in the Council Minute Book runs: "That the fflagg that is to be borne by the Admirall be that now presented, viz: the Armes of England and Ireland in two severall Escotchons in a red flagg wth in a Compartiment (or)[175]."
It’s likely that the order from February 22 wasn’t entirely welcomed by the navy officers, because on March 5, just a few days after the order was issued, the Council of State decided on a new union flag for naval use. The union to be represented was that of England and Ireland. While Ireland had been under the control of the English kings since Henry II, it wasn’t until James I ascended the throne in 1603 that she was recognized in the royal standard, and it was the Commonwealth that finally acknowledged her in the national flag. The entry in the Council Minute Book states: "That the flag to be carried by the Admiral be the one now presented, namely: the Arms of England and Ireland in two separate escutcheons on a red flag with a compartment (or)[175]."
At the same time two other variants of this design were introduced, a standard and a jack. The order for these cannot be found, but they are referred to in the following letter to the Committee of the Navy signed by Deane and Blake (two of the Generals at Sea[176]) and dated 21st April, 1649:
At the same time, two other versions of this design were introduced: a standard and a jack. There is no record of the order for these, but they are mentioned in the following letter to the Committee of the Navy, signed by Deane and Blake (two of the Generals at Sea[176]) and dated April 21, 1649:
Gentlemen
Gents
Touching the flaggs &c. It seems strange you referre the proportions to bee ascertained by us, yorselves knowing best the former allowaunces, which wee suppose are alike in number in every expedition, but since the Issue depends on or resolution wee think needfull that you make up what you have allready sent, for orselves three Standards, or viceadmll and Rereadmll with the Admll Viceadmll & Rereadmll of Ireland three flaggs apiece, with two Jackes for every Shipp in the ffleet. ffor the Ensignes [64]and pendants you best know how many are wanting, which (whatsoever they are) with the flaggs &c. we desire may bee noe longer delayed[177].
Touching the flags, etc. It seems strange that you're asking us to determine the proportions, when you know best the previous allowances, which we assume are the same in every expedition. Since the outcome depends on our decision, we think it’s necessary for you to finalize what you’ve already sent. For ourselves, we need three standards, our vice admiral and rear admiral, along with the admiral, vice admiral, and rear admiral of Ireland, with three flags each, plus two jacks for every ship in the fleet. Regarding the ensigns and pendants, you know best how many are missing, and whatever they may be, we kindly request that the flags, etc. are no longer delayed.
In the standard, intended to replace the royal standard, and to be used by the Generals at Sea, the yellow "compartment" was omitted and the two escutcheons were surrounded by green branches of laurel and bay. Fortunately, an actual specimen[178] has survived of this interesting flag, which was destined to wave over Blake's ship at the heroic battle of Santa Cruz and to see the rise of the English navy to an eminence unequalled even in the days of Elizabeth.
In the new standard, meant to replace the royal standard, and to be used by the Generals at Sea, the yellow "compartment" was removed, and the two escutcheons were surrounded by green branches of laurel and bay. Luckily, an actual specimen[178] has survived of this fascinating flag, which was meant to fly over Blake's ship during the heroic battle of Santa Cruz and witness the rise of the English navy to a level unmatched even in the time of Elizabeth.
The jack contained only the cross and harp on their white and blue fields, corresponding with the centre part of the Admirals' flags. It is to be seen in several pictures of battles of the First Dutch War[179]. Apparently this jack was also used by ships having letters of marque; "privateers" as we should now call them. In December, 1652, the captain of a small frigate, called the 'Helena,' fought with two armed ships from Brest, "putting out the Parliament Jack on the bowsprit end and the English ensign on the poop, the enemy having hung out the disunion flag or late King's colours[180]."
The jack featured just the cross and harp on its white and blue background, matching the central part of the Admirals' flags. You can see it in several paintings depicting battles from the First Dutch War[179]. This jack was also used by ships with letters of marque—what we would now refer to as "privateers." In December 1652, the captain of a small frigate named the 'Helena' battled two armed ships from Brest, "displaying the Parliament Jack at the bowsprit end and the English ensign at the poop, while the enemy had raised the disunion flag or the late King's colors[180]."
Early in 1653 the junior Admiral's flag with the red border and yellow compartment seems to have been abandoned, and a flag like the jack, with the harp and cross only, substituted for it[181], probably because the red border would cause confusion when flown in the white and blue squadrons.
Early in 1653, the junior Admiral's flag with the red border and yellow section seems to have been discarded, and a flag similar to the jack, featuring only the harp and cross, was used instead[181]. This change was likely made to avoid confusion caused by the red border when displayed alongside the white and blue squadrons.
Scotland was formally re-united to England by an Ordinance of the Commonwealth Parliament dated 12th April, 1654, and the cross of St Andrew was ordered to be brought once more into conjunction with that of St George:
Scotland was officially reunited with England by an Ordinance of the Commonwealth Parliament dated April 12, 1654, and the cross of St. Andrew was directed to be brought back together with that of St. George:
And that this Union may take its more full effect and intent Be it further ordained by the Authority aforesaid That the Arms of Scotland viz: a Cross commonly called Saint Andrews Cross be received into and borne from henceforth in the Arms of this Commonwealth as a Badge of this Union.
And to ensure this Union achieves its full purpose, it is further established by the mentioned Authority that the Arms of Scotland, specifically a cross known as Saint Andrew's Cross, will be included and carried forward in the Arms of this Commonwealth as a symbol of this Union.
In the new great seal which was prepared in 1655 the St Andrew's cross was quartered with St George's cross and the Irish harp, but it was not at once introduced into the naval flags, although placed on the obverse of naval medals struck in 1654.
In the new great seal created in 1655, St. Andrew's cross was combined with St. George's cross and the Irish harp, but it wasn't immediately adopted into the naval flags, even though it was featured on the front of naval medals minted in 1654.
The cross of St Andrew was re-introduced into the naval flags by the following order of the Council of State dated 18th May, 1658[182]:
The cross of St Andrew was brought back into the naval flags by the following order of the Council of State dated May 18, 1658[182]:
That the Standard for the Generall of his Highness ffleete be altered, and doe beare the Armes of England, Scotland, and Ireland, with his Highness Escutcheon of pretence, according to the impression of the Great Seale of England; and that the Jack fflaggs for the fflagg officers of the ffleete and for the severall Shipps of Warre of his Highness be the Armes of England and Scotland united, according to the auncient forme, With the addition of the Harpe, according to a Modell now showd; and that the Comrs of the Admty and Navy to take order That the standard and Jacke fflaggs be prepared accordingly.
That the standard for His Highness's fleet should be changed to display the Arms of England, Scotland, and Ireland, along with His Highness's escutcheon of pretence, as per the impression of the Great Seal of England. The jack flags for the flag officers of the fleet and for His Highness's various warships should feature the Arms of England and Scotland united, following the ancient design, with the addition of the harp, according to a model now presented. The Commissioners of the Admiralty and Navy are to ensure that the standard and jack flags are prepared accordingly.
In the standard the two crosses and the harp were borne "quarterly" surmounted by an inescutcheon (sable, a lion rampant argent), the personal arms of Cromwell[183], but in the other Admirals' flags and the jack the crosses were superposed, as in the Union flag of 1606, with the addition of a harp in the centre. The "model" has disappeared, like all its predecessors, and nothing remains to show for certain whether this harp was placed in a blue escutcheon as in the earlier Commonwealth flags or not, but since a request was received from Chatham in the following November for 200 yards of blue bewper "for ye altering of all ye fflaggs and Jacks here yt are of ye former fashion into ye new forme[184]" it seems on the whole probable that the harp was in an escutcheon with a blue field.
In the standard, the two crosses and the harp were arranged "quarterly" on top of an inescutcheon (black, a lion standing upright in silver), which represented Cromwell's personal arms[183]. However, in the other Admirals' flags and the jack, the crosses were layered, similar to the Union flag of 1606, with the harp added in the center. The "model" has vanished, like all its predecessors, and there’s no way to tell for sure whether this harp was placed in a blue shield like in the earlier Commonwealth flags. However, since a request was made from Chatham the following November for 200 yards of blue cloth "for the alteration of all the flags and Jacks here that are of the former style into the new style[184]," it seems likely that the harp was in a shield with a blue background.
This return towards the flag of 1606, prophetic of the coming restoration, lasted for a few months only. In September Cromwell died, and his son, the shadow of a great name, after being tolerated as a mere figurehead for a few months, was in the following May forced to abdicate. The remnant of the Long Parliament, which had just re-assembled, passed an "Act for the Great Seal of England" which restored the seal of 1651 with its map of England and Ireland and shields with the St George's cross and the Irish harp. The cross of Scotland vanished and the Commonwealth "Cross and Harp" jack supplanted Cromwell's Union Jack.
This return to the flag of 1606, signaling the upcoming restoration, lasted only a few months. In September, Cromwell died, and his son, a mere shadow of a great legacy, was tolerated as a figurehead for a few months before being forced to step down the following May. The remaining members of the Long Parliament, which had just reconvened, passed an "Act for the Great Seal of England," restoring the seal from 1651 featuring its map of England and Ireland along with shields displaying St. George's cross and the Irish harp. The cross of Scotland was removed, and the Commonwealth's "Cross and Harp" flag replaced Cromwell's Union Jack.
In March, 1660, the Navy Commissioners were told to furnish [66]General Mountagu, then in command of the Fleet [185], "with Standards for the Naseby suitable to the Jacks now worne in the ffleete[186]." This was the standard which Mountagu was flying when ordered to cross to the Hague and bring back the king.
In March 1660, the Navy Commissioners were instructed to provide General Mountagu, who was in charge of the Fleet, with standards for the Naseby that matched the jacks currently used in the fleet. This was the standard Mountagu was displaying when he was ordered to go to the Hague and bring back the king.
On 1st May, 1660, the newly assembled Houses of Parliament passed a joint vote for the restoration of the ancient government, and a few days later, before Charles was publicly proclaimed, the Commissioners of the Admiralty and Navy, at the instance of the Council of State, issued the following order to their subordinate Board:
On May 1, 1660, the newly formed Houses of Parliament voted together to restore the old government, and a few days later, before Charles was officially announced, the Commissioners of the Admiralty and Navy, at the request of the Council of State, issued the following order to their subordinate Board:
In pursuance of an order of the Councell of State of the 5th of this instant May It is ordered that it be referred to the Comrs for the Navy forthwith to take care that such Standards, fflags and Jacke Colours for the ffleete be forthwith prepared as were in use before 1648 and that they be sent downe with all speed to Generall Mountagu as alsoe that Carvers and Painters be appointed to goe down for the altering of the Carved workes according to such directions as they shall receive from Comr Pett, who is ordered by ye Councell forthwth to goe to ye Generall. And the said Comrs are to give order for the sending downe to the Generall One silke Standard and one silke Ensigne and Jacke and such other silke fflags as may compleate a suite for the Naseby[187].
In response to an order from the Council of State dated May 5th, it’s directed that the Commissioners for the Navy immediately ensure that the standards, flags, and jack colors for the fleet be prepared just as they were before 1648. These should be sent down to General Mountagu as quickly as possible. Additionally, carvers and painters are to be appointed to go down for the alteration of the carved works according to the instructions they will receive from Commissioner Pett, who is directed by the Council to visit the General. The Commissioners are also to arrange for sending down to the General one silk standard, one silk ensign, and jack, along with any other silk flags needed to complete a set for the Naseby[187].
Instructions to this effect must have reached the fleet before it left England, but the flag-makers had evidently not had sufficient time to prepare the new royal standard, for on the 13th May, on the way over, (so Pepys, then secretary to Mountagu, tells us[188])
Instructions to this effect must have reached the fleet before it left England, but the flag-makers clearly didn't have enough time to prepare the new royal standard. On May 13th, while en route, (as Pepys, who was then secretary to Mountagu, tells us[188])
the tailors and painters were at work cutting out some pieces of yellow cloth into the fashion of a crown and C.R. and put it upon a fine sheet and that into the flag instead of the State's arms[189] which after dinner was finished and set up.... In the afternoon a Council of War only to acquaint them that the Harp must be taken out of all their flags, it being very offensive to the King.
the tailors and painters were busy cutting pieces of yellow fabric into the shape of a crown and C.R., which they placed on a nice sheet to be used in the flag instead of the State's arms[189] that was completed and raised after dinner.... In the afternoon, a Council of War met only to inform them that the Harp had to be removed from all their flags, as it was very offensive to the King.
The Union flag, like the Government, now reverted to its original form, but the right to fly it remained the special prerogative of the State's ships, a prerogative much sought after by merchant ships, and often assumed by them without warrant. For the next half century a long-drawn struggle was waged by the merchant shipping for the possession of this right. It begins with a special instruction sent by [67]the Lord High Admiral, James Duke of York, to the Corporation of Trinity House on 9th March, 1661:
The Union flag, like the Government, went back to its original form, but only the State's ships had the right to fly it. Merchant ships really wanted this right and often displayed the flag without permission. For the next fifty years, there was a prolonged struggle by merchant shipping to gain this right. It starts with a special instruction sent by [67] the Lord High Admiral, James Duke of York, to the Corporation of Trinity House on March 9, 1661:
I desire you will give notice unto all Commanders and Masters of Shipping belonging to the Subjects of the King, my Sovereign Lord and Brother, that from henceforward they forbear to wear the Flag of Union; and also acquaint them, that such as presume to wear the said Flag contrary hereunto, the King's Ships will have orders to take it from them[190].
I want you to inform all Commanders and Masters of ships belonging to the King, my Sovereign Lord and Brother, that from now on they should stop flying the Union Flag. Also, let them know that those who choose to fly the Flag against this will have the King's Ships instructed to remove it from them.[190].
The Trinity House issued orders to this effect, but although the prohibition had been stiffened with a threat that the flag would be taken by force from those displaying it, the notices seem to have had so little effect that, on 19th Nov., when a royal proclamation was issued "For prohibiting the Imbezlement of His Majesties Stores," the opportunity was taken to make the further threat that the Commander of the ship would be seized also:
The Trinity House issued orders to this effect, but even though the ban was toughened with a warning that the flag would be forcefully taken from anyone displaying it, the notices seemed to have so little impact that, on November 19th, when a royal proclamation was issued "For prohibiting the Theft of His Majesty's Supplies," they took the chance to add the further threat that the ship's Commander would be captured as well:
And for preventing the abuse which hath been of late practised concerning Flags, Pendents and other Ornaments His Majesty doth hereby strictly prohibit & forbid the use of His Majesties Colours in Merchant Ships, and doth Authorize and Command all Commanders and Officers of any His Majesties Ships of War not only to take from Merchants Ships all such Colours but likewise to seize the Commander of such Merchant Ships, wherein after the first day of April next they shall be used, and to bring them to condign punishment[191].
And to prevent the recent misuse of Flags, Pennants, and other decorations, His Majesty strictly prohibits the use of His Majesty's Colors on Merchant Ships. He also authorizes and orders all Commanders and Officers of His Majesty's Warships to not only remove these Colors from Merchant Ships but also to arrest the Commander of any Merchant Ship that uses them after the first day of April. Those captured will face appropriate punishment.[191]
It is interesting to find here, as in 1634, an excuse made for the order which is not the main reason for it. No doubt a certain number of colours were embezzled and sold by the boatswains of the king's ships, just as the gunners embezzled and sold the powder, but the desire of the merchant shipping to fly the Union flag was not due to the fact that they might occasionally pick that flag up cheap, it was due rather to the privileges, especially freedom from pilotage and port dues in foreign ports, which the flag assured them.
It's interesting to see here, as in 1634, an excuse given for the order that isn't the main reason for it. Certainly, some colors were stolen and sold by the boatswains of the king's ships, just as the gunners stole and sold the powder, but the reason merchant ships wanted to fly the Union flag wasn't just that they could sometimes get it cheaply; it was more about the privileges it provided them, particularly the freedom from pilotage and port fees in foreign ports, which the flag guaranteed.
Probably the further threat of imprisonment checked the practice for a time, but not entirely, for the Lord High Admiral was again taking action in 1666.
Probably the looming threat of imprisonment held the practice back for a while, but not completely, as the Lord High Admiral was once again taking action in 1666.
Warrant for taking into custody such Mars of Mercht Ships as shall presume to Wear the Kings Jack.
Warrant for taking into custody such Masters of Merchant Ships as shall presume to wear the King's Jack.
Whereas I am informed yt the Mars of severall Merchant Shipps outward bound from the River of Thames have presumed to Wear the Kings Jack without having leave from myself or the Prinle Officers & Commrs of His Matys Navy or any other just pretence for so doing These are therefore to will and require you forthwith to goe down the River of Thames and examine and enquire what Merchant Ships either do or have lately [68]Wore the Kings Jack not being hired nor carrying goods for His Matys Service and yt you apprehend the Mars of them ... (except the Ship Tryall whereof Hope for Bendall is Mar, which is bound for New England & is to carry some Goods for me) and keep them in safe custody that they may be punished for their presumption.
I have been informed that the masters of several merchant ships leaving the River Thames have taken it upon themselves to fly the King's flag without permission from me or the principal officers and commissioners of His Majesty's Navy, or any valid reason for doing so. Therefore, you are hereby instructed to go down the River Thames immediately and investigate which merchant ships are currently flying or have recently flown the King's flag without being commissioned or carrying goods for His Majesty's service. Make sure to detain the masters of those ships (except for the ship Tryall, whose master is Hope for Bendall, which is bound for New England and is carrying some goods for me) and keep them safely in custody so they can be punished for their presumption.
Deterred by these measures from a direct attempt to make use of the Union flag, the merchant shipping hit upon the device of flying a flag which was a sufficiently close imitation of the forbidden colours to deceive foreign powers[193] without falling within the strict letter of the law. In 1674 this practice had evidently become common, for Pepys acquainted the Trinity House, in June, of the King's intention to put a stop to it[194]. Three months later the following proclamation was issued:
Deterred by these measures from directly using the Union flag, the merchant shipping resorted to flying a flag that closely resembled the banned colors enough to mislead foreign powers[193] while technically staying within the law. By 1674, this practice had clearly become common since Pepys informed the Trinity House in June about the King's plans to put an end to it[194]. Three months later, the following proclamation was issued:
Whereas by ancient usage no merchant's ship ought to bear the Jack, which is for distinction appointed for his Majesty's ships; nevertheless his Majesty is informed that divers of his Majesty's subjects have of late presumed to wear his Majesty's Jack on board their ships employed in merchants' affairs, and thinking to evade the Punishment due for the same, bear Jacks in shape and mixture of colours so little different from those of his Majesty as not to be without difficulty distinguisht therefrom, which practice is found attended with manifold Inconveniences; for prevention whereof for the future his Majesty hath thought fit, with the advice of his Privy Council, by this his Royal Proclamation, strictly to charge and command all his subjects whatsoever, that from henceforth they do not presume to wear his Majesty's Jack (commonly called The Union Jack) in any of their ships or vessels, without particular warrant for their so doing from his Majesty, or the Lord High Admiral of England, or the Commissioners for executing the office of Lord High Admiral for the time being; and his Majesty doth hereby further command all his loving subjects, that without such warrant as aforesaid, they presume not to wear on board their ships or vessels, any Jacks made in imitation of his Majesty's, or any other flags, Jacks, or Ensigns whatsoever, than those usually heretofore worn on merchants' ships, viz., the Flag and Jack White, with a Red Cross (commonly called Saint George's Cross) passing right through the same; and the Ensign Red, with a like Cross in a Canton White, at the upper corner thereof next to the staff.
Whereas traditionally, no merchant ship should display the Jack, which is designated for the King's ships; nevertheless, the King has been informed that many of his subjects have recently taken to displaying his Jack on their ships used for trading, and in an attempt to avoid punishment for this, they are using Jacks that are so similar in shape and color to his Majesty’s that they are difficult to distinguish from it. This practice has been found to cause many problems; to prevent this in the future, his Majesty, with advice from his Privy Council, has decided through this Royal Proclamation to strictly instruct and command all his subjects that from now on they must not display his Majesty's Jack (commonly known as The Union Jack) on any of their ships or vessels without explicit permission from his Majesty, the Lord High Admiral of England, or the Commissioners executing the office of Lord High Admiral at that time; and his Majesty further commands all his loyal subjects that without such permission, they must not display on their ships or vessels any Jacks imitating his Majesty's, or any other flags, Jacks, or Ensigns of any kind, other than those usually worn on merchant ships, namely, the Flag and Jack White, with a Red Cross (commonly known as Saint George's Cross) going straight through it; and the Ensign Red, with a similar Cross in a White Canton, at the upper corner next to the staff.
And his Majesty doth hereby require the principal officers and Commissioners of his navy, Governors of his Forts and Castles, the Officers of his Customs, and Commanders or officers of any of his Majesty's ships, upon their meeting with, or otherwise observing any merchants' ships or [69]vessels of his Majesty's subjects wearing such a flag, jack, or ensign, contrary hereunto, whether at Sea or in Port, not only to cause such flag, jack or ensign to be forthwith seized, but to return the names of the said ships and vessels, together with the names of their respective masters, unto the Lord High Admiral, Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty, or the Judge of the High Court of Admiralty for the time being, to the end the Persons offending may be duly punished for the same.
And His Majesty requires all the main officers and Commissioners of his navy, Governors of his Forts and Castles, Customs officers, and any commanders or officers of his ships, to immediately seize any merchants' ships or vessels belonging to his subjects that are flying a flag, jack, or ensign that goes against this order, whether they encounter them at sea or in port. They must also submit the names of these ships and vessels, along with the names of their respective captains, to the Lord High Admiral, the Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty, or the Judge of the High Court of Admiralty at the time, so that the offenders can be properly punished.
And his Majesty doth hereby command and enjoyn the Judge and Judges of the High Court of Admiralty for the time being, that at the several Sessions to be hereafter held by his Majesty's Commission of Oyer and Terminer for the Admiralty, they give in charge, that strict enquiry be made of all offences in the premises, and that they cause all offenders therein to be duly punished. And all Vice Admirals and Judges of Vice Admiralties, are also to do the same, and to attend the due observation hereof, within the several Ports and Places of their respective Precincts.
And His Majesty hereby commands the Judge and Judges of the High Court of Admiralty to ensure that at the upcoming Sessions held under His Majesty's Commission of Oyer and Terminer for the Admiralty, a thorough investigation is conducted into all offenses mentioned. They must ensure that all offenders are properly punished. All Vice Admirals and Judges of Vice Admiralties are also to follow this directive and ensure compliance within their respective Ports and Areas.
Given at our Court at Whitehall the Eighteenth
Day of September 1674, in the Six and Twentieth
Year of our Reign.
By his Majesty's Command.
Given at our Court at Whitehall on the 18th Day of September 1674, in the 26th Year of our Reign.
By his Majesty's Command.
A new competitor for the privilege now appeared in the yacht—a type of pleasure-boat introduced from the Netherlands at the Restoration. In 1676 the request of the Governor of Dover "to have the liberty of wearing his Majts Jack upon his private yacht" was refused by the king in Council[195], but the practice of hoisting the Union Jack upon yachts without warrant had become sufficiently widespread by 1686 to attract the notice of the navy authorities, as shown by the following memorandum of Pepys:
A new competitor for the privilege now showed up in the yacht—a type of pleasure boat that was brought in from the Netherlands during the Restoration. In 1676, the Governor of Dover's request "to have the liberty of wearing his Majesty's Jack on his private yacht" was denied by the king in Council[195]. However, by 1686, the practice of flying the Union Jack on yachts without official permission had become common enough to catch the attention of the navy authorities, as indicated by the following memo from Pepys:
Notes about the Jack taken by S. P. at the Navy Board the 20th of Septr 1686 upon occasion of the liberty taken by Private Yachts to wear the Kings Jack without License.
Notes about the Jack taken by S. P. at the Navy Board on September 20, 1686, regarding the unauthorized use of the King's Jack by Private Yachts.
Memorandum. That the temptations to this Liberty (besides the pride of it) are
Memorandum. The temptations to this Liberty (besides the pride that comes with it) are
1st. That in Holland they are freed by it from taking a Pilot.
1st. That in Holland they are exempt from needing a Pilot because of it.
2dly. As to France they are by the Jack excused from paying the Duty of 50 Sous by Tun paid by every Mercht Man coming into a French Port.
2dly. As for France, they are exempt from paying the duty of 50 Sous per tun charged to every merchant coming into a French port.
About this time another form of jack had come into use in the Mediterranean. Its origin is obscure: we first meet with it in some notes of matters to be looked into jotted down by Pepys about 1687: "Quaere, the Practice of wearing Colours in Boats? And the Budgee[197] [70]Jack now familiarly used abroad (as lately by St Loe [198]) being the Union Jack in a Canton upon a Red Flag." It will be seen from this note that it was of similar design to the red ensign instituted in 1707, and from the juxtaposition of "Colours in Boats" it may be inferred that it was a combination of the jack and red ensign for use in boats only. It was afterwards made the distinctive jack of a privateer[199].
Around this time, a different type of jack started to be used in the Mediterranean. Its origins are unclear; we first encounter it in some notes that Pepys wrote around 1687: "Question, the Practice of wearing Colors in Boats? And the Budgee[197] [70]Jack now commonly used abroad (as recently by St Loe[198]) being the Union Jack in a Canton on a Red Flag." This note suggests it was designed similarly to the red ensign established in 1707, and from the mention of "Colors in Boats," it can be inferred that it was a combination of the jack and red ensign intended specifically for use on boats. It later became the official jack of a privateer[199].
For the next few years more serious matters than the misuse of the Union Jack occupied the attention of the authorities, but in 1694[200], when William III was safely seated on the throne, another Proclamation, similar to that of 1674, was issued forbidding merchant ships, except those having letters of marque, to wear other colours than the "Flag and Jack white with a Red Cross commonly called St George's Cross passing quite through the same and the Ensign Red with the like Cross in a Canton White at the upper corner thereof next the staff." The privateers were to wear the same ensign as other merchant ships, but were to have the red (Budgee) jack.
For the next few years, more serious issues than the misuse of the Union Jack grabbed the attention of the authorities. However, in 1694[200], when William III was securely on the throne, another Proclamation, similar to the one issued in 1674, was released. It banned merchant ships, except those with letters of marque, from displaying any colors other than the "Flag and Jack white with a Red Cross commonly called St George's Cross passing quite through the same and the Ensign Red with the like Cross in a Canton White at the upper corner thereof next the staff." Privateers were required to use the same ensign as other merchant ships but were allowed to have the red (Budgee) jack.
Another Proclamation in identical terms was issued in the first year of Queen Anne's reign[201].
Another proclamation in the same terms was issued in the first year of Queen Anne's reign[201].
Meanwhile yet another variant of the Union Jack had been created for the use of ships commissioned by the Governors of the North American Colonies. In July, 1701, the Admiralty complained to the Council of "the inconvenience by Merchant Ships wearing the King's Colours in and among the Plantations abroad, under colour of Commissions from the Governors of the said Plantations," and obtained the Council's approval to the use by such vessels of a distinctive Jack which is thus described in the Instructions to the Governors.
Meanwhile, another version of the Union Jack had been created for ships commissioned by the Governors of the North American Colonies. In July 1701, the Admiralty complained to the Council about "the inconvenience caused by merchant ships flying the King's colors among the plantations abroad, claiming they had commissions from the Governors of those plantations," and got the Council's approval for those vessels to use a distinct Jack, which is described in the Instructions to the Governors.
Whereas great inconveniences do happen by Merchant Ships and other Vessels in the Plantations wearing the Colours born by our Ships of War under pretence of Commissions granted to them by the Governors of the said Plantations, and that by trading under those Colours, not only amongst our own Subjects, but also those of other Princes and States, and Committing divers Irregularities, they do very much dishonour our Service—For prevention whereof you are to oblige the Commanders of all such Ships, to which you shall grant Commissions, to wear no other Jack than according to the Sample here described, that is to say, such as is worn [71]by our Ships of War, with the distinction of a White Escutchion in the middle thereof and that the said mark of distinction may extend itself to one half of the depth of the Jack and one third of the Fly thereof[202].
Whereas significant problems occur due to merchant ships and other vessels in the plantations flying the colors of our warships under the pretense of commissions granted by the governors of those plantations, and that by trading under those colors, not only among our own subjects but also with those of other princes and states, and committing various irregularities, they greatly dishonor our service—To prevent this, you are to require the commanders of all such ships to which you grant commissions to fly no other flag than the one described here, which is to say, the one flown by our warships, with the distinction of a white coat of arms in the center of it and that the said mark of distinction may extend to half the height of the flag and one third of the length of it.
In 1707 was brought about that complete union of England and Scotland that James had worked for a hundred years before. The first article in the Treaty of Union provided that the crosses of St George and St Andrew should be conjoined in such manner as the queen thought fit. After due consideration of various designs suggested by a Committee of the Privy Council in conjunction with the Heralds College, it was finally decided by an Order in Council of 17th April, 1707, "That the Union Flag continue as at present." Coloured drawings of the Royal Standard, Union Flag, and Red Ensign were formally communicated to the Admiralty by a further Order in Council with instructions that these designs were to be adhered to in the flags flown at sea[203].
In 1707, the complete union of England and Scotland, which James had sought for a hundred years earlier, was finally accomplished. The first article of the Treaty of Union stated that the crosses of St George and St Andrew would be combined in a way the queen deemed appropriate. After carefully considering various designs proposed by a Committee of the Privy Council and the Heralds College, it was ultimately decided by an Order in Council on April 17, 1707, "That the Union Flag continue as it currently is." Colored drawings of the Royal Standard, Union Flag, and Red Ensign were officially sent to the Admiralty by another Order in Council, with instructions that these designs should be used for the flags flown at sea[203].
But although no change was made in the Union flag an important alteration was made in the Ensign; the English and Scots navies being now united, the Union was introduced into its canton in place of the St George.
But even though the Union flag didn’t change, an important update was made to the Ensign; with the English and Scottish navies now united, the Union was added to its canton instead of the St George.
In promulgating[204] this change of ensign opportunity was taken to repeat the thunders of the former proclamations against the offending merchant service, but with the inclusion of the Union in the ensign the fight practically came to an end. Before long the general introduction of fore and aft headsails led to the disappearance of the sprit topmast on which the jack had been displayed, and as the flagstaff on the bowsprit, which took its place, was in the way of the jib when headsails were set, it became the common practice to fly a jack only when the ship was in harbour.
In announcing[204] this change of flag, there was an opportunity to reiterate the strong statements from previous announcements aimed at the problematic merchant service. However, with the inclusion of the Union in the flag, the conflict essentially came to an end. Soon after, the widespread use of fore and aft headsails led to the removal of the sprit topmast that used to display the jack. Since the flagpole on the bowsprit, which replaced it, obstructed the jib when headsails were set, it became standard practice to display a jack only when the ship was in port.
With the opening of the nineteenth century came the final change in the design of the Union flag. By the Act of 1800 the union of Great Britain and Ireland was to take effect from the first day of the new century, and by the first of the Articles of Union the "Ensigns, Armorial Flags and Banners" were to be such as the king by "Royal Proclamation under the Great Seal of the said United Kingdom should appoint."
With the start of the nineteenth century, the Union flag underwent its last design change. The Act of 1800 established that the union of Great Britain and Ireland would begin on the first day of the new century, and according to the first of the Articles of Union, the "Ensigns, Armorial Flags and Banners" would be as the king appointed by "Royal Proclamation under the Great Seal of the said United Kingdom."
The Privy Council, after consulting the Heralds, recommended to the king "that the Union Flag should be altered according to the [72]Draft thereof marked (C) in which the Cross of St George is conjoined with the Crosses of St Andrew and St Patrick." This proposal was approved by Order in Council of the 5th November, 1800.
The Privy Council, after consulting with the Heralds, advised the king "that the Union Flag should be changed according to the [72]Draft marked (C) where the Cross of St George is combined with the Crosses of St Andrew and St Patrick." This suggestion was approved by an Order in Council on November 5, 1800.
The Proclamation[205] was issued on the 1st January, 1801. It decreed
The Proclamation[205] was issued on January 1, 1801. It declared
In his desire to adhere to those pedantic formulae which came into being during the decadence of heraldic art, the draftsman of this clause was unfortunately obscure in a matter that called for the clearest precision. The "Draft marked C" showed a fimbriation or border for the St George's cross nearly as wide as the counterchanged saltires[208]. This drawing and the verbal blason of it above recited, were supplied to the Council by Sir Isaac Heard, the Garter King-at-Arms, and since in so important a matter he is not likely to have been guilty of carelessness, while there is no question of incompetence, it is clear that "fimbriated as the saltire" was not intended to denote that the border was to be of the same width as for the saltire, but simply that this border was to be of the same colour. In other words, a fimbriation was not so strictly defined as to width in 1800 as some persons at the present day would have us believe.
In his attempt to stick to the overly meticulous rules that emerged during the decline of heraldic art, the writer of this clause regrettably made it vague in a context that needed clear precision. The "Draft marked C" featured a fimbriation or border for the St George's cross that was almost as wide as the counterchanged saltires[208]. This drawing and the description provided above were given to the Council by Sir Isaac Heard, the Garter King-at-Arms. Given how crucial this matter is, it’s unlikely he was careless, and there’s no doubt about his competence. It's clear that "fimbriated as the saltire" was not meant to indicate that the border should be the same width as the saltire, but rather that the border should be the same color. In other words, a fimbriation was not so strictly defined by width in 1800 as some people today might want us to think.
There would be no need to dwell upon this point were it not for the importance of this flag and the confusion into which the details of its construction have fallen.
There wouldn’t be a need to focus on this issue if it weren't for the significance of this flag and the confusion surrounding the details of how it was made.
It may seem an extraordinary statement to make, but it is a fact that the Union flag is never made in strict accordance with the original design.
It might sound like a bold claim, but the truth is that the Union flag is never produced exactly according to the original design.
In the pattern approved for the navy[209], which is also that flown on the Houses of Parliament and on the Government Offices, and is that adopted almost universally by private individuals of British nationality, the Irish saltire is reduced in width by having its fimbriation taken from itself instead of from the blue ground. Apparently this has been done to bring the outer boundaries in line across the flag, but it seems neither heraldically nor historically correct, for the saltire representing Ireland[210] should be of equal width with that of Scotland.
In the design approved for the navy[209], which is also used on the Houses of Parliament and Government Offices, and is commonly adopted by private British citizens, the Irish saltire is made narrower by taking its outline from itself rather than from the blue background. This appears to have been done to align the outer edges of the flag, but it doesn’t seem to be correct from either a heraldic or historical perspective, as the saltire representing Ireland[210] should be the same width as that of Scotland.
The other pattern in use is that established in 1900 by the War Office, in an attempt to comply with the literal terms of the Proclamation of 1st January, 1801, as interpreted by modern heraldic definitions[211]. In this pattern the two saltires are of equal breadth, but the "fimbriation" of the St George's cross has been reduced to the same width as that of St Patrick's saltire.
The other pattern in use was established in 1900 by the War Office as a way to adhere to the exact wording of the Proclamation from January 1, 1801, based on modern heraldic definitions[211]. In this pattern, the two saltires are of equal width, but the "fimbriation" of the St George's cross has been adjusted to match the width of St Patrick's saltire.
However, these differences are of no serious importance, and indeed this flag seems doomed to misrepresentation, which extends even to its name. A "Union Jack" is, correctly speaking, a small Union flag intended to be flown in one particular place, the bows of one of H.M. ships: yet for many years past this technical distinction has been lost sight of[212] and the misapplication of the term "Jack" has become almost universal, so much so that we have the Government solemnly announcing that "The Union Jack should be regarded as the national flag[213]."
However, these differences aren't really that important, and in fact, this flag seems destined to be misrepresented, even in its name. A "Union Jack" is technically a small Union flag meant to be flown in one specific place, the bows of one of H.M. ships: yet for many years, this technical distinction has been overlooked[212] and the misuse of the term "Jack" has become nearly universal, to the point where we have the Government officially stating that "The Union Jack should be regarded as the national flag[213]."
The Union Pendant, that is a pendant with St George's Cross at the head and with the fly striped longitudinally red, white and blue (see Plate V, fig. 2) appears to have been first instituted in 1661 as a pendant which combined the colours of the Union flag and which, like that flag, was to be flown only by H.M. ships. It was afterwards known as the "Ordinary" or "Common" Pendant[214]. It went out of use when the squadronal colours were abandoned in 1864, though it survives in a smaller form (in which the fly is not slit) to this day as a signal that the ship's company is engaged in divine service.
The Union Pendant, which features St George's Cross at the top and has a fly striped vertically in red, white, and blue (see Plate V, fig. 2), was first introduced in 1661 as a pendant that incorporated the colors of the Union flag and, like that flag, it was meant to be flown only by H.M. ships. It later became known as the "Ordinary" or "Common" Pendant[214]. It fell out of use when the squadron colors were discontinued in 1864, but it continues to exist in a smaller form (without a slit in the fly) to this day as a signal that the ship's company is engaged in divine service.
FOOTNOTES:
[141] Cambridge Modern History, iii, 360.
[142] Mr Oppenheim suggests that this was partly due to James's natural vanity and his jealousy of anything that could remind the English seamen of their late Queen.
[142] Mr. Oppenheim suggests that this was partly because of James's natural vanity and his jealousy of anything that could remind the English sailors of their recently deceased Queen.
[143] This was sent to the Lord High Admiral to be communicated to the Navy and Mercantile Marine, vide draft letter S. P. D. Jas I, App. xxxviii, 16. An earlier draft altered from a signet warrant of James I, and now in part illegible, is to be found in S. P. D. Jas I, App. xxxv, 23, misplaced among the papers of 1603. The deleted ninth and tenth lines, however, read: "Given under [our signet?] at our Pallace of Westmr the first day of April in the fourth year of or raigne of Great Britaine ffrance and Ireland."
[143] This was sent to the Lord High Admiral to be shared with the Navy and Mercantile Marine, see draft letter S. P. D. Jas I, App. xxxviii, 16. An earlier draft, changed from a signet warrant of James I, which is now partially illegible, can be found in S. P. D. Jas I, App. xxxv, 23, misplaced among the papers of 1603. The deleted ninth and tenth lines, however, read: "Given under [our signet?] at our Palace of Westminster the first day of April in the fourth year of our reign of Great Britain, France, and Ireland."
A writer on the Union flag in the Archeological Journal, 1891, misled by the date at the top of the page containing the entry of the above Proclamation in the Syllabus to Rymer's Foedera, has stated that there was an earlier proclamation issued in 1605; an error that has been repeated by several subsequent writers.
A writer about the Union flag in the Archeological Journal, 1891, misled by the date at the top of the page with the entry of the above Proclamation in the Syllabus to Rymer's Foedera, claimed that an earlier proclamation was issued in 1605; a mistake that has been repeated by several later writers.
[145] The object of a fimbriation is to prevent colour touching colour or metal touching metal, and, according to modern heraldic rules, it should be as narrow as possible consistent with this result. White is of course a metal: "argent."
[145] The purpose of a fimbriation is to keep colors from touching other colors or metals from touching other metals, and according to today's heraldic rules, it should be as narrow as possible while still achieving this goal. White is considered a metal: "argent."
[147] In the Rijks Museum. There are many illustrations of the Union flag in late seventeenth century mss., one of the most important of these being the Flag Book of Lieut. Graydon (1686) in the Pepysian Library. They all show a broad border.
[147] In the Rijks Museum. There are many illustrations of the Union flag in late seventeenth-century manuscripts, one of the most important being the Flag Book of Lieut. Graydon (1686) in the Pepysian Library. They all display a wide border.
[149] Pepys MSS., Miscellanea, ix.
[150] S. P. D. Jas I, ci, 8: A Survey of the present rigging of all His Majs Ships 1618.
[150] S. P. D. Jas I, ci, 8: A Survey of the current rigging of all His Majesty's Ships 1618.
1 Imperiall fflag wh the kings armes of taffaty guilded.
1 Brittish fflag of 15 clothes of taffaty.
1 of St George of 12 breadths of taffaty.
1 Imperial flag with the king's coat of arms made of gilded taffeta.
1 British flag made of 15 pieces of taffeta.
1 St. George flag made of 12 widths of taffeta.
[152] Ibid. cxvi, 50: "When you shall heare a piece of ordnance from ye Admll of the fleete and see ye Union fflagg in ye misne shrowds yt shalbe a signe for ye Counsell of Warre to come aboard."
[152] Ibid. cxvi, 50: "When you hear a piece of artillery from the Admiral of the fleet and see the Union flag in the main shrouds, that will be a signal for the Council of War to come aboard."
[153] Ibid. ccccxv, 49: Instructions given by Sir John Pennington, 26th March, 1639. "And when you see ye British Flagg spread upon my Mizen Shrowds...."
[153] Ibid. ccccxv, 49: Instructions given by Sir John Pennington, March 26, 1639. "And when you see the British flag flying on my back shrouds...."
[154] Really because the English navy had become so weak that other nations saw no longer any reason to yield those marks of respect formerly exacted of them.
[154] Really because the English navy had become so weak that other nations saw no longer any reason to show the respect they used to have to give.
[158] Probably about June, 1596.
Probably around June 1596.
[159] S. P. D. Eliz. cclix, 48. For full transcript of the second section of these notes see The Naval Tracts of Sir Wm Monson, edited by Mr Oppenheim (Navy Records Society), iv, 202. The first part has never been published.
[159] S. P. D. Eliz. cclix, 48. For the complete transcript of the second part of these notes, see The Naval Tracts of Sir Wm Monson, edited by Mr. Oppenheim (Navy Records Society), iv, 202. The first part has never been published.
[160] Mariner's Mirror, April, 1911.
[161] Navy Records Society, vol. xx, 1902.
[165] The 'Lion's Whelps,' ten in number, were built in 1628. They were small craft, of the "Pinnace" type, ship-rigged, with spritsail-topmasts.
[165] The 'Lion's Whelps,' totaling ten, were constructed in 1628. They were small vessels of the "Pinnace" type, rigged as ships, with topsails on sprits.
[167] B. M. Sloane MS. 2449, a holograph copy: the page is headed "of the Flagge called the Jacke." It does not occur in Sloane 758 or Harleian 1341, or in the Bodleian MS. Rawlinson A 463.
[167] B. M. Sloane MS. 2449, a handwritten copy: the page is titled "of the Flag called the Jack." It doesn't appear in Sloane 758, Harleian 1341, or in the Bodleian MS. Rawlinson A 463.
[168] He is using this word incorrectly.
He's using that word incorrectly.
[174] Ibid. p. 24.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ibid. p. 24.
[175] Ibid. i, 62, p. 53. See Plate VIII, fig. 3.
[175] Ibid. i, 62, p. 53. See Plate VIII, fig. 3.
[176] The Commissioners (Blake, Deane, and Popham) for exercising the office of "Admiral and General of the Fleet" created by Act of Parliament 24th Feb. 1649, usually known as the "Generals at Sea." They stood in much the same position as that formerly occupied by the late Lord High Admiral, the Earl of Warwick, so far as the management of the fleet was concerned, though without the Lord Admiral's full legal powers, which were vested in the Council of State.
[176] The Commissioners (Blake, Deane, and Popham) were appointed to the role of "Admiral and General of the Fleet," established by an Act of Parliament on February 24, 1649, commonly referred to as the "Generals at Sea." They held a similar position to that once held by the late Lord High Admiral, the Earl of Warwick, regarding fleet management, although they lacked the full legal authority that belonged to the Lord Admiral, which was instead held by the Council of State.
[177] S. P. D. Inter. i, 65.
[178] See Plate VI, fig. 5. This flag, which tradition connects with Blake himself, has been preserved at Chatham Dockyard from time immemorial, but was recently loaned by the Admiralty to the Royal United Service Institution, where it may now be seen. Mr Fraser has discussed its connection with Blake in his book The Fighting Fame of the King's Ships, 1910, p. 110.
[178] See Plate VI, fig. 5. This flag, which is traditionally linked to Blake himself, has been kept at Chatham Dockyard for ages, but was recently lent by the Admiralty to the Royal United Service Institution, where it can now be viewed. Mr. Fraser has talked about its connection to Blake in his book The Fighting Fame of the King's Ships, 1910, p. 110.
[181] Bodl. Rawlinson A 227. Order of Navy Commissioners hastening supply of flags for the fleet, dated 2nd March, 1653: "3 Standards of ye usuall colors wth ye field Red, 4 fflags of ye Jack colors." Cf. also Instructions of Vice Adm. Goodson to Penn 21 June, 1655: "You shall wear the jack-flag upon the maintop masthead during your continuance in the service aforesaid" (Memorials of the Professional Life and Times of Sir Wm Penn, ii, 116.)
[181] Bodl. Rawlinson A 227. The Order of Navy Commissioners is speeding up the supply of flags for the fleet, dated March 2, 1653: "3 Standards of the usual colors with the field Red, 4 flags of the Jack colors." See also Instructions from Vice Adm. Goodson to Penn on June 21, 1655: "You will fly the jack-flag on the maintop masthead while you remain in the aforementioned service" (Memorials of the Professional Life and Times of Sir Wm Penn, ii, 116.)
[184] S. P. D. Inter. cxcv, 162. Presumably "ye former fashion" refers to the pre-Commonwealth flags still in store, as the Parliament jack and flag would not lend itself to conversion into the new form.
[184] S. P. D. Inter. cxcv, 162. Probably "the former style" refers to the flags that were kept from before the Commonwealth, as the Parliament jack and flag couldn't be changed into the new design.
[187] Ibid. cci, 15.
[188] Diary, 13th May, 1660.
[191] B. M. 1851, c, 8 (129).
[192] Adm. Lib. D'Eon MS. p. 367.
[195] Pepys MSS. Miscellanea, ix.
[196] Ibid.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ibid.
[197] The name "Budgee," in flag-books of the early eighteenth century, is derived from Bugia (Bougie) in Algeria. In the tenth century this was one of the most important seaports in North Africa, but in the seventeenth century it was fast falling into decay, and beyond the fact that the Algerine pirates lying there were successfully attacked by Sir Edward Spragge in 1673 there was nothing to connect the name with the English navy.
[197] The name "Budgee," found in flag-books from the early eighteenth century, comes from Bugia (Bougie) in Algeria. In the tenth century, this was one of the most significant seaports in North Africa, but by the seventeenth century, it was rapidly declining. Aside from the fact that Sir Edward Spragge successfully attacked the Algerine pirates there in 1673, there was nothing linking the name to the English navy.
[198] George St Lo.
[199] By the Proclamation of 1694. "All such ships as shall have Commissions of Letters of Mart or Reprisals shall, besides the colours which may be worn by Merchants' ships, wear a Red Jack, with the Union Jack described in a Canton of the upper corner thereof next the staff." It retained this use until privateering was abolished in 1856.
[199] By the Proclamation of 1694. "All ships that have Letters of Marque or Reprisal must, in addition to the colors worn by merchant ships, display a Red Jack, with the Union Jack located in the upper corner next to the flagpole." This practice continued until privateering was abolished in 1856.
[201] 18 Dec. 1702. London Gazette, 3872.
[203] 21st July, 1707, Adm. Sec. In. Lrs. 5151. The illustration in Plate IV, fig. 1, is a reduced facsimile of the Union flag as therein depicted. It will be seen that the St George's cross has a comparatively wide white border, and that the blue was of a lighter colour than that which afterwards became customary.
[205] London Gazette, No. 15324.
[207] I.e. gules, or red.
I.e. red.
Chapter IV
Flags of Command
(i) THE ROYAL STANDARD
Highest in dignity among the flags which have been used to denote the leader of a British fleet comes the Royal Banner commonly spoken of as the Royal Standard.
Highest in dignity among the flags that have been used to represent the leader of a British fleet is the Royal Banner, usually referred to as the Royal Standard.
Its use in this connection has for very many years been obsolete, but before noting the occasions on which it has been flown for this purpose it will be convenient to sketch its history down to our own times.
Its use in this context has been outdated for many years, but before discussing the occasions when it has been used for this purpose, it will be helpful to outline its history up to the present time.
The royal arms make their first[215] appearance in 1189 in the Great Seal of Richard I as a single lion rampant contourné upon the king's shield. In Richard's second seal, made in 1198 to replace the first one which was lost during his captivity, the single lion became the three lions[216] passant guardant in pale which have remained in the arms of England until the present day. In 1339 Edward III, angered at the assistance given by Philip of France to the King of Scotland, took steps to assert a claim to the throne of France, and, in earnest of this, in January, 1340, he formally assumed the title and arms of King of France, quartering the arms of France (azure semé of fleurs-de-lis) with those of England in the royal banner and on the great seal. In doing this he, somewhat unpatriotically, placed the arms of France in the first and third quarters, thereby giving them precedence over those of England.
The royal arms first appeared in 1189 in the Great Seal of Richard I as a single lion rampant contourné on the king's shield. In Richard's second seal, created in 1198 to replace the first one lost during his captivity, the single lion changed to the three lions passant guardant in pale, which have remained in the arms of England to this day. In 1339, Edward III, upset with Philip of France for helping the King of Scotland, took steps to claim the French throne. To show this, in January 1340, he officially adopted the title and arms of King of France, combining the arms of France (azure semé of fleurs-de-lis) with those of England in the royal banner and on the great seal. In doing so, he somewhat unpatriotically placed the arms of France in the first and third quarters, giving them precedence over those of England.
From this date[217] until the death of Elizabeth these were the royal arms of England, but during the reign of Richard II (1377-99) the legendary arms of Edward the Confessor (or, a cross patoncé between five martlets on a field azure) were impaled with them, and Queen Mary, after her marriage with Philip of Spain, impaled the arms of Spain. About the year 1411 Henry IV, in imitation of the change made by Charles V in his arms, reduced the fleurs-de-lis to three in [75]number. On the accession of James I it became necessary to add the arms of Scotland (or, a lion rampant within a double tressure flory and counterflory, gules) and in doing this James took the opportunity to add arms representing Ireland. For these he took the badge chosen for Ireland by Henry VIII (a harp or, stringed argent). Mr Serjeant Knight, in the memorandum referred to on p. 57 becomes very indignant over this harp, and gives vent to his feelings in the following words:
From this date[217] until the death of Elizabeth, these were the royal arms of England. However, during Richard II's reign (1377-99), the legendary arms of Edward the Confessor (or, a cross patoncé between five martlets on a blue background) were combined with them. After her marriage to Philip of Spain, Queen Mary incorporated the arms of Spain. Around 1411, Henry IV, following the example set by Charles V in his arms, reduced the fleurs-de-lis to three in [75]number. When James I came to the throne, it became necessary to add the arms of Scotland (or, a lion rampant within a double tressure flory and counterflory, red) and in doing so, James took the chance to also include arms representing Ireland. For this, he used the badge chosen for Ireland by Henry VIII (a gold harp with silver strings). Mr. Serjeant Knight, in the memorandum mentioned on p. 57, becomes very upset about this harp and expresses his thoughts in the following words:
At the same time (upon what consideration I am ignorant) something was to be added for ye Kingdome of Ireland or something that might signify so much and ye Harpe (as at present borne) it seems resolv'd on. But for what reasons am as ignorant as for ye former, ye Harpe being no more the Armes of that Kingdome or of any one from whence that King was lineally descended than any other Constellation or any of ye Signes of the Zodiack. Having often contemplated this, ye only satisfaction I could forme to myselfe was from ye temper of ye times & doe suspect ye Leaven of Puritanisme in it by soe readily foysting this to ye exclusion of that of his Maty had (as has all his Posterity) an indisputable Hereditary Right unto, equal to that of England, ... viz the Arms of Ulster: or, a cross gules.
At the same time (I’m not sure why), something was supposed to be added for the Kingdom of Ireland or something that could mean that, and the harp (as it's currently displayed) seems to have been decided on. But I don’t know the reasons any more than I do for the previous point, since the harp is no more the symbol of that kingdom or anyone from whom that king was lineally descended than any other constellation or any of the signs of the zodiac. After thinking about this a lot, the only explanation I could come up with for myself was the mood of the times, and I suspect the influence of Puritanism in it by so quickly pushing this forward to the exclusion of what his Majesty had (just like all his descendants) an undeniable hereditary right to, equal to that of England, ... namely the arms of Ulster: or, a red cross.
This harp was not the ancient arms of Ireland. Those arms are supposed to have been three crowns in pale in a blue field, but as there was never a native king of the whole of Ireland it is clear that there could never have been a native coat of arms representative of the whole country. Placing the arms quarterly of France and England in the first and fourth quarters of his shield, James put those of Scotland in the second quarter and those of Ireland in the third. This arrangement was, however, not invariable. In some of the Irish seals[218] Ireland is found in the second place and Scotland in the third, while in the Great Seal of Scotland made in James II's reign the arms of Scotland occupy the first and fourth quarters, with England second and Ireland third.
This harp wasn't the ancient emblem of Ireland. That emblem was supposed to be three crowns arranged vertically against a blue background, but since there was never a native king who ruled all of Ireland, it's clear there couldn't have been a native coat of arms that represented the entire country. James placed the coats of arms of France and England in the first and fourth quarters of his shield, Scotland in the second quarter, and Ireland in the third. However, this arrangement wasn't always the same. In some of the Irish seals[218] Ireland is in the second place and Scotland in the third, while in the Great Seal of Scotland from James II's reign, the arms of Scotland take the first and fourth quarters, with England in second and Ireland in third.
After the execution of Charles I, the royal standard was replaced by the Commonwealth standard, with the cross and harp[219]. During the Protectorate (1653-9) the standard consisted of: 1 and 4 the cross of St George, 2 the cross of St Andrew, and 3 the Irish harp, with an inescutcheon of the arms of Cromwell (sable a lion rampant, argent)[220]. The Commonwealth standard came back for a few months in 1659-60, to be replaced by the royal standard of James I; the makeshift used by Mountagu while on his way to fetch Charles II back to the throne has already been described.
After the execution of Charles I, the royal flag was swapped out for the Commonwealth flag, which featured a cross and a harp[219]. During the Protectorate (1653-9), the flag included: 1 and 4 the cross of St George, 2 the cross of St Andrew, and 3 the Irish harp, along with a shield showing the arms of Cromwell (a black field with a silver rampant lion)[220]. The Commonwealth flag made a return for a few months in 1659-60 before being replaced by the royal flag of James I; the temporary flag used by Mountagu while he was on his way to bring Charles II back to the throne has already been mentioned.
The remaining changes have been succinctly described by Mr Fox-Davies[221] as follows:
The remaining changes have been clearly outlined by Mr. Fox-Davies[221] as follows:
When William III and Mary came to the throne an inescutcheon of the arms of Nassau (Azure, billetty and a lion rampant or) was superimposed upon the Royal Arms as previously borne, for William III, and he impaled the same coat without the inescutcheon for his wife. At her death the impalement was dropped. After the Union with Scotland in 1707 the arms of England (Gules, three lions, etc.) were impaled with those of Scotland (the tressure not being continued down the palar line), and the impaled coat of England and Scotland was placed in the first and fourth quarters, France in the second, Ireland in the third.
When William III and Mary took the throne, an inescutcheon of the arms of Nassau (Azure, billetty and a lion rampant or) was added to the Royal Arms previously held by William III, and he displayed the same coat without the inescutcheon for his wife. After her death, the impalement was removed. Following the Union with Scotland in 1707, the arms of England (Gules, three lions, etc.) were combined with those of Scotland (the tressure not carried down the palar line), and the combined coat of England and Scotland was placed in the first and fourth quarters, with France in the second and Ireland in the third.
At the accession of George I. the arms of Hanover were introduced in the fourth quarter. These were: Tierced in pairle reversed, 1. Brunswick, gules, two lions passant guardant in pale or; 2. Luneberg, or, semé of hearts gules, a lion rampant azure; 3. (in point), Westphalia, gules a horse courant argent, and on an inescutcheon (over the fourth quarter) gules, the crown of Charlemagne (as Arch Treasurer of the Holy Roman Empire).
At the beginning of George I's reign, the Hanover arms were added in the fourth quarter. These included: divided into three sections, 1. Brunswick, red, featuring two gold lions walking side by side; 2. Lüneburg, gold, sprinkled with red hearts, showcasing a blue lion standing on its hind legs; 3. (in the bottom corner), Westphalia, red, displaying a silver horse in motion, and on a small shield (over the fourth quarter) red, the crown of Charlemagne (as Arch Treasurer of the Holy Roman Empire).
At the union with Ireland in 1801 the opportunity was taken to revise the Royal Arms, and those of France were then discontinued. The escutcheon decided upon at that date was: Quarterly, 1 and 4, England; 2. Scotland; 3. Ireland, and the arms of Hanover were placed upon an inescutcheon. This inescutcheon was surmounted by the Electoral cap, for which a crown was substituted later when Hanover became a kingdom.
At the union with Ireland in 1801, they took the chance to update the Royal Arms, and the arms of France were dropped. The shield that was chosen at that time was: Quarterly, 1 and 4, England; 2. Scotland; 3. Ireland, and the arms of Hanover were placed on a smaller shield. This smaller shield was topped with the Electoral cap, which was later replaced with a crown when Hanover became a kingdom.
At the death of William IV., by the operation of the Salic Law, the crowns of England and Hanover were separated, and the inescutcheon of Hanover disappeared from the Royal Arms of this country, and by Royal Warrant issued at the beginning of the reign of Queen Victoria the Royal Arms and badges were declared to be: 1 and 4, England; 2. Scotland; 3. Ireland.
At the death of William IV, the Salic Law led to the separation of the crowns of England and Hanover, and the Hanoverian emblem was removed from the Royal Arms of this country. By a Royal Warrant issued at the start of Queen Victoria's reign, the Royal Arms and badges were defined as: 1 and 4, England; 2, Scotland; 3, Ireland.
The principles which governed the use of the royal standard at sea prior to the sixteenth century are somewhat obscure. In the thirteenth century and early part of the fourteenth the three lions (or leopards) of England appear to have been regarded not only as the personal arms of the Sovereign but also as the English national emblem, and to have been used as such by all ships, royal and merchant. By the addition, in January, 1340, of the arms of France, Edward III adopted a royal standard that could no longer be regarded in this light. Yet although the royal standard now became more peculiarly the personal ensign of the king it is clear, from the frequency with which this flag occurs in inventories of ships' stores, that its use was not confined to ships in which the king or his admiral were embarked. It seems, however, to have been flown only on ships temporarily or permanently in the king's service, and to have been displayed by such ships from the deck, in company with the flag of[77] St George and other flags containing royal badges, or emblems representative of the saints after whom the ships were named.
The rules for using the royal standard at sea before the sixteenth century are a bit unclear. In the thirteenth century and early fourteenth century, the three lions (or leopards) of England seemed to be seen not just as the personal emblem of the Sovereign but also as the English national symbol, used by all ships, both royal and merchant. In January 1340, when Edward III added the arms of France, he created a royal standard that changed this perspective. While the royal standard became more specifically the personal flag of the king, it’s evident from its frequent appearances in ship inventory lists that it wasn't limited to ships carrying the king or his admiral. However, it seems it was only flown on ships that were temporarily or permanently in the king's service, displayed from the deck alongside the flag of [77] St George and other flags featuring royal badges or symbols representing the saints the ships were named after.
There was, however, some distinction by which the presence of the king could be denoted, and this difference lay most probably in the position of the standard. We know that the "banner of council" placed in the shrouds as a signal to call the council to the flagship, which is the earliest signal recorded as used in the English fleet, dates from this period, and that it contained the royal arms, with angelic supporters, or impaled with the cross of St George, and that from the sixteenth to the eighteenth century this "banner" was the royal standard[222]. But the most prominent position for a flag worn in a ship is at the masthead, and it would seem that it was this position of the standard that was reserved for the king or his deputy, the Lord Admiral. When Edward III led the English fleet to the attack on the French fleet at Sluys in June, 1340, his ship was decorated with banners and streamers containing the new royal arms, and had a silver-gilt crown at the masthead.
There was, however, a way to identify the presence of the king, and this difference likely relied on the position of the standard. We know that the "banner of council," placed in the rigging as a signal to summon the council to the flagship—this being the earliest signal recorded for the English fleet—originated from this period. It featured the royal arms, supported by angels, or was combined with the cross of St George. From the sixteenth to the eighteenth century, this "banner" was the royal standard[222]. However, the most prominent position for a flag on a ship is at the masthead, which seems to have been reserved for the king or his deputy, the Lord Admiral. When Edward III led the English fleet to attack the French fleet at Sluys in June 1340, his ship was adorned with banners and streamers displaying the new royal arms and had a silver-gilt crown at the masthead.
Li rois estoit en un vassiel moult fort et moult biel qui avoit esté fais, ouvrés et carpentés a Zandwich et estoit armés et parés de banières et d'estramières très rices, ouvrées et armoiies des armes de France et d'Engleterre esquartelées; et sus le mast amont avoit une grande couronne d'argent dorée d'or qui resplondisoit et flambioit contre le soleil[223].
Li rois était dans un vaisseau très fort et très beau qui avait été construit, ouvert et assemblé à Sandwich, et il était décoré et équipé de bannières et de drapeaux très riches, ornés et scindés des armes de France et d'Angleterre. Et sur le mât du haut, il y avait une grande couronne en argent dorée qui brillait et scintillait au soleil[223].
It was, however, not the gilt crown but the flags that denoted the king's presence, for Froissart explains that it was by these flags that the French knew the king was himself present. "Bien veoient entre yaus[224] li Normant par les banières que li rois d'Engleterre y estoit personelment[225]."
It wasn’t the golden crown but the flags that indicated the king's presence, since Froissart explains that the French recognized the king was actually there by these flags. "I see well among them__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ the Normans by the banners that the King of England was there in person.[225]."
In 1495, when Henry VII was encouraging John Cabot and his sons in their voyages of discovery, he granted them the right to fly the royal banners and flags: "plenam ac liberam authoritatem, facultatem et potestatem navigandi ad omnes partes ... sub banneris, vexillis, et insigniis nostris[226]," presumably in the same way as they were flown on the royal ships.
In 1495, when Henry VII was supporting John Cabot and his sons in their exploration journeys, he gave them permission to fly the royal banners and flags: "full and free authority, ability, and power to navigate to all parts ... under our banners, flags, and insignia[226]," probably just like they were displayed on the royal ships.
The earliest surviving orders directing the Lord High Admiral to fly the royal standard at the masthead are those of 1545, at the end of Henry VIII's reign. "Item the Lord Admiral shall beare one banner of the Kings Majts Arms in his mayne topp and one flag of saint George crosse in his foretopp[227]."
The earliest existing orders instructing the Lord High Admiral to fly the royal standard at the masthead date back to 1545, towards the end of Henry VIII's reign. "The Lord Admiral shall display one banner of the King's Arms at his main top and one flag of St. George's cross at his fore top[227]."
The royal standard was flown at the main, with the St George at the fore, by Howard during the Armada fights in 1588 and during the Cadiz Expedition of 1596. In 1618, by arrangement with the Marquis (afterwards Duke) of Buckingham, Howard (then Earl of Nottingham) resigned the office, which was transferred to the Marquis. Buckingham made his first appearance at sea as Lord High Admiral when he accompanied Prince Charles on his return from Spain in 1623. For this voyage, a not inconsiderable sum of money was expended in flags, which included:
The royal standard was raised at the main, with the St George at the front, by Howard during the Armada battles in 1588 and the Cadiz Expedition in 1596. In 1618, as arranged with the Marquis (later Duke) of Buckingham, Howard (then Earl of Nottingham) stepped down from the position, which was passed on to the Marquis. Buckingham made his first appearance at sea as Lord High Admiral when he joined Prince Charles on his return from Spain in 1623. For this trip, a significant amount of money was spent on flags, which included:
Ye great silke flagg wth ye Kings Armes for ye Prince
the great fflag wth ye Princes Armes & ye armes of Spaine empaled
a fflag for ye foretop wth the Prince of Wales armes
a fflag of Bewpers of 24 breadthes wth the Kings Armes
a fflag of 18 breadthes wth the Kings Armes
an Ensigne of 16 breadthes wth ye Lord Admiralls armes
an Ensigne wth ye Ld Admiralls Badge and Motto[228]
The great silk flag with the King's Arms for the Prince
the large flag with the Prince's Arms and the arms of Spain combined
a flag for the foretop with the Prince of Wales's arms
a flag of 24 breadths with the King's Arms
a flag of 18 breadths with the King's Arms
an Ensign of 16 breadths with the Lord Admiral's arms
an Ensign with the Lord Admiral's Badge and Motto[228]
with a number of other flags, ensigns and pendants. As the Prince had a special silk standard, it would seem that one of the other standards was for Buckingham[229]. The Earl of Rutland was in command of this fleet on its outward voyage to Santander, and apparently he was given permission to fly the standard while in supreme command.
with several other flags, ensigns, and pennants. Since the Prince had a unique silk standard, it appears that one of the other standards belonged to Buckingham[229]. The Earl of Rutland was in charge of this fleet on its journey to Santander, and it seems he was allowed to display the standard while in overall command.
The following year Sir R. Bingley was instructed to put his lieutenant, with the king's standard, in a ship to transport the Spanish Ambassador across the Channel[230]. This was a somewhat extraordinary use of the standard, for, with the disuse of flags placed along the bulwarks, it had ceased to be generally flown on ships-of-war. The standard was, however, flown on special occasions by high officers other than the Lord High Admiral when in command of fleets. Wimbledon wore it in the Cadiz Expedition of 1625, and no less than £36 (equivalent to about £400 to-day) was spent on "the great silke fflagg wth his Mats Armes guilded wth fyne gould and wrought wth oyle Collrs," and it was worn by the Earl of Denbigh in 1628: but when the Earl of Lindsey, who had been appointed one of the Commissioners for the Admiralty after the murder of Buckingham, moved heaven and earth for permission to wear it while in command of the fleet in 1635, alleging among other reasons that it had been flown by the Earls of Arundel and Rutland and by Sir Robert Mansell, and that he himself had had the honour previously, his repeated applications were in vain; and so "a little maimed" he had to content himself with the Union flag at the mainmasthead.
The following year, Sir R. Bingley was directed to place his lieutenant, along with the king's standard, on a ship to transport the Spanish Ambassador across the Channel[230]. This was somewhat unusual for the standard, as with the decline of flags being displayed along the sides, it had stopped being flown regularly on warships. However, the standard was displayed on special occasions by high-ranking officers other than the Lord High Admiral when in command of fleets. Wimbledon used it during the Cadiz Expedition of 1625, and around £36 (which is about £400 today) was spent on "the great silk flag with his Majesty's Arms gilded with fine gold and painted with oil colors." It was also used by the Earl of Denbigh in 1628. But when the Earl of Lindsey, who had been appointed as one of the Commissioners for the Admiralty after Buckingham's murder, sought permission to use it while commanding the fleet in 1635—claiming that it had been flown by the Earls of Arundel and Rutland as well as by Sir Robert Mansell, and that he had previously had the honor himself—his repeated requests were unsuccessful. As a result, feeling "a little slighted," he had to settle for the Union flag at the main masthead.
During the Civil War the Lord High Admiral's standard held a very anomalous position. In 1642 the Parliament had appointed the [79]Earl of Warwick to the office in defiance of the king's wishes, and, although in active opposition to the king, he flew the royal standard. In the summer of 1648 the fleet he commanded lay off the Dutch coast, watching the royalist fleet under the command of Prince Charles. When the Prince summoned Warwick to take down his standard the Earl replied: "I am appointed by both Houses of the Parliament of England to be Lord High Admiral of England, by which right I bear the Standard[231]." The fleets never came to blows or the two standards might have got a little mixed. Warwick had, however, provided against this eventuality just before leaving England by supplying his fleet with pendants of his personal colours[232].
During the Civil War, the Lord High Admiral's standard had a very unusual position. In 1642, Parliament appointed the Earl of Warwick to the position, going against the king's wishes, and even though he was actively opposing the king, he flew the royal standard. In the summer of 1648, the fleet he commanded was stationed off the Dutch coast, watching the royalist fleet led by Prince Charles. When the Prince ordered Warwick to take down his standard, the Earl responded: "I am appointed by both Houses of the Parliament of England to be Lord High Admiral of England, and by that right, I carry the Standard[231]." The fleets never engaged in battle, or the two standards could have gotten mixed up. However, just before leaving England, Warwick had prepared for this possibility by equipping his fleet with pendants in his personal colors[232].
Shortly after this, the command of the royalist ships was handed over to Prince Rupert, and in order that the Parliamentary Naval forces might not have the monopoly of the standard he was given permission to fly one when he thought fit.
Shortly after this, the command of the royalist ships was given to Prince Rupert, and to ensure that the Parliamentary Naval forces wouldn't have a monopoly on the flag, he was allowed to fly one whenever he deemed appropriate.
Sir Edward Hyde to Prince Rupert.
Sir Edward Hyde to Prince Rupert.
Hague 27 Jan. 1649.
Hague, January 27, 1649.
Your order for wearing the Standard.... I promised the Prince to give your Highness advertisement of the debate concerning this wearing the standard; in which I learned many things, which I never heard before. It is agreed by all that the standard is properly and of right to be worn only by the Lord High Admiral of England; & when I enquired of the order granted for the Lord Willoughby or Sir William Batten's wearing it, it is said, that it was thought then necessary, since the Earl of Warwick wore a standard, that whosoever commanded the fleet that was to fight against him, should wear one, lest the seamen should be discouraged, and look upon the Earl as the greater person; so that it is the opinion of all, that, when you are like to engage with the Rebel's fleet, your men may expect you should wear that ensign. It is therefore wholly referred to your Highness to wear it upon any occasions you think fit[233].
Your order for wearing the Standard... I promised the Prince to inform your Highness about the discussion regarding the wearing of the standard, during which I learned many things I had never heard before. Everyone agrees that the standard should properly and rightfully only be worn by the Lord High Admiral of England; and when I asked about the order granted for Lord Willoughby or Sir William Batten to wear it, I was told that it was deemed necessary since the Earl of Warwick was wearing a standard, and whoever commanded the fleet against him should also wear one, to prevent the sailors from feeling discouraged and perceiving the Earl as the more significant figure. Therefore, everyone thinks that when you are about to engage with the Rebel's fleet, your men may expect you to wear that ensign. It is entirely up to your Highness to wear it on any occasions you see fit[233].
At the request of the Council of State, the office of Lord High Admiral was abolished in 1649 and its powers transferred to the Council, but as the high authority exercised by the new "Generals at Sea" was in many respects like that formerly exercised by the Lord High Admiral they were empowered to wear at the main masthead the special "standard" referred to above (p. 64) which now took the place of the standard with the royal arms. In this "standard," which was really only a modification of the "union" flag, the English lions were replaced by the St George's cross, the Scottish and French arms disappeared, and only those of Ireland remained. This upstart [80]flag soon acquired an honour in battle that had been sadly lacking to the old one since 1588, for it waved over the heroic fights of the First Dutch War and the action at Santa Cruz. In May, 1658, it was superseded at sea by the standard that had been assigned to the Protector in 1653 (see p. 65), but this flag saw no great deeds and disappeared early in 1659, to be replaced by the Commonwealth standard. When Mountagu went over in May, 1660, to fetch back Charles to the throne no royal standard was forthcoming, so he improvised one as already related (see p. 66).
At the request of the Council of State, the position of Lord High Admiral was eliminated in 1649, and its powers were handed over to the Council. However, since the high authority exercised by the new "Generals at Sea" closely resembled that previously held by the Lord High Admiral, they were allowed to fly the special "standard" mentioned earlier (p. 64), which replaced the standard bearing the royal arms. This "standard," essentially a modified version of the "union" flag, featured the St George's cross instead of the English lions, removed the Scottish and French arms, and kept only the Irish emblem. This new flag quickly gained respect in battle, achieving a level of honor that the old one had not experienced since 1588, as it flew during the heroic confrontations of the First Dutch War and the action at Santa Cruz. In May 1658, it was replaced at sea by the standard designated for the Protector in 1653 (see p. 65), but this flag did not participate in significant events and faded away early in 1659, being succeeded by the Commonwealth standard. When Mountagu traveled in May 1660 to bring Charles back to the throne, there was no royal standard available, so he created one as previously mentioned (see p. 66).
With the restoration of the Stuarts in 1660 the royal standard resumed its place as the Lord Admiral's flag, but with the anchor flag as a substitute when the presence of the king rendered the use of the standard by the Lord Admiral undesirable.
With the restoration of the Stuarts in 1660, the royal standard returned as the Lord Admiral's flag, but the anchor flag was used as a substitute when the king's presence made it inappropriate for the Lord Admiral to use the standard.
When William of Orange came over in 1688 to take possession of the throne of Great Britain for himself and his wife he flew a red standard containing in an escutcheon his arms impaled with the Stuart royal arms, with the legend "For the Protestant Religion and the Liberties of England" above the escutcheon and his motto "je maintiendray" below[234]; but when the joint sovereigns had been formally proclaimed king and queen they adopted the Stuart standard with an inescutcheon of Nassau already described.
When William of Orange arrived in 1688 to claim the throne of Great Britain for himself and his wife, he flew a red flag featuring his coat of arms combined with the Stuart royal arms, along with the slogan "For the Protestant Religion and the Liberties of England" above the coat of arms and his motto "je maintiendrai" below[234]; however, once the joint rulers were officially proclaimed king and queen, they switched to the Stuart standard that had a small shield of Nassau as previously described.
The restriction in the use of the standard which had been rapidly growing[235] since the beginning of the seventeenth century, reached its culmination in 1702, when the anchor flag definitely superseded it as the Lord Admiral's flag, although, curiously enough, the standard remained in use as a signal flag (for calling a council of flag officers) for nearly another century.
The limit on the use of the standard, which had been rapidly growing[235] since the early seventeenth century, peaked in 1702, when the anchor flag officially replaced it as the Lord Admiral's flag. Interestingly, though, the standard continued to be used as a signal flag (to summon a council of flag officers) for almost another hundred years.
The reason of the abandonment of the royal standard in 1702 does not appear. In February the Earl of Pembroke, recently appointed Lord High Admiral by William III, had given instructions for his flagship, the 'Britannia,' then fitting out at Chatham in preparation for the French War, to be supplied with a standard, but on the 20th March, just after the accession of Queen Anne, he wrote to the Navy Board:
The reason for the abandonment of the royal standard in 1702 isn’t clear. In February, the Earl of Pembroke, who had just been named Lord High Admiral by William III, instructed that his flagship, the 'Britannia,' which was being readied at Chatham for the French War, should be given a standard. However, on March 20th, shortly after Queen Anne took the throne, he wrote to the Navy Board:
Notwithstanding any former Orders from me for your preparing any of the Royal Standards of England, I do hereby desire and direct you to forbear doing thereof, but you are to cause to be prepar'd for me as soon as conveniently may be, so many of these flags[236] which particularly have [81]been worn by the Lord high Admll of England &c., by vertue of his Office, as may be necessary for my Shipp and Boat[237],
Regardless of any previous orders I've given you to prepare any of the Royal Standards of England, I'm now asking you to hold off on that. Instead, please arrange for me to have as many of these flags[236] prepared as soon as possible, specifically those that have been used by the Lord High Admiral of England, in accordance with his role, as may be needed for my ship and boat[237],
and with this the long-continued existence of the royal standard as a naval flag of command came to an end.
and with this, the long-standing presence of the royal standard as a naval flag of command came to a close.
A number of interesting examples of the use of the standard at sea by the king and by the Lord High Admiral (the Duke of York) in 1672 are given in the Journal of Sir John Narborough, then lieutenant in the Lord High Admiral's flagship, among them the following:
A number of interesting examples of the use of the standard at sea by the king and the Lord High Admiral (the Duke of York) in 1672 are provided in the Journal of Sir John Narborough, who was then a lieutenant on the Lord High Admiral's flagship. Among them are the following:
Tuesday being 23rd.... This day the King came on board.... At his coming this day we put abroad a silk Ensigne and a silk Jack and all silk Pendants at every yard arm and Top mast head, and at the Main topmasthead the silk Standard of England, and at the Fore topmasthead a silk Flagg Red with a yellow anchor and cable in the Fly: and at the mizen topmasthead a Union Flagg. These we wore all flying while the King was aboard: But when the King went out of the Ship and left the Duke aboard the Red flagg was taken in at the Foremasthead, which had the Anchor and Cable in it, and hoisted up at the Maintopmasthead. The Standard being struck there, and the Union Flagg at the Mizen topmasthead was struck....
Tuesday, the 23rd... Today, the King came on board... Upon his arrival, we displayed a silk ensign, a silk jack, and silk pendants at every yardarm and topmast head. At the main topmast head, we raised the silk standard of England, and at the fore topmast head, we had a red silk flag with a yellow anchor and cable in the fly. At the mizen topmast head, we flew a Union flag. We kept all these flags flying while the King was on board. But when the King left the ship and the Duke stayed aboard, the red flag with the anchor and cable at the foremast head was taken down and hoisted up at the main topmast head. The standard was struck there, and the Union flag at the mizen topmast head was also struck...
Wednesday being 5th. (June 1672).... This day the King and several of the noblemen came on board the Prince[238]. His Royal Highness caused the Standard to be struck when the King's Standard was in sight, and when the King was on board the Standard was hoisted at the Maintopmasthead, and the Red Standard with the anchor in it at the Foretopmasthead and the Union Flag at the Mizentopmasthead.
Wednesday, June 5th, 1672... Today, the King and several noblemen came aboard the Prince[238]. His Royal Highness had the Standard lowered when the King's Standard was visible, and when the King was on board, the Standard was raised at the Maintopmasthead, the Red Standard with the anchor was at the Foretopmasthead, and the Union Flag was at the Mizentopmasthead.
Tuesday being 18.... The King had a Standard flying all night at ye head of the Yacht's mast, the Queen had a Standard flying at the head of the Prince's Main topmasthead Flaggstaff, and his R.H. the anchor Flagg at the head of his Yacht's mast and Prince Rupert had the Union Flagg at the head of his Yacht's mast....
Tuesday, the 18th.... The King had a standard flying all night at the top of the yacht's mast, the Queen had a standard flying at the top of the Prince's main topmast flagstaff, his Royal Highness had the anchor flag at the top of his yacht's mast, and Prince Rupert had the Union flag at the top of his yacht's mast....
Monday being 9th. (Sept. 1672).... This afternoon at 4 of the Clock the King came on board, and Prince Rupert and several of the nobility were with His Majesty. When His Majesty came within two miles of the Prince his R.H. commanded the Standard to be struck until such time as his Majesty came on board. At the striking of his R.H.'s Standard all the Flaggs in the Fleet were struck immediately and kept down until the Standard on board the Prince was hoisted, then they hoisted theirs.
Monday, September 9th, 1672... This afternoon at 4 PM, the King came on board, accompanied by Prince Rupert and several nobles. When the King was within two miles of the Prince, His Royal Highness ordered the Standard to be lowered until His Majesty came on board. As soon as His Royal Highness's Standard was lowered, all the Flags in the Fleet were also lowered and stayed down until the Standard on board the Prince was raised, then they raised theirs.
(ii) THE ADMIRALTY FLAG
The Admiralty Flag appears to have originated as a purely ornamental flag displaying the official badge of the Lord High Admiral for the decoration of his ship on ceremonial occasions. Its use for such a purpose would be analogous with the display, in the fourteenth, fifteenth and sixteenth centuries, of the royal badges, such as the dragon, swan, antelope, portcullis, ostrich feather or rose.
The Admiralty Flag seems to have started as just an ornamental flag showing the official badge of the Lord High Admiral to decorate his ship during ceremonies. Using it this way is similar to how royal badges, like the dragon, swan, antelope, portcullis, ostrich feather, or rose, were displayed in the fourteenth, fifteenth, and sixteenth centuries.
The office of "Great" or "High" Admiral of England may be dated from the appointment of John de Beauchamp as Admiral of all the fleets, in 1360, but although the Anchor badge is found upon the seals of the Lord Admirals of Scotland as early as 1515, no such early instance has yet been brought to light in England[239]. It may, however, be presumed that it was in use south of the Tweed from an earlier date, for the anchor was certainly in use in the sixteenth century as a mark placed upon ships or goods arrested by the Admiralty Court. The earliest known instance of the anchor in conjunction with the English Lord High Admiral's arms occurs at the end of Queen Mary's reign in a volume of Acts of the High Court of Admiralty dated 11th February, 1558. Here the arms of Lord Clinton and Saye are surrounded by four anchors without cable[240].
The title of "Great" or "High" Admiral of England can be traced back to the appointment of John de Beauchamp as Admiral of all the fleets in 1360. Although the Anchor badge appears on the seals of the Lord Admirals of Scotland as early as 1515, no such early evidence has yet been found in England[239]. However, it can be assumed that it was used south of the Tweed before that date, since the anchor was definitely used in the sixteenth century as a mark on ships or goods seized by the Admiralty Court. The earliest known instance of the anchor along with the arms of the English Lord High Admiral happens at the end of Queen Mary's reign in a volume of Acts of the High Court of Admiralty dated February 11, 1558. Here, the arms of Lord Clinton and Saye are surrounded by four anchors without cables[240].
For the earliest instance of the anchor in a flag we must turn to the well-known engraving supposed to represent the 'Ark Royal,' Howard's flagship in 1588, which shows an anchor in the head of a streamer flown from the foretop[241].
For the first known example of an anchor on a flag, we should look at the famous engraving thought to depict the 'Ark Royal,' Howard's flagship from 1588, which features an anchor at the end of a streamer flown from the foretop[241].
The foul anchor[242] is first found in the seal of Howard after he had become Earl of Nottingham, and may be seen in a specimen attached to a document dated April, 1601, now in the British Museum. The badge appears on the reverse of this seal on the trappings of the horse which the earl bestrides. In 1623 Buckingham, who had succeeded Nottingham as Lord High Admiral, was provided with "an Ensigne with ye Ld Admiralls Badge & Motto." This badge was evidently the anchor and cable, for the badge of the foul anchor appears prominently four times on the York Water Gate (Thames Embankment) built for Buckingham in 1626, and in 1627 Buckingham was using as his official seal the anchor and cable surrounded by the garter and surmounted by a coronet. In the badges on the gate the end of the cable hangs down over one of the arms, but in the seal the end is neatly flemished down in three coils upon the shank.
The foul anchor[242] first appears on the seal of Howard after he became the Earl of Nottingham, and you can see it on a document dated April 1601, which is now in the British Museum. The badge is located on the back of this seal on the decorations of the horse that the earl rides. In 1623, Buckingham, who took over Nottingham's role as Lord High Admiral, was given "an Ensign with the Lord Admiral's Badge & Motto." This badge was clearly the anchor and cable, as the foul anchor badge is prominently displayed four times on the York Water Gate (Thames Embankment) that was built for Buckingham in 1626. In 1627, Buckingham was using the anchor and cable surrounded by the garter and topped with a coronet as his official seal. On the badges on the gate, the end of the cable hangs over one of the arms, but on the seal, the end is neatly coiled down in three loops on the shank.
In 1633, when Buckingham was dead and the Admiralty in commission, the flags surveyed at Deptford included among them a silk "red ensigne with ye Lo. Admiralls badge." At this date the badge could not have been a personal one, and there seems no doubt that it was the official anchor and cable, possibly of the same design as [83]in Buckingham's seal, for the Commissioners had adopted this form for use in their own seal, replacing the coronet and garter by the legend "Sig. Com. Reg. Ma. Pro. Adm. Ang[243]." It will be observed that the field of this flag is red, as at the present day. The anchor with coiled cable appears again during the Commonwealth on the seals of the Generals at Sea, but the design had begun to deteriorate even in Buckingham's time. In his seals in 1628 some of the turns of the coil pass below the shank, and in the later seals the coil lays round the shank instead of upon it.
In 1633, after Buckingham had died and the Admiralty was in commission, the flags examined at Deptford included a silk "red ensign with the Lord Admiral's badge." At this time, the badge couldn't have been personal, and it seems evident that it was the official anchor and cable, likely of the same design as [83] in Buckingham's seal. The Commissioners had adopted this design for their own seal, replacing the coronet and garter with the text "Sig. Com. Reg. Ma. Pro. Adm. Ang[243]." It's worth noting that the background of this flag is red, just like today. The anchor with a coiled cable shows up again during the Commonwealth on the seals of the Generals at Sea, but the design had started to decline even in Buckingham's time. In his seals from 1628, some of the turns of the coil go below the shank, and in later seals, the coil wraps around the shank instead of being laid upon it.
When the Commission was dissolved in 1638 and the office granted to the Earl of Northumberland (as substitute for the young Duke of York), Northumberland adopted for his seal a design in which the cable was draped in graceful turns as a border round the anchor, ending at the ring on the side opposite to that at which it was made fast. This design was used by the Committee of the Admiralty and Navy under the Commonwealth and was adopted by James Duke of York in 1660[244], but in the eighteenth century it in turn deteriorated, until it reached the form used in the present flag[245], in which the cable is not made fast to the anchor at all, but simply passes loosely through the ring and hangs down stiffly on either side.
When the Commission was dissolved in 1638 and the position was given to the Earl of Northumberland (as a substitute for the young Duke of York), Northumberland chose a design for his seal that featured a cable wrapped elegantly around the anchor, ending at the ring on the side opposite to where it was secured. This design was used by the Committee of the Admiralty and Navy during the Commonwealth and was adopted by James, Duke of York, in 1660[244], but by the eighteenth century, it had changed again, until it took the form used in the current flag[245], where the cable is not fastened to the anchor at all, but instead loosely passes through the ring and hangs down rigidly on both sides.
The anchor flag was not used during the Commonwealth, but it was restored in 1661, when the contractor was paid £2. 10s. "ffor shading the Standard and Ensigne and Jack with a ancor," £5. 10s. "ffor sowing silke and cloth for the sockett and markeing the Ensigne with the ancor and cable," and £4. 10s. "ffor sowing silke and cloth for socketing & markeing the flag with a ancor and cable[246]."
The anchor flag wasn’t used during the Commonwealth, but it was brought back in 1661. The contractor was paid £2. 10s. "for shading the Standard and Ensign and Jack with an anchor," £5. 10s. "for sewing silk and cloth for the socket and marking the Ensign with the anchor and cable," and £4. 10s. "for sewing silk and cloth for socketing & marking the flag with an anchor and cable[246]."
The subordinate "badge" flag was now promoted to the dignity of a "standard" and flown at the masthead as a substitute for the royal standard when the Lord Admiral was unable to fly the latter, because of the presence of the king in the fleet.
The subordinate "badge" flag was now upgraded to a "standard" and flown at the masthead as a replacement for the royal standard when the Lord Admiral couldn't use the latter due to the king being present in the fleet.
In 1673 the Test Act deprived the Duke of York of his office, which for the next eleven years was placed in commission. Charles II, just before his death, revoked the commission, and the office fell in to the crown. When the Duke of York succeeded to the throne in 1685 as James II, he retained the office in his own hands, and in token of this placed "a crown over the anchor as being himself his own Admiral[247]."
In 1673, the Test Act removed the Duke of York from his position, and for the next eleven years, it was handled by a commission. Just before his death, Charles II canceled the commission, and the position went to the crown. When the Duke of York became king in 1685 as James II, he kept the position for himself and symbolically placed "a crown over the anchor as being himself his own Admiral[247]."
In addition to the anchor flag (which when used by the sovereign is flown at the fore, as the main is already occupied by the royal standard) a flag of similar design, but with the St George's cross in the upper canton, was also flown as an ensign at the stern[248]
In addition to the anchor flag (which, when used by the monarch, is displayed at the front, since the main mast is already taken by the royal standard), a flag with a similar design but featuring the St George's cross in the upper corner was also shown as an ensign at the back.[248]
At this period, according to Lieut. Graydon's flag-book, the Scots Lord Admiral flew a white flag containing a blue anchor and cable. The Admiral of Scotland, who according to Pepys[249] was "no officer of State" and had "no precedence at all given him from his office," was abolished after the Union of 1707, when the three small ships representing the navy of that country were absorbed in the English, henceforth the British, fleet.
At this time, based on Lieut. Graydon's flag-book, the Scots Lord Admiral displayed a white flag featuring a blue anchor and cable. The Admiral of Scotland, who according to Pepys[249] was "not a state officer" and had "no precedence granted from his role," was eliminated after the Union of 1707, when the three small ships representing that country’s navy were incorporated into the English, and subsequently the British, fleet.
After the Revolution of 1688 the Office of Lord High Admiral was placed in commission, but it was revived by William III in June, 1702, when the Earl of Pembroke was appointed. Pembroke had intended to proceed to sea in command of the fleet then being fitted out in anticipation of the outbreak of the war with France and Spain, known as the War of the Spanish Succession, and he would have flown the royal standard in his flagship. William, however, died on 8th March, and Queen Anne, immediately after her accession, deprived the Lord High Admiral of the right to fly the standard, among other perquisites and droits. Pembroke then gave instructions for the anchor flag to be supplied instead. But as he was not a seaman his proposal to take command of the fleet had naturally aroused much opposition, and in the end it was dropped. In May he was replaced as Lord High Admiral by Prince George of Denmark, the Queen's consort, and although Pembroke again held the office for a short time after the Prince's death in 1708, no opportunity arose for the anchor flag to be flown at sea in military command during his or the Prince's tenure.
After the Revolution of 1688, the position of Lord High Admiral was put into commission, but it was restored by William III in June 1702, when the Earl of Pembroke was appointed. Pembroke had planned to go to sea in command of the fleet being prepared in anticipation of the upcoming war with France and Spain, known as the War of the Spanish Succession, and he would have displayed the royal standard on his flagship. However, William died on March 8, and Queen Anne, right after her accession, took away the Lord High Admiral's right to fly the standard, along with other perks and droits. Pembroke then instructed for the anchor flag to be provided instead. But since he wasn't a sailor, his suggestion to command the fleet faced a lot of opposition, and ultimately it was dropped. In May, he was replaced as Lord High Admiral by Prince George of Denmark, the Queen's husband. Although Pembroke briefly held the office again after the Prince's death in 1708, there was no chance for the anchor flag to be flown at sea in a military command during his or the Prince's time in office.
In 1709 the office of Lord High Admiral was again placed in commission and it remained in commission for over a hundred years. During this period the anchor flag was on one occasion flown at sea in executive command. At the end of March, 1719, Admiral the Earl of Berkeley, then First Lord of the Admiralty, was appointed to the command of a fleet then fitting out to repel a naval raid threatened from Cadiz in support of the claims of the Pretender. Having been given the extraordinary rank of "Admiral and Commander in Chief of his Majesty's Navy and Fleets," he was authorised by the king (George I) to fly the anchor flag at the main whilst so serving, and the flag was in fact flown for a few weeks at the end of March and beginning of April. The next occasion on which this flag was flown [85]in executive command at sea occurred in July, 1828, when the Duke of Clarence (afterwards William IV), who had been appointed Lord High Admiral in 1827, with the express understanding that he should exercise no military command, suddenly put to sea from Plymouth, flying the anchor flag, in command of a squadron of manoeuvre that it had been intended to place under Vice-Admiral Sir Henry Blackwood. This extraordinary escapade and the friction which had been caused by the duke's method of conducting affairs, led to his removal, and to the office being once more placed in commission. It is very improbable that it will ever again be conferred upon an individual. In May, and again in August, 1869, Mr Childers, the First Lord, accompanied by Vice-Admiral Sir Sydney Dacres, the First Sea Lord, embarked in H.M.S. 'Agincourt' and took command, first of the reserve fleet, and then of an experimental squadron, under the Admiralty flag. This proceeding gave rise to much comment, but since the Letters Patent appointing a Board of Admiralty give power to "any two or more" of the Commissioners to exercise all the functions of the Lord High Admiral, the action of Mr Childers does not seem to have been ultra vires, though it is not one that is likely to be repeated.
In 1709, the position of Lord High Admiral was reinstated, and it stayed in active duty for over a hundred years. During this time, the anchor flag was flown at sea on one occasion for executive command. At the end of March 1719, Admiral the Earl of Berkeley, who was then the First Lord of the Admiralty, was assigned to lead a fleet preparing to counter a naval raid threatened from Cadiz in support of the Pretender's claims. Given the special rank of "Admiral and Commander in Chief of his Majesty's Navy and Fleets," he was authorized by King George I to fly the anchor flag at the main while serving in this role. The flag was actually displayed for a few weeks at the end of March and early April. The next time this flag was flown in executive command at sea was in July 1828 when the Duke of Clarence (who later became William IV), having been appointed Lord High Admiral in 1827 with the understanding that he would not take on any military command, unexpectedly set sail from Plymouth, flying the anchor flag, in command of a maneuver squadron that was initially meant to be under Vice-Admiral Sir Henry Blackwood. This surprising action and the issues caused by the duke's way of handling matters led to his removal and the position being placed in commission once again. It is very unlikely that the title will ever be granted to an individual again. In May and again in August 1869, Mr. Childers, the First Lord, along with Vice-Admiral Sir Sydney Dacres, the First Sea Lord, boarded H.M.S. 'Agincourt' and took command, first of the reserve fleet and then of an experimental squadron under the Admiralty flag. This action generated a lot of discussion, but since the Letters Patent appointing a Board of Admiralty empower "any two or more" of the Commissioners to execute all functions of the Lord High Admiral, Mr. Childers's actions do not appear to have been ultra vires, though it is an action not likely to happen again.
Since 1850 the anchor flag has been flown over the Admiralty Office in London. At sea it is flown in the royal yacht when the sovereign is present, in recognition of the fact that, under the Constitution, he is the source from which the Lord High Admiral's powers are derived; the anchor flag being flown at the fore, the royal standard at the main, and the Union flag at the mizen. In the Admiralty yacht the anchor flag is flown at the main when members of the Board are embarked in her. It is the custom (a custom that was in existence in the early years of the eighteenth century) to fly the anchor flag on men-of-war during the ceremony of launching. A similar flag, with the lower half of the field blue, has been recently adopted as the flag of the Australian Naval Board.
Since 1850, the anchor flag has been displayed over the Admiralty Office in London. At sea, it's flown on the royal yacht when the sovereign is on board, acknowledging that, under the Constitution, he is the source of the Lord High Admiral's powers; the anchor flag is hoisted at the front, the royal standard at the main mast, and the Union flag at the back. On the Admiralty yacht, the anchor flag is shown at the main mast when members of the Board are on it. It's customary (a practice that dates back to the early 1700s) to fly the anchor flag on warships during launch ceremonies. A similar flag, with the lower half in blue, has recently been adopted as the flag of the Australian Naval Board.
(iii) ADMIRALS' FLAGS
And so the Admiral of a Fleet or Squadron hath his flag in the Main-top; the Vice-Admiral in the Fore-top and the Rere Admiral in the Missen-top, with the Crosses or Colours of their Nation and Countrymen, And thus far it is usual and common even with Fleets of Merchant men, agreeing amongst themselves for the Admiral[250] ships in this kind.
And so the Admiral of a Fleet or Squadron has his flag in the main top; the Vice-Admiral in the fore top, and the Rear Admiral in the mizzen top, with the crosses or colors of their nation and countrymen. This arrangement is typical and common even with fleets of merchant ships, which agree among themselves for the Admiral’s ships in this regard.
In these words Boteler, writing in 1634, sums up the method of distinguishing the flags of the principal officers of a fleet which had been made possible by the appearance of the three-masted ship of war in the fifteenth century, was adopted by the English in the sixteenth, and remained in vogue until the disappearance of the sailing ship of war in the nineteenth century.
In these words, Boteler, writing in 1634, summarizes the way to identify the flags of the main officers of a fleet. This method became possible with the introduction of the three-masted warship in the fifteenth century, was adopted by the English in the sixteenth century, and continued to be used until the sailing warship fell out of favor in the nineteenth century.
But, it may well be asked, what was done to distinguish the admirals before ships had three masts? It is not easy to answer this question, for the records throw no light on it and the information vouchsafed by contemporary chroniclers is very scanty. Perhaps the answer nearest the truth would be: "nothing, for there were then no grades to distinguish." Before the sixteenth century there was rarely more than one admiral in a fleet, and on those rare occasions on which two or more admirals appear they were usually given the command "jointly and severally," that is, as co-equals[251]. In such cases it may be presumed that both, if indeed they were not embarked in the same ship, bore the St George's flag or royal standard at the masthead and were distinguished by banners of their personal arms.
But one might ask, what did they do to identify the admirals before ships had three masts? It's not easy to answer this question because the records provide no clarity, and the information from contemporary chroniclers is quite limited. Perhaps the closest answer would be: "nothing, because there weren't any ranks to differentiate them." Before the sixteenth century, there was usually only one admiral in a fleet, and on the rare occasions when multiple admirals were present, they typically shared command "jointly and severally," meaning they were seen as equals[251]. In such cases, it can be assumed that both, if they were not on the same ship, displayed the St George's flag or royal standard at the masthead and were identified by banners of their personal coats of arms.
In the fleet that attempted invasion under Eustace the Monk in 1217, only one ship (that of the Commander-in-Chief) appears to have flown a flag at the masthead, for we are told by a contemporary chronicler[252] that one of Hubert de Burgh's men agreed, when they engaged Eustace's ship, "to climb up the mast and cut down the banner, that the other vessels may be dispersed from want of a leader."
In the fleet that tried to invade under Eustace the Monk in 1217, only one ship (the Commander-in-Chief's) seems to have displayed a flag at the top of the mast. A contemporary chronicler[252] reports that one of Hubert de Burgh's men agreed, when they confronted Eustace's ship, "to climb up the mast and take down the banner, so that the other ships would be scattered without a leader."
In 1346 there seems to have been still only one flag of command in a fleet. Edward III had in that year fitted out a fleet in order to make an incursion into Gascony, but after a false start which had been frustrated by contrary winds, the king, on the advice of Godefroy de Harcourt, suddenly changed his mind and set out for Normandy, taking the flag of command from his Admiral and leading the fleet himself.
In 1346, it appears there was still only one command flag in a fleet. Edward III had put together a fleet that year to raid Gascony, but after an unsuccessful attempt due to unfavorable winds, the king, advised by Godefroy de Harcourt, quickly changed his mind and headed for Normandy, taking the command flag from his Admiral and leading the fleet himself.
We have no further evidence as to the method of bearing admirals' flags in the English fleet until we come to the "Book of Orders for the War by Sea and Land[255]," drawn up by Thos. Audley c. 1530 at the request of Henry VIII. Here provision is made for only one admiral, who is to bear two flags; one at the main and the other at the fore, while all the other ships are to bear one at the mizen. The orders drawn up by Lisle fifteen years later provide for a fleet divided into three squadrons, and in this case also each admiral had two flags, but here the two flags were necessary to distinguish the flagships, as the private ships had each one flag, at the fore, main, or mizen respectively, to denote the squadrons to which they belonged.
We don't have any more evidence about how admirals’ flags were displayed in the English fleet until we get to the "Book of Orders for the War by Sea and Land[255]," created by Thos. Audley around 1530 at the request of Henry VIII. This book only allows for one admiral, who is to display two flags; one at the main mast and the other at the fore. All the other ships are to fly one flag at the mizen. The orders established by Lisle fifteen years later describe a fleet divided into three squadrons, and in this case, each admiral had two flags as well, but these were necessary to identify the flagships since the private ships only displayed one flag, either at the fore, main, or mizen, to indicate which squadron they belonged to.
5. Item the lord Admiral shall beare one banner of the Kings maits Armes in his mayne topp and one flag of saint George crosse in his fore topp, and every shipp appoynted to the battaill, shall beare one flag of saint Georges crosse in his mayne toppe.
5. The Lord Admiral shall carry one banner of the King's Majesty's Arms on his main mast and one flag with Saint George's Cross on his front mast, and every ship assigned to the battle shall carry one flag of Saint George's Cross on its main mast.
6. Item thadmirall of the vanwarde ys appoynted to beare too flaggs of saint George crosse, thone in his mayne topp and thother in his fore topp. And every shipp appoynted to the vanwarde shall weare one flag of sainte Georges crosse in his fore toppe.
6. The flagship of the vanward is to carry two flags of Saint George's Cross, one on the main mast and the other on the fore mast. Every ship assigned to the vanward must display one flag of Saint George's Cross on its fore mast.
The relative dignity of the mastheads, main, fore and mizen, is seen underlying this arrangement, for the Lord Admiral places his standard at the main masthead and his St George, as next in rank, at the masthead next in importance; the second admiral occupies the two foremost mastheads with his flags and the third admiral the two aftermost, each being, of course, in a four-masted ship.
The ranking of the mastheads—main, fore, and mizen—shows the hierarchy in this setup. The Lord Admiral raises his flag at the main masthead and his St George flag, which is next in rank, at the second masthead. The second admiral takes the two front mastheads for his flags, while the third admiral uses the two back mastheads, each of them positioned on a four-masted ship.
It will be observed that there is as yet no mention of "Vice" or "Rear" Admiral, but the term Vice-Admiral, which is much the older of the two, was in use in the English fleet in 1547 and in the French fleet at least as early as 1338. The term Rear-Admiral is more modern. This is pointed out by Monson[258], but indeed sufficient proof is to be seen in the fact that the term is not used in either the French or Dutch navies[259].
It can be noted that there is currently no reference to "Vice" or "Rear" Admiral, but the term Vice-Admiral, which is the older of the two, was already in use in the English fleet in 1547 and in the French fleet at least as early as 1338. The term Rear-Admiral is more recent. Monson[258] points this out, but there is clear evidence in the fact that the term is not used in either the French or Dutch navies[259].
The Instructions drawn up in March, 1558, by Wm Wynter, Admiral of a fleet of ships about to go to Portsmouth, contain "an order for beringe of the flagge":
The instructions prepared in March 1558 by Wm Wynter, Admiral of a fleet of ships set to go to Portsmouth, include "an order for bearing the flag":
Item that every Shippe of Warre do set up a flage of St. George uppon her Bonaventure myson, excepte Mr. Broke, Captaine of the reed Gallie, who is apointed to ware the flagge of vize Admyrall for this present Jorney: And the Victuellers, Hoyes and others for to ware there flagge bytwyne the myzon and the aftermost shrowde[260].
Item that every warship shall display a St. George flag on its mainmast, except Mr. Broke, Captain of the red Galley, who is appointed to carry the Vice Admiral's flag for this current journey: And the victuallers, hoys, and others shall display their flag between the mainmast and the aftermost shroud[260].
Here the Vice-Admiral has but one flag, and although we are not explicitly told where the Admiral and Vice-Admiral are to fly their flags, it is evident that it is intended they should be at the main and fore respectively.
Here, the Vice-Admiral has only one flag, and even though it's not directly stated where the Admiral and Vice-Admiral are supposed to fly their flags, it's clear that they are meant to be at the main and fore, respectively.
We have no further definite information as to the mode in which the junior admirals bore their flags until we reach the year 1596. For the important expedition to Cadiz in the summer of that year a large combined English and Dutch fleet was assembled, and was divided into five squadrons; four English and one Dutch. The English ships were under the command of the Earl of Essex and the Lord Admiral (Howard) as "Joint Generalls of the Armies by sea and land." Under them were Lord Thomas Howard as Vice-Admiral of the fleet and Sir Walter Raleigh as Rear-Admiral. Each of these officers had command of one of the English squadrons with a Vice- and a Rear-Admiral of that squadron under him.
We don't have any clear information on how the junior admirals displayed their flags until we reach the year 1596. For the significant expedition to Cadiz in the summer of that year, a large joint English and Dutch fleet was gathered and divided into five squadrons: four English and one Dutch. The English ships were led by the Earl of Essex and the Lord Admiral (Howard) as "Joint Generals of the Armies by sea and land." Below them were Lord Thomas Howard as Vice-Admiral of the fleet and Sir Walter Raleigh as Rear-Admiral. Each of these officers commanded one of the English squadrons, each with its own Vice- and Rear-Admiral underneath.
A contemporary account of the expedition among the Duke of Northumberland's mss.[261] contains a series of coloured diagrams showing the flags flown by the various Admirals. From these we see that Howard, as Lord High Admiral, flew the royal standard at the main and the St George at the fore. The Vice- and Rear-Admirals of his squadron flew, at the fore and mizen respectively, a flag with striped field (red, white and blue in seven horizontal stripes) and the St George in the canton. Essex, although superior to Howard in social rank and named before him in the joint proclamation which they issued, flew only the St George at the main. The Vice- and Rear-Admirals of his squadron flew at the fore the St George barred with blue horizontally.
A modern account of the expedition among the Duke of Northumberland's mss.[261] includes a series of colorful diagrams showing the flags flown by different Admirals. From these, we see that Howard, as Lord High Admiral, displayed the royal standard at the main and the St George at the fore. The Vice- and Rear-Admirals of his squadron flew a flag with a striped field (red, white, and blue in seven horizontal stripes) at the fore and the St George in the canton at the mizen, respectively. Essex, though having a higher social rank than Howard and mentioned before him in the joint proclamation they issued, only displayed the St George at the main. The Vice- and Rear-Admirals of his squadron flew the St George with a blue horizontal bar at the fore.
The Vice-Admiral of the fleet flew the St George at the fore, and at the main, as Admiral of his squadron, a flag with the St George in a canton and a field striped horizontally green and white. The Vice- and Rear-Admirals of this squadron flew a similar flag at their proper mastheads. The Rear-Admiral of the fleet flew the St George [89]at the mizen, and he and the Vice- and Rear-Admirals of his squadron flew plain white flags at the main, fore, and mizen respectively. The squadronal flags of the first three squadrons as depicted in this manuscript are unique as admirals' flags; they appear to have been stern ensigns promoted for this special occasion.
The Vice-Admiral of the fleet displayed the St George at the front, and at the main, as Admiral of his squadron, a flag featuring the St George in one corner with a field striped horizontally in green and white. The Vice-Admiral and Rear-Admirals of this squadron displayed a similar flag at their respective mastheads. The Rear-Admiral of the fleet displayed the St George [89]at the rear mast, and he, along with the Vice-Admiral and Rear-Admirals of his squadron, used plain white flags at the main, front, and rear respectively. The squadron flags of the first three squadrons shown in this manuscript are distinctive as admirals' flags; they seem to have been special stern ensigns made for this occasion.
Originally it had been intended to use plain flags of different colours for the four squadrons, as is shown by the following entry in the Navy Accounts to which Mr Oppenheim drew attention in his Administration of the Royal Navy.
Originally, it was planned to use simple flags in different colors for the four squadrons, as noted in the following entry in the Navy Accounts that Mr. Oppenheim pointed out in his Administration of the Royal Navy.
Richerde Waters of London Upholster for iiijer large fflagges or Ensignes made of fine Bewpers conteyning in each of them xx*iiij v [85] yards of the same stuffe being each of them of severall Cullers viz One white, one Orengtawnie, one Blew and the iiijth Crimson Color which were appointed to be so made for the distinguishing of the iiijer squadrons of the flete ffor the service then intended, finding at his owne chardges all manner of stuffe & workmanshippe. xvili viiijs viijd[262].
Richerde Waters of London will upholster four large flags or ensigns made of fine materials, each containing 24 yards of the same fabric in different colors: one white, one orange, one blue, and the fourth crimson. These were intended to distinguish the four squadrons of the fleet for the specific service planned, with all materials and workmanship covered at his own expense. £16 8s 8d.
Apart from the fact that "the unusual particularity of the item suggests that it was thought to require some justification, which would be natural if the flags referred to had never been used[263]," it may be pointed out that ten squadronal flags were needed, while this item only refers to four. There is, moreover, another entry in the same account which gives the sizes and prices of the "Ensignes & fflagges" provided for the expedition, at a total cost of £371. 8s. 4d. Descriptions of these flags are unfortunately not given, but it is a significant fact that of the largest size, sixteen breadths[264], ten were supplied.
Apart from the fact that "the unusual detail of the item suggests it needed some justification, which would make sense if the mentioned flags had never been used[263]," it's worth noting that ten squadron flags were required, while this item only mentions four. Additionally, there's another entry in the same account that lists the sizes and prices of the "Ensignes & fflagges" provided for the expedition, totaling £371. 8s. 4d. Unfortunately, there are no descriptions of these flags, but it's notable that ten were supplied in the largest size, consisting of sixteen breadths[264].
The reason for the abandonment of the original intention to use plain-coloured flags for the squadrons of the 1596 expedition is not known, but when, in 1625, another expedition was sent out against Cadiz the fleet was divided into three squadrons, each under three admirals, with red, blue, and white flags respectively.
The reason for not sticking with the plan to use plain-colored flags for the squadrons of the 1596 expedition isn't clear, but when another expedition was launched against Cadiz in 1625, the fleet was split into three squadrons, each led by three admirals, with red, blue, and white flags respectively.
This expedition set sail in October, 1625, but four months earlier a much smaller fleet, also divided into three squadrons, had been sent to conduct the Queen from Boulogne to England. The difference in the Admirals' flags worn on these two occasions is significant, for it shows that there was no established practice applicable to large fleets.
This expedition set sail in October 1625, but four months earlier, a much smaller fleet, also split into three groups, had been sent to bring the Queen from Boulogne to England. The difference in the Admirals' flags used on these two occasions is important because it indicates that there was no standard procedure for large fleets.
The Instructions[265] issued by Buckingham in June for the Boulogne fleet provide that the Admiral shall wear the Union flag at the main, [90]and each ship of his squadron a pendant at the main masthead. The Vice- and Rear-Admirals are to have the Union at the fore and mizen respectively, and the private ships[266] of their squadrons pendants at those mastheads.
The Instructions[265] issued by Buckingham in June for the Boulogne fleet state that the Admiral must fly the Union flag at the main, [90]and each ship in his squadron should display a pendant at the main masthead. The Vice-Admirals and Rear-Admirals will have the Union flag at the fore and mizen, respectively, and the private ships[266] in their squadrons will fly pendants at those mastheads.
But when the larger fleet was set forth in October each of its three squadrons had three flag officers. The instructions issued by the Commander-in-Chief, Sir Edward Cecil (afterwards Lord Wimbledon) on 3rd October, contained the following provision:
But when the larger fleet was sent out in October, each of its three squadrons had three flag officers. The instructions issued by the Commander-in-Chief, Sir Edward Cecil (later Lord Wimbledon) on October 3rd, included the following provision:
17. The whole fleet is to be divided into three squadrons: the admiral's squadron is to wear red flags and red pendants on the main topmasthead; the vice-admiral's squadron to wear blue flags and blue pendants on the fore topmasthead; the rear admiral's squadron to wear white flags and white pendants on the mizen topmast heads.
17. The entire fleet will be split into three squadrons: the admiral's squadron will fly red flags and red pendants from the main topmasthead; the vice-admiral's squadron will display blue flags and blue pendants from the fore topmasthead; and the rear admiral's squadron will show white flags and white pendants from the mizen topmast heads.
The wording of this instruction is somewhat ambiguous. Owing to the absence of a comma after "flags," it may be taken to read that every ship was to have both a flag and a pendant in one of the three tops, but this would leave no ready means of distinguishing the flag-ships. Monson and Boteler, who wrote shortly after this date, say that the squadrons of a fleet were distinguished by coloured pendants hung from the main, fore, and mizen tops respectively[267], so that we may conclude that the arrangement of flags on this occasion was as follows:
The wording of this instruction is a bit unclear. Because there’s no comma after “flags,” it could be interpreted that every ship needed both a flag and a pendant in one of the three tops, but this wouldn’t allow for an easy way to identify the flagships. Monson and Boteler, who wrote shortly after this time, mention that the squadrons of a fleet were identified by colored pendants hung from the main, fore, and mizzen tops respectively[267], so we can conclude that the arrangement of flags on this occasion was as follows:
The Admiral commanding in chief, although he was not Lord High Admiral, flew the royal standard at the main.
The Admiral in charge, even though he wasn't the Lord High Admiral, raised the royal standard at the main.
The Vice- and Rear-Admirals of his squadron flew "a redd flagg with a little white, and St George's Crosse therein at the topp of the flaggstaff[268]" (i.e. a red flag with St George in the upper canton next the staff, as in the red ensign), while the private ships of this squadron flew red pendants at the main.
The Vice and Rear Admirals of his squadron displayed "a red flag with a little white, and St. George's Cross at the top of the flagstaff[268]" (meaning a red flag with St. George in the upper corner next to the staff, like in the red ensign), while the private ships in this squadron flew red pennants at the main.
The Vice-Admiral of the fleet and the Vice-Admiral and Rear-Admiral of his squadron bore plain blue flags at the appropriate mastheads, and the private ships of this squadron wore blue pendants at the fore topmast head.
The Vice-Admiral of the fleet and the Vice-Admiral and Rear-Admiral of his squadron displayed plain blue flags on the correct mastheads, and the private ships of this squadron flew blue pendants at the fore topmast head.
The Rear-Admiral of the fleet and the Vice- and Rear-Admirals [91]of his squadron had white flags [269], while the private ships of this squadron had white pendants at the mizen topmast head.
The Rear-Admiral of the fleet and the Vice and Rear-Admirals of his squadron had white flags, while the private ships in this squadron displayed white pendants at the top of the mizen mast.
No mention is made of the Union flag, which should normally have been flown by the Vice-Admiral and Rear-Admiral of the fleet at the fore and mizen respectively, but as "every flag officer both of the fleet and of the squadrons was a soldier[270]" anomalies were to be expected. Sir Francis Stewart, the original Rear-Admiral of the fleet, and the only seaman among the flag officers, was left on shore at the last moment because his ship, the 'Lion,' was found to be leaky. Wimbledon sent for his flag and conferred it on Denbigh, the Vice-Admiral of his squadron. Denbigh's former place was given to Delaware, the Rear-Admiral of the second, or blue squadron. This naturally gave offence to the Vice-Admirals of the second and third squadrons, and a furious squabble arose, which only interests us in two points so far as the flags were concerned. One is that in the course of the squabble the red flag, which became the object of contention, is referred to repeatedly as the "flag of St George," the other is that in a weak attempt at a solution of the difficulty created by his action Wimbledon authorised Valentia, the Vice-Admiral of the blue squadron to
No mention is made of the Union flag, which should normally have been flown by the Vice-Admiral and Rear-Admiral of the fleet at the front and back respectively, but since "every flag officer, both of the fleet and of the squadrons, was a soldier[270]," anomalies were to be expected. Sir Francis Stewart, the original Rear-Admiral of the fleet and the only sailor among the flag officers, was left on shore at the last moment because his ship, the 'Lion,' was found to be leaking. Wimbledon sent for his flag and gave it to Denbigh, the Vice-Admiral of his squadron. Denbigh's previous position was handed over to Delaware, the Rear-Admiral of the second, or blue squadron. This naturally upset the Vice-Admirals of the second and third squadrons, leading to a heated argument, which only concerns us in two ways regarding the flags. One is that during the disagreement, the red flag, which became the focus of the dispute, is repeatedly referred to as the "flag of St George"; the other is that, in a feeble attempt to resolve the issue created by his decision, Wimbledon authorized Valentia, the Vice-Admiral of the blue squadron to
carrie the redd flagg with the St George's Cross in the maine topp as a kind of extraordinary or cheife deputy or Vice Admirall to the Admirall or to his Squadron, soe to distinguish him from my Lo. Delaware with some preferment alsoe to my Lord of Valencia.
carrie the red flag with the St George's Cross at the main top as a kind of extraordinary or chief deputy or Vice Admiral to the Admiral or to his Squadron, so to distinguish him from my Lord Delaware with some preferment also to my Lord of Valencia.
A few days later Wimbledon requested him "to weare his flagg no longer in the maine topp," and finally both Valentia and Delaware "for reasons best known to themselves took downe their flagges." The whole episode forms a truly comic opera performance that must have greatly amused, if it did not disgust, the seamen of the fleet.
A few days later, Wimbledon asked him "to stop flying his flag at the main top," and eventually both Valentia and Delaware "for reasons only they understood, took down their flags." The whole situation is like a comical opera that must have greatly entertained, if not disgusted, the sailors of the fleet.
The main interest in this miserable expedition lies in the fact that it was the first occasion of the division of the fleet into red, blue, and white squadrons.
The main interest in this unfortunate expedition is that it was the first time the fleet was divided into red, blue, and white squadrons.
Two years later an expedition was fitted out under the command of Buckingham, the Lord High Admiral, intended for the capture of the Ile de Ré. On this occasion, in addition to the main fleet, which was again divided into red, blue, and white squadrons under three principal officers:—the Lord Admiral, with the standard at the main; the Vice-Admiral, with the Union at the fore and a blue flag at the main; and a Rear-Admiral, with the Union at the mizen and a white flag at the main, each of these having a Vice- and Rear-Admiral under [92]him—there were two subsidiary squadrons, one under Lord Denbigh, who flew the St George at the main, and the other under Sir John Pennington, who flew the St Andrew's cross at the main, the only occasion on which the Scots' flag has been flown by an admiral of an English fleet.
Two years later, an expedition was organized under the command of Buckingham, the Lord High Admiral, aimed at capturing the Ile de Ré. This time, in addition to the main fleet, which was once again divided into red, blue, and white squadrons led by three main officers: the Lord Admiral, with the standard at the main; the Vice-Admiral, with the Union at the front and a blue flag at the main; and a Rear-Admiral, with the Union at the mizzen and a white flag at the main, each of these officers had a Vice- and Rear-Admiral under [92]them—there were also two additional squadrons, one under Lord Denbigh, who flew the St George at the main, and the other under Sir John Pennington, who flew the St Andrew's cross at the main. This was the only time the Scots' flag has been flown by an admiral of an English fleet.
The method of bearing Admirals' flags now became regularised. If the fleet was small and had only three flag officers, the senior flew the Union flag at the main—unless he were the Lord Admiral, or had special permission to fly the standard—and the other two flew the Union at the fore and mizen respectively. If the fleet were larger the number of flag officers, who, it must be remembered, had as yet no permanent tenure of the rank, was increased to nine and the fleet was divided into squadrons distinguished by the red, blue and white flags of their Admirals and by the corresponding pendants of the ships; but this distinction of colour did not as yet extend to the ensigns on the poop.
The way Admirals' flags were displayed became standardized. If the fleet was small and had only three flag officers, the senior officer would fly the Union flag at the main—unless he was the Lord Admiral or had special permission to fly the standard. The other two would display the Union at the fore and mizen, respectively. If the fleet was larger, the number of flag officers, who should be noted did not yet have a permanent rank, was increased to nine, and the fleet was split into squadrons marked by the red, blue, and white flags of their Admirals, along with the corresponding pennants on the ships. However, this color distinction did not yet apply to the ensigns on the poop.
This arrangement persisted until the end of the reign of Charles I, but in the first great fleet fitted out by the Commonwealth, at the beginning of the First Dutch War, the precedence of the colours was changed. As already related, the standard and Union flag flown by the principal admirals had been replaced by flags containing the cross and harp, but from the following proposals referred by the Commissioners for the Admiralty and Navy to their subordinate Board, the Navy Commissioners, it will be seen that it had been at first intended to adhere to the order of colours—red, blue, white.
This setup continued until the end of Charles I's reign, but during the first major fleet organized by the Commonwealth at the start of the First Dutch War, the order of the flags was altered. As mentioned before, the standard and Union flag used by the main admirals had been swapped for flags featuring the cross and harp. However, from the following proposals submitted by the Commissioners for the Admiralty and Navy to the Navy Commissioners, it’s clear that the initial plan was to stick to the order of colors—red, blue, white.
The 3 Generals to weare each of them a Standard, the one to have a pendent under the Standard & an Ensigne of Redd, the second a pendant under the Standard & an Ensigne of Blew, the third a Pendant under ye Standard & an ensigne of White.
The 3 Generals will each carry a standard: the first will have a pendant under the standard and a red ensign, the second will have a pendant under the standard and a blue ensign, and the third will have a pendant under the standard and a white ensign.
One Vice Admirall of the ffleet to weare the usuall fflagg in his foretopp wth a pendant under his fflagg and an ensigne of Redd.
One Vice Admiral of the fleet to wear the usual flag on his foremast with a pendant under his flag and a red ensign.
One Rere-admirall to the ffleet to be a Vice-admirall of a grand Squadron, to weare the usuall fflagg in his mizon topp & a blew fflagg in his foretopp wth a pendant under it & an ensigne of Blew.
One Rear Admiral for the fleet to serve as Vice Admiral of a large squadron, to fly the usual flag on his main mast and a blue flag on his foremast with a pendant underneath it and a blue ensign.
One Vice admirall to the Grand Squadron to weare a white flagg in his foretopp & a Pendent & Ensigne of white.
One Vice Admiral of the Grand Squadron should fly a white flag on his foretop, along with a white pendant and ensign.
Three other Rere-admirals: one of them to weare a Redd flagg, another a blew flagg & ye other a White in their mizon topps, wth Pendents & Ensignes of their respective Colors.
Three other Rear Admirals: one of them to fly a red flag, another a blue flag, and the other a white flag at their main tops, with pennants and ensigns of their respective colors.
The rest of the fleet to be devided into 9 parts & to be put under the 9 flags before mentioned & to weare the colors of the flagg they are put under, vizt. A pendent & Ensigne of the same colors the flagg is off under wch they are put.
The rest of the fleet will be divided into 9 parts and placed under the 9 flags mentioned earlier, each displaying the colors of the flag they are under, namely a pendant and ensign of the same colors as the flag they are assigned to.
All the shipps to weare Jacks as formerly.
All the ships will wear Jacks as before.
If any of the Generals shall goe out of their shipps then that shipp to[93] take downe ye Standard & to putt upp a flagg of the colors of thet pendant yt shipp weares[271].
If any of the Generals leave their ships, then that ship should take down the Standard and put up a flag of the colors of the pendant that ship is displaying.
The arrangements here proposed merit attention, for they contain several departures from the custom hitherto prevailing. The three principal admirals, being of co-equal authority, are each to fly the same standard at the main masthead, but to distinguish them they are to have pendants and ensigns of three different colours. The Vice- and Rear-Admiral of the fleet are retained, but they no longer have separate squadrons, the senior becomes Vice-Admiral to the first, or red squadron, and the junior, Vice-Admiral of the second, or blue squadron. To these are added a squadronal or "occasional" Vice-Admiral for the third or white squadron, and three Rear-Admirals, one for each squadron. The private ships are to have an ensign, as well as the customary pendant, of the squadronal colour.
The proposed arrangements deserve attention because they introduce several changes to the customs that have been in place until now. The three main admirals, who have equal authority, will all fly the same standard at the main masthead, but to tell them apart, they will have pendants and ensigns in three different colors. The Vice-Admiral and Rear-Admiral of the fleet will still be included, but they won’t have separate squadrons anymore. The senior admiral will become the Vice-Admiral of the first, or red squadron, and the junior will be the Vice-Admiral of the second, or blue squadron. An additional squadronal or "occasional" Vice-Admiral will be appointed for the third, or white squadron, along with three Rear-Admirals, one for each squadron. Private ships will also have an ensign, in addition to the usual pendant, in the squadron's color.
The Navy Commissioners, after remarking upon rates of pay suitable to the various grades of flag officers, confess their incompetence to advise about the flags. "As to the distinguishment of weareing the fflaggs, Pendants and Ensignes, wee are not capable to give our advice therein, but must leave it to those Comandrs at Sea (whoe best knowe the causes of such kind of distinctions) to advise."
The Navy Commissioners, after discussing appropriate pay rates for the different ranks of flag officers, admit that they are unable to provide guidance on the flags. "Regarding the distinction of wearing the flags, pendants, and ensigns, we are not in a position to offer our advice on this matter, and must defer to the commanders at sea (who understand the reasons for such distinctions best) to provide guidance."
This was on the 14th January, 1653, but in the order to hasten the supply of flags to the fleet dated 4th February these flags are named in the order red, white, and blue. The reason for the change is not known, but it may be remarked that the white escutcheon of England had precedence of the blue escutcheon of Ireland in the Generals' standard, and this may have led the Generals at Sea to change the order of precedence of the squadronal colours.
This was on January 14, 1653, but in the order to speed up the supply of flags to the fleet dated February 4, these flags are referred to as red, white, and blue. The reason for the change isn't known, but it's worth noting that the white shield of England had priority over the blue shield of Ireland in the Generals' standard, which may have influenced the Generals at Sea to adjust the order of the squadron colors.
On the 18th February the fleet came into collision with the Dutch at the Battle of Portland. On that occasion Blake and Deane, two of the original Generals at Sea, were embarked together in the flagship of the Red Squadron, which flew the standard, but Monck, who had recently been appointed as the third General in the vacancy caused by the death of Popham, took command of the White Squadron, while Penn, the Vice-Admiral of the fleet, commanded the Blue. The Admiral's flags, other than the standard, were "clear" colours, in other words plain flags, but the pendants and ensigns all had "a red cross in chief." The Vice- and the Rear-Admiral of the Fleet, who acted as Admiral of the Blue and Vice-Admiral of the Red respectively, probably flew, in addition to their plain blue and red flags, the Commonwealth "Union" flag of the cross and harp, but about this time the latter flag seems to have lost its red and yellow[94] border and to have been of the same form as the "Jack." Thus in an order dated 2nd March for a further supply of flags to be hastened to the fleet, then re-fitting for a renewal of the conflict, these flags are described as "of ye Jack colours[272]."
On February 18th, the fleet collided with the Dutch at the Battle of Portland. During this event, Blake and Deane, two of the original Generals at Sea, were onboard the flagship of the Red Squadron, which displayed the standard. Monck, who had recently been appointed as the third General after Popham's death, took command of the White Squadron, while Penn, the Vice-Admiral of the fleet, led the Blue Squadron. The Admiral's flags, besides the standard, were solid colors, meaning they were plain flags, but the pendants and ensigns all featured "a red cross in chief." The Vice-Admiral and Rear-Admiral of the Fleet, acting as Admiral of the Blue and Vice-Admiral of the Red respectively, likely flew, in addition to their plain blue and red flags, the Commonwealth "Union" flag with the cross and harp. However, around this time, that flag appears to have lost its red and yellow border and adopted a design similar to the "Jack." Thus, in an order dated March 2nd for additional flags to be quickly sent to the fleet, which was getting ready to re-engage in battle, these flags were described as "of ye Jack colours."
4 fflags of ye Jack colors
6 fflags cleare white
6 fflags cleare blue
40 pendants red }
40 pendants blue }
40 pendants white } as ye last was wth the red crosse in chiefe[273]
40 Ensignes red }
40 Ensignes blue }
40 Ensignes white }
100 Jacks
At the Restoration the standard and jack flags reverted to the forms in use before 1649. The existing method of displaying the admirals' flags and the precedence of the squadronal colours remained unaltered, but a more strict regulation of their use gradually makes itself felt, and precise instructions as to the wearing of their flags begin to appear in the commissions of appointment issued to the flag officers. This was no doubt the logical outcome of the improved methods of naval administration, and especially of such improvements in the status of officers as the establishment of "Half-pay," of the introduction into the fleet of suitable youths with the express purpose of training them as officers, and the institution of qualifying tests before promotion to the rank of lieutenant. All these reforms tended to make the navy a regular profession for its higher officers instead of a mere haphazard calling, but it must be remembered that as yet the only established "Flag" ranks were those of Lord Admiral and Vice- and Rear-Admiral of England (or "of the Fleet"). All other Admirals were only "occasional," and officers holding such "occasional" rank yielded up the dignity on hauling down their flag and may frequently be found serving later as simple "Captain."
At the Restoration, the standard and jack flags returned to the designs used before 1649. The current method of displaying the admirals' flags and the order of the squadron colors remained unchanged, but stricter regulations on their use gradually became established, and clear instructions for flying their flags started appearing in the commissions issued to flag officers. This was undoubtedly a logical result of the improved methods of naval administration, especially the advancements in officers' status, such as the introduction of "Half-pay," the inclusion of suitable young men in the fleet specifically for officer training, and the implementation of qualifying tests before promotion to lieutenant. All these reforms helped make the navy a professional career for higher officers rather than a random occupation. However, it’s important to note that the only recognized "Flag" ranks at this time were those of Lord Admiral and Vice- and Rear-Admiral of England (or "of the Fleet"). All other admirals were considered "occasional," and officers holding these "occasional" ranks lost that distinction when they lowered their flag and could often later serve simply as "Captain."
An important step forward was made in recognising that there might be two or more ships in company without either of them necessarily becoming an "Admiral" ship. This led to the institution in 1674 of the "Distinction-Pendant," which will be discussed in detail later. (See Broad Pendant, p. 102.)
An important step forward was made in recognizing that there could be two or more ships together without either of them automatically becoming an "Admiral" ship. This led to the creation in 1674 of the "Distinction-Pendant," which will be discussed in detail later. (See Broad Pendant, p. 102.)
When the Revolution of 1688 put an end to Pepys' activities at the Admiralty he was engaged in codifying the regulations relating to flags, and had laid before the king (as Lord High Admiral) a "new establishment" under which "no flags are to be issued but by particular warrant, which I suppose is to express their no., colors, and dimensions according to the occasions which they are issued for[274]."
When the Revolution of 1688 ended Pepys' work at the Admiralty, he was busy organizing the rules about flags and had presented the king (as Lord High Admiral) a "new establishment" stating that "no flags are to be issued except by specific warrant, which I believe is meant to detail their numbers, colors, and sizes according to the occasions they are issued for[274]."
The position at the end of Pepys' career is well summarised in the table overleaf drawn up by him—one of the many instances of his fondness for methodical statements.
The situation at the end of Pepys' career is clearly summarized in the table on the next page that he created—one of the many examples of his love for organized statements.
The last entry is of especial interest. When the stricter regulation enforced had prevented many officers from wearing flags who would, in similar circumstances, undoubtedly have had that privilege in the first half of the century, much importance was attached to the right to exhibit a naked flagstaff. One striking instance of this occurs in 1687, when Sir Roger Strickland was appointed Vice-Admiral of the fleet under the Duke of Grafton, ordered to transport the Queen of Portugal (the king's sister) to Lisbon. Strickland, not unnaturally, wanted to wear a flag as Vice-Admiral. Not many years earlier he would have done this as a matter of course; now he had to obtain the king's permission, which was granted. But he had omitted Pepys from his reckoning. The king's sign manual warrant was accompanied by a long letter from Pepys dissuading him from exercising the right:
The last entry is especially interesting. When stricter regulations stopped many officers from displaying flags—who, under similar conditions, would have definitely had that privilege in the first half of the century—much importance was placed on the right to show a bare flagstaff. A notable example of this happened in 1687, when Sir Roger Strickland was appointed Vice-Admiral of the fleet under the Duke of Grafton, tasked with transporting the Queen of Portugal (the king's sister) to Lisbon. Strickland, understandably, wanted to display a flag as Vice-Admiral. Not many years earlier, he would have done this as a matter of course; now he had to get the king's permission, which was granted. But he overlooked Pepys. The king's official warrant was accompanied by a lengthy letter from Pepys urging him not to exercise that right:
a thing so extraordinary, so irregular, and so unjustified by any practice past, and unlikely to be ever imitated in time to come, as this which you have thus contended for, of having two of the Top Flags of England exposed to sea, in view of the two greatest Rivalls of England for Sea Dominion and Glory (I mean the Dutch and French) with no better provision for supporting the Honour thereof, then Six Ships, and two of them such as carry not above 190 men and 54 guns between them, and this too obtained through meer force of Importunity,
a situation so remarkable, so unusual, and so unjustified by any previous practice, and unlikely to be replicated in the future, as this that you have argued for, of having two of the Top Flags of England displayed at sea, in sight of England's two biggest rivals for naval dominance and glory (I mean the Dutch and French), with no better means of upholding that honor than six ships, two of which can only carry a total of 190 men and 54 guns between them, and all of this achieved through sheer insistence,
and hinting that the king will take it well if he does not hoist the flag, though he may bear the flagstaff. Like a wise man, he took Mr Secretary's hint, and resigned the honour. The king thereupon authorised Strickland to bear the naked staff only, and informed that officer that he was pleased to find that Pepys' advice had been taken, for it had been offered with his privity.
and suggesting that the king would be fine with it if he didn’t raise the flag, even though he could carry the flagpole. Acting wisely, he took Mr. Secretary's suggestion and gave up the honor. The king then allowed Strickland to carry just the bare staff and informed him that he was glad to see that Pepys' advice had been followed, as it had been given with his knowledge.
The several Degrees of Command in use in the Navy of England | The various Flags and Colours used in the Navy of England denoting command | |||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Standard | Anchor of the Ld Admiral | Union or Jack Flag | Red Flag | White Flag | ||
Ld High Adml of England | At the Maintop the King being aboard or not at all in the Fleet | At the Maintop the King being in the Fleet aboard another ship | — | — | — | |
Vice Adml of England | — | — | At the Foretop wh a distinction pendant under it | — | — | |
Rear Adml of England | — | — | At the Mizentop wh a Distinction Pendant under it | — | — | |
Admiral of a Fleet of 3 Squadrons with nine flags | — | — | At the Maintop | — | — | |
Admiral of the White Squadron | — | — | — | — | At the Maintop | |
Admiral of the Blue Squadron | — | — | — | — | — | |
{ Vice { Admiral { of { the { | Red | — | — | — | At the Foretop | — |
White or | — | — | — | — | At the Foretop | |
Blue | — | — | — | — | — | |
{ Rear { Admiral { of { the { | Red | — | — | — | At the Mizentop | — |
White or | — | — | — | — | At the Mizentop | |
Blue | — | — | — | — | — | |
Admiral of the Fleet wh 3 flags only | — | — | At the Maintop | — | — | |
Vice Adml of the same | — | — | At the Foretop | — | — | |
Rear Adml of the same | — | — | At the Mizentop | — | — | |
Adml or Commander in Chief of a squadron with one flag | — | — | At the Maintop | — | — | |
Private Captain | — | — | — | — | — |
The several Degrees of Command in use in the Navy of England | The various Flags and Colours used in the Navy of England denoting command | ||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Blue Flag | Jack | Ensigne Ordinary | Pendant Ordinary | Pendant of Distinction | Flag Staff Naked | ||
Ld High Adml of England | — | At the Bowsprit | At the Poop with an anchor in it | — | — | At the Fore and Mizen tops | |
Vice Adml of England | — | Do | At the poop | — | At the Foretop under the Union Flag | At the Main and Mizen tops | |
Rear Adml of England | — | Do | Do | — | At the Mizentop under the Union Flag | At the Main and Fore tops | |
Admiral of a Fleet of 3 Squadrons with nine flags | — | Do | Do | — | — | At the Fore and Mizen tops | |
Admiral of the White Squadron | — | Do | Do White | — | — | At the Fore and Mizen tops | |
Admiral of the Blue Squadron | At the Maintop | Do | Do Blue | — | — | At the Fore and Mizen tops | |
{ Vice { Admiral { of { the { |
Red | — | Do | Do Red | — | — | } } At the } Main and } Mizen tops } |
White or | — | Do | Do White | — | — | ||
Blue | At the Foretop | Do | Do Blue | — | — | ||
{ Rear { Admiral { of { the { |
Red | — | Do | Do Red | — | — | } } At the } Main and } Fore tops } |
White or | — | Do | Do White | — | — | ||
Blue | At the Mizentop | Do | Do Blue | — | — | ||
Admiral of the Fleet wh 3 flags only | — | Do | Do Ordinary | — | — | At the Fore and Mizen tops | |
Vice Adml of the same | — | Do | Do | — | — | At the Main and Mizen tops | |
Rear Adml of the same | — | Do | Do | — | — | At the Main and Fore tops | |
Adml or Commander in Chief of a squadron with one flag | — | Do | Do | — | — | At the Mizen and Fore tops | |
Private Captain | — | Do | Do White or Blue, when of either of those squadrons | At the Maintop when alone or in Compy with a Senior Captn, and in the Colour to be answerable to the Squadron | At the Maintop when eldest captain in company with Private ships | At the Maintop or Mizentop according to the highest flag he may at any time before have had the Honour of wearing |
Although Pepys' influence ceased at the Revolution, and his proposed "establishment" of flags was never ratified, the work of regulation and restriction went on through the reigns of William and Mary and Anne, culminating in the abolition of the Lord Admiral's standard and the confining of the Union flag at the masthead to the "Admiral of the Fleet." Nevertheless, several curious anomalies remained until the opening years of the eighteenth century. Officers appointed to the chief command of squadrons sent to the Mediterranean or West Indies were, whatever their rank, usually authorised to wear the Union flag at the main so soon as they had left the Channel. Thus in 1690 Captain Lawrence Wright was authorised to wear the Union flag at the main when sent to the West Indies in command of a small squadron.
Although Pepys' influence ended with the Revolution, and his suggested "establishment" of flags was never approved, the process of regulation and restriction continued throughout the reigns of William and Mary and Anne. This effort led to the abolition of the Lord Admiral's standard and limited the Union flag at the masthead to the "Admiral of the Fleet." Nevertheless, several oddities persisted until the early years of the eighteenth century. Officers appointed to lead squadrons sent to the Mediterranean or West Indies, regardless of their rank, were usually allowed to display the Union flag at the main as soon as they left the Channel. For instance, in 1690, Captain Lawrence Wright was granted permission to fly the Union flag at the main when he was sent to the West Indies in command of a small squadron.
Whereas his Matie thinks fitting for his Service that in ye present Employment on which you are going of Commander in cheife of the Squadron of their Mats Shipps appointed for service in ye West Indies you should weare a fflagg at the Maintop. These are in pursuance of his Mats pleasure signified to this Board on that behalfe to authorize and require you that in your Voyage outwards bound to ye West Indies, soe soon as you shall be out of ye English Channell, you weare ye Union fflagg at the maintop-mast head of their Mats Shipp on board wh you shall be in person in your aforesaid Employment as Comandr in cheife, and to continue soe to doe untill in your returne from the West Indies you shall againe arrive in the Channell. And for soe doing this shall be your Warrant. Given under our hands & ye Seale of ye Office of Adty this Sixth day of ffeby 1689 (1690)
Whereas His Majesty thinks it appropriate for your service that in the current role as Commander-in-Chief of the Squadron of their Majesty's ships assigned for duty in the West Indies, you should display a flag at the main top. This is in accordance with His Majesty's wishes, communicated to this Board, to direct and require you that on your voyage to the West Indies, as soon as you are out of the English Channel, you display the Union flag at the main top-mast of their Majesty's ship on which you will be personally present in your mentioned role as Commander-in-Chief, and to continue doing so until your return from the West Indies, when you arrive back in the Channel. For this purpose, this shall serve as your warrant. Given under our hands and the seal of the Office of Admiralty this sixth day of February 1689 (1690).
To Captn Lawrence Wright
Commander in cheife of their Mats Ships
now bound to ye West Indies[275].
The position occupied by Captain Wright was equivalent to that for which, at a later date, the title "Commodore" was borrowed from the Dutch. The Distinction Pendant, which it might be thought would be more applicable to such cases, was as yet confined in its use to the Downs. Ten months later Captain Aylmer was sent to the Mediterranean in a similar position, but instead of being allowed the Union flag he was only granted a special distinction pendant with the Union instead of the St George's cross at the head. Cases in which captains were ordered to wear the Union flag at the main are rare, but junior flag officers in command of squadrons were, during the reigns of William III and Anne, frequently directed to wear the Union flag as though they were full admirals. Thus Sir George Rooke, when appointed Commander-in-Chief in February, 1693, of a fleet destined for the Mediterranean was instructed:
The position held by Captain Wright was similar to the one later referred to as "Commodore," a title borrowed from the Dutch. The Distinction Pendant, which might seem more fitting for such situations, was still limited in its use to the Downs. Ten months later, Captain Aylmer was sent to the Mediterranean in a similar role, but instead of being allowed to fly the Union flag, he was only given a special distinction pendant featuring the Union instead of the St George's cross at the top. It's rare for captains to be ordered to fly the Union flag at the main, but during the reigns of William III and Anne, junior flag officers in charge of squadrons were often directed to fly the Union flag as if they were full admirals. For example, Sir George Rooke, when appointed Commander-in-Chief in February 1693 of a fleet bound for the Mediterranean, was given the following instructions:
12. So soone as you shalbe out of ye English Channell in your voyage outwards bound, you are to wear the Union Flag at ye Mainetopmast head and to continue so to do untill in your returne you shalbe againe in the Channell[276].
12. As soon as you are out of the English Channel on your outward-bound journey, you should display the Union Flag at the main topmast head and continue to do so until you are back in the Channel again.[276].
At that date Rooke was Vice-Admiral of the Red, and flew, while in the Channel, the red flag at the fore.
At that time, Rooke was Vice-Admiral of the Red and displayed the red flag at the front while in the Channel.
Early in 1702 an important alteration was made in the white squadronal colours, which led to the introduction of the St George's cross in the admiral's flag and in the fly of the ensign. It will be remembered that hitherto the white colours consisted of: (1) a plain white flag for the admirals; (2) a plain white ensign with a small St George's cross in the upper canton next the staff; (3) a plain white pendant with a St George's cross at the head. In February, 1702, the Earl of Pembroke, then Lord High Admiral, sent the Navy Board instructions for fitting out the fleet intended to operate against the French; these instructions included:
Early in 1702, a significant change was made to the white squadron colors, leading to the addition of St. George's cross to the admiral's flag and the fly of the ensign. It’s worth noting that before this, the white colors included: (1) a plain white flag for admirals; (2) a plain white ensign with a small St. George's cross in the upper canton next to the staff; (3) a plain white pendant with a St. George's cross at the top. In February 1702, the Earl of Pembroke, who was then Lord High Admiral, instructed the Navy Board to prepare the fleet meant to operate against the French. These instructions included:
An account of what Flagg-Ships are ordered to be fitted out at Chatham and Portsmouth, and what Flags they are to wear.
An account of which Flagg-Ships are scheduled to be outfitted at Chatham and Portsmouth, and what Flags they will display.
Chatham: | ||
Britannia | Ld High Admiral | The Standard |
Sr George Rook | ||
Soveraigne | Adml of ye White | Union Flagg |
Marqs of Carmarthen | ||
Prince George | Rear Adml to Ld Adml. | Redd flagg |
Sr Davd Mitchell | ||
Boyne | Vice Adml of ye White | Union fflagg |
Sr Clo. Shovell | ||
Queen | Adml of ye Blue | Blue Flagg |
Portsmouth: | ||
Royl William | Mr Aylmer | |
Vice Adml to ye Ld Adm | Redd fflagg | |
Victory | Sr Jno. Munden | |
Rr Adml of ye White | Union Flagg | |
St George | Sr Staffd Fairborne | |
Rear Adml of ye Blue | Blue Flagg |
The Vice Adml of the Blue vacant by Mr. Benbow being in the West Indies.
The Vice Admiral of the Blue is currently vacant since Mr. Benbow is in the West Indies.
The Lord High Adml and the Flagg Ships of his squadron to have Redd Ensignes and Pendants as usual to ye Private Ships.
The Lord High Admiral and the flagships of his squadron will use red ensigns and pendants as usual for the private ships.
The Admiral of the White to have Ensignes with the usual Cross in the Canton, with this distinction; that a third part of the said Ensignes for himself and the Flaggs and private Ships of his Squadron are to be White in the middle of the Flye:—and this to be in the whole length of the Ensigne.
The Admiral of the White is to have flags with the usual cross in the corner, with this distinction: a third of those flags for himself and the flags and private ships of his squadron are to be white in the middle of the fly, and this should cover the entire length of the flag.
The Admrll of the Blue and the Flagg Ships of his Squadron to wear blue Flaggs and Blue Ensignes and Pendants to the private ships with the usual Cross in the Canton of each as hath been usually worne by ships of the Blue Squadron.
The Admiral of the Blue and the Flag Ships of his Squadron to display blue flags and blue ensigns and pendants on the private ships with the usual cross in the canton of each, as has typically been worn by ships of the Blue Squadron.
The white admirals' flag was to be replaced by the Union, and the white ensign by a red one with a broad white horizontal stripe through it. The reason for some such change is obvious when we recollect that at this date the French flag was white. Six weeks later were given the further directions that had been promised "suddenly." After cancelling the order for the standard, as already related[278], Pembroke instructs the Navy Board:
The white admirals' flag was set to be replaced by the Union, and the white ensign would be swapped for a red one featuring a wide white horizontal stripe. The need for this change is clear when we remember that, at this time, the French flag was white. Six weeks later, the additional instructions that had been promised "suddenly" were given. After canceling the order for the standard, as previously mentioned[278], Pembroke directed the Navy Board:
And whereas it may be necessary to distinguish the Vice and Rear Admll of each squadron by some particular mark in the fflaggs which they carry in the heads of their Boats, I do hereby desire and direct you to cause the distinctions exprest in ye papers herewith sent you to be made in the Flaggs which the respective Vice and Rear Admlls shall be furnished with for the Boats as aforesaid: as also that what Pendents there shall now or for the future be wanting for the Fleet, be made somewhat broader than they now are, and shorter according to the draught in one of the said papers, that so the inconveniencys that attend the present Lengths of them by entangling in the Rigging or otherwise may be prevented[277].
And since it might be necessary to identify the Vice and Rear Admirals of each squadron with a specific mark on the flags they carry at the front of their boats, I hereby request and direct you to ensure that the distinctions outlined in the papers I’ve sent you are made on the flags that the respective Vice and Rear Admirals will have for the boats. Also, please ensure that any pendants currently needed or that will be needed in the future for the fleet are made a bit wider than they currently are, and shorter based on the design in one of the papers, so that the issues caused by their current lengths, like getting caught in the rigging or otherwise, can be avoided[277].
This was accompanied by a diagram showing the following boat flags.
This was accompanied by a diagram showing the following boat flags.
Vice Admiral of the Red | Plain red flag[279] |
Rear Admiral of the Red | Red flag with a white ball in hoist |
Vice Admiral of the White | Union flag with a white ball in hoist |
Rear Admiral of the White | Union flag with two white balls |
placed diagonally | |
Vice Admiral of the Blue | Blue flag with a white ball in hoist |
Rear Admiral of the Blue | Blue flag with two white balls |
placed diagonally[280] |
The need for some distinction in the flags of the admirals of the same squadronal colour, when displayed in a boat, or indeed any small craft in which only one position was available, must, one would suppose, have been felt often before, but this was the first attempt to solve the difficulty. Its main interest lies in the fact that it supplied the solution of the similar difficulty which arose, nearly three hundred years later, when the three-masted sailing-ship had given place to the two-masted iron ship, which often had only a single masthead available for the Admiral's flag.
The need to distinguish between the flags of admirals of the same squadron color, especially when displayed in a boat or any small craft with only one available position, had likely been recognized many times before. However, this was the first attempt to address that issue. Its main significance lies in how it provided a solution to a similar challenge that arose nearly three hundred years later, when the three-masted sailing ship was replaced by the two-masted iron ship, which often had only one masthead available for the Admiral's flag.
The changes promulgated by the orders of the 5th February and the 20th March, 1702, already quoted, did not end there, for the [101]officers of the fleet were not satisfied with an arrangement that made over the Union flag to the admirals of the second squadron of the fleet and introduced a red and white ensign. Accordingly, on the 6th of May, Pembroke issued the following further order:
The changes announced in the orders of February 5 and March 20, 1702, as mentioned earlier, didn't stop there, because the [101] fleet officers were unhappy with a setup that transferred control of the Union flag to the admirals of the second squadron and brought in a red and white ensign. So, on May 6, Pembroke issued the following additional order:
Whereas I did some time since direct in what manner the Flaggs and Ensignes should be made for such ships as should be appointed to be of the Squadron of the Adml of the White, and whereas upon consulting with the Flagg Officers of the Fleet, it is thought more advisable that the said Flaggs and Ensignes should be rather made white with a large St George's Cross, according to the sample herewith sent you: and I do therefore hereby desire and direct you, to cause all such of the said Flaggs and Ensignes as have already been made by your orders to be altered, and that such as are still to be made be conformable to what is before directed, as also the Flaggs necessary for the Boats of the Ships of the aforesaid Squadron[281].
Where I previously outlined how the flags and ensigns should be made for the ships designated to be part of the Admiral of the White's squadron, and after discussing with the flag officers of the fleet, it’s considered better for these flags and ensigns to be made white with a large St. George's Cross, as shown in the sample I've sent you. Therefore, I ask you to ensure that all flags and ensigns already made under your orders are altered, and that any still to be made follow these new instructions, including the flags needed for the boats of the aforementioned squadron[281].
The drawing included with the order shows a very broad red cross, in width equal to one-third of the depth of the whole flag[282].
The drawing included with the order shows a wide red cross, with a width equal to one-third of the entire flag's depth[282].
This alteration necessitated a change in the boat flags of the Vice- and Rear-Admirals of the White. The balls became blue and were gathered into the upper canton instead of being placed diagonally across the flag; the white balls in the red and blue flags also underwent the same alteration in position.
This change required a revision of the boat flags for the Vice- and Rear-Admirals of the White. The balls turned blue and were moved to the upper corner instead of being arranged diagonally across the flag; the white balls in the red and blue flags also had the same change in position.
In November, 1805, as a special compliment to the navy, the rank of Admiral of the Red was created. As this introduced three red flags in place of two, the boats' flags of the Vice- and Rear-Admiral of the Red were altered so as to have the same number of balls as the other Vice- and Rear-Admirals.
In November 1805, as a special honor for the navy, the title of Admiral of the Red was established. This change added a third red flag instead of just two, so the flags for the Vice-Admiral and Rear-Admiral of the Red were modified to match the number of balls on the flags of the other Vice-Admirals and Rear-Admirals.
No further alteration took place in the Admirals' flags until 1864, when the division of Flag Officers into the three categories "of the Red," "of the White," and "of the Blue" was abolished and the squadronal colours discontinued. The reason for this change will be discussed in dealing with "Flags of Distinction," and it will therefore be sufficient to note here that the white colours were retained for the navy, red balls being substituted for blue in the "boat" flags.
No further changes were made to the Admirals' flags until 1864, when the division of Flag Officers into three categories—"of the Red," "of the White," and "of the Blue"—was abolished, and the squadron colors were discontinued. The reason for this change will be covered when discussing "Flags of Distinction," so it’s enough to note here that the white colors were kept for the navy, with red balls replacing blue in the "boat" flags.
The invention of the modern battleship, with only two masts (one of which was often unfitted for the display of the Admiral's flag owing to the presence of a masthead semaphore) had caused the general adoption by Vice- and Rear-Admirals of the "boat" form of their flags instead of the plain flag at the fore or mizen respectively, and this led to the question being raised in 1898 of a suitable flag for Vice- and Rear-Admirals, who often found the main masthead alone available for their flag, while on the contrary an Admiral was, in other [102]ships, often obliged to hoist his on the foremast. In view of the fact that many of the great maritime nations had adopted the British method of differencing by balls (or stars) it was not thought desirable to abandon this method, but to make the flags more easily distinguishable the balls were increased in size to one-half of the depth of the canton, which necessitated placing the second ball of the Rear-Admiral in the lower canton next the staff, instead of in the upper one.
The invention of the modern battleship, which has only two masts (one of which was often not used for displaying the Admiral's flag due to the masthead semaphore), led Vice and Rear Admirals to generally adopt the "boat" version of their flags instead of using the plain flag at the front or rear. This sparked a discussion in 1898 about an appropriate flag for Vice and Rear Admirals, who frequently found the main mast the only option for displaying their flag, while on the other hand, an Admiral was often required to hoist his on the foremast. Since many major maritime nations had adopted the British method of differentiating flags with balls (or stars), it was deemed undesirable to abandon this system. To make the flags more distinct, the size of the balls was increased to half the depth of the canton, which required moving the second ball of the Rear Admiral's flag to the lower canton next to the staff instead of placing it in the upper canton.
With the arrangement then adopted, which clearly distinguishes the flags of the three grades in all conceivable circumstances, we may assume that finality has been reached.
With the arrangement now in place, which clearly differentiates the flags of the three levels in every possible situation, we can assume that a final decision has been made.
(iv) PENDANTS OF COMMAND
(a) The Commodore's Broad Pendant
Although the use of a specially large pendant to denote the presence of the officer in command of a squadron was not unknown in early days[283], the custom was not adopted in the English fleet until the latter part of the seventeenth century. Introduced first in 1674 simply to denote the ship of the officer in command for the time being of that important roadstead the Downs, the natural rendezvous of all ships going to and from the Thames and Medway, the custom was extended in 1690 to embrace the case in which a small squadron was sent abroad under a captain for whom there was no room on a Flag List which had become restricted to the nine admirals of the red, white, and blue colours.
Although using a large pendant to indicate the presence of the commanding officer of a squadron wasn’t uncommon in earlier times[283], the practice wasn’t adopted by the English fleet until the late seventeenth century. It was first introduced in 1674 to signal the ship of the officer in charge of the crucial roadstead at the Downs, the main meeting point for all ships traveling to and from the Thames and Medway. In 1690, the custom was expanded to include situations where a small squadron was sent abroad under a captain who didn't fit on the Flag List, which had become limited to the nine admirals of the red, white, and blue colors.
On 14th November, 1674, in the course of a debate by the King and the Admiralty Board concerning the flying of pendants by foreign men-of-war in the Downs, the question was raised as to the desirability of marking the ship of the officer in command there, when that officer was not of flag rank. The summary of this discussion, recorded by Pepys in the Admiralty "Journal," contains so many points of interest that it seems desirable to reproduce it in full.
On November 14, 1674, during a debate between the King and the Admiralty Board about foreign warships flying flags in the Downs, the issue came up about whether to identify the ship of the officer in charge when that officer did not hold a flag rank. The summary of this discussion, documented by Pepys in the Admiralty "Journal," includes many interesting points, making it worthwhile to reproduce it in full.
14 Novr 74
14 Nov 74
Present
Present
The King
The King
Prince Rupert | Mr Secy Coventry |
Lord Treasurer | Mr Secy Williamson |
Mr Vice Chamberlaine | |
Navy Offrs attending |
Upon readeing another Lre from Capt Dickinson in ye Hunter, Commandr in Cheife in ye Downes, disireing direction how to demeane himselfe in reference to any forreigne Men of Warr which shall come into and[103] remaine in ye Downes with ye Pendant in ye Mainetop, while his Mats ship at ye same time Comanding there shall ride without other Marke or distinction then that of a Pendant in ye Maintop, vizt whether hee shall suffer ye said forreigne Man of Warr to continue rideing with his Pendant up, or cause it to be taken downe; and it being, upon discourse thereon, observed first that Pendants originally were not at all designed as a mark or distinction, but only ornament. Next, That at this day ye weareing of a Pendant at ye Maintopp is yt which is everywhere become ye Marke of distinguishing a Man of Warr from a Mercht man. Thirdly, That our Ensigns and Jacke, together with their lyeing in ye Admls Birth, will sufficiently informe as well straingers as his Mats Subjects which is ye Comandr in Cheife without ye helpe of ye Pendants, soe as noe mistake can arise from ye want of it either on occasion of applications to be made or respect to be paid to her. Lastly, That noe difficulty has at any time heretofore been made of permitting Straingers Men of Warr to weare their Pendants in presence of ye Comandr in Cheife in ye Downes, noe more than elsewhere. The respect challenged by his Maty lying not in ye lowreing of ye Pendant but ye fflagg or Topsaile which was now avered by Mr Vice Chamberlaine and Sr Jeremy Smith, as it had lately been to Mr Pepys by ye body of ye Trinity House of whom hee had on this occasion lately inquired after the knowledge and observation of ye Eldest Seamen there. Whereupon it was resolved by his Maty and their Lordps, that ye loureing of ye Pendant and kepeing of it downe is not in this case to be exacted, and yt Capt Dickinson should be accordingly directed therein, But in case upon further inquiry into this matter (wch Mr Pepys was ordered to make wth ye Offrs of the Navy) it should be found needfull (with respect either to decency or use) that some distinction be observed betweene his Mats Ship Commanding in Cheife (and not beareing a Flagg) and others of his Mats Ships or his Subjects rideing in ye Downes at ye same time, some convenient marke or distinction be by them Propounded to his Maty & my Lords on that behalfe in order to their further determination thereon.
Upon reading another letter from Captain Dickinson on the Hunter, Commander-in-Chief in the Downs, asking for guidance on how to behave regarding any foreign warships that come into and remain in the Downs with their pennants flying at the maintop, while His Majesty's ship at the same time commands to ride without any other mark or distinction than that of a pennant at the maintop, namely whether he should allow the said foreign warship to continue flying its pennant or order it to be taken down. It was noted during discussions on this matter that originally, pennants were not meant as a mark or distinction, but merely as ornamentation. Next, that today, wearing a pennant at the maintop has become the standard way to distinguish a warship from a merchant vessel. Thirdly, that our ensigns and jack, along with their position in the Admiral's berth, will sufficiently inform both strangers and His Majesty's subjects who is the Commander-in-Chief without needing the pennants, so there can be no misunderstanding from the lack of it, either for applications that need to be made or respect that must be paid to him. Lastly, that there has never been any issue before with allowing foreign warships to fly their pennants in the presence of the Commander-in-Chief in the Downs, just as elsewhere. The respect required by His Majesty does not come from lowering the pennant but from the flag or topsail, as recently stated by Mr. Vice Chamberlain and Sir Jeremy Smith, as it was previously mentioned to Mr. Pepys by the Trinity House, from whom he recently inquired about the knowledge and practices of the oldest seamen there. Therefore, it was resolved by His Majesty and their Lordships that lowering the pennant and keeping it down is not to be enforced in this case, and that Captain Dickinson should be directed accordingly. However, if further inquiry into this matter (which Mr. Pepys was ordered to conduct with the Officers of the Navy) finds it necessary (with respect to either decency or practicality) that some distinction be observed between His Majesty’s ship commanding in chief (which is not bearing a flag) and other of His Majesty’s ships or subjects riding in the Downs at the same time, that a convenient mark or distinction be proposed to His Majesty and my Lords for their further determination on the matter.
On the 18th Pepys sent the Navy Board a memorandum
On the 18th, Pepys sent a memo to the Navy Board.
to put them in mind of considering how far it may be necessary for the ship which shall command in chief there, and which from her quality and the saving of charge shall not be allowed to wear a flag, be appointed to bear some mark of difference, and if so what may be proper to be established without exposing the King to the extraordinary charge of a flag[284].
to remind them to think about how important it might be for the ship in command there, which because of her type and to save costs won't be allowed to fly a flag, to be given some distinguishing mark. If that's the case, what would be appropriate to set up without putting the King at the unusual expense of a flag[284].
After a week's consideration the Navy Board replied that
After a week of consideration, the Navy Board responded that
in case the evills that may arise from the want of this distinction are such as shalbee thought necessary to bee prevented, wee doe humbly acquaint yor Lopps that in our opinion severall inconveniences fitt to be prevented may accrew in case severall of his Maties Shipps doe at one and the same tyme ride in the Downes and it bee not knowne which of the said shipps doeth command there in cheife[285].
In case the problems that could arise from not having this distinction are considered necessary to prevent, we humbly inform you that in our opinion, several issues that should be avoided may occur if several of His Majesty's ships are simultaneously anchored in the Downs and it is not clear which of these ships is in command there.
They therefore humbly conceived it expedient to appoint, as a mark of distinction, a Red Pendant, somewhat larger than ordinary, on a small flagstaff at the main topmast head. With a view to saving expense they were careful to suggest that the
They therefore humbly thought it would be a good idea to put up a Red Pendant, a little bigger than usual, on a small flagpole at the top of the main mast. To save money, they were careful to suggest that the
Flaggstaff & Pendant when the shipp by whome it was worne happens to leave the Downes shall bee delivered to such other shipp there as shall bee appointed to succeed in the roome of the former, or if there bee noe such shipp there, then that the same bee sent on shore to Deale and lodged there with his Maties Muster Master[286]
Flaggstaff & Pendant when the ship it was worn on happens to leave the Downs shall be delivered to another ship there that is appointed to take the place of the former, or if there is no such ship there, then it should be sent ashore to Deal and stored there with His Majesty's Muster Master[286]
until it was again wanted. Their fear that they might have to supply every likely ship with a staff and distinction pendant is perhaps the reason of the hesitating reluctance which their letter displays.
until it was needed again. Their concern that they might have to equip every potential ship with a crew and a distinction pendant is probably why their letter shows such hesitant reluctance.
The Admiralty approved their proposals, and on the 12th December issued the necessary order, being careful to add that it was done "without any extra wages to be allowed for the same[287]."
The Admiralty approved their proposals, and on December 12th, issued the necessary order, making sure to note that it was done "without any extra wages to be allowed for the same[287]."
The arrangement seems to have been viewed with some apathy by those concerned, probably because there were no extra wages attached, for in June, 1676, Pepys wrote to his brother-in-law, the Muster Master at Deal, reminding him that it was his duty to see the order complied with, and at the same time informing Captain Sir R. Robinson, then Commander-in-Chief in the Downs:
The arrangement seems to have been regarded with some indifference by those involved, probably because there were no additional wages attached. In June 1676, Pepys wrote to his brother-in-law, the Muster Master at Deal, reminding him that it was his responsibility to ensure the order was followed, while also informing Captain Sir R. Robinson, who was then Commander-in-Chief in the Downs:
I am to note to you that his Majesty's last orders authorised you to wear the pendant of distinction which was some time since established ... the wearing which pendant I fear hath been for some time neglected, but the King's said orders will remedy it by your calling for it from his Agent at Deal and putting it up according to the establishment ... which will abundantly I hope distinguish you[288].
I want to point out that the King’s recent orders allow you to wear the distinguished pendant that was set up a while ago. I’m afraid that wearing this pendant has been neglected for some time, but the King’s orders will fix that by having you request it from his Agent in Deal and putting it on as required. This should clearly distinguish you, as I hope.[288]
Pepys in his Miscellanea has given us a drawing and description of this pendant, from which it appears that it had the St George's cross in a white field in chief and was five breadths (4 ft 7 ins.) broad at the head, and 21 yards in length, whereas the ordinary pendants were only three breadths (2 ft 9 ins.) at the head and varied in length from 22 to 32 yards according to the size of the ship. Both were "swallow-tailed" (i.e. slit at the end of the fly).
Pepys in his Miscellanea has provided a drawing and description of this pendant, showing that it featured the St George's cross on a white background at the top and measured five widths (4 ft 7 ins.) at the head, and 21 yards long. In contrast, the regular pendants were only three widths (2 ft 9 ins.) at the head and varied in length from 22 to 32 yards depending on the size of the ship. Both types were "swallow-tailed" (meaning they were slitted at the end of the fly).
In 1683 the Navy Board had again to be reminded that this distinction pendant was to be used, but by 1692 it had become so popular that "some Commanders of their Mats ships do take the liberty to wear distinction pendants without order for the same[289]," and they were strictly forbidden to do so.
In 1683, the Navy Board had to be reminded once more that this distinction pendant was to be used, but by 1692, it had become so popular that "some Commanders of their Majesties' ships take the liberty to wear distinction pendants without authorization for the same[289]," and they were strictly prohibited from doing so.
In 1695 the use of this pendant was extended to the senior captain of ships cruising in the "Soundings" at the entrance to the Channel.
In 1695, the use of this pendant was expanded to include the senior captain of ships operating in the "Soundings" at the entrance to the Channel.
In the meantime another form of distinction pendant was introduced, in which the St George at the head was replaced by the Union. This form was for use abroad, in analogy with the practice by which Admirals sent abroad were ordered to wear the Union flag when out of the Channel, instead of their squadronal flag. As early as 1687 Pepys had noted the use abroad of a red ensign with the Union instead of the St George in its canton. At this date the St George's flag was still being flown by Genoese ships, and it was doubtless the desire to avoid any misunderstandings on this account that led to the disuse, before 1707, of the St George's flag by English men-of-war outside home waters. For some unexplained reason this form of ensign had become known as the Budgee flag, and this name was later transferred to the Union Broad Pendant, which became known as the Budgee Pendant[290] and was no doubt the parent of the modern word "Burgee."
In the meantime, another type of distinction pendant was introduced, where the St. George at the top was replaced by the Union. This design was meant for use abroad, similar to the practice where Admirals sent overseas were instructed to display the Union flag outside the Channel instead of their squadron flag. As early as 1687, Pepys had noted the use of a red ensign with the Union instead of the St. George in its canton. At that time, the St. George's flag was still being flown by Genoese ships, and it was likely the desire to avoid any misunderstandings regarding this that led to the discontinuation of the St. George's flag by English men-of-war outside home waters before 1707. For some unknown reason, this type of ensign became known as the Budgee flag, and this name was later transferred to the Union Broad Pendant, which became known as the Budgee Pendant[290] and likely gave rise to the modern word "Burgee."
The first instance of the use of the Budgee Pendant occurs in December, 1690, when Captain Aylmer, appointed Commander-in-Chief of the squadron intended for the Mediterranean, was ordered to be supplied with a distinction pendant "made with ye Union Crosses in place where other Distinction Pendants have only St Georges Crosse[291]."
The first use of the Budgee Pendant happened in December 1690 when Captain Aylmer, appointed Commander-in-Chief of the squadron meant for the Mediterranean, was told to get a distinction pendant "made with the Union Crosses instead of the St. George's Crosses that other Distinction Pendants have."
Three years later the Earl of Danby, Captain of the 'Royal William' in the fleet under the three joint-admirals, was ordered to wear this same pendant and given precedence next to the Flag Officers[292], and in 1697 Captain J. Norris was appointed Commander-in-Chief of a squadron bound to Newfoundland and ordered, when out of the Channel, to "wear such a swallow tail pendant as Mr Aylmer had when he commanded a squadron in the streights, and which was afterwards worne by the Earle of Danby[293]."
Three years later, the Earl of Danby, captain of the 'Royal William' in the fleet under the three joint admirals, was ordered to fly the same pendant and given precedence right after the Flag Officers[292]. In 1697, Captain J. Norris was appointed Commander-in-Chief of a squadron headed to Newfoundland and instructed, once out of the Channel, to "fly a swallowtail pendant like the one Mr. Aylmer had when he commanded a squadron in the straits, which was afterwards used by the Earl of Danby[293]."
All these officers, whether commanding-in-chief like Aylmer or in subordinate command like Danby, were serving in a position afterwards known as that of "Commodore." This title, derived from the Dutch "Commandeur" (originally the senior officer of a merchant fleet) which had been adopted in the Dutch navy from their merchant service at the end of the sixteenth century, was introduced into the English navy about 1695, no doubt as a consequence of the close connection between the two navies under "Dutch William." It was, however, not yet officially recognised; in their official orders the [106]officers were simply "Captain" or "Captain and Commander in chief." They received a special allowance, usually 10s. a day, while so acting. Later on the importance of some of these positions was enhanced by the introduction, in certain cases, of a second captain into the Commodore's ship. This practice, which was in vogue at least as early as 1720, does not seem at first to have entailed any difference in flag or pay, but it made an important difference in prize money, for those Commodores who had Captains under them were treated in this respect as though they were flag officers.
All these officers, whether in charge like Aylmer or in lower command like Danby, were serving in a role later known as "Commodore." This title, which comes from the Dutch "Commandeur" (originally the top officer of a merchant fleet), was adopted by the Dutch navy from their merchant service in the late 16th century and was introduced into the English navy around 1695, likely due to the close ties between the two navies under "Dutch William." However, it was not officially recognized yet; in their formal orders, the [106] officers were simply referred to as "Captain" or "Captain and Commander in chief." They received a special allowance, usually 10s. a day, for performing these duties. Eventually, the significance of some of these roles increased with the introduction of a second captain on certain Commodore's ships. This practice, observed at least as early as 1720, initially didn’t seem to change the flag or pay, but it significantly impacted prize money, as Commodores with Captains under them were treated like flag officers in this regard.
In 1731 the Admiralty attempted to establish the rank of Commodore by providing for three posts of this rank in the Regulations and Instructions for his Majesty's service at sea, then for the first time gathered together in one book, but the Privy Council struck out all the articles relating to this proposal before recommending the book for the king's approval. The title was, however, formally recognised in 1734 by an Order in Council which, in laying down the relative precedence of Sea and Land Officers, provided "That Commodores with Broad Pendants have the same respects as Brigadiers-General," but the rank remains to this day a "temporary" one, carrying special pay and privileges but giving the captain holding it no authority over captains senior to him on the list.
In 1731, the Admiralty tried to establish the rank of Commodore by creating three positions of this rank in the Regulations and Instructions for His Majesty's Service at Sea, which was compiled into a single book for the first time. However, the Privy Council removed all the articles related to this proposal before recommending the book for the king's approval. The title was officially recognized in 1734 by an Order in Council, which stated that "Commodores with Broad Pendants have the same respects as Brigadiers-General" when outlining the precedence of Sea and Land Officers. Nonetheless, the rank is still considered "temporary," offering special pay and privileges but giving the captain holding it no authority over senior captains on the list.
Regulations governing the rank first appeared in the King's Regulations of 1806. The Broad Pendant was to be of the squadronal colour and was to have the further distinction of a white ball if the Commodore had no second captain in his ship.
Regulations about rank first appeared in the King's Regulations of 1806. The Broad Pendant was to match the squadron color and would have the additional distinction of a white ball if the Commodore didn't have a second captain on his ship.
There shall be a temporary rank of Commodore which shall be distinguished by a Broad Pendant, Red, White or Blue....
There will be a temporary rank of Commodore, which will be marked by a Broad Pendant in Red, White, or Blue...
If the Commodore commands the ship himself the Pendant shall have a large white Ball near the staff and he shall not rank as a Rear Admiral.
If the Commodore is in charge of the ship himself, the Pendant will have a large white ball near the staff, and he won't be considered a Rear Admiral.
Prior to 1806, Commodores appear to have kept their pendants flying in all circumstances. The new regulations, however, directed that if the Commodore met a senior captain, that captain was also to hoist a broad pendant, but if there were more than one senior to him then the Commodore was to strike his broad pendant instead.
Prior to 1806, Commodores seemed to keep their pendants flying at all times. However, the new regulations stated that if the Commodore encountered a senior captain, that captain was also to raise a broad pendant. If there were multiple seniors present, then the Commodore was to lower his broad pendant instead.
This anomalous arrangement was altered in the Regulations of 1824, which provided that no Commodore should fly his broad pendant, or even hold the rank, while in the presence of a senior captain; but the difference in the two positions, dependant on the presence or absence of a second captain in the commodore's ship, was accentuated by dividing the commodores into two distinct[107] classes on this basis; the first class flying the red or white pendant and the second the blue only.
This unusual arrangement was changed in the Regulations of 1824, which stated that no Commodore could fly his broad pendant or even hold the rank when a senior captain was present. However, the distinction between the two positions, depending on whether a second captain was on the commodore's ship, was emphasized by dividing the commodores into two separate[107] classes based on this; the first class would fly the red or white pendant and the second class would only fly the blue.
A plain Red Broad Pendant, or a White Broad Pendant with a Red Cross in it, is to be worn by Commodores of the First Class; but when more than one such Commodore shall be present, the Senior only shall wear the Red Pendant, and the other, or others, the White Pendant.
A simple Red Broad Pendant, or a White Broad Pendant featuring a Red Cross, is to be worn by First Class Commodores; however, when more than one such Commodore is present, only the Senior shall wear the Red Pendant, and the others shall wear the White Pendant.
A Blue Pendant is to be worn by Commodores of the Second Class.
A Blue Pendant is worn by Second Class Commodores.
With the abolition of the squadronal colours in 1864, the red and blue broad pendants disappeared. Commodores of the first class were to wear the white broad pendant at the main and those of the second class the same pendant at the fore. In boats the latter were to have a red ball in the upper canton of their pendants. From the same cause as that which affected the admirals' flags, this form with the ball soon became the only one in use for the second class.
With the removal of the squadron colors in 1864, the red and blue broad flags were no longer used. First-class commodores were to fly the white broad flag at the main mast, while second-class commodores would display the same flag at the front. In boats, the latter were to have a red ball in the top corner of their flags. Due to the same reasons that impacted the admirals' flags, this design with the ball quickly became the only one used for the second class.
Originally fourteen times as long as it was wide at the head, the broad pendant became gradually shorter. By the time the red and blue forms were abandoned it had reached its present proportions, in which it is only twice as long as its greatest breadth.
Originally fourteen times longer than it was wide at the head, the broad pendant gradually became shorter. By the time the red and blue forms were abandoned, it had reached its current proportions, in which it is only twice as long as its greatest width.
In 1913 the provision that Commodores should strike their broad pendant while in the presence of a senior captain was deleted from the King's Regulations. Commodores take rank and command of each other according to their seniority as captains and without regard to the class to which they belong, so that a Second Class Commodore flying a Broad Pendant with a ball might be the superior officer of a First Class Commodore flying the pendant without the ball, normally the superior flag, and the relative precedence of these flags would thereby become inverted while these two Commodores were in company or in the same port.
In 1913, the rule that Commodores had to lower their broad pendant when a senior captain was present was removed from the King's Regulations. Commodores rank and command one another based on their seniority as captains, regardless of their class, meaning that a Second Class Commodore displaying a Broad Pendant with a ball could outrank a First Class Commodore displaying the pendant without the ball, which is usually the higher rank. This would flip the typical order of these flags while the two Commodores were together or in the same port.
(b) The Senior Officers' Pendant
Ten years after the institution of the Distinction Pendant to denote a Commander-in-Chief who did not hold flag rank, Lord Dartmouth, then in command of an expedition against Algiers, hit upon the idea of granting a similar pendant to the senior captain of three or more ships that might casually happen to be in company. His orders, dated 1st January, 1684[294], contain the following provisions:
Ten years after introducing the Distinction Pendant to recognize a Commander-in-Chief who didn't hold flag rank, Lord Dartmouth, who was leading an expedition against Algiers, came up with the idea of giving a similar pendant to the senior captain of three or more ships that might be sailing together. His orders, dated January 1, 1684[294], include the following provisions:
1. That every younger captain, upon his meeting with an elder Captain at sea or in port (though the rate of the ship which he is in be superior to the other) pay all fitting respect and obedience by taking in his Pendant....
1. Every younger captain, when he meets an elder captain at sea or in port (even if the ship he's on is faster than the other), should show all proper respect and obedience by lowering his flag.
3. That (abroad) wheresoever more than 2 ships happen to be or meet[108] together the eldest Captain shall put up and wear a Pendant of distinction and the other captains shall wear the Ordinary Pendant.
3. Whenever more than 2 ships are together anywhere outside the country[108], the oldest Captain will display and wear a special Pendant of distinction, while the other captains will wear the regular Pendant.
4. That the said Pendant of distinction in this Fleet shall be red with a large Cross at the head and double the breadth of the ordinary Pendant, two thirds the length of it, and cut with a long and narrow swallow tayle.
4. The Pendant of distinction in this Fleet shall be red with a large Cross at the top, double the width of the regular Pendant, two-thirds the length of it, and cut with a long and narrow swallow tail.
It was within the competence of Dartmouth to give such an order to the squadron serving under him, but the practice seems to have been kept up after he had left the Mediterranean, for Captain Sir Roger Strickland, writing to Pepys from the Bay of Bulls in September, 1686, complained
It was within Dartmouth's authority to issue such an order to the squadron under his command, but it appears this practice continued even after he left the Mediterranean. Captain Sir Roger Strickland, writing to Pepys from the Bay of Bulls in September 1686, expressed his complaints
Had I wore a Flag in this Expedition, I might then have had a sight of Capt. Priestman's orders for his keeping the King's Ships under his command so long here, at so extra an expence, & I am no less surprised at his wearing a swallow-tail'd flag at his main topmast head much broader than his ensign, having a St Andrew's Cross in it as well as St George's, being indeed such a thing as I never saw, seeming to turn the King's flag & Pendt into ridicule when at ye same time ye D. of Mortmar rides by him wh only a small Pendt...[295].
Had I flown a flag on this expedition, I might have been able to see Captain Priestman's orders for why he kept the King's ships under his command for so long at such an extra cost. I'm also surprised that he is displaying a swallow-tailed flag at his main topmast head that is much wider than his ensign, featuring both St. Andrew's Cross and St. George's Cross. It's truly something I've never seen before, seeming to mock the King's flag and pendant while at the same time the Duke of Mortemar sails by with only a small pendant...[295].
From a "particular draft" of this pendant given to Pepys it appears that it was very broad and short, with a red swallow-tailed fly, and a blue saltire, surmounted by a red cross, on a white ground at the head. Captain Priestman was brought to book and had to apologise to the king for his action.
From a "specific version" of this pendant given to Pepys, it seems that it was quite wide and short, featuring a red swallow-tailed fly and a blue cross, topped with a red cross on a white background at the top. Captain Priestman was held accountable and had to apologize to the king for his actions.
The practice of wearing a senior officers' pendant, although never officially recognised, appears to have extended and to have been put down by the following order issued in July, 1692:
The habit of wearing a senior officers' pendant, while never officially acknowledged, seems to have continued and was addressed by the following order issued in July, 1692:
Whereas we are informed that some of the Comanders of their Mats ships do take the liberty to wear Distinction Pendants without any order for the same, contrary to the Rules of the Navy: We do hereby strictly charge & require all Captns & Comanders of their Mats Ships & Vessels & others hired into their service That they do not presume upon any pretence whatsoever to wear any other Pendants in the Ships they comand, then the Ordinary Pendants wh have by the constant practice of the Navy been worne in their Mats Ships of Warre without particular order in writing from this Board for soe doeing[296].
Whereas we have learned that some of the commanders of their Majesty's ships are taking the liberty to wear distinction pendants without any authorization, which goes against Navy rules: We hereby strictly instruct and require all captains and commanders of their Majesty's ships and vessels, as well as others engaged in their service, not to presume under any circumstances to wear any pendants on the ships they command other than the ordinary pendants that have been traditionally worn in their Majesty's warships without a specific written order from this Board to do so[296].
After this we hear no more of this pendant until the great change of 1864, when the following provision was made in the regulations promulgated on that occasion:
After this, we don't hear anything more about this pendant until the major change of 1864, when the following provision was included in the regulations announced at that time:
When two or more of Her Majesty's Ships are present in Ports or Roadsteads, a small Broad Pendant (White, with the St George's Cross) is to be hoisted at the mizen-top-gallant-mast-head of the Ship of the Senior Officer.
When two or more of Her Majesty's Ships are in Ports or Roadsteads, a small Broad Pendant (white, with the St George's Cross) should be raised at the mizen-top-gallant-mast-head of the Ship of the Senior Officer.
A slight modification was introduced in the King's Regulations of 1906, which ordered that in ships with less than three masts this pendant should be hoisted at the "starboard topsail-yard-arm." This was again modified in 1913 when the senior captain at a port, if the senior naval officer there present, was instructed to hoist this pendant at the masthead while any Commodore junior to him on the list of captains was also present in that port.
A small change was made to the King's Regulations of 1906, which required that on ships with fewer than three masts, this pendant should be displayed at the "starboard topsail yardarm." This was updated again in 1913 when the senior captain at a port, if the senior naval officer present, was directed to raise this pendant at the masthead while any Commodore junior to him on the list of captains was also in that port.
FOOTNOTES:
[215] The art of Heraldry was not established until the thirteenth century, and the armorial bearings associated with the names of our kings before Richard I are the inventions of the mediaeval heralds, who, in their anxiety to give their art a foundation in the past, did not hesitate to assign arms even to the psalmist David.
[215] The art of Heraldry didn’t really take shape until the thirteenth century, and the coats of arms linked to our kings before Richard I were created by medieval heralds. In their eagerness to link their craft to history, they even went so far as to assign arms to King David from the Bible.
[216] Or leopards. See Ency. Brit. s.v. "Heraldry."
Or leopards. See Ency. Brit. s.v. "Heraldry."
[217] The claim was renounced by the Treaty of Bretigny in 1360, to be renewed again at the suggestion of Parliament in 1369: presumably the French Arms were not used between these years.
[217] The claim was officially given up by the Treaty of Bretigny in 1360, only to be brought up again at Parliament's recommendation in 1369: it seems that the French Arms were not used during this time.
[223] Froissart, i (MS. de Rome).
[224] eux.
eux.
[225] Froissart, i.
[226] Hakl. Voy. vii, 141.
[227] S. P. Henry VIII, ccv, 160. Instructions drawn up by Sir John Hawkins in the latter part of Elizabeth's reign contain the same provision. "Item the Ld. Admirall shall beare a flagg of the Armes of England upon the Top of his Mayne-mast. And a flagg of St. George one the foretopmast."
[227] S. P. Henry VIII, ccv, 160. Instructions created by Sir John Hawkins in the latter part of Elizabeth's reign include the same requirement. "Also, the Lord Admiral shall fly a flag with the Arms of England on the top of his main mast. And a flag of St. George on the foretopmast."
[228] Rawlinson MS. A 192.
[231] Penn, Memorials of Penn, i, 262.
[232] S. P. D. Chas. I, dxviii, 120: "I desire you to provide and send downe twenty Pendents of my Colours viz. Yellowe and Tawny for the ships that accompany mee to sea. And I shall n(ee)d a newe Standard for the St George."
[232] S. P. D. Chas. I, dxviii, 120: "I need you to get and send me twenty pendants in my colors, namely yellow and tawny, for the ships accompanying me to sea. Also, I will need a new standard for St. George."
[233] Clarendon S. P. ii, 468, 9.
[235] This is especially seen in the case of the Earl of Lindsey, who had nevertheless been granted the extraordinary privilege of pardoning penalties inflicted by Martial Law in his fleet, a power that did not appertain even to the Lord High Admiral.
[235] This is particularly evident in the case of the Earl of Lindsey, who was granted the unique privilege of pardoning punishments imposed by Martial Law in his fleet, a power that was not even held by the Lord High Admiral.
[237] Adm. Sec. Out Lrs. 182.
[238] I.e. H.M.S. Prince.
H.M.S. Prince.
[239] This is perhaps due to the fact that the English Lord Admirals adopted a ship in full sail upon the obverse of their seals. We have no specimen of the reverse or counter-seal earlier than that of Nottingham. As the anchor is found on the reverse of this seal it is possible that it was upon the reverse in the earlier seals.
[239] This might be because the English Lord Admirals chose a ship in full sail as the main image on their seals. We don't have any examples of the back or counter-seal before Nottingham's. Since the anchor appears on the back of this seal, it’s possible that earlier seals had the anchor on the reverse side as well.
[244] A variation of it, in which the cable passes loosely through the ring and ends in extravagant flourishes on either side, was in use by Pepys in 1673.
[244] A version of it, where the cable loosely goes through the ring and finishes with decorative twists on both sides, was used by Pepys in 1673.
[245] Plate VIII, fig. 1. On the seals the anchor was vertical, but in the flags it was usually placed horizontally. The foul anchor in the Admiralty seal since 1725 has, however, been of a design similar to that on the York Water Gate.
[245] Plate VIII, fig. 1. On the seals, the anchor was positioned vertically, but in the flags, it was typically arranged horizontally. The fouled anchor in the Admiralty seal since 1725, however, has been designed similarly to the one on the York Water Gate.
[247] Pepys MSS. Miscellanea, ix.
[248] Pepys MSS. Miscellanea, ix.
[249] Ibid. Naval Minutes.
Naval Minutes.
[250] Throughout the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries the term "Admiral" was used of the ship as well as of the officer in command. The rank, moreover, until the latter part of the seventeenth century, was purely local and temporary, and simply denoted the senior officer for the time being of the ships in company.
[250] Throughout the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, the term "Admiral" referred both to the ship and the officer in charge. Additionally, until the late seventeenth century, the rank was purely local and temporary, simply indicating the senior officer present among the ships in the group.
[251] See lists in Nicolas, History of the Royal Navy, i, 435, and ii, 524. It is a curious circumstance that in nearly all these cases the fleet was directed against Scotland. One exception to the rule occurs in 1315 when John of Argyle was appointed "Captain of our fleet of ships which we are shortly about to send to the Scottish parts." Under him were placed "William de Crey and Thomas de Hewys, Admirals of the fleet of the King's ships," who were "commanded that they be obedient and responsive to the same John."
[251] See lists in Nicolas, History of the Royal Navy, i, 435, and ii, 524. It's interesting that in almost all these cases, the fleet was sent against Scotland. One exception occurred in 1315 when John of Argyle was made "Captain of our fleet of ships that we are about to send to the Scottish areas." Under him were "William de Crey and Thomas de Hewys, Admirals of the fleet of the King's ships," who were "ordered to be obedient and responsive to the same John."
[253] Ensign, in the original sense of insignia; the modern "ensign" does not appear to have been used in the English navy before the latter part of Elizabeth's reign.
[253] Ensign, in its original meaning of insignia; the modern use of "ensign" doesn't seem to have been common in the English navy until the later part of Elizabeth's reign.
[254] Froissart, i, 255.
[255] Harl. MS. 309, fol. 4.
[257] S. P. Henry VIII, ccv, 160.
[258] "Though the use of a Rear Admiral is but a late invention in comparison with the other two and is allowed but the ordinary pay of a Captain" (Naval Tracts of Sir Wm Monson (N. R. S.), iv, 1).
[258] "Even though having a Rear Admiral is a relatively recent development compared to the other two positions and is only compensated at the regular rate of a Captain" (Naval Tracts of Sir Wm Monson (N. R. S.), iv, 1).
[259] The French employ the term "contre-amiral" and the Dutch the curious locution "Schout-bij nacht," i.e. "Bailiff by night." The offices of Lord High Admiral, Admiral, and Vice-Admiral were adopted by England from the French.
[259] The French use the term "contre-amiral" and the Dutch have the interesting phrase "Schout-bij nacht," which means "Bailiff by night." England borrowed the titles of Lord High Admiral, Admiral, and Vice-Admiral from the French.
[260] Pepys MS. and Rawlinson MS. c, 846.
[262] Pipe Off. Dec. Acc. 2232.
[266] A ship not bearing an admiral's flag was called a "private ship"; but before 1650 the term "private man-of-war" almost invariably denotes a merchant ship having letters of marque, afterwards called a "privateer."
[266] A ship that didn't fly an admiral's flag was referred to as a "private ship"; however, before 1650, the term "private man-of-war" almost always referred to a merchant ship that had letters of marque, which later became known as a "privateer."
[267] Cf. Boteler Dialogue, 5: "The use of them is in Fleets to distinguish the Squadrons, by hanging of them out in the Tops; as all those Ships of the Admirals Squadron hang them out in the Main-top; those of the Vice Admirals in the Fore-top; and those of the Rere Admirals in the Missen-top; and here also they are of different Colours." See also Monson, Book iii.
[267] Cf. Boteler Dialogue, 5: "They are used in fleets to identify the squadrons by displaying them in the tops; all the ships in the Admiral's squadron display them in the main top; those in the Vice Admiral's squadron in the fore top; and those in the Rear Admiral's squadron in the mizzen top; and they also come in different colors." See also Monson, Book iii.
[268] A Relation Touching the Fleet and Army of the King's most excellent majesty King Charles, set forth in the first year of his highness's reign, and touching the order, proceedings and actions of the same fleet and army, by Sir John Glanville, secretary to the Council of War (Camden Soc. N. S. vol. xxxii, p. 83).
[268] A Report on the Fleet and Army of His Majesty King Charles, published in the first year of his reign, detailing the organization, operations, and actions of the fleet and army, by Sir John Glanville, secretary to the Council of War (Camden Soc. N. S. vol. xxxii, p. 83).
[271] S. P. D. Inter. xxxii, 39.
[272] Rawlinson MS. A 227. Cf. also the Instructions of Goodson to Penn 21st June, 1655. "You shall wear the jack-flag upon the maintopmasthead" (Memorials of Penn, ii, 116).
[272] Rawlinson MS. A 227. See also the Instructions of Goodson to Penn on June 21, 1655. "You shall fly the jack-flag from the maintopmasthead" (Memorials of Penn, ii, 116).
[275] Admiralty 2/5.
[276] Admiralty 2/11.
[277] Admiralty 2/182.
[279] The rank of Admiral of the Red was not created until Nov. 1805. The Admiral of the Red Squadron was either the Lord High Admiral, flying the anchor flag, or the Admiral of the Fleet, flying the Union.
[279] The position of Admiral of the Red wasn't established until November 1805. The Admiral of the Red Squadron was either the Lord High Admiral, who flew the anchor flag, or the Admiral of the Fleet, who flew the Union flag.
[280] See Plate VIII, fig. 4.
[281] Admiralty 2/182.
[285] Admiralty 1/3546.
[286] Admiralty 1/3456.
[287] Admiralty 2/1.
[289] Admiralty 2/9.
[290] In 1710 Captain Warwick was refused permission to use the "Bugee Pendant"; Admiralty 2/453. Millan's Signal Book (1746) contains an illustration of the "Budgee Broad Pendant."
[290] In 1710, Captain Warwick was denied permission to use the "Bugee Pendant"; Admiralty 2/453. Millan's Signal Book (1746) has a drawing of the "Budgee Broad Pendant."
[291] Admiralty 2/171.
[293] Admiralty 2/23, 15th March, 1697.
[294] Pepys MS. 2867.
[295] Pepys MSS. Miscellanea, ix.
[296] Admiralty 2/9.
Chapter V
Colours of Distinction
Boteler, in his Dialogues, reminds us that "Flaggs (to speake properly) are only those which are borne out in the Topps of Shyps, and they serve as Badges, and that as well for the distinguishing of Nations as Commanders ... the others are named the Colours or Ensigns and Pendants." To these was added in 1633, while he was writing these Dialogues, the jack, or small Union flag flown at the bowsprit, which, with the ensign and pendant, completed the "suit of colours" for a ship of war. The differentiation by this means of the various classes of public and private ships reached its culminating point by the middle of the nineteenth century. At that period British ships were divided into five categories, each with its own special flags of distinction, according to their employment, as:
Boteler, in his Dialogues, reminds us that "Flags (to speak properly) are really just those that are flown at the tops of ships, serving as badges to identify both nations and commanders... the others are called colors or ensigns and pendants." In 1633, while he was writing these Dialogues, he added the jack, or small Union flag displayed at the bowsprit, which, along with the ensign and pendant, completed the "suit of colors" for a warship. By the mid-nineteenth century, the categorization of different types of public and private ships had reached its peak. At that time, British ships were divided into five categories, each with its own specific flags of distinction based on their use, such as:
1 Public ships of war.
Naval warships.
2 Private men-of-war.
2 Private warships.
3 Public ships for uses other than war.
3 Public ships for purposes other than warfare.
4 Merchant ships.
4 cargo ships.
5 Pleasure craft.
5 Recreational boats.
Since that date the "colours" of the first of these five classes (and incidentally those of the third and fourth classes) have been simplified by the abandonment of the squadronal colours in 1864, while the second class has disappeared in consequence of the abolition of privateering by the Declaration of Paris in 1856.
Since that date, the "colors" of the first of these five classes (and, incidentally, those of the third and fourth classes) have been simplified by dropping the squadron colors in 1864, while the second class has vanished due to the elimination of privateering following the Declaration of Paris in 1856.
(i) PUBLIC SHIPS OF WAR
The Distinction Colours proper to a British ship of war are the Pendant, Ensign and Jack. Of these three flags the pendant (or streamer, as it was originally named) is by far the most ancient, dating back to the days when there was no rigid distinction between public and private men-of-war, when every ship owned by an Englishman was, in the eyes of the law, the king's ship, and might be requisitioned for his use at a moment's notice and, with the aid of a few planks and balks of timber, be converted into an efficient ship-of-war, with fore and after castle and fighting-top complete. Besides such "castles" a ship, devoted for the time being to warlike purposes, whether in a national or semi-private quarrel, had as a distinctive[111] mark, from the end of the thirteenth century onwards (and probably from an even earlier date) a huge streamer displayed from the masthead, or hung from the fighting-top, and often reaching down to the water.
The official flags of a British warship are the Pendant, Ensign, and Jack. Among these three, the pendant (originally called a streamer) is the oldest, going back to a time when there was no clear separation between public and private warships. Back then, any ship owned by an Englishman was considered the king's ship by law and could be taken for royal use at any moment. With some wooden planks and beams, it could be turned into a functional warship, complete with a fore and aft castle and fighting-top. In addition to such "castles," a ship temporarily assigned for military purposes, whether in a national conflict or a semi-private dispute, carried a distinctive[111]mark. From the late thirteenth century onward (and likely even earlier), this was a large streamer displayed from the masthead or hung from the fighting-top, often reaching down to the water.
These colours, first the pendant, then from 1634 to 1864 the pendant and jack, and finally all three of them together, have served to distinguish ships "of war" from ships not fitted out for war, but the pendant and ensign, with occasional assistance from a masthead flag, have also served for a secondary distinction within the main category "of war," namely, that tactical distinction of lesser groups among a collected body of ships of war which may be termed squadronal distinction.
These colors, first the pendant, then from 1634 to 1864 the pendant and jack, and finally all three together, have been used to distinguish "warships" from non-warships. However, the pendant and ensign, sometimes with help from a masthead flag, have also provided a secondary distinction within the main category of "warships." This refers to a tactical distinction of smaller groups within a larger collection of warships, which can be called squadronal distinction.
Squadronal distinction colours were the outcome of the development of naval tactics. So long as a battle between two opposing fleets of any size is to be fought pell mell, like a gigantic football scrimmage, there is obviously no need for other flags than such as mark out the two opposing parties, with perhaps the addition of special flags of command to denote the ships of the two leaders. But directly the attempt is made to bring intelligence to bear as well as courage and brute force, to derive advantage from superior skill in manoeuvring, and to use the ship itself as an actual weapon instead of a mere transport to carry opposing warriors into touch with each other, it becomes necessary to co-ordinate the movements of the various ships under the direction of some master mind. If these ships are few in number their movements can be readily directed from one centre; but if they are many, experience shows that the whole fleet must be divided into distinct parts (called squadrons) of which the principal one will remain under the direct control of the commander of the whole fleet, while each of the others is placed under the immediate control of a subordinate commander, who is directly in touch with the Commander-in-Chief and acquainted with his intentions and wishes.
Squadron distinction colors were the result of advancements in naval tactics. As long as a battle between two opposing fleets, no matter the size, is fought in a chaotic manner, like a massive football scramble, there’s clearly no need for more flags than those that identify the two sides, maybe with some extra flags for command to show the ships of the leaders. However, once the goal is to leverage intelligence alongside bravery and brute force, to gain an advantage from better maneuvering skills, and to use the ship as a real weapon rather than just a means to transport warriors into combat, it becomes essential to coordinate the movements of the different ships under a strategic leader. If there are just a few ships, their movements can easily be managed from a single point; but if there are many, experience indicates that the entire fleet needs to be divided into distinct parts (called squadrons), with the main one remaining under the direct control of the fleet commander, while each of the others is managed by a subordinate commander who is in direct communication with the Commander-in-Chief and understands his intentions and goals.
It then becomes necessary to furnish the ships comprising the various squadrons with some means whereby they may be readily distinguished should they become separated, or should the fleet fall into temporary disorder.
It then becomes necessary to provide the ships in the different squadrons with ways to easily identify them if they get separated, or if the fleet falls into temporary chaos.
Among the ancient Egyptians, Greeks, and Romans this appears occasionally to have been provided for by painting some part of the ship in a distinctive colour[297], but this method has the disadvantage that the ships of the various squadrons are not readily interchangeable, and it appears to have gone out of use before the Christian era.
Among the ancient Egyptians, Greeks, and Romans, this seems to have sometimes been handled by painting a part of the ship in a distinctive color[297], but this method has the drawback that the ships of different squadrons are not easily interchangeable, and it seems to have fallen out of use before the Christian era.
With the passing of the great days of the Greek states the art of[112] sea warfare suffered an eclipse from which it did not recover for many centuries, and we meet with no further indication of the existence of fleets organised in squadrons until the thirteenth century of our era. The proper stimulus for the development of the art of fleet tactics can only be supplied by the collision of two maritime powers of fairly equal intelligence and resources. This condition was first supplied by the rivalry of Genoa, Pisa, and Venice for the sea-borne trade of the Mediterranean.
With the decline of the powerful Greek city-states, the art of[112]naval warfare went into a decline that lasted for many centuries, and we see no more signs of organized fleets in squadrons until the thirteenth century. The right motivation for developing fleet tactics can only come from the competition between two maritime powers with similar intelligence and resources. This situation first arose from the rivalry among Genoa, Pisa, and Venice for the Mediterranean trade.
The great fleet fitted out by Genoa in 1242 affords one of the earliest recorded instances (perhaps the earliest) of a tactical division into squadrons by means of flags. The circumstances have already been related, and it will be remembered that the squadron leaders were then distinguished by flags appropriate to the district from which they had been selected. This method is evidently insufficient, for although it enables the individual ships of a squadron to recognise their leader, it does not enable that leader to distinguish his own ships in the confusion of battle. The next step is to distinguish the individual ships by suitable flags according to their squadrons. We do not know when this step was taken, but it appears from the Instructions issued by Amadeo of Savoy in 1366 to the combined fleet under his orders[298] that each galley then carried the standard of the Commune whence it came, so that it is possible that the galleys were at that time organised in squadrons according to their respective Communes. At the great Battle of Lepanto in 1571, which marked the culmination of galley tactics, the combined fleet under the command of Don John of Austria was divided into squadrons with distinguishing pendants.
The large fleet organized by Genoa in 1242 provides one of the earliest recorded examples (possibly the very first) of a tactical division into squadrons using flags. The circumstances have already been described, and it will be remembered that the squadron leaders were marked by flags specific to the area from which they were chosen. This method is clearly not enough, as it allows the individual ships in a squadron to recognize their leader, but it doesn’t help that leader identify his own ships amid the chaos of battle. The next step is to mark the individual ships with appropriate flags according to their squadrons. We don’t know exactly when this step happened, but it seems from the Instructions issued by Amadeo of Savoy in 1366 to the combined fleet under his command[298] that each galley carried the standard of the Commune it came from, so it's possible that the galleys were organized into squadrons based on their respective Communes at that time. At the significant Battle of Lepanto in 1571, which represented the peak of galley tactics, the combined fleet led by Don John of Austria was divided into squadrons with distinguishing pendants.
The first division or right wing numbered fifty-four galleys, and was commanded by Giovanni Andrea Doria, whose galley was distinguished by a broad green pennant at the peak of the mainyard, smaller pennants of the same colour being displayed in the same position by the other vessels of the division. The centre, under Don John of Austria, consisted of sixty-four galleys, with blue pennants flying at the masthead. The left wing of fifty-three galleys was commanded by Agostino Barbarigo, and was marked by yellow banderoles on the foreyard, that of the leader flying at the peak of the mainyard. A rearguard or reserve followed the line of battle, and was composed of thirty galleys under the Marquis of Santa Cruz. They displayed white pennants from a flagstaff over the stern lamp[299].
The first division or right wing had fifty-four galleys, led by Giovanni Andrea Doria, whose galley was marked by a wide green flag at the top of the main yard, with smaller flags of the same color also flying from the other ships in the division. The center, under Don John of Austria, included sixty-four galleys, with blue flags flying at the masthead. The left wing, made up of fifty-three galleys, was led by Agostino Barbarigo and was distinguished by yellow banners on the fore yard, with the leader's flag at the top of the main yard. A rearguard or reserve followed the battle line, consisting of thirty galleys under the Marquis of Santa Cruz. They displayed white flags from a flagpole above the stern light[299].
But in the stormy seas of northern Europe the galley never became naturalised, and it was long before the teaching of the school of tactics that had grown up in connection with it came to be applied to the larger vessels required for the navigation of these waters. The fleet [113]under Hubert de Burgh, which in 1217 put an end to Lewis the Dauphin's hopes of adding the Crown of England to that of France, made use of only elementary tactics, though indeed these proved amply sufficient, and very little advance had been made three centuries and a half later, when the Spanish Armada was crushed and driven away from the shores of England[300].
But in the stormy seas of northern Europe, the galley never really caught on, and it took a long time for the tactics developed around it to be applied to the larger ships needed for sailing in these waters. The fleet under Hubert de Burgh, which in 1217 dashed Lewis the Dauphin's hopes of adding the Crown of England to that of France, only used basic tactics, which turned out to be more than enough. By the time the Spanish Armada was defeated and driven from the shores of England three and a half centuries later, there had been very little progress.
No attempt appears to have been made to divide an English fleet into squadrons with distinctive signs until the reign of Henry VIII. After the rather unsatisfactory battle with the French fleet off Portsmouth in July, 1545, Henry, who was of no mean ability in naval affairs[301], had evidently seen the need for better organisation, for when the fleet put into the Channel to deter the French from raiding the Sussex coast it was divided into three divisions distinguished by having the English flag at different mastheads, as is shown by the orders issued for the occasion:
No effort seems to have been made to organize an English fleet into squadrons with unique flags until the reign of Henry VIII. After the rather disappointing battle with the French fleet off Portsmouth in July 1545, Henry, who was quite skilled in naval matters[301], clearly recognized the need for better organization. When the fleet entered the Channel to prevent the French from raiding the Sussex coast, it was divided into three divisions, each marked by flying the English flag at different mastheads, as indicated by the orders issued for the occasion:
... every ship appoynted to the battaill shall beare one flag of saint George's crosse in his mayne toppe ... and every ship appoynted to the vanward shall beare one flag of sainte George's crosse in his fore toppe ... and every Shipp Galliasse pynnesse and Shalupe appoynted to the wyng shall have in ther mesyn toppe one flag of saint George's crosse[302].
... every ship designated for the battle shall display a flag of Saint George's cross in its main top ... and every ship assigned to the vanguard shall display a flag of Saint George's cross in its fore top ... and every ship, galleass, pinnace, and shallop assigned to the wing shall have in their mizzen top one flag of Saint George's cross[302].
This seems to have been the only occasion on which an English fleet was divided into squadrons distinguished by means of the same flag flown at different mastheads. In two years from that date Henry was dead, and the organisation of the navy sustained a set-back from which it took many years to recover. It was not until the results of the first day's fighting against the Spanish Armada in 1588 had shown the necessity for better organisation that any further attempt was made to divide the fleet into squadrons. There is no indication in the State Papers of the steps then taken to mark the squadrons, but from the fact that the arrangement was impromptu and that there was no time available for providing special colours it is probable that only the squadron leaders were distinguished by their flags.
This appears to be the only instance in which an English fleet was split into squadrons that were identified by the same flag flying at different mastheads. Two years after that, Henry was dead, and the navy's organization suffered a setback that took many years to overcome. It wasn't until the results of the first day's battle against the Spanish Armada in 1588 highlighted the need for better organization that any new effort was made to divide the fleet into squadrons. There’s no record in the State Papers of the measures taken to identify the squadrons, but given that the arrangement was spontaneous and there wasn't time to create special colors, it's likely that only the squadron leaders were marked by their flags.
In his expedition against Lisbon in the following year Drake made an attempt to remedy the prevailing want of method.
In his expedition against Lisbon the next year, Drake tried to fix the lack of organization.
The Armada campaign, as we have seen, had taught the sailors the danger of entirely discarding the old military methods; they had learnt the strength that the Spaniards gained by their squadronal system, and under the soldiers' influence we find an elaborate scheme for "squadronising" [114]the fleet that is something entirely new, and obviously founded on the existing military system[303].
The Armada campaign, as we’ve seen, taught the sailors the risks of completely ignoring traditional military methods; they learned the advantage the Spaniards gained from their squadron system. Influenced by the soldiers, we encounter a detailed plan for organizing the fleet into squadrons that is completely fresh and clearly based on the current military system[114].[303].
Here, again, we know nothing of the method adopted to distinguish the squadrons, but it seems to have been largely a paper one.
Here, once again, we don't know the method used to differentiate the squadrons, but it appears to have mainly been a theoretical one.
Such was the first attempt to remedy the vices of the radical revolution which the sailor-admirals had brought about. That it smacked too much of the camp to please the seamen is not to be doubted. Excellent as it looked on paper, for some reason it took no hold; and for a thorough and lasting fleet system the English navy had to wait till half a century later, when the exploits of the new school of soldiers had so entirely weaned the country from its "idolatry of Neptune" that Cromwell and his soldier-admirals were able to force their ideas upon the seamen[304].
This was the first attempt to fix the issues caused by the radical revolution that the sailor-admirals had created. It's clear that it felt too much like military life to satisfy the sailors. Even though it seemed great on paper, for some reason it didn’t catch on; and for a solid and lasting naval system, the English navy had to wait another fifty years, when the achievements of the new generation of soldiers had completely shifted the country away from its "worship of Neptune," allowing Cromwell and his soldier-admirals to impose their ideas on the sailors[304].
It is evident that the plan took no hold upon the navy, for the Instructions for a fleet at sea drawn up by Sir John Hawkins some time between this date and his departure on his and Drake's last voyage in 1595 contain no provision for any such division by squadrons[305].
It’s clear that the plan didn’t get any traction with the navy, because the Instructions for a fleet at sea created by Sir John Hawkins sometime between this date and his and Drake's final voyage in 1595 don’t include any plan for dividing into squadrons[305].
The first instance, after 1545, of the systematic division of the fleet into squadrons occurs in the Cadiz Expedition of 1596. There were four English squadrons and one Dutch. The squadronal colours of the admirals have already been fully described, but, unfortunately, we have no record of the colours worn by the private ships. There were in this fleet sixteen ships belonging to the Crown: these were supplied with 145 flags and ensigns at a cost of £371. 8s. 4d., but although the size and price of each flag is given, the colours are never once mentioned in the accounts[306]. From the variations in the prices of flags of the same size, it is clear that they were of many different patterns. Possibly each ship wore an ensign of the same colours as the squadronal flags of the admirals; if so it was the first occasion on which this method was used.
The first organized division of the fleet into squadrons after 1545 happened during the Cadiz Expedition of 1596. There were four English squadrons and one Dutch squadron. The colors of the admirals' squadrons have already been thoroughly described, but unfortunately, we don’t have any records of the colors used by the private ships. This fleet included sixteen Crown ships, which were supplied with 145 flags and ensigns at a cost of £371. 8s. 4d., but while the size and price of each flag are listed, the colors are never mentioned in the accounts[306]. The differences in prices for flags of the same size suggest that they came in many different designs. It’s possible that each ship displayed an ensign with the same colors as the admirals' squadron flags; if that’s the case, it was the first time this approach was used.
One thing alone is clear; the distinction was not made by the pendants, which appear all to have been white[307] and hung only from the mizen yards. Yet it was the pendant which was ultimately adopted as the squadronal distinction colour. The first definite proposal to this end occurs in the "Notes on Sea Service"[308] submitted by Captain John Young to the Earl of Essex, probably just before the Cadiz [115]Expedition of 1596. Young, who commanded merchant ships in the naval operations of 1588, 1589, and 1596, writes:
One thing is clear: the distinction wasn’t made by the pendants, which all seem to have been white[307] and only hung from the mizen yards. However, it was the pendant that was ultimately chosen as the squadron’s distinguishing color. The first clear proposal to this effect appears in the "Notes on Sea Service"[308] submitted by Captain John Young to the Earl of Essex, likely just before the Cadiz [115] Expedition of 1596. Young, who commanded merchant ships during the naval operations of 1588, 1589, and 1596, states:
That the Lord High Admiral, or any of the Admirals having charge of their several squadrants or quarters, and companies unto them appointed, and if they would know which of all their companies or squadrants so appointed do come into the fight or no. Then it is very convenient and very necessary to know who doth or doth not come in, and that every Admiral and all his own company must wear upon their mizen yardarms pendants, and look how many Admirals you have—so many several colours of pendants you must have also, unto the full complement of your ships, barks, and pinnaces. By which means and being accomplished you shall easily see and perceive who doth come into the fight or not, which without these sundry colours of your pendants it cannot be otherwise perceived, for that divers ships being something afar off may resemble one another and not be known the one from the other for these sundry coloured pendants[309].
That the Lord High Admiral or any of the Admirals in charge of their specific squadrons or regions, along with the assigned crews, need to know which of their ships or squadrons are participating in the battle. Therefore, it's essential to identify who is joining the fight and who isn’t. Every Admiral and their crew must display pendants on their mizen yardarms, and for the number of Admirals you have, you should have an equal number of different colored pendants for each ship, bark, and pinnace. This way, you can easily tell who is entering the battle, as without these various colors of your pendants, it would be difficult to distinguish among the ships that might look similar from a distance and could be mistaken for one another due to their similar appearance.
This proposal was not adopted in 1596, but in the Algiers Expedition of 1620 the fleet was divided into three squadrons, the ships of which were distinguished by pendants at the main, fore, and mizen tops respectively.
This proposal wasn't accepted in 1596, but during the Algiers Expedition of 1620, the fleet was split into three squadrons, with the ships identified by pendants at the main, fore, and mizzen tops respectively.
... the Admirall Squadron was kept sixe leagues from the shore with pendants in the maine toppes for their signes: the Vice Admiral's squadron three leagues without him, on his bowe, with pendants on his foretops, the Rear Admirall three leagues within him, on his quarter, with pendants on their mysentops.
... the Admiral's squadron was kept six leagues from the shore with flags at the main tops for their signals: the Vice Admiral's squadron three leagues ahead of him, on his bow, with flags at his foretops, and the Rear Admiral three leagues behind him, on his quarter, with flags at their mizentops.
The colours of these pendants are not stated, but from the pictures of the homecoming of the Prince of Wales in 1623, now at Hampton Court and Hinchinbrook, it appears that the pendant was still white, as in 1596, with the St George's cross at the head. The same arrangement of pendants was employed for the fleet which transported the Queen from Boulogne in June, 1625[310].
The colors of these pendants aren't mentioned, but from the images of the Prince of Wales's homecoming in 1623, currently at Hampton Court and Hinchinbrook, it looks like the pendant was still white, like in 1596, featuring the St. George's cross at the top. The same setup of pendants was used for the fleet that brought the Queen from Boulogne in June 1625[310].
For the great expedition to Cadiz which set forth in October, 1625, the pendants, while still displayed at the three different mastheads according to the squadron, were further distinguished by being made of different colours. The Admiral's Squadron had red pendants at the main; the Vice-Admiral's, blue pendants at the fore; and the Rear-Admiral's, white pendants at the mizen.
For the major expedition to Cadiz that launched in October 1625, the pendants, while still shown at the three different mastheads according to the squadron, were also distinguished by their different colors. The Admiral's Squadron had red pendants at the main mast; the Vice-Admiral's displayed blue pendants at the fore; and the Rear-Admiral's featured white pendants at the mizen.
The field of the ensign had, since its introduction about 1574, been of striped design[311]. In 1621 a large red ensign was manufactured [116]at a cost of £4. 16s., and a few more were made in the following years. The suggestion for a general change to this colour emanated from Sir F. Stewart, the Rear-Admiral of the fleet, who had been nominated Admiral of the White Squadron for the Cadiz Expedition. Writing to Sir John Coke from the 'Lion' on 2nd July, 1625, he says: "A red ancient would become every one of the King's ships." Owing to the defective state of his ship, Stewart did not accompany the expedition when it finally sailed, but his suggestion was evidently adopted, for the surveys of ships' rigging made in January of the following year contain several entries of red ensigns, "serviceable" or "decayed," but as these are accompanied by other entries for the same ships of "ancients" which are not particularised, it is clear that the older ensigns were not all immediately withdrawn from service. Probably, from motives of economy, they were retained in use until worn out.
The ensign's design had been striped since its introduction around 1574[311]. In 1621, a large red ensign was produced [116]for £4. 16s., and a few more were made in the following years. The idea to change to this color came from Sir F. Stewart, the Rear-Admiral of the fleet, who had been appointed Admiral of the White Squadron for the Cadiz Expedition. In a letter to Sir John Coke from the 'Lion' on July 2, 1625, he wrote: "A red ancient would suit every one of the King's ships." Due to the poor condition of his ship, Stewart didn't join the expedition when it eventually left, but his suggestion was clearly taken into consideration, as surveys of ships' rigging conducted in January of the following year included several mentions of red ensigns, marked as "serviceable" or "decayed." However, there were also entries for the same ships referring to "ancients" that were not specified, indicating that the older ensigns were not all immediately taken out of service. It's likely they were kept in use until they were worn out, possibly for cost reasons.
The flags flown by the Admirals of the various squadrons of the fleet that sailed to the Ile de Ré in 1627 have already been described; no record has, however, been preserved of the method (if any) by which the private ships of those squadrons (which were composed largely of merchantmen) were distinguished. The probability is that they did not wear any special ensigns or pendants.
The flags flown by the Admirals of the different squadrons of the fleet that sailed to the Ile de Ré in 1627 have already been described; however, no record has been kept of the way (if any) that the private ships in those squadrons (which mainly consisted of merchant ships) were marked. It's likely that they didn't display any special flags or symbols.
A survey of the stores at Deptford carried out in April, 1633, gives the following flags:
A survey of the stores at Deptford conducted in April 1633 lists the following flags:
Standard for the maintop | 1 | |
Red Ensigne for ye mainmizen | 1 | |
White Ensigne with ye kings armes | 1 | |
Red and White Ensigne with ye St George's crosse | 1 | |
fflower de luce & roase | 1 | |
Standard for the barges head | 1 | |
White ensigne with ye guilded lyon | 1 | |
White ensigne guilded lyon & crowne | 1 | |
White ensigne guilded unicorne | 1 | |
White ensigne with rose and crowne | 1 | |
White ensigne flower de luce & crowne | 1 | |
White ensigne with ye Scotch armes | 1 | |
Red ensigne with ye Lo. Admiralls badge | 1 | |
Brittaine Flagge | 1 | |
Pendants | 26 | |
* * * * * * | ||
fflags of 18 breadthes | 1 | |
16 " | 1 | |
12 " | 5 | |
Ensignes 18 " | 1 | |
14 " | 6 | |
Striped ensignes | 4 | new but unsbl. |
Red ensignes returned from sea | 2 | unsbl. |
Chest to put fflaggs in | 1 |
As the four striped ensigns are reported "new but unserviceable" it may be inferred that the old striped form had now been definitely abandoned. Moreover, a similar survey carried out the month before at Portsmouth contains entries of four new "White Ensignes" and two new "Blew Ensignes," so that the white and blue ensigns had by 1633 made their appearance in the fleet. Unfortunately, the almost complete disappearance of the naval records of this period prevents us from ascertaining the precise occasion of the birth of these two ensigns; but they do not appear to have been yet in general use for distinguishing the private ships of squadrons, for Boteler, in his Six Dialogues written at this date, states that pendants were employed for that purpose.
As the four striped flags are reported as "new but not usable," it suggests that the old striped design has definitely been dropped. Additionally, a similar inspection conducted the previous month at Portsmouth notes four new "White Ensigns" and two new "Blue Ensigns," meaning the white and blue flags had appeared in the fleet by 1633. Unfortunately, the nearly complete loss of naval records from this time makes it impossible to determine the exact moment these two flags were created; however, they don't seem to have been commonly used to identify private ships in squadrons yet, as Boteler mentions in his Six Dialogues written around this time that pendants were used for that purpose.
Admiral. Colours and Ensignes I take to be all one, but wher are they to be placed and wherefore serve they?
Admiral. I think colors and ensigns are all the same, but where should they be positioned and what purpose do they serve?
Captain. They are placed in the Sternes or Poops of Ships; and very few Ships there are, whether Men of Warre or Merchantmen, that are without them. And their especial Service is, that when any strange Shypps meet one with another at Sea, or fynde one another in any Harbour or Rode, by the shewinge abroade thes Ensigns or Colours, it is knowne one to another of what country they are and to what place they belong.
Captain. They are positioned at the back of ships, whether in military or merchant vessels, and very few ships lack them. Their main purpose is that when any unfamiliar ships encounter each other at sea or find one another in a harbor, by displaying these flags or colors, they can identify each other's nationality and origin.
Adm. Serve thes Colours or Ensigns for noe other employments but only this?
Adm. Do these colors or flags serve no other purpose than this?
Capt. Yes to many other, by waye of direction[312], as shall be sett downe largely in our next dayes discourse.
Capt. Yes, to many others, as a way of guidance[312], which will be detailed in our discussion tomorrow.
Adml. What are the Pendants you mentioned even now, and wherefore serve they?
Adml. What are the pendants you just mentioned, and what are they for?
Capt. A Pendant is a long Piece of silk or other stuff, cut out pointed wise towards the end in form of a streamer, wher they are slit into two partes, and the use of them, to distinguish the Squadrons of great fleetes by hanging them out in the topps of suche shyps as carry noe flaggs. As, for example, all suche Shypps as are of the Admiralls Squadron are to hang them out in their maine topps, thoes of the Vice Admiralls Squadron in their Fore-tops and thoes of the Reare Admiralls in their Missen-tops. And here alsoe they are to be of severall Colours. But besides this use, in great ships and especially suche as belong to the King, they are often used by way of trimme and braverye, and are then hung out att every Yarde-arme and att the heades of the Masts. And thes only are their uses and employments.
Capt. A pendant is a long piece of silk or other material, cut to a point at one end, resembling a streamer, where it is split into two parts. They are used to distinguish the squadrons of large fleets by displaying them at the tops of ships that don’t carry flags. For instance, ships in the Admiral's squadron fly them from their main tops, those in the Vice Admiral's squadron from their fore-tops, and those in the Rear Admiral's squadron from their mizzen-tops. They should also come in different colors. Additionally, on large ships, especially those belonging to the King, they are often used for decoration and display, hanging from every yardarm and at the heads of the masts. These are their main uses and purposes.
It was not until the crucial period of the First Dutch War that the practice of supplying all the ships of a squadron with ensigns of the squadronal colour became established. The proposal to divide the fleet into three squadrons, one under each of the three "Generals at Sea," with red, blue and white ensigns and pendants respectively, [118]was first made in January, 1653. This was apparently one of the results of the attempt then being made to improve the fleet tactics in view of the unsatisfactory results of the earlier actions of the war[313]. It was, however, not until early in March that definite steps were taken for this purpose. The Navy Commissioners then gave orders for the urgent manufacture of a number of pendants and ensigns, forty of each colour, all having the "red crosse in chief," the order of precedence of the colours being at the same time changed from red, blue, white, to red, white, blue. This new order of precedence remained unchanged until squadronal colours were abandoned in 1864.
It wasn't until the important time of the First Dutch War that the practice of outfitting all ships in a squadron with the squadron's specific color flags became standard. The idea to split the fleet into three squadrons, each led by one of the three "Generals at Sea," using red, blue, and white flags and pennants respectively, [118] was first suggested in January 1653. This was likely one of the outcomes of the efforts being made to enhance fleet tactics due to the disappointing results of the earlier battles in the war[313]. However, it wasn't until early March that concrete actions were taken for this purpose. The Navy Commissioners issued orders for the immediate production of several pennants and flags, forty of each color, all featuring the "red cross in chief," while simultaneously changing the order of precedence of the colors from red, blue, white to red, white, blue. This new order stayed in place until squadron colors were discontinued in 1864.
The circumstances in which the St George's cross was introduced into the fly of the white ensign in May, 1702, have already been detailed. The old form with plain fly was, however, not immediately superseded; both forms were in use as late as 1717, but by 1744 the older form had entirely disappeared. It is difficult to understand why the two forms should have been allowed to continue after the short time requisite for wearing out any ensigns of the earlier pattern that might be in existence when the change was ordered in 1702, but the surveys of stocks and orders for stores establish the fact that it was so, and that the form with the cross through the fly, known as the "St George's ensign," was at first issued only to ships which were appointed to serve outside home waters.
The situation in which the St George's Cross was added to the fly of the white ensign in May 1702 has already been explained. However, the old plain fly design wasn't replaced immediately; both designs were still in use as late as 1717, but by 1744, the older version had completely vanished. It's hard to understand why both designs were allowed to coexist for a while after the brief time needed to use up any existing ensigns of the previous style when the change was made in 1702. Nevertheless, stock surveys and supply orders confirm that this was the case, and that the version with the cross in the fly, referred to as the "St George's ensign," was initially issued only to ships designated to operate outside of home waters.
On the legislative union of England and Scotland in 1707 the tiny Scots navy came to an end as a separate force, and the "Union" colours, invented on the union of the two crowns a hundred years before, were inserted in all ensigns, naval and mercantile. An Order in Council of 21st July, 1707, established as naval flags the royal standard, the Union flag and "the ensign directed by her Majesty since the said Union of the two Kingdoms," which from the coloured draughts attached to the order is seen to be the red ensign. The white and blue ensigns are not mentioned in this Order; evidently the red ensign was alone regarded as the legal ensign of Great Britain and the others as merely variations of it for tactical purposes. In conveying this Order to the Navy Board, the Lord High Admiral instructed that body
On the legislative union of England and Scotland in 1707, the small Scots navy was no longer an independent force, and the "Union" colors, created when the crowns united a hundred years earlier, were added to all naval and commercial flags. An Order in Council dated July 21, 1707, established the royal standard, the Union flag, and "the ensign directed by her Majesty since the said Union of the two Kingdoms," which, based on the colored drafts linked to the order, is identified as the red ensign. The white and blue ensigns are not included in this Order; it’s clear that the red ensign was considered the official ensign of Great Britain while the others were merely variations for tactical use. In relaying this Order to the Navy Board, the Lord High Admiral directed that body
to cause the several ships and vessels of the Royal Navy to be with all possible dispatch furnished with Colours accordingly, and for the speedier and cheaper doing the same ... to order St George's Cross to be taken out of all the ensigns and a Union Jack Flagg put into them in the roome thereof, or to alter the said Colours in such other manner as you shall judge best for the Service.
to ensure that all ships and vessels of the Royal Navy are provided with the appropriate flags as quickly as possible, and to do this in a faster and more cost-effective way... to direct that St George's Cross be removed from all the ensigns and replaced with a Union Jack flag, or to modify the flags in any other way you think is best for the service.
[119] It was found that the jacks in store were not of the same shape as the old canton, so finally all the ensigns were returned to the contractor "to be made Union."
[119] It was discovered that the jacks in stock didn't match the shape of the old canton, so ultimately all the ensigns were sent back to the contractor "to be made Union."
Except for the slight change caused by the insertion of the Irish Saltire in accordance with the Royal Proclamation of 1st January, 1801, on the legislative union of the Irish Parliament with that of Great Britain, no further change in the design of the three ensigns has taken place, though the shape has been gradually altered from a proportion of roughly 5 by 4 to that of 2 to 1. By Order in Council of 9th July, 1864, the squadronal use of the ensigns in the navy was abandoned, and the principal ensign, the red, was made the exclusive property of the Mercantile Marine, which had shared it in common with the navy since the time of Charles I. The second ensign, the white, was retained for H.M. ships, and the third—the blue—assigned to the Naval Reserve, then recently formed, and to ships belonging to the Civil Departments of the navy and other departments of State.
Except for the minor change made by adding the Irish Saltire according to the Royal Proclamation of January 1, 1801, regarding the legislative union of the Irish Parliament with Great Britain, there haven't been any further changes to the design of the three flags. However, the proportions have gradually shifted from roughly 5 by 4 to 2 to 1. By the Order in Council dated July 9, 1864, the squadron use of the flags in the navy was discontinued, and the main flag, the red one, became exclusively owned by the Mercantile Marine, which had previously shared it with the navy since the time of Charles I. The second flag, the white one, was kept for H.M. ships, and the third one—the blue—was designated for the Naval Reserve, which had just been established, as well as for ships belonging to the Civil Departments of the navy and other state departments.
The reason for this change is set forth in the Memorial of the Admiralty Board to the Council in the following words:
The reason for this change is outlined in the Memorial of the Admiralty Board to the Council in the following words:
The Flag Officers of the Fleet, whether Admirals, Vice-Admirals or Rear-Admirals, are classed in Squadrons of the Red, White and Blue, and are (with the exception of the Admiral of the Fleet) authorised to fly their Flags of the colour of the Squadron to which they belong, this regulation necessitating the adoption of ensigns and pendants of a corresponding colour in every ship and vessel employed under their orders, each vessel is therefore supplied with three sets of colours, and the frequent alterations that have to be made when the Fleet is distributed as at present, under the orders of many Flag Officers, is attended with much inconvenience from the uncertainty and expense which the system entails.
The Flag Officers of the Fleet, including Admirals, Vice-Admirals, and Rear-Admirals, are divided into Squadrons of Red, White, and Blue. They are allowed to display the Flags corresponding to their Squadron colors, except for the Admiral of the Fleet. This rule requires every ship and vessel under their command to have ensigns and pendants matching their Squadron color. Each vessel, therefore, needs three sets of colors, and the frequent changes that occur when the Fleet is divided among various Flag Officers lead to significant inconvenience due to the uncertainty and costs involved with this system.
The increased number and size of merchant steamships render it a matter of importance to distinguish on all occasions men-of-war and private ships by a distinctive flag; the latter vessels bearing at present the same Red Ensign as Your Majesty's Ships when employed under an Admiral of the Red Squadron. It also appears to us to be desirable to grant (under such conditions as we may from time to time impose) the use of a distinguishing flag to such ships of the Merchant Service as may be employed in the public service, whose Commanding Officer (with a given portion of the crew) may belong to the Royal Naval Reserve. We therefore most humbly submit that Your Majesty may be pleased by Your Order in Council to prescribe the discontinuance of the division of Flag Officers into Red, White and Blue Squadrons, and to order and direct that the White Ensign with its broad and narrow pendant be henceforward established and recognised as the colours of the Royal Naval Service, reserving the use of the Red and Blue colours for such special occasions as may appear to us or to officers in command of Fleets and Squadrons to require their adoption.
The increasing number and size of merchant steamships make it important to clearly distinguish men-of-war and private vessels with a unique flag; the latter currently use the same Red Ensign as Your Majesty's Ships when operating under an Admiral of the Red Squadron. We also believe it would be beneficial to allow (under conditions we may set from time to time) the use of a distinguishing flag for Merchant Service ships engaged in public service, whose Commanding Officer (along with a portion of the crew) may be from the Royal Naval Reserve. Therefore, we respectfully suggest that Your Majesty may issue an Order in Council to end the classification of Flag Officers into Red, White, and Blue Squadrons, and to establish and recognize the White Ensign with its broad and narrow pendant as the official colors of the Royal Naval Service, reserving the Red and Blue colors for special occasions as deemed necessary by us or by officers in command of Fleets and Squadrons.
It will be seen that the reasons for the change given in this memorial are, first, the inconvenience and expense of keeping up the [120]three sets of colours, and then (apparently as an afterthought) the need of a distinctive flag for the mercantile steamship. But in fact the man-of-war was already clearly distinguishable from the merchantman by its pendant and jack, a distinction that had been found sufficient for a period of two hundred years; a period during which the merchantman was, for the most part, much more like the man-of-war in outward appearance than it was in 1864. The real reason undoubtedly was that the squadronal organisation of the days when squadronal colours were first invented had become obsolete, and changes in tactics had rendered the squadronal colours unnecessary.
It will be clear that the reasons for the change mentioned in this memorial are, first, the inconvenience and cost of maintaining the [120] three sets of colors, and then (seemingly as an afterthought) the need for a unique flag for merchant steamships. However, the warship was already easily distinguishable from the merchant ship by its pendant and jack, a distinction that had been adequate for two hundred years; a time when the merchant ship was, for the most part, much more similar in appearance to the warship than it was in 1864. The real reason was undoubtedly that the squadron organization from the time when squadron colors were first created had become outdated, and changes in tactics had made the squadron colors unnecessary.
Before the change was made the opinions of a number of the leading admirals were taken. The majority agreed that the squadronal colours were no longer necessary and that their abandonment would be for the good of the Service. There were one or two, however, who thought otherwise, and it was pointed out that it had been found convenient during the Russian war of 1854-5 to divide the fleets in the Baltic and Black Sea by means of these colours. When Vice-Admiral Sir Charles Napier took command of the Baltic fleet he found that he and his two Rear-Admirals were all "of the Blue," and he therefore told one of them to hoist the red colours and the other the white, retaining the blue for himself, so that for this occasion the blue was the principal colour. Similarly, both Rear-Admirals in the Black Sea being "of the Red," one temporarily hoisted the white colours.
Before the change was made, the opinions of several leading admirals were gathered. The majority agreed that the squadron colors were no longer needed and that getting rid of them would benefit the Service. However, there were a couple of admirals who disagreed, noting that during the Russian War of 1854-5, it had been helpful to distinguish the fleets in the Baltic and Black Sea using these colors. When Vice-Admiral Sir Charles Napier took command of the Baltic fleet, he found that he and his two Rear-Admirals were all "of the Blue." He then instructed one of them to raise the red colors and the other the white, keeping the blue for himself, making blue the main color for that occasion. Similarly, both Rear-Admirals in the Black Sea were "of the Red," so one temporarily raised the white colors.
The fact that the division of fleets into red, white and blue squadrons was no longer a tactical necessity had been to some extent recognised before the end of the eighteenth century, for Howe concluded his fighting instructions, issued in 1782, with the following article:
The fact that dividing fleets into red, white, and blue squadrons was no longer a tactical necessity was somewhat acknowledged before the end of the eighteenth century, as Howe ended his fighting instructions, issued in 1782, with the following article:
In action, all the ships in the fleet are to wear red ensigns.
In action, all the ships in the fleet will display red flags.
Probably this was inspired largely from fear of the inconvenience that might arise from the white ensign being mistaken for the French national flag, but the fact that Howe issued such an instruction would seem to indicate that he did not regard the squadronal colours as indispensable. Nevertheless, in the battle of the "Glorious First of June" in 1794 his fleet was divided by squadronal colours, and the 'Marlborough' suffered through having her white ensign mistaken for the French national flag, then white with a tricolour canton[314].
Probably this was mainly driven by the fear of confusion that could arise from the white ensign being mistaken for the French national flag, but the fact that Howe issued such an instruction suggests that he didn’t see the squadron colors as essential. Still, in the battle of the "Glorious First of June" in 1794, his fleet was categorized by squadron colors, and the 'Marlborough' was impacted when her white ensign was confused with the French national flag, which was then white with a tricolor canton[314].
Shortly after this the French fleet began to fly the new tricolour [121]flag (as at present used) which had been adopted in February, 1794, but was not supplied to the fleet until October. Thereafter there was no danger of confusing it with the white ensign, and as that was now the ensign most unlike the French flag, it was usually ordered to be flown in action by the Admiral in command. Thus on the 10th October, 1805, Nelson issued the following memorandum:
Shortly after this, the French fleet started flying the new tricolor flag (as used today), which had been adopted in February 1794 but was not provided to the fleet until October. After that, there was no risk of confusing it with the white ensign, and since the white ensign was now the flag least resembling the French flag, it was typically ordered to be flown in battle by the Admiral in charge. Therefore, on October 10, 1805, Nelson issued the following memorandum:
When in presence of an Enemy, all the Ships under my command are to bear White Colours, and a Union Jack is to be suspended from the fore-topgallant stay[315].
When facing an enemy, all the ships under my command will display white flags, and a Union Jack will be flown from the fore-topgallant stay[315].
And when the enemy opened fire at Trafalgar, Collingwood (who was a Vice-Admiral of the Blue) hoisted his blue flag, but all the fleet, including his own flagship, hoisted white ensigns. Nelson's device of displaying an extra Union flag to ensure that no mistake should arise as to nationality is of interest, for the same course was at first adopted in the recent war, the British and German ensigns being very much alike at a distance. Early in the war the red ensign was substituted for this Union flag, and the practice of hoisting additional red ensigns on H.M. ships was followed to the end.
And when the enemy opened fire at Trafalgar, Collingwood (who was a Vice-Admiral of the Blue) raised his blue flag, but the entire fleet, including his own flagship, displayed white ensigns. Nelson's strategy of showing an extra Union flag to avoid any confusion about nationality is notable, especially since a similar approach was initially taken in the recent war, as the British and German ensigns looked very similar from a distance. Early in the war, the red ensign replaced the Union flag, and the practice of flying additional red ensigns on H.M. ships continued until the end.
By the Colonial Naval Defence Act of 1865 it became lawful for any colony, subject to certain conditions, to provide and maintain its own vessels of war, and these were authorised to wear the blue ensign with the seal or badge of the colony in the fly and a blue pendant. In 1913, as an outcome of the Imperial Conference of 1911, the ships of the Naval Forces of the Dominion of Canada and the Commonwealth of Australia were further authorised to
By the Colonial Naval Defence Act of 1865, it became legal for any colony, under certain conditions, to create and maintain its own warships. These ships were allowed to display the blue ensign with the colony's seal or badge in the fly, along with a blue pendant. In 1913, as a result of the Imperial Conference of 1911, the naval forces of Canada and Australia were further authorized to
wear at the stern the White Ensign as the symbol of the authority of the Crown, a White Pendant at the masthead, and at the jack-staff the distinctive flag of the Dominion, viz: the Blue Ensign with the badge or emblem of the Dominion in the fly.
wear at the back the White Ensign as the symbol of the authority of the Crown, a White Pendant at the top of the mast, and at the jack-staff the distinctive flag of the Dominion, namely: the Blue Ensign with the badge or emblem of the Dominion at the fly.
The ships of the Royal Indian Marine occupy a somewhat ambiguous position. Some of them—the floating defences—may be regarded as a Colonial Navy, others might more properly be included in class (3), Public Vessels. The old Indian marine took its rise in 1613, when the East India Company found it necessary to fit out for use only in Indian waters small vessels, which although employed to a certain extent in local carrying trade were sufficiently well armed to be of use in keeping in check the numerous native pirates who sought to prey upon the East Indiaman in those waters, and also to [122]afford protection to the Company's vessels and factories against the ill-will of their European rivals, particularly the Portuguese. After the transfer of Bombay to the Company in 1668 that town developed into the principal seat of the Company's power, and the Indian Marine became known as the Bombay Marine. This gradually rose to such importance locally that from 1759 to 1829 a Captain of this service was annually appointed, as a deputy of the Company, to the post of Admiral of the Mogul Emperor, flying the flag of the Mogul at the main-mast-head and the Company's colours at the stern of his flagship.
The ships of the Royal Indian Marine have a bit of an unclear role. Some of them—the floating defenses—can be seen as a Colonial Navy, while others better fit into class (3), Public Vessels. The old Indian marine started in 1613, when the East India Company needed to outfit small vessels for use only in Indian waters. These ships, while somewhat involved in local trade, were well-armed enough to help keep the many local pirates at bay who targeted the East Indiaman in those waters and also to provide protection for the Company's vessels and factories against the hostility of European rivals, especially the Portuguese. After Bombay was handed over to the Company in 1668, it grew into the main base of the Company's power, and the Indian Marine came to be known as the Bombay Marine. This service gradually gained so much significance that from 1759 to 1829, a Captain from this service was appointed every year as a deputy of the Company to the position of Admiral of the Mogul Emperor, flying the Mogul flag at the main mast and the Company's colors at the stern of his flagship.
From the earliest years the Company's ships were in the habit of flying pendants, and the proclamations of 1694 and subsequent years that forbade the use of these flags by other than H.M. ships were not obeyed—perhaps their existence was not known—in Indian waters. From the beginning of the eighteenth century it became customary to describe the senior officer of the Bombay Marine as "Commodore," and for him to fly a broad pendant. This practice had never received the sanction of the home authorities, though Admiral Watson, who was in command of H.M. ships in the East Indies station from 1754 to 1757, appears to have approved of the use of a common pendant[316] by the Company's armed ships.
From the earliest years, the Company's ships commonly flew flags, and the proclamations from 1694 and the following years that banned the use of these flags by anyone other than H.M. ships were largely ignored—perhaps many were unaware of them—in Indian waters. Starting in the early eighteenth century, it became standard to refer to the senior officer of the Bombay Marine as "Commodore," and for him to fly a broad pendant. This practice never had official approval from the home authorities, though Admiral Watson, who commanded H.M. ships in the East Indies from 1754 to 1757, seemed to endorse the use of a common pendant[316] by the Company's armed ships.
In 1764, while carrying out arrangements connected with the evacuation of Manilla, Captain Brereton arrived at Batavia in H.M.S. 'Falmouth' and found there Commodore Watson, of the Bombay Marine, in the Company's ship 'Revenge' flying a red broad pendant. On the approach of the 'Falmouth' this was hauled down and a common pendant substituted. Brereton ordered this to be struck, and Watson thereupon hoisted the Company's colours and a broad distinguishing pendant. Brereton then sent an officer on board to demand that this also should be struck, and after a stormy scene it was done, but the pendant was again hoisted a short time afterwards. A second officer was sent to the 'Revenge,' but Watson positively refused to strike it. The next morning the 'Revenge' was seen clearing for action, with a number of armed men in her maintop to repel any attempt to touch the pendant. A third officer was then sent to the 'Revenge,' and when the junior officers of that ship realised what the result of proceeding to extremities was likely to be they gave up the pendant to him.
In 1764, while making arrangements for the evacuation of Manilla, Captain Brereton arrived in Batavia on H.M.S. 'Falmouth' and found Commodore Watson of the Bombay Marine aboard the Company's ship 'Revenge,' which was flying a red broad pendant. As the 'Falmouth' approached, this pendant was taken down and replaced with a standard pendant. Brereton ordered this to be taken down as well, prompting Watson to raise the Company's colors and a broad distinguishing pendant. Brereton then sent an officer aboard to insist that this pendant also be taken down, and after a heated exchange, it was removed, but shortly after, it was hoisted again. A second officer was dispatched to the 'Revenge,' but Watson firmly refused to lower it. The next morning, the 'Revenge' was seen getting ready for battle, with several armed men stationed in her maintop to deter any attempts to remove the pendant. A third officer was then sent to the 'Revenge,' and once the junior officers realized the likely consequences of escalating the situation, they surrendered the pendant to him.
This example illustrates well the anomalous position in which the Indian navy stood; on the one hand it was recognised as a Colonial naval force, on the other it was treated as though it were merely a part of the British merchant service.
This example clearly shows the unusual situation of the Indian navy; on one hand, it was acknowledged as a colonial naval force, while on the other, it was treated as if it were just part of the British merchant service.
[123]The position does not appear to have been regularised until 1827, when the Admiralty issued a warrant that granted the ships of the Bombay Marine
[123]The position doesn't seem to have been formalized until 1827, when the Admiralty issued a warrant that gave the ships of the Bombay Marine
the privilege of wearing in addition to the Red Ensign, which all ships belonging to His Majesty's subjects should legally wear, the Union Jack and a long pennant having St George's Cross on a white field in the upper part next the mast with a red fly.
the privilege of wearing, alongside the Red Ensign that all ships owned by His Majesty's subjects are required to display, the Union Jack and a long pennant featuring St. George's Cross on a white background in the upper part next to the mast with a red tail.
The curious expression "should legally wear" seems to have reference to the fact that the legality of the old striped ensign of the Company had recently been called in question, and its use, except as a jack, had in consequence been abandoned. It will be observed that the Warrant makes no mention of a broad pendant, but the Bombay Marine (or Indian navy as it was called after 1830) evidently still made use of it, for in 1848 the officer acting as commander-in-chief of H.M. ships on the East Indies Station objected to the flying of the red broad pendant, and as a result it was decided that the Commander-in-Chief of the Indian navy should fly a broad pendant, red with a yellow cross, and the Company's cognisance of the yellow lion rampant, holding a crown, in the upper quarter next the staff, the Commodore of the Indian navy serving in the Persian Gulf being allowed a similar flag with a blue field[317].
The phrase "should legally wear" seems to refer to the fact that the legality of the old striped flag of the Company had recently been questioned, and its use, except as a jack, had therefore been dropped. It's notable that the Warrant doesn't mention a broad pendant, but the Bombay Marine (or Indian navy as it was called after 1830) clearly still used it, because in 1848, the officer acting as commander-in-chief of H.M. ships in the East Indies Station objected to the flying of the red broad pendant. As a result, it was decided that the Commander-in-Chief of the Indian navy should fly a broad pendant, red with a yellow cross, along with the Company's emblem of the yellow lion rampant, holding a crown, in the upper quarter next to the staff. The Commodore of the Indian navy serving in the Persian Gulf was allowed a similar flag with a blue field[317].
In 1858, when the Government of India was transferred to the Crown, the military and naval forces were transferred with it, but the Indian navy did not find favour in the eyes of its new masters, and it was abolished. This took place in 1863, when the following ceremony was observed:
In 1858, when the Government of India was handed over to the Crown, the military and naval forces went along with it, but the Indian navy didn’t impress its new rulers, leading to its abolition. This happened in 1863, during the following ceremony:
At noon on the 30th inst. the broad pennant of Commodore Frushard will be saluted by eleven guns from the battery at the Apollo Pier. The flag of the Indian Navy, long known as "the Company's Jack," will then be hoisted at the Castle flagstaff and saluted by twenty-one guns. At the close of the salute the Indian Jack will be hauled down, the broad pennant of Commodore Frushard and the pennants of all the Indian Naval vessels in harbour will be struck, and the Indian Navy will cease to exist as an effective service[318].
At noon on the 30th, Commodore Frushard's broad pennant will be honored with eleven gun salutes from the battery at Apollo Pier. The flag of the Indian Navy, often referred to as "the Company's Jack," will then be raised at the Castle flagstaff and saluted with twenty-one guns. After the salute, the Indian Jack will be taken down, Commodore Frushard's broad pennant and the pennants of all Indian Naval vessels in the harbor will be lowered, marking the end of the Indian Navy as an operational service[318].
A new "Bombay Marine," consisting of a few small vessels engaged in the local transport and pilotage service of that port, similar to one that had already come into existence at Calcutta, was thereupon instituted. The Indian Marine Service Act of 1884 made provision for placing the vessels belonging to the Government of India under the Naval Discipline Act in time of war, and for constituting [124]such ships vessels of war in the Royal navy. At the same time a warrant was issued authorising the vessels of the Indian Marine (to which the Prefix "Royal" was added in 1892) to fly a blue ensign with a badge of the Star of India in the fly, and a Union jack with a blue border. These vessels were in November, 1921, authorised to fly a red pendant when in commission.
A new "Bombay Marine," made up of a few small boats involved in the local transport and pilot services at that port, similar to one that had already been established in Calcutta, was then created. The Indian Marine Service Act of 1884 provided for putting the vessels owned by the Government of India under the Naval Discipline Act during wartime and for designating those ships as war vessels in the Royal Navy. At the same time, a warrant was issued allowing the vessels of the Indian Marine (which received the prefix "Royal" in 1892) to display a blue ensign with a Star of India badge and a Union Jack with a blue border. In November 1921, these vessels were authorized to display a red pendant when they were in commission.
(ii) PRIVATE MEN-OF-WAR
The "private man-of-war" or "privateer[319]" was a vessel the owner (or owners) of which had received from the Crown, or from the Lord High Admiral, "Letters of Marque and Reprisal." The occasion for the issue of such a licence, which was originally granted in the form of Letters Patent—whence the name—might be either special or general. It might be issued "specially" to some merchant who was able to prove that he had suffered certain losses from the action of the subjects of some foreign power, and who was thereupon authorised to make seizure of any ships or goods belonging to subjects of that State until he had by that means taken sufficient plunder to make good the losses formerly sustained by him, but no more. Such licences were also issued "generally" upon the outbreak of hostilities with a foreign state, to any subjects who wished to make war upon enemy vessels on the chance of making some profit by it, and who were able to give satisfactory security that they would comply with the regulations laid down for their conduct, particularly in the matter of the disposal of prizes taken. During the wars of the late seventeenth and eighteenth centuries merchants frequently sought Letters of Marque for their vessels, not because they wished them to take the offensive as regular privateers, but because they were thereby freed of all danger of being classed as "pirates" should they attempt to turn the tables upon any enemy that attacked them. For this reason many, perhaps most, of the ships of the East India and Guinea Companies fitted out in the seventeenth century carried Letters of Marque and displayed the Union jack.
The "private man-of-war" or "privateer[319]" was a ship whose owner(s) had received "Letters of Marque and Reprisal" from the Crown or the Lord High Admiral. These licenses, originally issued as Letters Patent—hence the name—could be given for specific or general reasons. A license might be issued "specially" to a merchant who could prove that he had suffered losses due to actions by subjects of a foreign power. This merchant would then be allowed to seize any ships or goods belonging to subjects of that state until he had taken enough to cover his losses, but not more. Such licenses could also be issued "generally" when hostilities broke out with a foreign state, allowing any subjects who wanted to attack enemy vessels for potential profit, provided they gave satisfactory security that they would follow the conduct rules, especially regarding how to handle any captured prizes. During the wars of the late seventeenth and eighteenth centuries, merchants often sought Letters of Marque for their ships, not because they wanted to operate as regular privateers, but to avoid being labeled as "pirates" if they fought back against any enemy that attacked them. Because of this, many, if not most, of the ships from the East India and Guinea Companies outfitted in the seventeenth century carried Letters of Marque and displayed the Union jack.
Indeed, despite the issue of the Proclamations of 1634 and 1674, it seems that all privateers in the seventeenth century were in the habit of wearing the Union jack—sometimes with the permission of the authorities, but more often without it—with the object of making themselves look (so far as flags were concerned) as much like the king's ships as possible. The instructions for privateers issued toward the end of that century indicate that there was some infirmity of purpose on the part of the authorities in enforcing the existing [125]law as regards the wearing of the Union jack. Thus the Instructions for privateers operating against Algiers[320], issued in December, 1681, provided
Indeed, despite the issues surrounding the Proclamations of 1634 and 1674, it appears that all privateers in the seventeenth century typically displayed the Union jack—sometimes with official permission, but more often without it—aiming to make themselves look as much like the king's ships as possible in terms of flags. The instructions for privateers issued toward the end of that century suggest that the authorities had some indecision about enforcing the existing [125]law regarding the use of the Union jack. For instance, the Instructions for privateers operating against Algiers[320], released in December 1681, stated
That the merchants, captains, and others who shall have such letters of marque or commissions as aforesaid shall not weare in their said ships our Union flagg or jack (which is intended to distinguish our owne ships of warr from all others) at no time nor upon no pretence whatsoever, unless they be warranted for so doing by an order of leave under our hands and seal of our lord high Admirall or Commissioners of the Admiralty,
That the merchants, captains, and others who have the letters of marque or commissions mentioned above are not allowed to fly our Union flag or jack on their ships (which is meant to distinguish our warships from all others) at any time or under any circumstances, unless they have permission granted by an order signed by us and sealed by our Lord High Admiral or the Commissioners of the Admiralty.
whereas the Instructions for Privateers fitted out against France issued in May, 1693, merely ordered that the Union jack or pendant (which actually were illegal without special warrant) should not be worn in presence of H.M. ships or in circumstances in which they might give occasion to a salute by a friendly foreign power.
whereas the Instructions for Privateers set up against France issued in May, 1693, simply stated that the Union jack or pendant (which were actually illegal without special permission) should not be displayed in front of H.M. ships or in situations where they could lead to a salute from a friendly foreign power.
That such merchants, commanders of ships, and others, who shall obtain such letters of marque or commissions as aforesaid shall not wear our colours, commonly called the Union Jack or pendant on board such ship or vessell by them fitted out in pursuance of such our commission, in company of any our men of warr, or so near any other men of warr belonging to any nation in amity with us, so as to occasion any salute from them, or in or near any port or road whatsoever.
That merchants, ship captains, and others who receive letters of marque or commissions as mentioned above must not display our colors, known as the Union Jack or pendant, on board any ship or vessel they outfitted under our commission. They shouldn't be near any of our warships or close to the warships of any nation friendly to us in a way that would prompt a salute from them, or in any port or harbor at all.
A special distinguishing flag for privateers was first provided in the Royal Proclamation issued in July, 1694, which ordained that vessels receiving "Commissions of Letters of Mart or Reprisals" should wear, in addition to the St George's flag at the masthead and the red ensign with canton of St George at the stern, "a Red Jack with the Union Jack described in a Canton of the upper corner thereof next the staff"—the flag that Pepys in 1687 called the Budgee jack—which was in fact of the same design as the red ensign adopted in 1707, though apparently the canton occupied a larger proportion of the area of the flag in the jack than in the ensign[321].
A special flag for privateers was first introduced in the Royal Proclamation issued in July 1694, which stated that vessels with "Commissions of Letters of Mart or Reprisals" should display, in addition to the St George's flag at the masthead and the red ensign with a St George canton at the stern, "a Red Jack with the Union Jack in a canton at the upper corner next to the staff"—the flag that Pepys referred to in 1687 as the Budgee jack. This flag actually had the same design as the red ensign adopted in 1707, although it seems that the canton took up a bigger portion of the flag's area in the jack than in the ensign[321].
Despite this precise direction, the privateer Instructions issued against France and Spain in December, 1704, contain the same instructions as those of 1693 quoted above, which presuppose that these vessels would fly the Union jack and pendant, which the Proclamation of 1694 had forbidden—but indeed, this muddle-headed attitude is not uncommon in official instructions. It is clear that privateers did carry pendants, for Woodes Rogers relates that he was ordered to strike his pendant by the 'Arundel' in August, 1708, "which we immediately did, all private commissioned ships being obliged by their Instructions to pay that respect to all her Majesty's ships and fortifications." The Distinction Jack of 1694 (subject to [126]the necessary modification of the Union in 1801) remained the distinguishing flag of a privateer until privateering was abolished in 1856.
Despite this clear direction, the privateer instructions issued against France and Spain in December 1704 include the same guidelines as those from 1693 mentioned above, which assume that these ships would display the Union jack and pendant, even though the Proclamation of 1694 had prohibited this. However, this confusing stance is not unusual in official instructions. It's evident that privateers did use pendants, as Woodes Rogers noted that he was ordered to strike his pendant by the 'Arundel' in August 1708, "which we immediately did, all privately commissioned ships being required by their instructions to show respect to all her Majesty's ships and fortifications." The Distinction Jack of 1694 (subject to [126] the necessary modification of the Union in 1801) remained the identifying flag of a privateer until privateering was abolished in 1856.
(iii) PUBLIC SHIPS FOR USES OTHER THAN WAR
The first suggestion that public ships which were not men-of-war should wear some distinctive flag is found in the Sub Notes about Flags and Colours drawn up by Pepys about the year 1687. He writes:
The first suggestion that public ships that weren't warships should have a distinct flag is found in the Sub Notes about Flags and Colours created by Pepys around 1687. He writes:
And here above all it is to be reflected on what distinction is to be made (as to the wearing of the Union Flag) between the King's own Ships, great or small, and hired ones, either as men-of-war (many of which both at Home and in the Plantations have been made up of hired Merchant Men) or for lower uses, as little as Victuallers, Water Ships, Store Ships, Pressing boats, Transporters etc. Wherein is to be considered whether if it be wholly necessary even in some of these occasions, as well as those of the Custom House, Green Cloth &c. some kind of distinction-flag might not be found sufficient to answer all the ends suggested for wearing the Jack Flag, without prostituting that to such low uses and ready insults[322], which so much deference is expected to by us from the ships of foreign Princes and States of the greatest force and rate.
And here, above all, we should think about the distinction that should be made concerning the display of the Union Flag between the King's own ships, whether large or small, and those that are hired, whether they are warships (many of which, both at home and in the colonies, have been crewed by hired merchant ships) or for lesser purposes, such as victuallers, watercraft, store ships, press boats, transport ships, etc. We need to consider whether it is really necessary in some of these situations, along with those involving the Custom House, Green Cloth, etc., to find some kind of distinguishing flag that would meet all the purposes intended for displaying the Jack Flag, without degrading it by associating it with such trivial uses and potential affronts, which we expect to show a high level of respect for from the ships of powerful and esteemed foreign princes and states.
The Revolution of 1688 put an end to Pepys' reforming activities, and no steps were taken to distinguish such ships until 1694, when a Royal Proclamation issued 12th July provided that
The Revolution of 1688 brought an end to Pepys' reform efforts, and no actions were taken to identify such ships until 1694, when a Royal Proclamation issued on July 12th stated that
Such Ships and Vessels as shall be employed for Their Majesties' Service by the Principal Officers and Commissioners of Their Majesties' Navy, the Principal Officers of T.M. Ordnance, the Commissioners for Victualling T.M. Navy, the Commissioners for T.M. Customs, and the Commissioners for Transportation for T.M. Services, relating particularly to those Offices shall wear a Red Jack with the Union Jack in a Canton at the upper corner thereof next the staff, as aforesaid, and in the other part of the said Jack shall be described the Seal used in the respective Offices aforesaid by which the said ships and vessels shall be employed.
The ships and vessels that will be used for Their Majesties' Service by the Principal Officers and Commissioners of Their Majesties' Navy, the Principal Officers of T.M. Ordnance, the Commissioners for Victualling T.M. Navy, the Commissioners for T.M. Customs, and the Commissioners for Transportation for T.M. Services, specifically related to those offices, shall display a red flag with the Union Jack in the top corner next to the staff. Additionally, the other part of the flag shall feature the seal used by the respective offices through which these ships and vessels will operate.
An Order in Council of 19th November in the same year provided further that "boats imployed in the service of the Generall Post Office be permitted to carry colours to distinguish them from other boats, and that in the said Colours there be represented a man on horseback blowing a Post horne," and from later papers in the same year it appears that the intention was that this device should be placed in the fly of the red jack, like the seals of the other government departments.
An Order in Council from November 19th of the same year stated that "boats used in the service of the General Post Office are allowed to display colors to differentiate them from other boats, and that these colors should feature a man on horseback blowing a post horn." Later documents from the same year indicate that the plan was to include this design in the fly of the red jack, similar to the emblems used by other government departments.
The proclamations of 1702 and 1707 confirmed the use of the [127]red jack with the seal of office, but the King's Regulations of 1731 introduced a slight variation by providing that the seal might be placed in the body of the jack or ensign; the Regulations of 1806 completed the transfer by directing that the seal should be described "in the fly of the ensign," and the Regulations of 1844, not content with this, provided that the seal or badges should be placed "in the centre of both Ensign and Jack."
The proclamations of 1702 and 1707 confirmed the use of the [127]red jack with the seal of office, but the King's Regulations of 1731 introduced a slight change by stating that the seal could be placed in the body of the jack or ensign; the Regulations of 1806 completed the transition by specifying that the seal should be described "in the fly of the ensign," and the Regulations of 1844, not satisfied with this, mandated that the seal or badges should be placed "in the center of both Ensign and Jack."
In July, 1864, the colour of the Ensign was altered to blue, and the red jack became an Union jack with a white border, both with the seals or badges as before, but the introduction of the "white bordered Jack" into this clause of the Order in Council appears to have been a slip, for the Addenda to the Regulations published in 1868 specified that the jack was to be of the same design as before but blue, like the ensign, and thus it remains; the difference between the jack and the ensign being that the former is smaller and square[323], instead of oblong in the proportion of two to one.
In July 1864, the color of the Ensign changed to blue, and the red jack became a Union jack with a white border, both still featuring the seals or badges as before. However, the mention of the "white bordered Jack" in this part of the Order in Council seems to have been an error, because the Addenda to the Regulations published in 1868 specified that the jack should have the same design as before but be blue, just like the ensign, and that’s how it remains. The difference between the jack and the ensign is that the jack is smaller and square[323], while the ensign is rectangular in a two-to-one ratio.
The badges of the offices referred to in the proclamation of 1694 were as follows:
The badges of the offices mentioned in the 1694 proclamation were as follows:
Navy Office. An anchor without cable in pale, with two smaller anchors on each side of the shank.
Navy Office. An anchor without a chain in pale, with two smaller anchors on each side of the shank.
Ordnance Office. This badge was similar to that now used by the War Office (Plate XI, 7), but the colour of the shield appears to have been originally red with a yellow chief.
Ordnance Office. This badge was similar to the one currently used by the War Office (Plate XI, 7), but the color of the shield seems to have originally been red with a yellow top.
Victualling Office. Two anchors with cables in saltire.
Victualling Office. Two anchors crossed with cables.
Customs. A castle gate. A regal crown was substituted for this in 1817. From that date until the Coastguard Service was transferred to the Admiralty in 1856 all vessels engaged in prevention of smuggling under the Customs, Excise and Admiralty flew red ensigns and pendants with this crown upon them.
Customs. A castle gate. A royal crown replaced this in 1817. From that date until the Coastguard Service was moved to the Admiralty in 1856, all vessels involved in preventing smuggling under the Customs, Excise, and Admiralty flew red ensigns and pendants featuring this crown.
Transport Office. A plain anchor.
Transport Office. A basic anchor.
In 1701 the Admiralty complained to the King that the Governors of the plantations—the English Colonies of North America and the West Indies—were in the habit of authorising certain merchant ships, to which they gave commissions, to wear the colours of the king's ships. This the Governors claimed to do in virtue of their Vice-Admiralty commissions and because they conceived
In 1701, the Admiralty reported to the King that the Governors of the plantations—the English colonies in North America and the West Indies—often allowed certain merchant ships, which they had given commissions to, to fly the colors of the king's ships. The Governors claimed they had the right to do this under their Vice-Admiralty commissions and because they believed
it necessary for the security of ships sent out by them for H.M. Service, as well as for the honour of H.M. Commissions that these ships be authorised to bear such colours as may distinguish them from ordinary merchants' ships and other common trading vessels.
it is necessary for the security of ships sent out by them for H.M. Service, as well as for the honor of H.M. Commissions, that these ships are authorized to fly colors that distinguish them from regular merchant ships and other common trading vessels.
Presumably these ships, which certainly engaged in "common trade," were also employed on protection and police duties that would [128]normally have been performed by ships of the Royal navy, had such ships been present there in sufficient numbers. On the 31st July of the same year an Order in Council was issued directing such ships to wear a jack with a white escutcheon[324] in the centre, and forbidding them to wear the ordinary Union jack. I have not met with this special form of jack at any later date, and it seems probable that the use of these colonial hired ships was discontinued after Benbow arrived in these waters in the late autumn of that year, though an Article providing for the use of the jack appeared some years after in the Instructions issued to the Governors of these colonies. It might seem that these vessels should be classed as hired men-of-war or as privateers, but the memorial of the Admiralty to the Council places them in the category of "those employed by the Officers of the Navy, Ordnance, Victualling and others."
Presumably, these ships, which definitely participated in "common trade," were also used for protection and policing tasks that would usually have been carried out by Royal Navy ships, had there been enough of them present. On July 31st of the same year, an Order in Council was issued directing these ships to display a jack with a white escutcheon in the center and prohibiting them from using the regular Union jack. I haven't come across this specific type of jack at any later date, and it seems likely that the use of these colonial hired ships was stopped after Benbow arrived in these waters in the late autumn of that year, though an Article allowing the use of the jack appeared a few years later in the Instructions issued to the Governors of these colonies. It might seem that these vessels should be considered hired men-of-war or privateers, but the Admiralty's memorial to the Council categorizes them as "those employed by the Officers of the Navy, Ordnance, Victualling and others."
After the disappearance of this jack there were no special distinguishing flags for colonial vessels until 1866, when it was laid down that ships in the public service of a colony might fly the blue ensign with the distinguishing badge of the colony.
After the disappearance of this jack, there were no unique flags for colonial ships until 1866, when it was established that ships in public service of a colony could display the blue ensign with the colony's distinguishing badge.
Besides the Public Offices there are a number of corporate bodies whose functions are of a public nature and who have the right to fly a special flag upon their vessels at sea. The most ancient of these is the Corporation of Trinity House, a body first incorporated by Henry VIII in 1514. Its flag (Plate XII, fig. 4) may be seen flying upon the Trinity yacht when leading the Admiralty and Royal yachts during a review of the fleet, or when escorting the sovereign at sea; on such occasions the Trinity yacht flies also a white ensign. The duties of this Corporation are, however, mainly concerned with the erection and maintenance of lighthouses, beacons and other sea marks around the English coast. Similar duties in Scottish waters are performed by the Commissioners of Northern Lighthouses, who fly upon their vessels a blue ensign with a white lighthouse in the fly, the Commissioners' own flag being a form of white ensign without the St Patrick's cross in the Union, and with a blue lighthouse but no St George's cross in the fly. Vessels belonging to Lloyds fly a blue ensign with the badge shown in Plate XII, fig. 10. The Port of London Authority, Thames Conservancy, Humber Conservancy, and Mersey Docks and Harbour Board have each their special badge, but these are of no historical interest. The modern Cinque Ports flag (Plate XII, fig. 5) is now never flown at sea, but is flown upon Walmer Castle, the residence of the Lord Warden.
Besides the public offices, there are several corporate bodies that have public functions and are allowed to fly a special flag on their vessels at sea. The oldest of these is the Corporation of Trinity House, which was first established by Henry VIII in 1514. Its flag (Plate XII, fig. 4) can be seen on the Trinity yacht when it leads the Admiralty and Royal yachts during fleet reviews or when escorting the sovereign at sea; on these occasions, the Trinity yacht also displays a white ensign. However, the main responsibilities of this Corporation involve constructing and maintaining lighthouses, beacons, and other maritime markers along the English coast. Similar duties in Scottish waters are carried out by the Commissioners of Northern Lighthouses, who fly a blue ensign with a white lighthouse in the fly, while the Commissioners’ own flag is a type of white ensign without the St. Patrick's cross in the Union, featuring a blue lighthouse but no St. George's cross in the fly. Vessels owned by Lloyds fly a blue ensign with the badge shown in Plate XII, fig. 10. The Port of London Authority, Thames Conservancy, Humber Conservancy, and Mersey Docks and Harbour Board each have their unique badge, but these are not historically significant. The modern Cinque Ports flag (Plate XII, fig. 5) is no longer flown at sea but is displayed at Walmer Castle, the residence of the Lord Warden.
(iv) MERCHANT SHIPS
As already remarked, the first legislative enactment providing for a distinction between the flags of merchantmen and ships belonging to the Crown was in the year 1634. We shall briefly review the position of affairs in the earlier years of that century. When James I united the crowns of England and Scotland in 1603 the English merchant ships were in the habit of flying the St George's flag at one or more mastheads, while those of Scotland flew the St Andrew's flag in a similar manner. It seems that in the great majority of these ships no other flags were flown, but some of the larger ships, especially those engaged in voyages to foreign parts, seem to have allowed themselves the additional luxury of a striped ensign (which appears to have been displayed only when attacking or resisting attack from pirates or other foreign ships, or when signalling to consorts), and also a number of pendants or streamers, which were probably only used on like occasion, or on occasions of special ceremony or rejoicing. Thus, for the ships fitted out by the East India Company in January, 1601, there was provided "for eche of the shippes 12 Streemers, 2 fflagges and one Auncient." In an inventory of the Company's ship 'Hector' of the preceding September there is mentioned besides "2 ancyents and 28 pendaunts," "a smale flag for the boat spirrit." This is the earliest instance in which I have met with a jack flag for the bowsprit in an inventory, and its use at this date must have been extremely rare and exceptional.
As previously noted, the first law establishing a distinction between the flags of merchant ships and those owned by the Crown was enacted in 1634. Let's take a quick look at the situation in the earlier years of that century. When James I united the crowns of England and Scotland in 1603, English merchant ships typically displayed the St George's flag at one or more mastheads, while Scottish ships displayed the St Andrew's flag in a similar way. In most cases, these ships didn't fly any other flags, but some of the larger vessels, especially those traveling to foreign lands, seemed to have taken the liberty of flying a striped ensign (which appears to have been used mainly when attacking or fending off pirates or other foreign ships, or when signaling to allies), along with various pendants or streamers, probably reserved for special occasions or celebrations. For instance, the ships outfitted by the East India Company in January 1601 were provided "for each of the ships 12 streamers, 2 flags and one ancient." An inventory of the Company's ship 'Hector' from the previous September mentions "2 ancients and 28 pendants," as well as "a small flag for the boat sprit." This is the earliest record I've found of a jack flag for the bowsprit in an inventory, and its use at that time must have been extremely rare and exceptional.
On the union of the two crowns, disputes as to precedence of flags appear to have broken out between the English and Scots merchant seamen, hitherto "foreigners" to each other. James attempted to remove the cause of these by providing in 1606 a combined flag, which was to be borne by both parties in their maintop, the English retaining the St George's cross at the foretop and the Scots the St Andrew's cross. So far as the Scots were concerned this attempt at compromise appears to have been rejected, for reasons already related in Chapter III, but the English adopted it. Thus, in the period between 1606 and 1634 the English merchantmen were bearing aloft two flags: the "Britain" flag, as it was then called, and the St George's flag, and although they were warned in the Proclamation of 1606 not "to bear their flags in any other sort" it is clear that some were also using on the poop a striped ensign with a St George's cross in a canton. The colours of the stripes appear to have been a matter of individual taste. Thus the ensign illustrated in the contemporary map[325] of Baffin's voyage for the discovery of the North-west Passage in 1615 displays red, green and blue stripes[326].
On the unification of the two crowns, conflicts over the precedence of flags seemed to have erupted between the English and Scottish merchant seamen, who were previously "foreigners" to one another. In 1606, James attempted to eliminate the cause of these disputes by introducing a combined flag, which both parties were to display on their maintop, with the English keeping the St George's cross at the foretop and the Scots the St Andrew's cross. However, the Scots reportedly rejected this compromise for reasons previously mentioned in Chapter III, while the English adopted it. Consequently, from 1606 to 1634, English merchant ships were flying two flags: the "Britain" flag, as it was then referred to, and the St George's flag. Although they were warned in the Proclamation of 1606 not "to bear their flags in any other way," it’s evident that some were also displaying a striped ensign with a St George's cross in a canton on the poop. The colors of the stripes appeared to be a matter of personal preference. For instance, the ensign shown in the contemporary map[325] of Baffin's voyage for the discovery of the Northwest Passage in 1615 features red, green, and blue stripes[326].
[130]In 1634 the inconveniences arising from the fact that the king's ships and merchant ships wore the same flags had become so pronounced that a Proclamation was issued withdrawing the right to use the Union flag for the merchant ships and confining those of England to the St George's flag and those of Scotland to the St Andrew. No mention is made of any poop ensign, from which it may be inferred that this flag was not yet in common use among merchantmen. By the time of the Commonwealth the striped ensign appears to have gone out of use, and the merchantmen seem to have gradually adopted the red ensign introduced into the fleet in 1625. The order of 1649 requiring the ships in the service of the State to bear the St George's flag only does not seem to have been applied to merchant ships, and from a reference in 1656 to the flying of the "English Collers" improperly by a merchant ship lying at the Brill, when these colours were worn "with the Cross downewards" (i.e. the flag being inverted in contempt) it is clear that the English ensign at that date had the cross in a canton, and was not the plain St George's flag. The use of the red ensign was for the first time legally recognised as the distinctive flag of a British merchant ship in a Proclamation of 1674[327], in which the colours are expressly laid down as being
[130]In 1634, the issues caused by the king's ships and merchant ships displaying the same flags had become so significant that a proclamation was issued, revoking the right for merchant ships to use the Union flag. Instead, English ships were restricted to the St George's flag, while Scottish ships used the St Andrew's flag. There was no mention of any poop ensign, suggesting that this flag was not widely used by merchant vessels at the time. By the Commonwealth period, it appears that the striped ensign had fallen out of use, and merchant ships gradually adopted the red ensign that had been introduced into the fleet in 1625. The order from 1649 mandating that state service ships fly the St George's flag seems not to have applied to merchant vessels. A reference from 1656 mentions a merchant ship at the Brill improperly displaying the "English Collers" with the flag inverted (i.e., the cross facing downward in contempt), indicating that the English ensign at that time had the cross in a canton and was not the plain St George's flag. The use of the red ensign was officially recognized for the first time as the distinctive flag of a British merchant ship in a proclamation from 1674[327], detailing the colors specifically.
those usually heretofore worn on merchants' ships, viz: the Flag and Jack white with a red cross (commonly called Saint George's Cross) passing right through the same; and the Ensign red with a like cross in a canton white at the upper corner thereof next the staff.
those typically used on merchant ships, namely: the Flag and Jack which is white with a red cross (commonly known as Saint George's Cross) going right through it; and the Ensign which is red with a similar cross in a white square at the upper corner next to the flagpole.
This order definitely abolished the use of any striped ensign, if any such still survived outside of the East India Company's ships. The red and white striped ensign[328] of that Company, which was probably adopted on its formation in 1600, remained, however, unchanged in spite of the Proclamation, and in 1676 the Commander-in-Chief in the Downs drew Pepys' attention to the fact. In his reply of the 20th November Pepys wrote:
This order definitely got rid of any striped flags, if there were still any left outside of the East India Company's ships. The red and white striped flag[328] of that Company, which was likely adopted when it was established in 1600, stayed the same despite the Proclamation. In 1676, the Commander-in-Chief in the Downs pointed this out to Pepys. In his reply on November 20th, Pepys wrote:
For that of the different colours assumed by the East India Company and ordinarily worn in their ships, I am very glad you take notice of it, though it be not of any so near resemblance to the King's as to create any mistake, which some have heretofore offered at, yet it being contrary to the letter of the proclamation it will be fit that his Majesty's pleasure be known in it[329].
For the different colors used by the East India Company and commonly displayed on their ships, I’m glad you've noticed it. Although they don’t closely resemble the King’s colors enough to cause confusion, as some have suggested in the past, it still goes against the letter of the proclamation. Therefore, it would be appropriate to know his Majesty's thoughts on this matter.[329]
Pepys mentioned the matter to Sir John Bankes, one of the principal members of the Company, urging him to get the use of this flag [131]regularised, and in the December of this same year he wrote to Bankes as follows:
Pepys brought up the issue with Sir John Bankes, a key member of the Company, encouraging him to formalize the use of this flag [131]. In December of that same year, he wrote to Bankes saying:
I have fresh occasion of repeating what I lately mentioned to you about colours worn by the ships belonging to the East India Company different from what the merchant ships of other his Majesty's subjects generally do, and by his Majesty's proclamation of 18th Sept. 1674 ... are bound to use, without any provisional exception made therein on behalf of the said Company; for want thereof, not only his Majesty's commander-in-chief in the Downs but others of his captains and officers are under an obligation of interrupting your ships in the wearing the said colours, and have several of them applied themselves to me at sundry times (and now lately) for direction therein, with answer still given them by me in favour of the Company as knowing their and their predecessors' usage in that matter, and the moment it may be of to them that the same should be continued; but, forasmuch as it cannot be thought fit for me to remain under a constant accountableness for any behaviour of his Majesty's officers different from his pleasure signified by a proclamation, I desire you will please to take an opportunity of mentioning this thing to my honoured friends of your Company, to the end that (in case their service be indeed concerned in the continuance of this their usage) they may take some way of making their desires therein known to his Majesty, that so what he shall think fit to indulge to them upon it may be done by an order pursuant to the said proclamation, and his officers thereby indemnified in their obedience of it[330].
I have a new reason to repeat what I recently told you about the colors worn by the ships of the East India Company, which are different from those of other merchant ships belonging to his Majesty's subjects. According to his Majesty's proclamation from September 18, 1674, they are required to use these colors without any temporary exceptions made for the Company. Because of this, not only is his Majesty's commander-in-chief in the Downs obligated to stop your ships from wearing these colors, but other captains and officers have also approached me multiple times—most recently—for guidance on this matter. I have consistently advised them in favor of the Company, recognizing their long-standing practice and its importance to them. However, given that I cannot be held responsible for the actions of his Majesty's officers that go against his stated wishes in the proclamation, I kindly ask you to take the opportunity to discuss this issue with my esteemed friends in your Company. If their operations are indeed affected by the continuation of this practice, it would be beneficial for them to convey their requests to his Majesty. This way, whatever his Majesty decides to grant them can be formalized through an order in accordance with the proclamation, allowing his officers to be covered in their compliance with it[330].
Apparently the matter was adjusted to the satisfaction of Pepys, for the striped flag[331] continued to be used by the Company until the year 1824, when, on the question of its legal position being again raised, its use as an ensign was discontinued, though it remained in existence until 1863 on the Company's ships as a jack or signal flag[332].
Apparently, the issue was resolved to Pepys's satisfaction, because the striped flag[331] continued to be used by the Company until 1824. When the question of its legal status came up again, its use as an ensign was discontinued, but it still existed until 1863 on the Company's ships as a jack or signal flag[332].
The flags laid down for the merchant ships by the Proclamation of 1674 were confirmed by further Proclamations in July, 1694, and December, 1702, with the additional restriction that such ships were expressly forbidden to wear "any kind of pendant whatsoever." As these proclamations were addressed to all "loving subjects" they were presumably binding on the Scots as well as on the English, but the use of the St Andrew canton certainly persisted in the ships of the Scots navy, and therefore presumably in the merchant ships of Scotland.
The flags designated for merchant ships by the Proclamation of 1674 were reaffirmed by additional Proclamations in July 1694 and December 1702, with the extra rule that such ships were explicitly not allowed to display "any kind of pendant whatsoever." Since these proclamations were meant for all "loyal subjects," they likely applied to both the Scots and the English. However, the use of the St Andrew canton clearly continued on the ships of the Scots navy and, by extension, in the merchant ships of Scotland.
On the legislative union between England and Scotland in 1707 a further Proclamation was issued, which contained a fundamental difference. In the Proclamation of 1674, 1694, and 1702 the merchant [132]ships had been forbidden to use any other colours than "those usually worn," but they were not expressly ordered to wear any colours at all. In the Proclamation of 1707, under which the Union replaced the St George in the canton of the red ensign, a clause was inserted
On the legislative union between England and Scotland in 1707, another Proclamation was released, which included a key difference. In the Proclamations of 1674, 1694, and 1702, merchant [132] ships had been prohibited from using any colors other than "those usually worn," but they were not specifically required to display any colors at all. In the Proclamation of 1707, which replaced the St George in the canton of the red ensign, a clause was added.
strictly charging and commanding the Masters of all Merchant Ships and vessels belonging to any of our subjects, whether employed in Our service or otherwise, and all other persons whom it may concern, to wear the said ensign on board their ships or vessels.
strictly instructing and ordering the Masters of all Merchant Ships and vessels owned by our citizens, whether used in our service or not, and all others who it may concern, to display the specified ensign on board their ships or vessels.
They were further forbidden to wear "any Flags, Jacks, Pendants or Colours made in imitation of ours, or any kind of Pendant whatsoever, or any other ensign than the ensign described." This did not prohibit the use of the St George's jack on the bowsprit, which was expressly recognised by the King's Regulations for the navy[333] as being, together with the red ensign, the appropriate colours for a British merchant ship.
They were also banned from displaying "any Flags, Jacks, Pendants, or Colors that mimic ours, or any kind of Pendant at all, or any other flag besides the one specified." This didn’t stop them from using the St George's jack on the bowsprit, which was specifically acknowledged by the King's Regulations for the navy[333] as the suitable colors for a British merchant ship, along with the red ensign.
In consequence of the legislative union with Ireland, a proclamation was issued on 1st January, 1801, substituting the new form of the Union in the canton of the ensign, but leaving the existing regulations unaltered. The provision for the use of the St George's jack by merchant ships last appeared in the 1808 edition of the Regulations and Instructions relating to His Majesty's Service at Sea in the following terms:
In light of the legislative union with Ireland, a proclamation was issued on January 1, 1801, introducing the new Union form in the canton of the ensign, while keeping the existing regulations unchanged. The guideline for using the St. George's jack by merchant ships was last mentioned in the 1808 edition of the Regulations and Instructions relating to His Majesty's Service at Sea in the following terms:
Merchant Ships are to carry a Red Ensign with the Union Jack in a canton, at the upper corner next the staff, and a White Jack with a Red Cross, commonly called St. George's Cross, passing quite through it.
Merchant ships are required to display a Red Ensign with the Union Jack in the upper corner next to the flagpole, and a White Jack featuring a Red Cross, commonly known as St. George's Cross, running completely through it.
How far such regulations, which in the preamble are expressly stated to be drawn up for the "Naval Service at Sea," can have been legally binding on the Mercantile Marine is a matter for lawyers to decide, but it seems probable that the merchant service did not generally observe the regulation as to the jack, for in the next edition (that of 1824) all reference to it is omitted. From that date the red ensign alone has been the legal national colours of a British merchant vessel. It must be displayed
How effective such regulations, which are clearly stated in the preamble to be created for the "Naval Service at Sea," could be on the Mercantile Marine is something for lawyers to determine, but it seems likely that the merchant service typically didn't follow the regulation about the jack, since in the next edition (that of 1824), all mention of it is removed. From that point on, the red ensign has been the official national colors of a British merchant vessel. It must be displayed
(a) On a signal being made from one of H.M. ships or from a vessel under the command of an officer of the Royal Navy on full pay.
(a) When a signal is made from one of H.M. ships or from a vessel commanded by a Royal Navy officer on full pay.
(b) On entering or leaving any foreign port.
(b) When entering or leaving any foreign port.
(c) If the vessel is of 50 tons gross tonnage or more, on entering or leaving any British port.
(c) If the vessel is 50 tons gross tonnage or more, when entering or leaving any British port.
Merchant ships commanded by officers on the retired list of the Royal Navy or by officers of the Royal Naval Reserve may, on certain conditions laid down in the King's Regulations, be allowed to wear a blue ensign instead of a red one.
Merchant ships commanded by officers on the retired list of the Royal Navy or by officers of the Royal Naval Reserve may, under certain conditions outlined in the King's Regulations, be permitted to display a blue ensign instead of a red one.
[133] No British merchantman may, under penalty of £500 and confiscation of the colours, wear any other "distinctive national colours," nor any other flags or pendants in any way resembling those of H.M. ships, but there is nothing in the Merchant Shipping Act to prevent any such ship from wearing any fancy flags that it likes—even if some covert disloyalty is intended thereby—provided that such flags are not "distinctively" national and do not imitate the flags of the navy, and that it displays the red ensign upon the proper occasions.
[133] No British merchant ship can fly any other "distinctive national colors" or flags that look like those of H.M. ships, or face a £500 fine and the confiscation of their colors. However, the Merchant Shipping Act does not stop any ship from flying any decorative flags it wants—even if there's some hidden disloyalty behind it— as long as those flags aren't "distinctively" national and don't mimic navy flags, and the ship displays the red ensign when required.
The law on the subject of the flags to be flown by British merchantmen was, as will have been seen, sufficiently explicit, and the flags allowed by no means inferior in dignity or traditional sentiment to those withheld; nevertheless, the merchant skipper, until a comparatively recent period which may be dated roughly as the beginning of the reign of Queen Victoria, seems to have taken an especial delight in attempting to evade the law. Attempts to fly the Union jack have already been sufficiently illustrated. Another idiosyncracy was the flying of the blue instead of the red ensign. St Lo dealt with this at Jamaica in 1728 by an ingenious device, that of using the Crown's right of impressment to deprive such ships of one of the most important members of the crew: "rather than be troubling their Lordships with complaints of taking them away, I have found out another expedient, which is to get a Carpenter or Caulker from them, so that I hope in a little time to bring them to better reason."
The law regarding the flags that British merchant ships were required to fly was clear, and the flags permitted were just as dignified and meaningful as those that were not allowed. However, it seems that merchant captains, until fairly recently—around the start of Queen Victoria’s reign—took considerable pleasure in trying to bypass these regulations. Examples of attempts to fly the Union Jack have been noted. Another quirk was the choice to fly the blue ensign instead of the red. St Lo addressed this in Jamaica in 1728 with a clever solution by using the Crown's right of impressment to take away one of the crew's key members: “Instead of bothering their Lordships with complaints about their removal, I found another way, which is to take a carpenter or caulker from them, so I hope to make them see reason soon.”
In 1819 the master of a ship in home waters who had persisted in flying a blue ensign and pendant although repeatedly fired at, was prosecuted by the Admiralty, but upon his appeal the prosecution was dropped with the hope that "it will be understood that any future violation of the law will be punished strictly." Two other ships were, in the following year, prosecuted for flying pendants, and in 1821 the attention of the Commanders-in-Chief was called to the existing regulations "relative to Colours to be worn by private ships which it has been apprehended have not been generally attended to."
In 1819, a ship captain in domestic waters who continued to fly a blue ensign and pendant despite being shot at multiple times was prosecuted by the Admiralty. However, after he appealed, the prosecution was dropped with the understanding that "any future violation of the law will be punished strictly." The following year, two other ships were prosecuted for flying pendants, and in 1821, the Commanders-in-Chief were reminded of the current regulations "related to the colors to be displayed by private ships, which it was feared had not been widely observed."
Not long after this date the custom of flying at a masthead a "house" flag denoting the ownership of the vessel became general, and perhaps for this reason or because they were living in a more prosaic age the captains of merchantmen ceased to give further trouble by attempts to display illegal colours. There are now many hundreds of house flags[334] in existence, but nearly all of them have come into use since 1840. An older practice with some of the larger merchantmen, which seems to date from the early years of the [134]eighteenth century, was to fly the arms of the town in which the master lived at the mizen, and the arms of the town where the freighter resided at the fore. Some passenger ships plying on regular lines (such as the cross-Channel steamers) fly at the fore the national flag of the country to and from which they sail.
Not long after this time, it became common to fly a "house" flag at the masthead to indicate the ownership of the vessel. Perhaps because of this or because they were living in a more straightforward era, the captains of merchant ships stopped causing problems by trying to display illegal flags. There are now hundreds of house flags[334] in use, but nearly all of them were adopted after 1840. An older practice among some larger merchant ships, which seems to have started in the early years of the eighteenth century, was to fly the arms of the town where the master lived at the mizen and the arms of the town where the freighter was based at the fore. Some passenger ships running regular routes (like the cross-Channel ferries) fly the national flag of the country they are departing from and arriving at at the fore.
The somewhat anomalous position of the ships of the East India Company, many of which were given Letters of Marque in order to regularise their position as combatants if they came into conflict with ships of native states (or possibly with those of other European powers) in Indian waters, has already been remarked. No trace can be found of any formal grant of the Company's flag, and it seems most probable that it was really the survivor of an early striped ensign such as many ships, men-of-war or merchant, wore in the latter part of the reign of Elizabeth and the early part of the reign of James. There was, however, an early precedent of the grant of a special flag to specified merchantmen to denote a privileged position. In 1581 Elizabeth, anxious to encourage the trade then being opened up with Turkey, granted a Charter of Incorporation for a term of seven years to Sir Edward Osborn and three other merchants, who might add other Englishmen, not exceeding twelve in all, to their number. These were allowed "to set and place in the tops of their ships and other vessels the Arms of England with the red crosse over the same, as heretofore they have used the red crosse, any matter or thing to the contrary notwithstanding." On its expiry in 1588 this charter was not renewed, but in 1593 Osborn and others were incorporated in a company to be known as the Governor and Company of Merchants of the Levant, and they were "to set and place in the toppes of their ships or other vessels the Armes of England with the redde crosse in white over the same as heretofore they have used." It would appear from these words that the red cross in the original flag was bordered with white, although it is not so described in the earlier charter. The Charter of 1593 was found defective, and a new one was issued in 1601 which contained the same clause, the name of the company being changed to the "Governor and Company of Merchants of London trading into the Levant Seas." On the death of Elizabeth this charter lapsed, and it was not until the 14th December, 1605, that another charter was issued. This charter, which remained in force until 1825, omits all reference to the flag. Possibly James already had in mind the Union flag that was established early in the next year, and indeed the design of the Union flag is distinctly reminiscent of the old Levant Company's flag—the banner of Scotland taking the place of the Arms of England. The omission from this charter of any provision for a special flag cannot have been other than intentional, nevertheless the ships of the company seem to have [135]continued to use the old flag in Levant waters, for in 1625 Sir Thomas Roe, then Ambassador to Turkey, issued a general proclamation "To all Captaynes, Maisters, pursers and officers of any English shipps and all other his Matie Subjects serving or sailing in them within ye Levant Seas," ordering "that from hence forth they, nor none of them presume to use or beare any other flagg or coulers than ye usuall flagge and Red Crosse of England, or St Andrewe of Scotland, neither in the Levant Seas nor in any Port of the Grand Signior's Dominion, upon what pretence soever." From this time the "usual flag and Red Cross of England" became very prominent in those waters and gradually replaced the French flag as protector of the lives and goods of foreign merchants trading within the Sultan's dominions. The various capitulations by which this was effected were consolidated in 1675 by a Treaty of Commerce made between Mahomet IV and Charles II[335], which, among other things, provided "that the Merchants of Spain, Portugal, Ancona, Seville, Florence, Catalonia, and all sorts of Dutch and other foreign Merchants ... might always come under the Flag and Protection of the Ambassadors or Consuls of England."
The somewhat unusual situation of the East India Company ships, many of which were issued Letters of Marque to formalize their status as combatants in case they encountered ships from local states (or possibly other European powers) in Indian waters, has been noted. There’s no record of any official grant for the Company's flag, and it likely originated from an early striped ensign that many ships, both warships and merchant vessels, used during the late reign of Elizabeth and the early reign of James. However, there was an early precedent for granting a special flag to specific merchant ships to indicate a privileged status. In 1581, Elizabeth, hoping to promote trade with Turkey, granted a Charter of Incorporation for seven years to Sir Edward Osborn and three other merchants, who could add up to twelve more Englishmen to their group. They were allowed "to display the Arms of England with the red cross on their ships and vessels, as they had previously used the red cross, regardless of any contrary matters." This charter expired in 1588 and wasn’t renewed, but in 1593 Osborn and others formed a company called the Governor and Company of Merchants of the Levant, which was also allowed "to display the Arms of England with the red cross in white over it, as they had previously done." From this wording, it seems that the original flag's red cross was bordered with white, even though this detail isn’t mentioned in the earlier charter. The 1593 charter was found to be flawed, and a new one was issued in 1601 containing the same clause, but changing the company's name to the "Governor and Company of Merchants of London trading into the Levant Seas." When Elizabeth died, this charter lapsed, and another one wasn’t issued until December 14, 1605. This charter, which was valid until 1825, does not mention the flag at all. James may have already been considering the Union flag that was established early the following year, and the design of the Union flag does resemble the old Levant Company's flag—the Scottish banner replacing the Arms of England. The omission of a special flag provision from this charter appears to be intentional; nevertheless, the company's ships seemed to continue using the old flag in Levant waters. In 1625, Sir Thomas Roe, then Ambassador to Turkey, issued a proclamation "To all Captains, Masters, pursers, and officers of any English ships and all other his Majesty's Subjects serving or sailing in them within the Levant Seas," directing "that from now on, they or any of them must not use or display any flag or colors other than the usual flag and Red Cross of England, or St Andrew of Scotland, in the Levant Seas or in any Port of the Grand Signior's Dominion, for any reason." From this point on, the "usual flag and Red Cross of England" became very prominent in those waters, gradually replacing the French flag as the protector of the lives and goods of foreign merchants trading within the Sultan's territories. The various agreements that facilitated this were consolidated in 1675 by a Treaty of Commerce made between Mahomet IV and Charles II, which provided "that the Merchants of Spain, Portugal, Ancona, Seville, Florence, Catalonia, and all sorts of Dutch and other foreign Merchants ... might always come under the Flag and Protection of the Ambassadors or Consuls of England."
There were other trading companies that, like the East India Company, had or assumed the right to fly a special flag, in this case probably only as a jack. One was the Guinea, or Africa, Company, the ships of which from the time of Charles II onwards flew a St George's flag with a chequered border of two rows of red and white squares. This practice probably originated with the third company, chartered in 1662, and of course expired on the dissolution of the fourth company in 1752. Another was the so-called Scottish East India Company which started its short life in 1695 and is best known from its disastrous attempt to colonise the Isthmus of Darien. Its emblem of the rising sun (Plate X, fig. 4) indicated the dawn of hopes that were doomed to an early eclipse.
There were other trading companies that, like the East India Company, had or claimed the right to fly a special flag, likely just as a jack. One was the Guinea, or Africa, Company, whose ships, starting from the time of Charles II, displayed a St George's flag with a chequered border of two rows of red and white squares. This practice likely began with the third company, chartered in 1662, and ended on the dissolution of the fourth company in 1752. Another was the so-called Scottish East India Company, which began its brief existence in 1695 and is best known for its disastrous attempt to colonize the Isthmus of Darien. Its emblem of the rising sun (Plate X, fig. 4) symbolized hopes that were destined to fade quickly.
Special forms of the red ensign may be flown by merchant ships of three of the British Dominions, viz. Canada, Australia and New Zealand. This privilege was first granted to Canada in the year 1892, the badge of Canada without the Crown (see Plate XII, fig. 7) being placed in the centre of the fly.
Special versions of the red ensign can be displayed by merchant ships from three of the British Dominions, namely Canada, Australia, and New Zealand. This privilege was first given to Canada in 1892, with the badge of Canada, minus the Crown (see Plate XII, fig. 7), positioned in the center of the fly.
In 1899 merchant ships registered in New Zealand were authorised to wear a red ensign having in the fly four white stars, representing the constellation of the Southern Cross. In this connection it may be remarked that in 1834 the British resident in New Zealand proposed that the New Zealanders should have a national flag. Three patterns [136]were sent over by the Governor of New South Wales, and by a narrow majority the chiefs voted for the one represented in Plate XII, fig. 1. New Zealand was then an independent country; in 1839 it was added to the British dominions and after the grant of its Constitution in 1852 this flag appears to have been dropped, to be subsequently revived by the Shaw Savill and Albion Shipping Company, which now uses it as a "house flag."
In 1899, merchant ships registered in New Zealand were allowed to fly a red ensign featuring four white stars in the fly, representing the Southern Cross constellation. It’s worth noting that in 1834, the British resident in New Zealand suggested that the New Zealanders should have their own national flag. Three designs were sent over by the Governor of New South Wales, and by a slim majority, the chiefs chose the one shown in Plate XII, fig. 1. At that time, New Zealand was an independent country; it was incorporated into the British Empire in 1839, and after receiving its Constitution in 1852, this flag seems to have been set aside, only to be later revived by the Shaw Savill and Albion Shipping Company, which currently uses it as a "house flag."
A red ensign for Australian merchant vessels was first approved in 1903. It had a six-pointed white star (indicating the six states) in the centre of the lower canton and five smaller stars, representing the Southern Cross, in the fly. In 1908 the large star under the Union had the number of its points increased to seven (see the similar blue ensign in Plate XII, fig. 3).
A red flag for Australian merchant ships was first approved in 1903. It featured a six-pointed white star (representing the six states) in the center of the lower corner and five smaller stars, symbolizing the Southern Cross, on the right side. In 1908, the large star below the Union was changed to have seven points (see the similar blue flag in Plate XII, fig. 3).
No other dominion or colony is at present allowed the privilege of "defacing" the red ensign, but any colonial merchant vessel is at liberty to carry, in addition to the red ensign, a flag containing the badge of the colony, provided that such a flag is not "distinctive national colours" (i.e. does not contain or imitate the Union).
No other territory or colony is currently permitted to "deface" the red ensign, but any colonial merchant ship is allowed to display, in addition to the red ensign, a flag that features the colony's badge, as long as the flag doesn't include or mimic the Union, meaning it can't have "distinctive national colors."
A merchant ship commanded by a retired officer of the Royal Navy or by an officer of the Royal Naval Reserve may fly the blue ensign under Admiralty Warrant if the crew includes ten officers or men belonging to the Reserve. The formation of a reserve among officers of the merchant service was first authorised by Act of Parliament in 1861, and in the following year it was decided that a merchant ship commanded by such an officer might fly a blue ensign with a crown and the letters R.N.R. in the fly; the abolition of the squadronal colours of the navy in 1864, however, enabled the blue ensign undefaced by a device to be assigned to the Reserves, and the device was thereafter omitted.
A merchant ship led by a retired officer from the Royal Navy or an officer from the Royal Naval Reserve can display the blue ensign under an Admiralty Warrant if its crew includes ten officers or crew members from the Reserve. The establishment of a reserve among merchant service officers was first approved by an Act of Parliament in 1861, and the following year, it was agreed that a merchant ship commanded by such an officer could display a blue ensign featuring a crown and the letters R.N.R. However, the elimination of the naval squadron colors in 1864 allowed the blue ensign, without any markings, to be designated for the Reserves, and the insignia was subsequently removed.
(v) PLEASURE CRAFT
For the introduction into Great Britain of craft built solely for pleasure and large enough to navigate the open sea or the estuaries of large rivers we need look no further back than the restoration of Charles II. From the earlier years of the seventeenth century the wealthy inhabitants of the Netherlands had included among their recreations the sailing of specially designed boats upon their numerous waterways. With the presentation to Charles in 1660 of two of the Dutch yachts we may, for all practical purposes, date the inauguration of this form of recreation in England. The fashion set by the King and his brother gradually spread among the wealthier classes.
For the introduction of craft built purely for pleasure in Great Britain, which were large enough to navigate the open sea or the estuaries of major rivers, we only need to look back to the restoration of Charles II. By the early seventeenth century, wealthy residents of the Netherlands enjoyed sailing specially designed boats on their many waterways. The presentation of two Dutch yachts to Charles in 1660 effectively marks the beginning of this recreational activity in England. The trend started by the King and his brother gradually gained popularity among the upper classes.
[137]Except those belonging to the King, all such pleasure craft would legally form part of the mercantile marine, and in the absence of special permission to the contrary could only wear the flags appropriated to that service. Yet from an early date the owners attempted to appropriate to themselves some special distinction. The failure of the Governor of Dover in 1676 to obtain the King's permission to fly the Union jack on his private yacht has already been noticed. This failure did not deter others from assuming such a right. In 1686 the question of the liberty taken by private yachts to wear the King's jack without license came before the Navy Board, and Pepys, who was present, has left us the note upon the motives leading to such evasions of the law, which has been already considered in Chapter III (page 69).
[137]Except for those owned by the King, all pleasure boats would legally be part of the commercial fleet and could only display the flags designated for that purpose unless they had special permission. However, from an early stage, owners tried to claim some special distinction for themselves. The unsuccessful attempt by the Governor of Dover in 1676 to get the King's permission to display the Union Jack on his private yacht has already been mentioned. This setback did not stop others from assuming they had that right. In 1686, the Navy Board addressed the issue of private yachts flying the King’s jack without permission, and Pepys, who was present, left us notes on the reasons behind such legal evasions, which have already been discussed in Chapter III (page 69).
The yachts belonging to James II (who reserved the Office of Lord High Admiral to himself throughout his reign) flew, in addition to the royal standard at the masthead and Union jack, a special red ensign, with St George's cross in the canton, and in the fly an anchor and cable surmounted by the royal crown.
The yachts owned by James II (who kept the position of Lord High Admiral for himself during his entire reign) displayed, alongside the royal standard at the top of the mast and the Union jack, a unique red ensign featuring St. George's cross in the corner, with an anchor and cable topped by the royal crown in the fly.
The first attempt to democratise yachting and to form a club to facilitate its enjoyment came, oddly enough, from the Irish, a nation that has never, in spite of its natural advantages, shown any marked liking for the sea. Yet by the formation of the Cork Water Club in 1720 Ireland took a lead that was not followed in England for nearly a hundred years. The Club adopted as their distinctive flag the Union jack with the harp on a green escutcheon in the centre, as in the jack of the Protectorate; this escutcheon was also placed on the Union in the canton of their ensign. Dissolved in 1765, this Club was resuscitated in 1806, and was the progenitor of the existing Royal Cork Yacht Club.
The first effort to make yachting more accessible and to create a club for enjoying it surprisingly came from the Irish, a nation that has never, despite its natural advantages, demonstrated a strong affinity for the sea. However, with the establishment of the Cork Water Club in 1720, Ireland took a lead that wouldn’t be matched in England for almost a century. The Club chose the Union Jack with a harp on a green shield in the center as their unique flag, similar to the flag of the Protectorate; this shield was also featured on the Union in the corner of their ensign. Dissolved in 1765, this Club was brought back to life in 1806 and became the predecessor of the current Royal Cork Yacht Club.
The first corporate body of yachtsmen to be formed in England was the Royal Yacht Club (now the Royal Yacht Squadron) founded at Cowes in 1815, when the close of the long war with France rendered the Channel safe for such a form of amusement. As a distinctive flag, this Club chose a white ensign with the Union in the canton but without the St George's cross in the fly. For six years the Admiralty took no notice of the breach of the law involved in flying such a flag, but in 1821 the number of yachts had so increased that the Commander-in-Chief at Portsmouth drew attention to the fact that a large number of small craft were flying an unauthorised flag. He received instructions to enforce the law, and the Club had to content itself with the legal red ensign. In 1829, however, the Admiralty granted the yachts of the club permission to wear "a St George's or white ensign," and the club thereupon adopted the modern white ensign which its members still fly.
The first organized group of yacht enthusiasts in England was the Royal Yacht Club (now the Royal Yacht Squadron), established in Cowes in 1815, when the end of the long war with France made the Channel safe for such leisure activities. As a unique flag, this Club chose a white ensign with the Union in the corner but without the St George's cross in the fly. For six years, the Admiralty ignored the violation of the law related to flying such a flag, but in 1821, as the number of yachts increased significantly, the Commander-in-Chief at Portsmouth pointed out that many small boats were displaying an unauthorized flag. He was instructed to enforce the law, and the Club had to settle for the legal red ensign. However, in 1829, the Admiralty allowed the Club's yachts to display "a St George's or white ensign," leading the club to adopt the modern white ensign that its members still fly today.
[138]This was followed in 1831 by the grant of a blue ensign to the Royal Northern Yacht Club; a white ensign with "the Arms of Ireland" in the lower canton next the staff to the Royal Irish Yacht Club; and a formal grant of the red ensign with "the Union (with the harp and crown on a green field in the centre) in the corner" to the Royal Cork Yacht Club.
[138]In 1831, the Royal Northern Yacht Club was granted a blue ensign; the Royal Irish Yacht Club received a white ensign featuring "the Arms of Ireland" in the lower corner next to the staff; and the Royal Cork Yacht Club was formally given the red ensign with "the Union (along with the harp and crown on a green field in the center) in the corner."
In 1832 a newly formed Irish club, the "Western Yacht Club," which had assumed a green ensign, approached the Admiralty with a view to the confirmation of this flag on the ground that "a white ensign has been granted to the 'Royal Yacht Club,' a red ensign to the 'Royal Cork,' a blue ensign to the 'Royal Northern,' and as the only unoccupied national flag we have assumed the green ensign[336]." They were informed "You may have as the flag for this Club either a red, white or blue ensign, with such device within as you may point out, but that their Lordships cannot sanction the introduction of a new colour to be worn by British ships." They then chose a white St George's ensign with "a crown in the centre surrounded with a wreath of shamrock."
In 1832, a newly formed Irish club, the "Western Yacht Club," which had adopted a green ensign, reached out to the Admiralty to get this flag officially recognized. They argued that "a white ensign has been granted to the 'Royal Yacht Club,' a red ensign to the 'Royal Cork,' a blue ensign to the 'Royal Northern,' and as the only unoccupied national flag, we have taken the green ensign[336]." They were informed, "You can use a red, white, or blue ensign for this Club, with whatever design you choose, but their Lordships cannot approve the use of a new color for British ships." They then opted for a white St George's ensign featuring "a crown in the center surrounded by a wreath of shamrock."
There followed other grants of the white ensign, plain or with the St George's cross in the fly and with or without special badges.
There were other grants of the white ensign, either plain or featuring the St George's cross in the fly, with or without specific badges.
In 1842 the Royal Yacht Squadron, moved by frequent complaints of the improper conduct in foreign waters of British yachts, erroneously supposed, from the fact of their having a white ensign, to belong to that club, asked that they might have "the sole permission to carry the white ensign," at the same time suggesting that the other clubs should have a blue one. The Admiralty acceded to this request and issued the following circular letter:
In 1842, the Royal Yacht Squadron, influenced by ongoing complaints about the inappropriate behavior of British yachts in foreign waters, mistakenly thought that these yachts, due to their white ensign, were part of their club. They requested to have "exclusive permission to use the white ensign," while also proposing that other clubs should use a blue one. The Admiralty agreed to this request and sent out the following circular letter:
22 July 1842.
22 July 1842.
Sir
Dude
My Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty having, by their order of the 6th June 1829, granted permission to the Royal Yacht Squadron, as having been the first recognised club, and enjoying sundry privileges, to wear the White St George's ensign and other distinctions, that their vessels might be generally known, and particularly in Foreign ports, and much inconvenience having arisen in consequence of other Yacht Clubs having been allowed by this Board to wear somewhat similar colours, my Lords have cancelled the warrant enabling the ___________ to wear the white ensign, and have directed me to send you herewith a warrant, authorizing the vessels belonging to the club to wear the blue ensign of Her Majesty's fleet, with the distinguishing marks of the club, as heretofore worn on the white ensign; and as it is an ensign not allowed to be worn by merchant vessels, my Lords trust that it will be equally acceptable to the members of the club.
My Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty, in their order dated June 6, 1829, granted permission to the Royal Yacht Squadron, as the first recognized club with various privileges, to display the White St. George's ensign and other distinctions so that their vessels would be widely recognized, especially in foreign ports. However, because of the confusion caused by other yacht clubs being allowed to use similar colors, my Lords have canceled the warrant allowing the ___________ to display the white ensign. They have instructed me to send you a new warrant, permitting the club's vessels to display the blue ensign of Her Majesty's fleet, with the club's distinguishing marks as previously worn on the white ensign. Since this ensign is not allowed for merchant vessels, my Lords hope it will be just as acceptable to the club members.
This letter was sent to the Royal Western, the Royal Thames, the Royal Southampton, the Royal Eastern and the Gibraltar Yacht Clubs and to the Wharncliffe Sailing Club, but from a misapprehension the Royal Western Yacht Club of Ireland, once incorporated with its English namesake, was overlooked. In 1853 this point was raised in Parliament, but no action was then taken. In 1858, however, the exemption of the Irish Club was again made a grievance by other clubs desiring the same privilege, and the warrant of the Irish Club was then cancelled. The outcry raised led to the papers connected with the grants of the white ensign being laid before the House of Commons in 1859[337].
This letter was sent to the Royal Western, the Royal Thames, the Royal Southampton, the Royal Eastern, and the Gibraltar Yacht Clubs, as well as the Wharncliffe Sailing Club, but due to a misunderstanding, the Royal Western Yacht Club of Ireland, which used to be associated with its English counterpart, was overlooked. In 1853, this issue was raised in Parliament, but no action was taken at the time. However, in 1858, the exclusion of the Irish Club was again brought up as a complaint by other clubs wanting the same privilege, and the Irish Club's warrant was then revoked. The resulting outcry led to the documents related to the grants of the white ensign being presented to the House of Commons in 1859[337].
From that date the privilege of flying the white ensign has remained the prerogative of the Royal Yacht Squadron, a privilege enhanced in 1864 by its becoming the distinctive ensign of the Royal Navy.
From that date, the right to fly the white ensign has been the exclusive right of the Royal Yacht Squadron, a right elevated in 1864 when it became the official ensign of the Royal Navy.
At the present day forty-four clubs have the privilege of flying the blue ensign, either plain or "defaced" with some distinctive badge, and eight are allowed to "deface" the red ensign with their special badge. Other clubs may fly only the ordinary red ensign of the Mercantile Marine.
At present, forty-four clubs are allowed to fly the blue ensign, either plain or marked with a unique badge, and eight can add their special badge to the red ensign. Other clubs can only display the standard red ensign of the Mercantile Marine.
FOOTNOTES:
[300] Corbett, Fighting Instructions 1530-1816 (N. R. S.), 1905, p. 27: "Even Howard's great fleet of 1588 had twice been in action with the Armada before it was so much as organised into Squadrons."
[300] Corbett, Fighting Instructions 1530-1816 (N. R. S.), 1905, p. 27: "Even Howard's massive fleet of 1588 had already engaged with the Armada twice before it was even organized into Squadrons."
[304] Ibid. ii, 203.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ibid. ii, 203.
[307] See Arts 16 and 31 of the Instructions (Naval Miscellany (N. R. S.), vol. i). The greenish edge in the accompanying diagrams is apparently the artist's shading.
[307] See Arts 16 and 31 of the Instructions (Naval Miscellany (N. R. S.), vol. i). The greenish edge in the accompanying diagrams seems to be the artist's shading.
[309] Oppenheim, Monson Tracts (N. R. S.), iv, 209.
[312] I.e. as signals.
I.e. as signals.
[314] "Observed the Gibraltar and Culloden firing at us, probably by mistaking our St George's Ensign for the national flag, on which we cut off the fly." (Master's Log, vide Sturges Jackson, Logs of the Great Sea Fights (N. R. S.), p. 130.)
[314] "Saw the Gibraltar and Culloden shooting at us, probably mistaking our St George's flag for the national flag, which we had altered." (Master's Log, see Sturges Jackson, Logs of the Great Sea Fights (N. R. S.), p. 130.)
[315] Nicolas, Despatches and Letters of Lord Nelson, vii, p. 104. In a footnote (the volume was published in 1846) Nicolas says: "It may be hoped that the time is not distant when the anomalous distinctions of Blue, White and Red Admirals will be abolished, so that St George's banner will be the only flag borne by all British Admirals."
[315] Nicolas, Despatches and Letters of Lord Nelson, vii, p. 104. In a footnote (the volume was published in 1846) Nicolas says: "Hopefully, it won't be long before the confusing distinctions of Blue, White, and Red Admirals are eliminated, so that St George's banner will be the only flag carried by all British Admirals."
[317] Low, History of the Indian Navy, ii, 201. A similar red pendant has recently been approved as the flag of the Director of the Royal Indian Marine.
[317] Low, History of the Indian Navy, ii, 201. A similar red pendant has recently been approved as the flag for the Director of the Royal Indian Marine.
[322] E.g. in 1636 the people of Calais stoned the Dover mail packet which carried the Union flag at the stern, "rending the said Unite coullers."
[322] For example, in 1636, the people of Calais threw stones at the Dover mail packet that displayed the Union flag at the back, "tearing the said United colors."
[325] B. M. Add. MS. 12206.
[336] Parl. Paper 1859, iii, Sess. 2.
Chapter VI
Flag Signals
(i) EARLY SIGNALS
The few scattered references to signals found in early Greek literature are so vague in their terms that they leave us in doubt whether the ancient Greeks or their predecessors on the waters of the Eastern Mediterranean made any use of flags for signalling purposes. It seems probable that the earliest signals were given by raising the naval standard which, as we have seen, found a place at the stern of the Phoenician ships of war at least as early as 400 b.c., and that the Greeks adopted this method from the Phoenicians, substituting a cruciform standard for the Phoenician Crescent and Globe.
The few scattered references to signals found in early Greek literature are so vague that we can't be sure whether the ancient Greeks or their predecessors in the Eastern Mediterranean actually used flags for signaling. It's likely that the earliest signals were made by raising the naval standard, which, as we've noted, was already present at the stern of Phoenician warships as early as 400 B.C. The Greeks probably borrowed this technique from the Phoenicians, replacing the Phoenician Crescent and Globe with a cross-shaped standard.
When Thucydides tells us that the "semeion" was raised in the Greek fleet we may, in default of some better explanation, assume that the officer in command seized the cruciform standard and elevated it at arms' length. Such a signal might be rendered more conspicuous by throwing a military cloak of bright colour over the arms of the cross before raising it and, as already remarked, it seems highly probable that the sign known as Phoinikis (φοινικὶς) originated in this manner.
When Thucydides tells us that the "semeion" was raised in the Greek fleet, we can assume, in the absence of a better explanation, that the officer in charge took the cross-shaped standard and lifted it at arm's length. This signal could have been made more visible by draping a brightly colored military cloak over the arms of the cross before raising it, and, as mentioned earlier, it seems very likely that the sign known as Phoinikis (φοινικὶς) came about in this way.
The earliest recorded instance of a signal at sea is probably that mentioned by Herodotus[338] as having been made by Xerxes in the year 480 b.c., when on quitting Therma in his expedition to Greece he embarked in a Sidonian ship and "gave the signal (σημήιον) to the rest of the fleet to get under way." A more characteristic—or more frequently mentioned—use of the "semeion" was as a signal to commence action. The fleet fitted out by the Corinthians against the Corcyreans in the year 433 b.c. met with a joint fleet of Corcyrean and Athenian ships. Both the opposing fleets drew up in rank and the "semeia" were then raised on both sides (τὰ σημεῖα ἑκατέροις ἤρθη) as a signal for beginning action[339].
The earliest recorded instance of a signal at sea is probably the one mentioned by Herodotus[338] that Xerxes made in 480 BCE. When he left Therma on his expedition to Greece, he boarded a Sidonian ship and "gave the signal (σημήιον) to the rest of the fleet to get under way." A more characteristic—or more often referenced—use of the "semeion" was as a signal to start action. The fleet organized by the Corinthians against the Corcyreans in 433 B.C. encountered a joint fleet of Corcyrean and Athenian ships. Both opposing fleets formed up in ranks, and the "semeia" were then raised on both sides (The signs were raised on both sides.) as a signal to begin action[339].
Thucydides mentions two other instances[340] in which a fleet awaited the signal before commencing to fight, but the only strictly tactical signal which he has recorded was one made to the Peloponnesian fleet in 429 b.c. The Peloponnesians had enticed the Athenian fleet into a disadvantageous position by a feigned attack upon Naupactus. [141]At a given signal (ἀπὸ σημείον) the Peloponnesians suddenly turned their ships round and attacked the Athenians[341].
Thucydides mentions two other instances[340] where a fleet waited for the signal before starting to fight, but the only specific tactical signal he recorded was one given to the Peloponnesian fleet in 429 B.C. The Peloponnesians had lured the Athenian fleet into a bad position by pretending to attack Naupactus. [141] At a certain signal (from the sign), the Peloponnesians suddenly turned their ships around and attacked the Athenians[341].
Towards the end of the Peloponnesian War (if we may suppose that Polyaenus, writing in the second century a.d., was not guilty of anachronism) the purple cloak signal (φοινικὶς) comes into evidence. Conon, the Athenian commander, was in the year 406 b.c. off Mitylene, flying before Callicratidas the Spartan, who had twice as many ships. Observing that the Lacedaemonian ships had, in the ardour of pursuit, broken their ranks, Conon raised the "Phoinikis," which was the signal he had pre-arranged with the commanders of his ships, and, turning together, the Athenian ships bore down on their pursuers, then in disorder[342].
Towards the end of the Peloponnesian War (assuming that Polyaenus, writing in the second century CE, wasn't being anachronistic), the purple cloak signal (φοινικὶς) came into play. In 406 BCE, Conon, the Athenian commander, was near Mitylene, fleeing from Callicratidas the Spartan, who had double the number of ships. Noticing that the Spartan ships had broken their formation in their eagerness to pursue, Conon raised the "Phoinikis," which was the signal he had previously arranged with the commanders of his ships, and together, the Athenian ships charged at their disorganized pursuers.[342]
The Rhodians, in the second century b.c., made signals in the early manner by raising the "signum" or military ensign. Livy relates that Eudamus, when hard pressed in his action against the Syrian fleet under Hannibal (191 b.c.) made use of such a signal to call his unengaged ships to the rescue[343].
The Rhodians, in the second century B.C., communicated in the early way by raising the "signum" or military flag. Livy mentions that Eudamus, when he was in a tight spot against the Syrian fleet led by Hannibal (191 B.C.), used this signal to summon his available ships for help[343].
The earliest code of naval signals is that drawn up in the ninth century a.d. by the Emperor Leo VI in his treatise on Tactics[344]. Leo in the Introduction to his nineteenth chapter explains that he has been unable to find anything on this subject among ancient Greek writers except a few scattered references and that his knowledge is mainly derived from the experience of his Generals.
The earliest code of naval signals was created in the ninth century CE by Emperor Leo VI in his work on Tactics[344]. In the Introduction to his nineteenth chapter, Leo explains that he couldn't find much on the subject among ancient Greek writers except for a few scattered references, and that his knowledge mainly comes from the experience of his Generals.
In this nineteenth chapter, which deals with Naval Warfare (Περὶ ναυμαχίας) he says:
In this nineteenth chapter, which focuses on Naval Warfare (About naval battle), he states:
39. Let there be some standard (σημεῖον) in your ship, either a banner (βάνδον) or a streamer (φλάμουλον) or something else in some conspicuous position, to the end that you may be able, thereby, to make known what requires to be done, and that the rest may set themselves to carry out the course of action decided on, whether it be to fight or to withdraw from fighting; to open out to surround the enemy, or to concentrate to the relief of an endangered portion of the fleet; to slow the rowing or increase speed; to make an ambush, or, emerging from ambush to attack the enemy; or, in general, whatever the signal that has its origin in your ship, that the others, by keeping an eye on her, may be able to execute it.
39. Have a standard (σημεῖον) on your ship, like a banner (βάνδον) or a streamer (φλάμουλον), or something else clearly visible, so you can communicate what needs to be done. This way, the others can follow the plan, whether it’s to fight or retreat, to spread out to encircle the enemy, or to unite to help a vulnerable part of the fleet; to slow down the rowing or speed up; to set up an ambush, or to spring from hiding and attack the enemy; or, in general, whatever signal originates from your ship, so that the others can carry it out by watching her.
40. For in such an emergency you will not be able to make use either of the voice or of the trumpet to communicate what is necessary, because [142]of the uproar and the tumult, and the sound of the sea, and the crash of ship against ship, the noise of the oars, and above all the clamour of the combatants.
40. In such an emergency, you won’t be able to use your voice or a trumpet to communicate what you need because of all the noise from the chaos, the roaring sea, the collision of ships, the sound of the oars, and especially the shouting of the fighters.
41. Further, let the signal be given by setting the standard upright or by inclining it to the right or to the left, or by moving it twice to the right or left, or by shaking it, or lifting it up, or lowering it or altogether withdrawing it or altering its position, or by varying the appearance of the head by means of devices or colours as was the practice amongst the ancients; for in time of war they gave the signal for battle by raising what was called the Phoinikis (φοινικίδα). There was also what was called the "cap" (μαμελαύκιον) raised upon a pole, red in colour, and they had some other signals which were made known in like manner. Perhaps however it would be safer to make your signals by your own hand.
41. Additionally, you can give the signal by standing the standard up straight, tilting it to the right or left, moving it back and forth, shaking it, lifting it up, lowering it, pulling it away, changing its position, or altering the appearance of the head using different designs or colors, just like they did in ancient times. During wartime, they signaled for battle by raising what was known as the Phoinikis (phoenix). There was also something called the "cap" (μάρμαρο) that was raised on a pole and was red in color, along with several other signals communicated in similar ways. However, it might be safer to make your signals by hand.
42. And thus, O General, let the exercise of these signals be practised, so that all the officers in command of ships under you may have certain knowledge of all such signs; of the reason why each is made, and when, and how, and may not fail. So that, well familiarised with the signals, they may readily understand them in time of emergency and carry out the orders indicated.
42. And so, General, let the use of these signals be practiced, so that all the officers in charge of ships under your command have a clear understanding of all these signals; why each one is used, when to use them, and how to do so, without any mistakes. This way, being well-acquainted with the signals, they will quickly grasp them during emergencies and execute the instructions given.
In reading the above paragraphs one cannot fail to be impressed by the profound grasp of the essential requirements of the subject exhibited by the writer. Nothing like it appears again until modern times, and the concluding words might well have been written by Kempenfelt and the other reformers of the Signal System in the British navy at the end of the eighteenth century.
In reading the above paragraphs, you can't help but be struck by the writer's deep understanding of the core needs of the topic. There's nothing like it until modern times, and the final words could easily have been penned by Kempenfelt and other reformers of the Signal System in the British navy at the end of the eighteenth century.
After Leo we meet with nothing further on this subject until the middle of the fourteenth century, and from what we then find it is clear that the art had not only made no progress in the interval, but on the contrary had decidedly deteriorated. Two sets of instructions preserved in the Black Book of the Admiralty, to which Sir Travers Twiss assigns a date between 1337 and 1351[345], contain each one flag signal; one for calling a council, the other for notifying the presence of the enemy:
After Leo, we hear nothing more on this topic until the middle of the fourteenth century. From what we discover then, it's obvious that the art not only hadn't progressed during that time but had actually declined. Two sets of instructions found in the Black Book of the Admiralty, which Sir Travers Twiss dates between 1337 and 1351[345], each contain one flag signal: one for calling a council and the other for alerting the presence of the enemy.
A xviii. Item est assavoir que a quel temps convenable il plest a ladmiral dassembler les capitaynes et les maistres de la flotte conseiller avecques eulx il prendra hault en mylieu du mast de sa nef une banniere de conseil parainsi que en toutes parties de la flotte, soit en ports ou dehors sur la mer, ce pourra estre congnu et apperceu &c et doncques tantost les capitaynes et [143]maistres de nefs sont tenuz dassembler sans delay avec leurs bateaux bien eskippez de mariners pour nager et aler en la nef de ladmiral pour illecques oyr et faire ce que le conseil de ladmiral aura ordonne.
A xviii. It is also important to know that when it is appropriate for the admiral to gather the captains and masters of the fleet to advise with them, he will raise a banner of counsel high in the middle of the mast of his ship. This will be visible in all parts of the fleet, whether in port or out at sea, so it can be known and seen, etc. Therefore, immediately the captains and [143] masters of ships are required to assemble without delay with their boats fully manned with sailors to navigate and come to the admiral's ship to hear and do what the admiral's council has prescribed.
B vi. Item en cas que aucune nef ou outre vessel de la flotte apperceyue aucun vessel ennemy sur la mer doncques il mettra une banere en hault par laquelle la nef de ladmiral et autres nefz de la flotte pourront avoir congnoissance qu'il a veu ung vessel ennemy ou plusieurs et ainsi apres ordonner le mieulx quilz sauront pour lencontrer, &c.
B vi. If any ship or other vessel in the fleet sees an enemy vessel at sea, they will raise a flag so that the admiral's ship and the other ships in the fleet will know that an enemy vessel or more has been spotted, and they will then organize themselves as best they can to confront it, etc.
xviii. Also it is to be noted that at whatever convenient time it pleases the admiral to call together the captains and masters of the fleet to take counsel with them he will carry high in the middle of the mast of his ship a banner of council so that in all parts of the fleet, whether in ports or out at sea, this may be recognised and perceived etc., and then immediately the captains and masters of ships are bound to assemble without delay with their boats well manned with seamen to row and go on board the ship of the admiral there to hear and do what the council of the admiral shall have ordained.
xviii. It should also be noted that whenever it is convenient for the admiral to gather the captains and masters of the fleet to discuss matters, he will display a council banner high on the mast of his ship. This way, everyone in the fleet, whether in port or out at sea, will recognize it, and the captains and masters of ships are required to assemble immediately with their boats fully staffed with seamen to row and come aboard the admiral's ship to hear and follow what the admiral’s council has decided.
Item in case any ship or other vessel of the fleet perceive any enemy vessel upon the sea then he shall put a banner aloft by which the ship of the admiral and other ships of the fleet may have knowledge that he has seen one or more enemy vessels and thus afterwards give the best orders they know of to encounter it.
Item, if any ship or other vessel in the fleet spots an enemy vessel at sea, they should raise a flag so that the admiral’s ship and the other fleet ships know that an enemy vessel has been sighted. They can then proceed to give the best commands they have to engage it.
The very primitive tactics in use at this period in northern waters called for none but the most primitive signals. When at sea, the fleet gathered each evening round the admiral to take his orders for the next day, and if by any chance he wished to consult the captains or had orders to communicate before that hour he took the banner, which was normally planted on the aftercastle, and placed it halfway up the mast. When the enemy was seen, the sighting ship displayed a banner in the top, and thereupon all the ships met together to discuss what to do. Nothing could be simpler; nothing, one would suppose, more inefficient in time of emergency; certainly nothing could be farther from the well-practised organisation inculcated by the Emperor Leo.
The very basic tactics used during this time in northern waters required only the simplest signals. Each evening, the fleet would gather around the admiral to receive his orders for the next day. If he needed to consult the captains or communicate any orders before then, he would take the banner, usually placed on the aftercastle, and raise it halfway up the mast. When the enemy was spotted, the ship that saw them would display a banner at the top, and all the ships would come together to discuss their next steps. It couldn’t be simpler; one might think it would be quite inefficient in an emergency; definitely, it was a far cry from the well-organized system promoted by Emperor Leo.
In the waters of the Mediterranean the tradition of a more scientific method of warfare than simple mêlée fighting had its natural influence on the method of signalling. The orders issued by Amadeo VI of Savoy in 1366 for the combined fleet of galleys provided by Genoa, Venice and Marseilles and sailing under his command[346] show a considerable advance upon those recorded in the Black Book. This may be judged from the following excerpts which include all the articles relating to flag signals.
In the Mediterranean, the tradition of using a more strategic approach to warfare instead of just hand-to-hand combat naturally influenced the way signals were communicated. The orders given by Amadeo VI of Savoy in 1366 for the combined fleet of galleys from Genoa, Venice, and Marseilles that sailed under his command[346] represent a significant improvement over those noted in the Black Book. This can be seen in the following excerpts that include all the articles related to flag signals.
Ce sunt les chouses ordonnees pour larmee Monseigneur de Savoye sur le gouvernement daler sur la Mer.
Ce sunt les chouses ordonnees pour larmee Monseigneur de Savoye sur le gouvernement daler sur la Mer.
10. Item quand le dit seigneur [144]voudra avoir conseil qui facet mettre son estendart aut et que toutes les gallees doivent venir vers le dit seigneur et oui ce quil voudra ordonner des autres gallees ce que le dit seigneur voudra ordonner.
10. When the lord wants to gather advice, he should put up his banner and have all the galleys come to him, and whatever he wants to arrange for the other galleys, he should order as he sees fit.
11. ... et que la ou ilz sont dessendu a terre que chascun tirat celle part soubz la banniere quil est.
11. ... and where they landed onshore, everyone gathered under the banner they were with.
22. Item se ensi est que monseigneur vueille parler es gallees que monseigneur doye lever une banniere a ses armes a muy de la galee et tantost chascune des gallees se doit aprochier du dit seigneur sur la penne dicte.
22. The next item is that my lord would like to speak in the galleys, and that my lord should raise a banner with his arms at the front of the galley, and immediately each of the galleys should approach the said lord on the designated side.
23. Item se ainsi est que monseigneur vueille parler a lung ou a deux ou au plus des gallees que quant monseigneur fera lever une bandiere a dues ou plus que le patron du quel seront les armes de la bannere ou dues bannieres que monseigneur fera lever se doivent tantost aprochier de la galee de monseigneur pour oir ce que leur voudra dire sur la penne dessus dicte.
23. It is such that my lord wishes to speak to one or two, or at most a few, of the galleys, that when my lord raises a flag on one or more of them, the captain whose arms are on the flag or flags that my lord will raise must immediately approach my lord's galley to hear what he wants to say regarding the aforementioned matter.
26. Item si ainsi fut que aucune des dictes galee veist aucune nef ou galee ou autre navile estrange que tantost deust lever une bandiere e baissier la bannere vers celle part ou il verra le naviles estrange sur la penne dicte et tienne tant la bandiere que la galee monseigneur li ait rendu enseigne et quil ait lever sa bannere.
26. So it was that none of the mentioned galley saw any ship or galley or other foreign vessel that should immediately raise a flag and lower the banner toward that direction where he sees the foreign vessels on the mentioned sail, and keep the flag raised until the galley lord has given him his sign and he has raised his banner.
27. Item en cas avenoit que aucunes des dites galees eist aucun cas de necessite quil eust besoing dayde que elle doye fere enseigne dune banniere onmy de la galee et tantost les autres galees doivent aprochier celle par vers telle gallee pour ly aydier sur la dicte penne.
27. If any of the mentioned galleys encounters a situation where they need help, they should raise a banner on their galley right away, and then the other galleys should come close to that galley to assist with the said trouble.
28. Item que nulle des gallees ne doivent esguarder lune contre lautre devant que elles verront pointer une banniere sur la galee monseigneur de pope en proue et tantost chascune des galees sur la penne dicte regardera lune contre lautre.
28. Each of the galleys should not look at each other until they see a banner showing on the flagship at the front, and then each of the galleys will look at each other at that moment.
29. Item se ainsi estoit que une des galees fut esperdue des autres et ensi fut quelle se retornast avec les autres pour faire seigne de cognoissance de jour celle qui sera dessoubz vent ou celle doivent ou qui sera lancre doivent lever lestandart de son commun onmj lieu de sa galee et l'autre galee li doit rendre l'enseigne et lever lestandart de son commun en la proue chascune doit porter son estandart en lon lieu de la poupe adonques se feront cognostre qui sont amis et ce sur la penne dessus dict.
29. So it happened that one of the galleys got separated from the others and, in doing so, it turned back with the others to signal its identity by day, either the one that was downwind or the one that should be anchored. They must raise the flag of their group in place of their galley, and the other galley should return the signal and raise the flag of its group at the bow. Each must display its flag at its designated spot on the stern, so they will recognize who are allies, as mentioned above.
These are the ordinances for the armed force of My Lord of Savoy concerning the regulation of going upon the sea.
These are the rules for the armed forces of My Lord of Savoy related to the regulations for going to sea.
10. Item when the said Lord wishes to take counsel let him order his standard to be placed on high and then let all the galleys come towards the said Lord and hear what he shall wish to command of the other galleys what the said Lord shall wish to command.
10. When the Lord wants to seek advice, he should raise his standard high, and then all the galleys should come to him to listen to what he wants to direct the other galleys to do.
11. ... and there where they have landed let each one go to that place where is the banner under which he serves.
11. ... and there where they have landed, let each person go to the place where the banner they serve under is.
22. Item, if it happens that my Lord wishes to speak to the galleys then my Lord shall raise a banner of his arms amidships of the galley, and immediately each one of the galleys shall approach the said Lord under the penalty named.
22. If my Lord wants to talk to the galleys, he should raise a flag with his coat of arms in the middle of the galley. As soon as he does this, each of the galleys must come to my Lord, or they will face the consequences mentioned.
23. Item if it happens that my Lord wishes to speak to one or to two or to more of the galleys, then, when my Lord shall cause to be raised one banner or two or more; the captains whose arms are those of the banner or two banners that my Lord shall cause to be raised shall immediately approach the galley of my Lord to hear what he wishes to say to them, under the penalty aforesaid.
23. If my Lord wants to talk to one, two, or more of the galleys, then when my Lord raises one banner or two or more, the captains whose coats of arms are on the banner or banners that my Lord raises must immediately come to my Lord's galley to hear what he wants to say to them, under the aforementioned penalty.
26. Item if it has happened that any one of the said galleys has seen any strange ship or galley or other vessel then immediately it shall raise a banner and lower the banner towards that part where it sees the strange vessels, under the penalty named, and hold the banner in that position until the galley of my Lord has returned the signal and has raised its banner.
26. If any of the mentioned galleys spots a strange ship, galley, or any other vessel, it should immediately raise a banner and lower it towards the direction of the strange vessels, under the specified penalty, and keep the banner in that position until my Lord's galley responds with a signal and raises its own banner.
27. Item in case it shall happen that any of the said galleys has any occasion of necessity that it has need of aid, then it shall make a signal with a banner amidships of the galley and immediately the other galleys shall approach that place, towards such galley to aid it, under [145]the penalty named.
27. If any of the galleys needs assistance, it will signal by raising a banner in the middle of the ship. Immediately, the other galleys will come to that location to help, under the penalty stated in [145].
28. Item none of the galleys shall face one another before they shall see a banner on my Lord's galley pointed from the poop towards the prow, and immediately each of the galleys, under the penalty named, shall face one another[347].
28. No galleys shall face each other until they see a banner on my Lord's galley positioned from the stern towards the bow, and then each of the galleys, under the specified penalty, shall face one another[347].
29. Item if it has happened that one of the galleys has lost the others and then returns to them to make a recognition signal by day, that one which shall be to leeward, either that one or the one which is at anchor, shall raise the standard of its Commune amidships of the galley and the other galley shall return the signal and raise the standard of its Commune in the prow. Each one shall (then) carry its standard to its place on the poop[348]. Then they will know which are friends, and this under the penalty aforesaid.
29. If one of the galleys gets separated from the others and then comes back to them during the day, the galley that is downwind, or the one that is anchored, should raise the flag of its Commune in the middle of the galley. The other galley should return the signal and raise the flag of its Commune at the front. Each galley will then take its flag back to its place on the stern[348]. This way, they will know who their allies are, under the previously mentioned penalty.
It will be seen that both these sets of instructions give prominence to a signal for calling a Council and both, curiously enough, betray the same confusion of thought. From the opening sentence it would be supposed that the captains of the ships are assembled to advise the Admiral in Council; from the closing sentence it would appear that they are only called to hear the result of the council's deliberations. The "etc." in the English Instructions and the repetition at the end of Article 10 in the Savoy Instructions seem, however, to indicate that the texts have not reached us in their original state. In the English fleet the "Banner of Council" signal remained in use until the close of the eighteenth century[349]. As a rule this signal was made with the royal standard, though in 1369 a special gonfanon was provided and in the reign of Henry V the "Trinity Royal" had a banner of council containing the royal arms and the cross of St George[350]. When the fleet was large, as in the Cadiz Expedition of 1596, the royal standard was hoisted for the "selected" or inner council while the flag of [146]St George called the captain and the master of every ship to the flagship for a general council.
Both sets of instructions highlight the importance of a signal for calling a Council, and interestingly, both show the same confusion. The opening sentence suggests that the ship captains are gathered to advise the Admiral in Council, while the closing sentence implies they are only there to hear the outcomes of the Council's discussions. The "etc." in the English Instructions and the repetition at the end of Article 10 in the Savoy Instructions suggest that the texts haven't reached us in their original form. In the English fleet, the "Banner of Council" signal continued to be used until the end of the eighteenth century[349]. Generally, this signal was made with the royal standard, although in 1369 a special gonfanon was created, and during Henry V's reign, the "Trinity Royal" had a council banner displaying the royal arms and the cross of St. George[350]. When the fleet was large, as in the Cadiz Expedition of 1596, the royal standard was raised for the "selected" or inner council, while the flag of [146]St George summoned the captain and master of each ship to the flagship for a general council.
But while in the English fleet the Banner of Council signal underwent no development until the end of the sixteenth century, the Mediterranean instructions of 1366 contain three signals of this nature: one to call the council, another to call all the ships when some order had to be communicated, and a third to call one or more particular vessels. These, with the addition of one signal for calling aid, one manoeuvring signal, and a recognition signal, to which were added signals by sails and, at night, by lanterns, contain the germ of a complete system of signalling.
But while the English fleet's Council Banner signal didn't evolve until the end of the sixteenth century, the Mediterranean instructions from 1366 included three signals of this kind: one for calling the council, another for gathering all the ships when an order needed to be communicated, and a third for summoning one or more specific vessels. Along with these, there was also one signal for requesting assistance, one for maneuvering, and one for recognition, which, along with signals using sails and lanterns at night, laid the foundation for a comprehensive signaling system.
It is not until the middle of the seventeenth century that we meet with so advanced a system in the English navy. If an explanation of this be sought it will be found in the fact that the rowing galley was not suited to the waters of the English Channel and North Sea. If the Mediterranean nations had, in the Middle Ages, a comparatively advanced system of tactics and therefore—for the one inevitably follows the other—a comparatively complete method of signalling, it was because they had inherited the foundations of it with the galley from the Romans and Greeks. The sailing-ship did not assert its superiority over the older weapon until the early part of the sixteenth century, and it was another century before the seamen who manned it could be persuaded that the methods of tactics invented for the despised galley could be of use when applied to vessels whose motive power was of another order. It was the soldier-admirals, who were well acquainted with the value of formal tactics on shore, who taught the English navy the lesson it was so loath to learn.
It wasn't until the middle of the seventeenth century that the English navy adopted such an advanced system. If you're looking for an explanation, it lies in the fact that the rowing galley was not suitable for the waters of the English Channel and the North Sea. The Mediterranean countries, during the Middle Ages, had a relatively advanced system of tactics and, as a result, a comparatively complete method of signaling, because they had inherited its foundations with the galley from the Romans and Greeks. The sailing ship didn't prove its superiority over the older vessel until the early part of the sixteenth century, and it took another century before the sailors operating them could be convinced that the tactics developed for the underrated galley could be useful when applied to ships powered in a different way. It was the soldier-admirals, who understood the importance of structured tactics on land, that taught the English navy the hard lesson it was so reluctant to accept.
The Instructions of 1366 just quoted may be taken as representative of the fourteenth century. For the fifteenth century we have at least two good examples; the orders for the Venetian navy drawn up by Mocenigo[351] in the year 1420 and the orders for the navy of Castile drawn up by Fadrique Henriquez[352] in 1430. It will be sufficient to extract from the Venetian orders, which are the more interesting for our immediate purpose, the various articles relating to flag signals.
The Instructions from 1366 can be considered typical of the fourteenth century. For the fifteenth century, we have at least two solid examples: the orders for the Venetian navy created by Mocenigo[351] in 1420, and the orders for the navy of Castile prepared by Fadrique Henriquez[352] in 1430. It will be enough to extract from the Venetian orders, which are more interesting for our current purposes, the various articles related to flag signals.
Questi sono i ordeni et commandamenti dati per il magnifico M. Piero Mozenigo del mar Zeneral Capitan—1420—
Questi sono gli ordini e i comandamenti dati per il magnifico M. Piero Mozenigo del mar Generale Capitano—1420—
5. Quinto che andando à uela nulla Galia ardisca passar el fogo à Misser lo capetanio saluo quella Galia che [147]sarà de guarda, ma tuttauia debia attendere à non spartirse da lui sotto pena de lire diese à zaschedun che contrefarà, massime quando se uorà raggattar. Misser lo capetano farà metter la bandiera al mezzo. In quella uolta à chi piaserà ragattar habbi libertà di poterlo fare non si luntanando da lui mia dò al più, sotto la detta pena.
5. Fifth, if Galia tries to pass through the fire, Misser the captain should keep that Galia safe. But everyone must wait and not stray too far from him, or they will face a fine of ten lire for any offense, especially when they want to gather. Misser the captain will raise the flag in the middle. In that moment, anyone who wants to gather will be free to do so, as long as they don’t go too far from him, under the mentioned penalty.
13. Quando messer lo capitanio uorà domandar da parte el farà meter una bandiera in la popa, in quella fiada tutte le Galie se debia accostar à lui perche el possa saper el sò parer.
13. When the captain wants to ask something, he should have a flag raised at the stern, so that all the galleys can come closer to him to know his thoughts.
14. Quando misser lo capitanio uorà che alguna de so Galie uegna da lui, el farà leuare in pope la bandiera di qual sopracomito el uorà che uegna da lui. In quella fiada quel tal sopracomito di chi sarà la bandiera uegni de presente à lui sotto quella pena che à lui piaserà.
14. When the captain orders that one of his galleys come to him, he will have the flag of the respective admiral raised at the stern. At that moment, the admiral of that flag must personally present himself to him under whatever penalty he deems appropriate.
These are the ordinances and commands given by the eminent Mr Piero Mocenigo, Captain General at Sea—1420—
These are the rules and orders given by the notable Mr. Piero Mocenigo, Captain General at Sea—1420—
5. Fifthly, when proceeding under sail, no galley shall attempt to pass the lantern of the Captain except the galley which shall be on guard, but should always take care not to part company from him under penalty of 10 lira for each one contravening, especially when they are racing. The Captain will place the flag amidships. In that case anyone wishing to race shall have liberty to do so; not however outdistancing him more than two miles at the most, under the aforesaid penalty.
5. Fifth, when sailing, no boat is allowed to pass the Captain's lantern except for the boat on guard. However, it must always be careful not to leave his side, or they'll face a penalty of 10 lira for each violation, especially during a race. The Captain will raise the flag in the middle of the boat. In that situation, anyone wanting to race can do so; however, they shouldn't go more than two miles ahead of him, or they'll face the same penalty.
13. When the Captain desires to call the ships to him he will put a flag on the poop, in which case all the galleys ought to approach him in order to learn his intentions.
13. When the Captain wants to call the ships to him, he will raise a flag on the poop. In that case, all the galleys should come to him to find out his intentions.
14. When the Captain desires any particular galley to come to him, he will raise on the poop the flag of that commander whom he wishes to come to him. In that case the commander whose flag it is shall at once repair to him under such penalty as seems fit.
14. When the Captain wants a specific galley to come to him, he will raise the flag of the commander he wants to summon on the poop deck. In that situation, the commander whose flag it is must immediately come to him under a penalty that seems appropriate.
Signals for the galley on guard.
Signals for the kitchen during the watch period.
Primà sel uederà fusta over fusto armado, debia leuar l' Insegna di misier San Marco et puoi tor quela uia tante fiade quanti sarà i nauilij che l' hauerà descouerto, et se queli sarano da uno in suso debia uegnir du miser lo capitanio, et farli sauer de queli fusti lui hauerà descouerto. Se la sara coca zoe naue lieue la soa bandiera dal ladi sinestro, se la sarà barca leua un penon dal ladi destro; fazando segni cum quela bandiera in la qual uia queli nauiglij i sarà descouerti et se miser lo capitanio uorà che la Galia de guarda uada ad algun de quali nauiglij i quali sarà descouerti el farà leuar una bandiera quara à pope al ladi destro à la uia del nauilio, obseruando i ordini infrascritti. Et se l' occorese che la Galia de guarda andando ad algun [148]nauilio per l' ordene dato de sopra, et se miser lo capitanio uolese che quela tornase, non andase più auanti, se miser lo capetanio andarà à remi el farà fer uela de presente, et fara calar, et uezudo questo segno la Galia de guarda debia tornar subito à lui.
Primarily, the lookout should signal when he sees a ship or vessel with arms. He must raise the standard of Mister Saint Mark and can signal as many times as the number of ships he has spotted. If there are any from one and above, he should inform Mister the captain about which vessels he has seen. If the ship is a galley, it should raise its flag on the left side; if it’s a boat, it should raise a pennant on the right side. By making signals with that flag, the lookout will indicate how many ships have been spotted, and if Mister the captain wants the guard galley to look at any of those ships that have been discovered, he will raise a flag at the stern on the right side according to the navigation, following the instructions noted below. If it happens that the guard galley is heading toward a certain vessel, based on the orders given above, and if Mister the captain wishes for it to return, it should not go any further. If Mister the captain goes rowing, he will signal to hoist the sail immediately and lower it, and upon seeing this signal, the guard galley should return to him right away.
Item comanda misier lo capetanio che sel fose descouerto più fusti e lui terminase andare a queli jn quela fiada el farà leuar el sò stendardo d'oro cum la so arma al fanò a pope, et de presente tute le Galie se debia redure appreso lui, é andare à se soe poste, e faza dar arme in couerta, et ordene le sue pauexade à proua segondo uxantia, et lo resto de pauixi sia per imbrazar et andar per couerta, et per suso le pertegete sia meso schiauine segondo usanza et à la prima trombeta zascadun se debia armar, à la segonda leuar l' Insegna de San Marco et rinfrescarti i corpi. A la terza quando serà leuado à meza Galia el standardo quadro con la Insegna del nostro signor Jesu Christo all' hora ognun uada arditamente et come buon' ordene che una galia non impaci l' altra à inuestir i diti navilij ouer fuste e non se desparta dalla battaia fina 1' ultima sconfita.
Item commands the captain that if he discovers more ships, he should proceed to those that he finds. He will raise his golden standard with his arms at the signal to the pope. Additionally, all the galleys should come under his command and go to their respective positions, and they should prepare their weapons in cover. He should organize the crews on deck according to their ranks, and the rest of the crew should be ready to board and move in cover. Above, the protections should be arranged as per custom, and at the first trumpet, everyone must be armed. At the second, raise the Standard of St. Mark and refresh the bodies. At the third, when the standard is raised in the middle, the flag with the emblem of our Lord Jesus Christ should be flown. At that time, everyone should proceed boldly, and as per good order, one galley should not impede another in engaging the enemy ships, nor should they depart from the battle until the last defeat.
Et perche molte fiade ocore che le Galie se separa una dall' altra, et squarase da misier lo capetanio, però lè de necesità dar ordene ò segno per el qual posa recognoserse dalle nostre Galie, una dall' altra si de zorno come de note come è dito qui de soto.
Et perche molte fiade ocore che le Galie se separa una dall' altra, et squarase da misier lo capetanio, però lè de necesità dar ordene ò segno per el qual posa recognoserse dalle nostre Galie, una dall' altra si de zorno come de note come è dito qui de soto.
Se alguna Galia se smarirà de miser lo capetanio per poterla recognoser, [149]sel sarà de zorno miser lo capetanio farà un fumo à prua, et uezando questo segno la Galia che sarà squarada, responda per si fato segno et poi farà leuar una bandera a pope a cauo de banda destra, et per el simel lui debba responder, et poi lui farà leuare una bandiera quara à prua à ladi senestro, et per el simel quela Galia debia responder, et poi lui farà leuar una bandiera quara à prua et per el simel questa Galia debia responder, e farà i diti segni, miser lo capitanio farà leuar l' Insegna di Misier San Marco, et cosi debia responder la dita Galia e sia ben prouezuda à non se acostar, sel nò cognosese bene i deti segni.
Se alguna galera se alejara de hacer que el capitán la reconozca, [149]si es de día, el capitán hará un humo en la proa, y al ver esta señal, la galera que sea avistada deberá responder con la señal y luego levantará una bandera a popa hacia la banda derecha, y por el mismo motivo él debe responder, y luego él levantará una bandera cuadrada en proa hacia el lado izquierdo, y por el mismo motivo esa galera debería responder, y luego él levantará una bandera cuadrada en proa y por el mismo motivo esta galera debería responder, y haciendo las señales que ya se mencionaron, el capitán levantará el estandarte de San Marco, y así debe responder la galera, y es importante que no se acerque, si no reconoce bien las señales dadas.
Item zonzandò mr lo capo in algun liogo...non uoiando che algun sopracomito faci butar i sò copani in acqua fara butar el suo e leuerà la soa bandera de uento, à cao de banda. E in questo caso algun no dieba butar lo suo, fia la deta bandiera sarà alzada, mà mouesta sara quela cadaun posi butar soto quela pena à lui parerà.
Item zonzandò mr lo capo in algun liogo...non uoiando che algun sopracomito faci butar i sò copani in acqua fara butar el suo e leuerà la soa bandera de uento, à cao de banda. E in questo caso algun no dieba butar lo suo, fia la deta bandiera sarà alzada, mà mouesta sara quela cadaun posi butar soto quela pena à lui parerà.
Item quando mr lo capitanio uorà, che tuti i soracomiti uegna à lui, el farà meter la so bandiera da uento in pope à la scaza inuerso prua, alora debia uegnir da lui, perche altrimenti bisognaraue mandar per cadaun.
Item quando il capitano vorrà, che tutti i soracomiti vengano a lui, farà mettere la sua bandiera da vento in poppa verso prua, allora deve venire da lui, perché altrimenti bisognerebbe mandare per ciascuno.
First, if he shall see a light galley or armed galley, he ought to raise the Ensign of Saint Mark and then lower it as many times as there may be ships which he has discovered, and if there are more he should go to the Captain and acquaint him how many galleys he shall have discovered. If that be a boat or ship he shall raise his flag on the left side, if a bark, a pennant on the right side, making signals with this flag in the direction in which these ships are discovered, and if the Captain wishes the Guard-galley to go to any of these ships which shall be discovered, he will raise a square flag on the right side of the poop towards that ship, in conformity with the regulations given below. And if it shall come to pass that the guard-galley on going to any ship under the above order and the Captain should wish her to turn back and not to advance further, if the Captain shall proceed under oars, he shall order sail to be taken in at once and shall strike sail, then having seen this signal the guard-galley ought to turn at once to him.
First, if he sees a light galley or an armed galley, he should raise the Ensign of Saint Mark and then lower it as many times as there are ships he has spotted. If there are more, he should go to the Captain and let him know how many galleys he has discovered. If it’s a boat or ship, he should raise his flag on the left side; if it’s a bark, he should raise a pennant on the right side, signaling with this flag towards the direction of the discovered ships. If the Captain wants the Guard-galley to approach any of these ships, he will raise a square flag on the right side of the poop towards that ship, according to the regulations below. And if it happens that the Guard-galley is heading to any ship under the above orders and the Captain wants her to turn back and not go any further, if the Captain continues under oars, he will immediately order the sail to be taken in and struck. After seeing this signal, the Guard-galley should turn back to him right away.
Likewise the Captain commands in case more ships are discovered and he is determined to go to them; in this case he shall order his own standard to be raised, the gold standard with his arms, at the lanthorn on the poop, and immediately all the galleys ought to repair close to him, and proceed each to her own post, and order the arms on deck and order their pavisades to the prow according to custom, the rest of the shields to go round the deck, and on the supports of the awning the galley slaves' clothes are to be put as is customary, and at the first trumpet each man is to arm himself; at the second to raise the ensign of Saint Mark and to take refreshments for their bodies. At the third, when the square standard with the ensign of Our Lord Jesus Christ shall be raised amidships each ship shall proceed boldly and in good order, so that one galley may not hinder another, to board or come up with the said ships or galleys and not to leave the battle until they are finally routed.
Likewise, the Captain commands that if more ships are spotted and he decides to approach them, he should order his own flag to be raised, the gold flag with his emblem, at the lantern on the poop deck. Immediately, all the galleys should gather around him, each heading to its designated position. They must prepare the weapons on deck and place their shields at the front as usual, with the remaining shields circling the deck. The galley slaves' clothing should be hung on the awning supports as is customary. At the first trumpet, each person should arm themselves; at the second, they should raise the flag of Saint Mark and take refreshments. At the third, when the square standard with the emblem of Our Lord Jesus Christ is raised in the center, each ship should advance with confidence and in good order so that one galley does not obstruct another in boarding or approaching the mentioned ships or galleys, and they should not leave the fight until the enemy is completely defeated.
And as it often happens that the galleys are separated one from the other and are dispersed from the Captain, therefore he must necessarily give an order or signal of recognition by which they may be recognised by our ships one from the other by day as well as by night, as is mentioned below.
And as it often happens that the galleys are separated from each other and are scattered away from the Captain, he must definitely give an order or signal of recognition so they can be identified by our ships both during the day and at night, as mentioned below.
If any Galley shall stray from the Captain, in order to recognise it, if by day, the Captain makes smoke on the prow and seeing that signal the galley which had separated shall answer by the same signal, and then the Captain shall order a flag to be raised on the forward end of the poop on the right side; and with the same signal he is to answer and the Captain shall order to raise a square flag on the left side of the prow, and likewise that galley is to answer and make the aforesaid signal. The Captain will raise the Ensign of St Mark and this the galley ought to answer, and be very attentive not to go alongside if it does not well recognise the above signals.
If any galley gets separated from the captain, to identify it, during the day, the captain will make smoke signals from the front. The galley that has strayed should respond with the same signal. Then, the captain will order a flag to be raised at the front of the poop on the right side. Using the same signal, the galley should respond, and the captain will also raise a square flag on the left side of the prow. That galley should also answer with the previously mentioned signal. The captain will raise the Ensign of St. Mark, and the galley is expected to respond, being very careful not to approach if it doesn’t clearly recognize the signals made.
Item the Captain, cruising in any place, ... not wishing any commander to lower his boat into the water, will launch his own boat and raise his flag on the windward side of the poop forward, and in this case no one shall lower his boat as long as the said flag is hoisted, and if any does so it shall be under the penalty which he thinks fit.
Item the Captain, while cruising anywhere, ... not wanting any commander to lower their boat into the water, will launch their own boat and raise their flag on the windward side of the poop deck, and in this case, no one shall lower their boat as long as the flag is up, and if anyone does so, it will be subject to a penalty determined by the Captain.
Item if the Captain wishes all the commanders to come to him, he will put his flag to windward, on the poop near the ladder, inclined towards the prow, and then they must go to him because otherwise he would have to send for them.
Item, if the Captain wants all the commanders to come to him, he will raise his flag to windward on the poop near the ladder, angled towards the front, and then they must go to him; otherwise, he would have to send for them.
The Venetian orders contain no provision for calling a Council, but they include two flag signals for calling up the galleys to take orders. Possibly the Venetians, anticipating Drake, did not assent to the scriptural dictum that in the multitude of councillors is wisdom. In the Castilian Instructions there is not only provision for calling a council by day, by hoisting the royal pendant, but also for calling an informal council at night. In daytime the captain and a boatswain[353] from each galley had to come in a boat on board the Admiral, but at night each galley ranged up with the Admiral in turn, spoke with him, and then fell off again. Another signal not found in the Venetian Instructions is that for calling assistance; in the Castilian Instructions this is to be done by raising the royal pendant. There[150] are two signals for discovery of a fleet in those instructions; if the fleet was recognised as an enemy the sighting galley hoisted the royal pendant and rushed off to tell the Admiral all about it, without attempting to denote by signal the number of ships, but if it was merely a strange fleet the sighting galley contented itself with hoisting a flag to the masthead and raising and lowering it as many times as there were ships. The first galley to sight land raised a flag to the masthead, kept it there a short time, and then lowered it. The recognition signal differs from that provided in the Venetian orders, but it contains the same serious defect found in most of the early recognition signals—the two ships simply copy one another. In the Savoy Instructions of 1366 it will be seen that there is a slight variation in the signals made by the two galleys, sufficient to betray any stranger not acquainted with the difference. One would have thought that the necessity for some such device would have been apparent to any seaman, for the use of an enemy's colours was a well-known artifice and nothing could be simpler than to copy exactly the signals of another ship.
The Venetian instructions don’t provide a way to call a Council, but they do include two flag signals for summoning the galleys to receive orders. It’s possible the Venetians, anticipating Drake, didn’t agree with the saying that wisdom is found in many advisers. In the Castilian Instructions, there is a provision for calling a council during the day by hoisting the royal pendant, as well as for holding an informal council at night. During the day, the captain and a boatswain[353] from each galley had to come in a boat aboard the Admiral's ship, but at night, each galley would line up with the Admiral in turn, speak with him, and then move away again. Another signal not included in the Venetian Instructions is for calling assistance; in the Castilian Instructions, this is done by raising the royal pendant. There[150] are two signals for spotting a fleet in those instructions; if the fleet is recognized as an enemy, the spotting galley would hoist the royal pendant and rush off to inform the Admiral without attempting to signal the number of ships. However, if it was just an unknown fleet, the spotting galley would only raise a flag to the masthead and raise and lower it as many times as there were ships. The first galley to see land would raise a flag to the masthead, keep it there for a short while, and then lower it. The recognition signal is different from what is provided in the Venetian orders, but it still has the same major flaw seen in most early recognition signals—the two ships just imitate each other. In the Savoy Instructions of 1366, there’s a slight variation in the signals made by the two galleys, enough to reveal any outsider unfamiliar with the difference. One would think that any sailor would recognize the need for such a device, as using an enemy's colors was a well-known trick, and it couldn’t be easier than to copy another ship's signals exactly.
For the early sixteenth century we have two important sets of signal instructions. One of these, the "Ordonnances et signes pour nauiguer jour et nuyt en une armée royale[354]," drawn up by Antoine de Conflans about the year 1515 for use in a fleet composed of sailing ships and galleys, is worth translation in full:
For the early 1500s, we have two important sets of signal instructions. One of these, the "Orders and signs for navigating day and night in a royal fleet.[354]," created by Antoine de Conflans around 1515 for a fleet made up of sailing ships and galleys, is worth translating in full:
Ordinances and Signals for navigating by day and by night in a navy royal, if his most Christian Majesty, whom God preserve, or other prince of the realm, should set out to the conquest of the Holy Sepulchre or other lands of the enemies of the Holy Catholic Faith, and the Ordinances and Chapters written below, which are for the recognition by day and by night of those who are of the party and of the company of the said most Christian king or prince; Also if other ships, either strangers or enemies, whether sailing ships, galleys, foists or other vessels, should be found among the said navy by day or night, they may be easily recognised by these said ordinances, which must be well kept and observed by the whole fleet and company of the said navy.
Ordinances and Signals for navigating by day and by night in a royal navy, if His Most Christian Majesty, whom God preserve, or any other prince of the realm, should embark on the conquest of the Holy Sepulchre or other lands of the enemies of the Holy Catholic Faith. The Ordinances and Chapters listed below are for recognizing, both day and night, those who are part of the party and the company of the said Most Christian king or prince. Additionally, if other ships, whether foreign or hostile, including sailing ships, galleys, foists, or other vessels, are found within the navy during the day or night, they can be easily identified by these ordinances, which must be strictly followed and observed by the entire fleet and crew of the said navy.
And First:
And First:
The King's ship, or that of his admiral and lieutenant if the said lord is not himself present, shall ordinarily wear the banner in the top called the "gabye" in the Levant; and this shall be the mark by which the royal or admiral ship shall be recognised by day; and by night, because the aforesaid banner can not be seen, the said ship shall carry on its poop a lighted lantern, such as is called a "fanal" in the Levant waters, which shall burn all night, so that the whole fleet can see it; and by this means the royal or admiral ship shall be recognised by all the fleet.
The King’s ship, or that of his admiral and lieutenant if he’s not present, will usually display the banner at the top called the "gabye" in the Levant; this will be the way the royal or admiral ship is identified during the day. At night, since the banner can’t be seen, the ship will have a lit lantern on its stern, known as a "fanal" in the Levant waters, which will stay lit all night so that the entire fleet can see it; this way, everyone in the fleet can recognize the royal or admiral ship.
Item, all the ships of the fleet, whether galleys or other vessels, shall come each morning to salute the King's or admiral's ship and to ascertain the watchword (mot du guet), and in the evening to learn the night-cry (cry de la nuyt); and in the evening they shall come and salute the said lord and his ship, and enquire what route and course he intends to follow, in order that if, through tempest or for other reasons, any vessel should lose itself by night, it will know what route to follow; and none of the said ships or galleys, except the king's or admiral's, shall carry a banner in the top, nor any lantern or beacon, except the Captain General of the galleys, who usually may carry the banner at the stern, and by night a stern lantern. If by chance bad weather should occur (which God forbid) and it is feared that the vessels may become separated from one another, the king will carry two banners by day and two lanterns by night, and each of his fleet one; and in the same way the Captain of the galleys and his fleet one other.
Item, all the ships in the fleet, whether galleys or other types, shall come each morning to salute the King's or admiral's ship and to find out the watchword, and in the evening to learn the night signal; and in the evening they shall come and salute the said lord and his ship, and ask what route and course he intends to take, so that if, due to a storm or other reasons, any vessel should get lost at night, it will know what direction to follow; and none of the other ships or galleys, except the king's or admiral's, shall carry a flag at the top, nor any lantern or beacon, except for the Captain General of the galleys, who is allowed to carry the flag at the stern, and at night a lantern at the back. If bad weather should occur (which God forbid) and there's a risk that the vessels may become separated, the king will carry two flags by day and two lanterns by night, and each of his fleet will carry one; and similarly, the Captain of the galleys and his fleet will carry another.
Item, no ship shall fail to change its course and go about when the said lord does so, and generally, each one shall perform the manoeuvre which the said lord shall perform.
Item, no ship shall fail to change its course and turn around when the lord does so, and generally, each one shall perform the maneuver that the lord performs.
Item, if the said lord wishes to speak with other ships he will put a banner at the stern, and each ship shall be bound to approach the said lord. And if the said lord wishes to speak with the galleys only he will put the banner in the admiral's stern gallery.
Item, if the lord wants to communicate with other ships, he will raise a banner at the back, and every ship will be required to come closer to him. If the lord wants to speak only with the galleys, he will display the banner in the admiral's stern gallery.
Item, let each one carry as much sail as seems good to him, and proceed at the same speed as the said lord and no more, so that he does not pass his said ship, under the penalty afore-mentioned or of being punished at his discretion. And also let each one take care to keep near the said ship.
Item, let everyone carry as much sail as they think is good for them and go at the same speed as the mentioned lord, but not faster, so that they do not overtake his ship, under the penalties mentioned before or face punishment at his discretion. Also, let everyone make sure to stay close to the said ship.
Item, if any of the said ships or galleys see one or more sail, the ships shall show, as many times as they see sails, a banner in the top on that side on which they see the said sails, and the galleys shall show it on the mast-head[355]. Each one of them, whether ship or galley, shall keep it there until the captain[356] has replied with a similar signal.
Item, if any of the mentioned ships or galleys spot one or more sails, the ships must display a banner at the top on the side where they see those sails as many times as they see them, and the galleys must show it at the masthead[355]. Each of them, whether a ship or a galley, must keep it there until the captain[356] responds with a similar signal.
Item, let no one, on pain of death, whether commanding a ship, galley or brigantine, chase any ship of any sort or condition without leave and licence of the said lord.
Item, no one, under penalty of death, whether in command of a ship, galley, or brigantine, shall pursue any vessel of any kind or status without the permission and license of the aforementioned lord.
Item, let no vessel salute another whilst it is within sight of the said lord, on pain of corporal punishment, except the galleys, which shall salute the Captain as a mark of respect.
Item, no ship should greet another while it is in sight of the lord, under penalty of physical punishment, except for the galleys, which should salute the Captain as a sign of respect.
Item, if by day any of the said ships or galleys shall have suffered any damage (which God forbid) that one to which the accident has happened shall place in the top a pendant so as to be seen by the said lord. It shall fire one gun and shall keep the said banner flying until the other vessels have come to its assistance. In the case of a galley it shall fly the said banner at the masthead and shall fire one gun as already said, and each of the said ships shall approach that to which the accident has happened in order to render aid.
Item, if during the day any of the mentioned ships or galleys suffers any damage (which we hope doesn’t happen), the affected vessel shall display a flag at the top so that it can be seen by the lord. It shall fire one cannon shot and keep the flag flying until the other ships come to help. In the case of a galley, it will also fly the flag at the masthead and fire one cannon shot as mentioned, and each of the ships shall come to the aid of the one that has experienced the accident.
Item, if by chance the said ships have parted company, which God forbid, and meet again by day, the one to windward shall lower and raise the topsail once and fire one gun; and the one to leeward shall lower and raise the said topsail once and fire two guns. In the case of the [152]galleys, the one to leeward[357] shall twice draw up to the mast the lower end of the lateen yard and shall fire one gun; and the one to leeward shall peak the lateen yard (by drawing the upper end down to the corsia) and fire two guns, keeping the said yard arm to the corsia[358].
Item, if by chance the mentioned ships have separated, which we hope does not happen, and they meet again during the day, the ship that is to windward shall lower and raise the topsail once and fire one gun; and the ship that is to leeward shall lower and raise the topsail once and fire two guns. In the case of the [152]galleys, the ship that is to leeward shall pull the lower end of the lateen yard up to the mast twice and fire one gun; and the ship that is to leeward shall peak the lateen yard (by pulling the upper end down to the corsia) and fire two guns, keeping the yard arm towards the corsia[358].
Item, if any of the said ships is in need of aid from the galleys it shall fire one gun and hoist a banner on the poop twice and the Captain of the said galleys shall then, if possible, go or send to it.
Item, if any of the mentioned ships needs assistance from the galleys, it shall fire one gun and raise a flag on the poop twice, and the Captain of the galleys shall then, if possible, go or send help.
Item. [If any of] the said ships or galleys sights land [the ship] shall hoist a banner at the lower yard arm and the galley at the fore or at the after end of the lateen yard slung horizontally[359] on the side on which land is seen, and shall keep it out until the said lord has answered.
Item. [If any of] the mentioned ships or galleys sees land, [the ship] will raise a flag at the lower yard arm and the galley at the front or back of the lateen yard slung horizontally[359] on the side where land is visible, and will keep it displayed until the said lord has responded.
Item, if the said lord wishes the said ships to lower their boats he will place two banners at the poop and fire one gun, and immediately the said ships shall launch their boats and put out towards the said lord or where he shall wish them to go.
Item, if the lord wants the ships to lower their boats, he will raise two flags at the back and fire a cannon. Right away, the ships will launch their boats and head towards the lord or wherever he wants them to go.
Item, if the said lord, being at anchor, wishes to make sail, he will place a banner at the edge of the top in addition to the ordinary banner, and will fire one gun, and everybody must thereupon return on board to hoist sail likewise.
Item, if the mentioned lord is at anchor and wants to set sail, he will display a banner at the edge of the top along with the usual flag, and will fire one gun. Everyone must then return on board to prepare to hoist the sails as well.
Item, if by day one or several sail are sighted, and the said lord wishes the galleys to chase and speak with them, he will place a banner at each yard-arm and fire two guns.
Item, if during the day one or more ships are spotted, and the lord wants the galleys to pursue and communicate with them, he will hoist a banner at each yard-arm and fire two cannon shots.
Item, if the said lord wishes the whole fleet to chase he will place two banners at the said yard-arms, and also two more on the edge of the top in addition to the ordinary one, and he will fire four guns, and every ship shall be bound to carry the requisite number of sails.
Item, if the lord wants the entire fleet to pursue, he will put up two flags at the yardarms, and also two more on the edge of the top in addition to the regular one, and he will fire four cannon shots. Every ship must have the required number of sails.
Item, if the said lord and his fleet encounter enemy fleets where they must fight, they shall show all the ensigns and banners they have, so that each one may do his duty.
Item, if the lord and his fleet come across enemy fleets where they have to fight, they should display all their flags and banners so that everyone can do their duty.
These articles will be changed every time that a fleet is set out, however the substance of them remains the same.
These articles will be updated every time a fleet is dispatched, but their core content stays the same.
Here follow the arrangements and chapters drawn up for night-time.
Here are the plans and chapters prepared for nighttime.
And first
And first
If the said lord is at sea, and he wishes to make sail, he will show two lanterns and will fire one gun, and he will keep the said lanterns showing until the others have replied to him with two other lanterns, but without firing guns; and each one shall be bound to get under way and make sail like him.
If the lord is at sea and wants to set sail, he will display two lanterns and fire one gun. He will keep the lanterns visible until the others respond with two lanterns of their own, without firing guns. Each one will be required to get underway and set sail just like him.
Item, if, being under sail, the said lord wishes to speak with the other ships, he will show two lanterns twice and twice conceal them; and the last time he will keep them showing until the others have replied by a similar signal, and each one shall be bound to go to the said lord; and if he wishes to speak with the galleys only, he will show a single lantern over the stern light, and if the brigantine is to come he will show two.
Item, if the lord is sailing and wants to communicate with the other ships, he will display two lanterns twice and then hide them twice; the last time, he will keep them visible until the others respond with a similar signal, and everyone will be required to go to the lord. If he only wants to speak with the galleys, he will show a single lantern over the stern light, and if he wants the brigantine to come, he will show two.
Item, if any of the said ships or galleys sight one or several sails it shall show a single lantern as many times as it sees sails, and shall betake [153]itself to the said lord as soon as it can, and all the others shall do in like manner.
Item, if any of the ships or galleys sees one or more sails, it must show a single lantern as many times as it sees sails, and it should head to the mentioned lord as soon as possible, and all the others will do the same.
Item, if the said lord wishes to take off a bonnet, he will show three lanterns, one after the other, until the others have replied with three other lanterns, and each one shall be bound to do the same.
Item, if the lord wants to remove a hat, he will display three lanterns, one after another, until the others respond with three lanterns as well, and each one must do the same.
Item, if the said lord wishes to set a bonnet and crowd on sail he will show three lanterns one above the other and keep them out until the others have answered with a similar signal, and each shall be bound to crowd on sail to follow the said lord.
Item, if the lord wants to set a bonnet and raise the sails, he will display three lanterns stacked one over the other and keep them out until the others respond with the same signal, and each will be required to raise their sails to follow the lord.
Item, if the said lord wishes to chase by night, he will show three lanterns in a row three times, and will fire three guns, and will keep the said lanterns showing until the others have replied by similar lanterns. And to enable them to recognise one another each ship shall carry four lanterns at the poop, and the said lord will carry three on each side of his stern light.
Item, if the lord wants to hunt at night, he'll show three lanterns in a row three times and fire three guns. He'll keep those lanterns lit until the others respond with similar lanterns. To help them recognize each other, each ship will have four lanterns at the back, and the lord will have three on each side of his rear light.
Item, if the said lord wishes to take in sail he will show three lanterns one above the other three times, and will fire one gun, and the third time he will keep the said lanterns showing until the others have replied by similar lanterns without firing guns.
Item, if the mentioned lord wants to sail, he will show three lanterns stacked on top of each other three times and will fire one gun. On the third time, he will keep the lanterns displayed until the others respond with similar lanterns without firing guns.
Item, if the said lord wishes to come into port, he will carry two stern lights, one above the other, and will fire one gun, and each of the said ships shall be bound to follow him to the said port; and when they shall have followed him and anchored, the first ones must keep a lantern at the stern until they have all arrived in the said port, in order that they may not hinder one another; and when all the said ships have arrived they shall take in the said lanterns, and the stern light of the said lord alone will remain burning.
Item, if the lord wants to come into port, he will display two stern lights, one above the other, and will fire one gun. Each of the ships must follow him to that port. Once they have followed him and anchored, the first ships must keep a lantern at the stern until all have arrived in the port, so they do not block each other. When all the ships have arrived, they will extinguish their lanterns, and only the stern light of the lord will remain lit.
Item, if by night any accident shall occur to any one of the said ships (which God forbid) it shall show four lanterns at the stern and four at the bows, as it may be difficult to see all the said lanterns; it shall also fire two guns until the other ships shall come to its aid, whereupon the said ships shall be bound to come to its succour.
If, by night, any accident happens to any of the mentioned ships (which we hope doesn’t occur), it should display four lanterns at the back and four at the front, as it might be hard to see all these lanterns. It should also fire two guns until the other ships reach it to help, and those ships are required to come to its aid.
Item, if one of the said ships should have need of galleys, it shall fire one gun and keep a lantern at the poop until the said galleys have arrived, and the Captain of the said galleys shall be bound to go or send to it if it is possible.
Item, if one of the mentioned ships needs galleys, it should fire one gun and keep a lantern at the back until the galleys arrive, and the Captain of the galleys must go or send someone to assist if possible.
Item, if it should happen that the ships part company by any chance (which God forbid) and they find their companions by night, the one to windward shall show six lanterns three by three and shall fire two guns.
Item, if the ships happen to separate for any reason (which God forbid) and they come across their companions at night, the ship to windward shall display six lanterns in groups of three and shall fire two guns.
Item, the one to leeward shall show four lanterns one above the other and fire four guns; and the watchword for the night shall be cried; and thus each one will be easily recognised without having to come right up with one another; and the said lord wills and commands that when the fleet thus part company and find one another by night, and some distance off find another ship not belonging to their company, none shall dare to fire at one another without first having made the above signals, as well by day as by night; and moreover, the said lord wills and commands that they shall, in addition, speak with one another.
Item, the ship downwind will show four lanterns stacked on top of each other and fire four guns; the password for the night will be announced; this way, everyone can be easily recognized without having to get too close; the lord commands that when the fleet separates and spots another ship at night, which isn’t part of their group, no one should fire at each other without first making the signals mentioned above, both by day and night; furthermore, the lord commands that they should also communicate with each other.
The watchword or cry for the night, and all the other signals, as well for day as for night, are changed and are at the discretion and will of the[154] lord and chief of the said fleet, with the council of master mariners and pilots, and with the aforesaid council and the assistance of this present collection, they can make use of as much as seems good to them.
The call or signal for the night, along with all the other signals for both day and night, can be changed at the discretion of the[154] lord and chief of the fleet. Together with the council of master mariners and pilots, and with the support of this current collection, they can use as much as they consider appropriate.
The instructions just quoted are plainly an ideal set; they represent the best experience of the age, but there is no indication that they were ever actually employed at sea.
The instructions just mentioned are clearly an ideal set; they reflect the best knowledge of the time, but there’s no evidence that they were ever actually used at sea.
The other important set of instructions of the early sixteenth century is by no means so full as that of Conflans, but it was actually used at sea, and reappears in various guises until the middle of the century. It seems to have been first drawn up by Philippe de Cleves, to have been used by the Emperor Charles V in his voyage from Flanders to Spain in 1517, and finally to have been incorporated, with slight alterations by Jehan Bytharne, Gunner in Ordinary to the King of France, in his Livre de Guerre tant par mer que par terre[360] written in 1543. The flag signals, which Bytharne says he had himself seen made at sea, present no improvement on those already cited, and they may, as given by Bytharne, be summarised as follows:
The other important set of instructions from the early sixteenth century isn't as comprehensive as Conflans’s, but it was actually used at sea and kept appearing in different forms until the middle of the century. It seems to have originally been created by Philippe de Cleves, was used by Emperor Charles V during his journey from Flanders to Spain in 1517, and was eventually incorporated, with minor changes, by Jehan Bytharne, Gunner in Ordinary to the King of France, in his Livre de Guerre tant par mer que par terre[360] written in 1543. The flag signals that Bytharne claims to have seen created at sea don't show any improvement over those already mentioned, and they can be summarized as follows:
To assemble the Captains for Council or to speak to them. The Captains to bring their best pilot and most experienced officer.
To gather the Captains for a meeting or to talk to them. The Captains should bring their top pilot and most experienced officer.
On sighting strange ships.
When spotting unusual ships.
If the strange ships are numerous, then
If there are a lot of strange ships, then
Two flags as above, one over the other.
Two flags as shown, one above the other.
If the Admiral, on receiving the above signal from one of the scouting ships, desires that they should go forward and reconnoitre.
If the Admiral, upon receiving the signal above from one of the scouting ships, wants them to move ahead and scout the area.
A banner on the fore mast inclined forward.
A flag on the front mast leaned forward.
All ships to chase.
All ships to pursue.
A square banner between the main top and the small banner flown at the main topmasthead.
A square flag placed between the main top and the small flag hoisted at the main topmasthead.
Sighting land.
Land ahead.
A square banner in the main top inclined on the side on which land is seen.
A square banner at the top, tilted to the side where the land is visible.
Ship in danger.
Ship at risk.
Man in main top to swing banner round and round. Three guns in quick succession.
Man in the main top to swing the banner around and around. Three guns in quick succession.
If we now turn to the contemporary instructions of the English navy as given by Audley in his Orders to be used in the King's Majesties Navy by the Sea (c. 1530)[363], we are at once struck by the primitive nature of the signals contained in them. They are as follows:
If we now look at the current guidelines of the English navy as outlined by Audley in his Orders to be used in the King's Majesties Navy by the Sea (c. 1530)[363], we are immediately struck by the basic nature of the signals included in them. They are as follows:
Whensoever, and at all tymes the Admyrall doth shote of a pece of Ordinance, and set up his Banner of Councell on Starrborde bottocke[364] of his Shippe, everie shipps capten shall with spede go aborde the Admyrall to know his will.
Whenever the Admiral fires a cannon and raises his Council banner on the starboard side of his ship, every ship's captain shall quickly go aboard the Admiral's ship to learn his wishes.
When and at all tymes the Admyrall will anker or disanker, he must shote a pece, that thereby the rest may know to do the same; and that no Shippe ride in an others walke, for in that is greate danger.
When the Admiral anchors or weighs anchor, he must fire a cannon so that everyone else knows to do the same; and that no ship rides in another's wake, as this poses great danger.
If they saile by night the Admirall must beare a greate light in the stearne of his Shippe, and if his fleete be greate, the Admirall must carie ij lights; and the Vice Admirall one, and the said Admirall must make such Saile over night that all his fleet may kepe about him; perchanse ells in the morning a greate parte of his flete may be out of his sight, for everie Shippe saileth not alike.
If they sail at night, the Admiral must display a large light at the back of his ship, and if his fleet is large, the Admiral must carry two lights; the Vice Admiral carries one. The Admiral must sail in such a way overnight that all of his fleet can stay close to him; otherwise, in the morning, a large part of his fleet might be out of sight, since not every ship sails at the same speed.
If it chance any Shippe in the night fall in leake, or breake his maste, he may shote a pece of Ordinance, or ij to warne the flete he hath harme and in perall, to the entent he may have helpe, and the rest to tarie.
If a ship happens to spring a leak or break its mast at night, it can fire a cannon or two to warn the fleet that it’s in trouble and needs help, so the others can stay back.
The Admyrall ought to have a swifte pynnes abord alwaies abrod to askrie so farre of that he may se the flete out of his toppe, and if he seeth any enemyes or any other sailes, geve knowlege to the Admyrall if they be any enemyes let him shote ij or iij peces of; in the meanetyme the Flete may put them self in order and councel before hand. Allwaies foreseing the pynnesse prease not so nighe the enemve that he might be apprehended, for by that the secrets might be knowne to the enemye, and evrie night he to cum into the flete agayne.
The Admiral should always have a swift ship nearby so he can see the fleet from the top of his mast. If he spots any enemies or other vessels, he should inform the Admiral. If they are enemies, he should fire two or three cannon shots; in the meantime, the fleet can prepare and strategize in advance. He should always make sure to stay far enough from the enemy so he isn’t captured, as that could reveal secrets to them, and every night he should return to the fleet.
If in the night there chanseth any enemyes unlooked for to fall into the flete, he that first doth askrie the same shall shote of ij peces, and geve a token of ij fyers and by that token shal be understande that they be enemyes that be in the Flete. Yf they do flee, let everie man make after, and that Shippe that is nighest beare a light in his Stearnye that the rest may know whether[365] the enemye goeth, for otherwise they may lose them: and if he that giveth the chace, se not the fleete follow, let him shoote of a pece, that they may follow by his shotte, in case they should not see his light.
If during the night any unexpected enemies happen to enter the fleet, the first person to spot them should fire two shots and show two lights as a signal. This will indicate that there are enemies in the fleet. If the enemies try to escape, everyone should pursue them, and the ship that is closest should display a light at its stern, so the other ships can see which way the enemy is headed; otherwise, they might lose track of them. If the person chasing does not see the fleet following him, he should fire a cannon to signal them to follow his shot, in case they cannot see his light.
The Admyrall ought to have this order before he joyne battell wth the enemye that all his shipps shall beare a flagge in their missentoppe and himself one in the foremaste beside the Mayne mast, that everie man may know his owne flete by that token....
The Admiral should have this order before he engages in battle with the enemy: all his ships should display a flag in their top masts, and he himself should have one on the foremost mast, beside the main mast, so that everyone can recognize their own fleet by that sign....
Scanty and insufficient as are these signals, and they leave everything to "councel" beforehand, there was no marked improvement on them until the days of the Commonwealth and the First Dutch War. The Instructions drawn up by Wynter[366] in the last year of Queen Mary's reign contain only one flag signal—the banner of [156]council—one night signal for change of course, which is of interest as showing that the primitive cresset was, in 1558, still in use in the English fleet:
These signals may be limited and inadequate, and they rely heavily on prior "counsel," but there wasn’t any significant improvement until the Commonwealth period and the First Dutch War. The instructions created by Wynter[366] in the final year of Queen Mary's reign include just one flag signal—the council banner—and a night signal for changing course. This is noteworthy because it shows that the basic cresset was still in use in the English fleet in 1558:
Item, in the night we do change our Course then the Admiral will bear a light in his Cresset for the space of one hour, whereby every Man may know what he ought to do; And all the night after none, and then he will show out a Lanthorn with a Candle light in the Mizon Shrowds.
Item, at night we change our course, and then the Admiral will carry a light in his cresset for one hour, so that everyone knows what to do; and for the rest of the night, there will be none, and then he will show a lantern with a candle in the mizzen shrouds.
one elementary recognition signal:
one basic recognition signal:
Item, if any be separated as before said, and that they descry by fortune one another, to the end they may be assured that they are of one Company the one shall strike his foresail, and a Yaw[367], and to howse it and strike it in that sort, until he do think that the same be seen unto the other, and then shall the other answer him by striking of his foresail, and shooting of one good piece, so that by the signs they shall be certain the one of the other.
Item, if any are separated as mentioned before, and they happen to spot each other, to make sure they are from the same group, one should lower their foresail and do a Yaw[367], and put it away until they think the other can see it, then the other should respond by lowering their foresail and firing one good shot, so that by these signals they can be certain of each other's presence.
and one signal for use in fog, that seems as inefficient as the others:
and one signal for use in fog that seems just as ineffective as the others:
Item, if there do happen any great Mists, in such sort, that one cannot discern another, then according to the weather, or place we be in, we must order ourselves, that is to wit, if there be so room. The Admiral will strike his Sail, and shoot one piece then, whereby every Man may be warned to do the same, and if the Admiral will anchor, then he will shoot off two pieces, one after another, and strike the Sail incontinent upon the same, but if it so fortune that he can neither drive nor ride at Anchor, then every man mark well at the beginning of the mist what course the Admiral keepeth, and to do the same. And the said Admiral will within every Glass running shoot one piece for acknowledge, and because one may be the better warned of another, ye shall make noise with trumpets, drums, or knocking.
If there are any heavy fogs where you can't see each other, then depending on the weather or where we are, we need to act accordingly, if there's space to do so. The Admiral will lower his sail and fire a cannon once to signal everyone else to do the same. If the Admiral decides to anchor, he will fire two shots, one after the other, and immediately lower the sail after that. But if he can't move or anchor, everyone should pay close attention to which direction the Admiral is heading at the start of the fog and follow that course. The Admiral will fire a cannon once at regular intervals to acknowledge this, and to help everyone keep track of each other, you should make noise with trumpets, drums, or by banging on things.
If any tactical instructions were issued to the fleet that engaged the Spanish Armada they have not been preserved to us, but there is no reason to suppose that they were—or would have been—any less rudimentary than those we have just considered. They may be taken to be represented by the "Rules in Sir John Hawkins his tyme" preserved among the State Papers of James I[368]:
If any tactical instructions were given to the fleet that fought the Spanish Armada, they haven't been preserved for us, but there's no reason to believe they were—or would have been—any less basic than the ones we've just looked at. They can be seen as reflected in the "Rules in Sir John Hawkins' time" preserved among the State Papers of James I[368]:
5. Item that the fleetest pynassis doe waight still on the Admirall and be at hand yt he maye upon all occasions send them from shipp to shipp as hee shall see Cause.
5. The fastest ships should always wait for the Admiral and be ready so he can send them from ship to ship whenever he sees fit.
12. Item that upon the settinge up of a flagge in the quarter of ye Admiralls shipp every shipp come and speak wh the Admirall.
12. That when a flag is raised in the area of the Admiral's ship, every ship should come and speak with the Admiral.
13. Item that when the Admirall shall set up his flag of Counsell in the shrowdes That then every Captayne shall repaire to knowe his pleasure.
13. When the Admiral raises his flag of Counsel in the shrouds, every Captain must come to understand his wishes.
14. Item when the Admirall shall cause a pece of ordinance to be shot of and a flagge of Counsell to be put out upon the mayne yard then shall all the other shipp reporte to the Admirall and the Captaynes wh their Mr shall come in their boats aboard the Admirall.
14. When the Admiral orders a cannon to be fired and a flag of Council to be raised on the main yard, all the other ships shall report to the Admiral, and the captains with their masters shall come on board the Admiral's ship in their boats.
19. Item If it fortune a strange shipp to fall into the fleet by night, that you dowbt them, you shall call unto them for the watchword. And if he or they have not the same then you shall hange up two lights one above the other on the same side of the shipp wh you shall perceave them of, so as the rest of ye shipp maye have warninge accordingly.
19. Item If a strange ship happens to come into the fleet at night, and you doubt them, you should call out to them for the watchword. If they don’t have it, then you should hang up two lights, one above the other, on the same side of the ship where you can see them, so that the rest of the ships can be warned accordingly.
There is no provision in these "Rules" for any communication by signalling. All orders are given either by word of mouth or by sending a message by a pinnace.
There is no section in these "Rules" for any communication through signaling. All orders are given either verbally or by sending a message by a small boat.
The Instructions[369] for the Cadiz Expedition of 1596, elaborate as they are in certain directions, provide few signals. There was, of course, the "Flag of Council," half-mast high against the mizen-mast: the royal standard for the "selected" council, and the St George for all captains and masters. Each squadronal admiral might call the captains and masters of his own squadron to his flagship for orders by removing the white pendant (with which all ships were provided) from his mizen yard and hanging it in the main yard "two men's height." If a strange sail was sighted the nearest ship might chase it, but not more than one was to do so unless the admiral of the squadron signalled for two or three to go, by hanging out two or three flags (presumably any flags that were handy) one over the other. If the squadronal admiral himself bore up and chased, all might follow unless the Generals (Essex or Howard) hung out the flag of council, when all were to give over and keep their course. As a recognition signal, a ship that had lost company was to strike and hoist the maintopsail twice, or in bad weather the main mizen twice or as often as they liked.
The Instructions[369] for the Cadiz Expedition of 1596, though detailed in some aspects, lack clear signals. There was, of course, the "Flag of Council," flying at half-mast on the mizen-mast: the royal standard for the "selected" council, and the St George for all captains and masters. Each squadron admiral could call the captains and masters of his squadron to his flagship by taking down the white pendant (which all ships had) from his mizen yard and hanging it on the main yard "two men’s height." If a strange ship was spotted, the nearest vessel could chase it, but only one could do so unless the squadron admiral signaled for two or three to join by displaying two or three flags (presumably any flags that were available) stacked on top of each other. If the squadron admiral himself set off in pursuit, all could follow unless the Generals (Essex or Howard) raised the flag of council, in which case everyone was to stop and maintain their course. As a recognition signal, a ship that had lost contact was to strike and raise the maintopsail twice, or in bad weather, raise the main mizen twice or as often as they wished.
The Instructions issued on various occasions during the next fifty years present few points that concern us. They never contain more than two or three signals, and those only of the type with which we are already sufficiently familiar. It may, however, be of interest to note the various forms taken by the "Flag of Council." In the Orders drawn up by Raleigh in 1617 for his expedition to Guiana the form of this flag is not indicated, apparently any flag might serve the purpose:
The instructions given at different times over the next fifty years have few points that matter to us. They usually include just two or three signals, and those are only of the types we already know well. However, it might be interesting to look at the different designs of the "Flag of Council." In the orders created by Raleigh in 1617 for his expedition to Guiana, the design of this flag isn't specified; any flag seems to have been acceptable for the job.
For the voyage of Prince Charles to Spain in 1623 and for the Cadiz Expedition of 1625 the arrangement was the same as in 1596—the royal standard for the Council of War, or select council of the principal officers, and the St George for a general council of all captains and masters—but in August, 1628, Buckingham substituted [158]the Union, or, as he called it, the "Brittish," flag for the St George in calling the general council. In September of that year, however, the Earl of Lindsey was using the Union flag for the Council of War and the St George for the council of Captains and Masters. The orders drawn up by Pennington in 1631 and in 1639 present a fresh variation, the separation of the Captains from the Masters:
For Prince Charles's trip to Spain in 1623 and the Cadiz Expedition of 1625, the setup was the same as in 1596—the royal standard for the Council of War, or select council of the main officers, and the St George for a general council of all captains and masters—but in August 1628, Buckingham replaced the St George with the Union flag, or as he referred to it, the "Brittish," for calling the general council. However, in September of that year, the Earl of Lindsey was using the Union flag for the Council of War and the St George for the council of Captains and Masters. The orders prepared by Pennington in 1631 and in 1639 show a new change, separating the Captains from the Masters:
44. Whensoever you shall see the Brittish flagg spred in my myson shrowds, then all the Captains are to come aboard of me. If the Red Antient then both the Captains and Masters.
44. Whenever you see the British flag spread in my sails, then all the captains are to come aboard with me. If the Red Ensign is up, then both the captains and masters.
In 1635 Lindsey used the Union flag for the General Council, or Council of War, but the signal for captains and masters was altered to the red ensign, and this form was adopted by the Earl of Northumberland in 1636.
In 1635, Lindsey used the Union flag for the General Council, or Council of War, but the signal for captains and masters was changed to the red ensign, and this version was adopted by the Earl of Northumberland in 1636.
Before we proceed to consider the signals of the First Dutch War, which heralded a new era, it will be desirable to refer to those contained in the Dialogues of Nathaniel Boteler. Boteler had served as captain in the Cadiz Expedition of 1625 and in the Rochelle Expedition of 1627, and seems to have written the first draft of the Dialogues shortly after the latter event. Judging from the manuscripts that remain, he re-wrote parts of them at various times until 1634, but his remarks on signals remain practically unaltered[371], and may be taken to represent the ideal of English seamanship of that period. On comparing them with Conflans' suggested instructions of 1515 it will be seen that the English ideal was by no means a high one, yet it was not surpassed until the Commonwealth Instructions were issued in 1654.
Before we look at the signals of the First Dutch War, which marked the beginning of a new era, we should reference those found in the Dialogues by Nathaniel Boteler. Boteler served as a captain in the Cadiz Expedition of 1625 and in the Rochelle Expedition of 1627, and he seems to have written the first draft of the Dialogues shortly after the latter event. From the surviving manuscripts, it appears he revised parts of them multiple times until 1634, but his comments on signals remain largely unchanged[371], and can be seen as reflecting the ideal of English seamanship during that time. When comparing them with Conflans' suggested instructions from 1515, it's clear that the English ideal was not very high, yet it wasn't exceeded until the Commonwealth Instructions were issued in 1654.
Speaking in guise of a seaman "Captain," who is instructing a court "Admiral" in his duties, Boteler says:
Speaking as a seaman "Captain," who is teaching a court "Admiral" about his responsibilities, Boteler says:
In the first place therfore, when the Generall entends upon such a daye to make out to Sea with his whole Fleete; a fitt Signall to expresse as much to every perticuler shypp may be, by causeinge his Topp-sayles to lie loose upon the Capps, very early that morneinge; and if itt prove to be hazie and darcke weather, soe that the fleete being great, or lieing scattered att an Anchor, may not well perceive it, Hee may then, about two or three houres before he begin to waye his Anchors cause fire to be given to a single Piece of Ordinance.
In the first place, when the General plans to set out to sea with his entire fleet on a specific day, he can use a clear signal to communicate this to each individual ship by having their topsails loosely set early that morning. If the weather is hazy and dark, making it difficult for the fleet, which is large or anchored separately, to notice, he can then fire a single cannon shot about two or three hours before he starts to weigh anchor.
Secondly, if a fleete being att sea, and occasions require a generall convention of the Captaines and Masters aborde the Admiralls shypp: A fitt signall to lett them know itt may be, to hang out a yellow flagge in the uppermost part of the Admiralls Maine Shrowdes: But if ther be entended only the comeinge aborde of the Counsell of Warre, then may ther be a[159] blewe flagge hung out in the same place; for I conceive that this part is more proper then is the Missen Shrowdes, (though that be the most received place for this purpose) in regard that itt is more perceptable and may better be discovered.
Secondly, if a fleet is at sea and circumstances require a general meeting of the captains and masters onboard the Admiral's ship, a suitable signal to inform them could be to hang a yellow flag at the highest part of the Admiral's main shrouds. However, if the meeting is only for the Council of War, then a blue flag can be displayed in the same place. I think this location is more appropriate than the mizzen shrouds, even though that is the most common place for this purpose, because it is more visible and can be seen better.
Thirdly, if the Generall shall finde cause, to cast about in the night (for if by daye, this asketh noe signall) besides the Light or Lanthorne, which every Admirall is to carry in the Poope, the most evidenceinge signe that I can thincke of may be, to put another light in the Maine-topp: And if Hee entend to lie a-Hull, to shewe two lights in the same place: If a-Trie, three lights, the which lights are soe to be carried untill itt be founde that the whole Fleete hathe taken notice of itt, and answere itt accordingly.
Thirdly, if the General finds it necessary to maneuver at night (because during the day this doesn't require any signals), in addition to the Light or Lantern that every Admiral should carry on the Stern, the most effective signal I can think of is to place another light in the Main-top. And if he plans to lie to, he should show two lights in the same spot; if under sail, three lights. These lights should be displayed until it's confirmed that the entire Fleet is aware of them and responds accordingly.
Fourthly, If any Squadron or parte of the fleete, by beinge too forwards a-heade, shall be required to shorten sayle, and to attend the comeinge up of the Admirall; a Signe appropriated may be, to heave or wave an Ensigne abroade in the Admiralls Fore-topp, and to give fire to a great piece withall; And on the contrary, whensoever any of them keepe too farre a-sterne, to wave out the same flagge in the Missen-topp.
Fourthly, if any squadron or part of the fleet, by moving too far ahead, needs to shorten sail and wait for the Admiral to catch up, an appropriate signal may be to hoist or wave a flag from the Admiral's foretop and fire a cannon. Conversely, whenever any of them are lagging too far behind, the same flag should be waved from the main top.
Fifthly, If upon the discoverye of any straunge fleete or Shyp, the Generall find itt fitt to have any of the Pinnaces, and best saylers of his fleete, to stand in with them, and to require them to come to speake with him; an apte signe may be to give fire to a piece of Ordinance or two out of his own chase, and withall to shewe a flagge in his Bolt sprites Topp.
Fifthly, if the General decides it's a good idea to send some of his best sailors and pinnaces to approach any strange fleet or ship that he discovers, a good signal would be to fire a cannon or two from his own ship and also display a flag at the top of his mast.
Sixthly, Whensoever a Fleete shall meet with the Enemies fleete, and after due consultation aborde the Admirall, itt shall be found fitt to fight, the Admirall may take in his ordinary Ensigne from the poope of the shyp and hang out another all redd, which is tearmed the bloudy Colors; that soe all the fleete may dispose and order themselves to fall on upon the Enemie in such forme and fashion as they are before hand to be instructed in.
Sixthly, whenever a fleet encounters the enemy fleet and, after proper discussion, the admiral decides to engage in battle, the admiral may take down his usual flag from the back of the ship and raise a solid red flag, known as the bloody colors. This way, the whole fleet can prepare and coordinate to attack the enemy as they have been instructed in advance.
And thes are such necessary Causes, to require any signalls to be expressed by the Generall himselfe, out of his perticuler Shypp: It followes, to intimate in some other perticulers, wherin every perticuler shypp of the fleete is to doe the like; hereby as well to give notice to the Generall himselfe or any of the rest.
And these are such necessary reasons to require any signals to be communicated by the General himself, outside of his specific ship: It follows that we should indicate in some other specifics, where each individual ship of the fleet should do the same; this is meant to inform not only the General himself but also the others.
Admiral. And what are thes?
Admiral. And what are these?
Captain. If any Shyp of a fleete shall discover any straunge fleete, or any Squadron of straunge Shypps, or any single Shyp whatsoever; itt being necessary that not only the Generall, but the whole Armadoe, should with all expedition, receive advertisement hereof. A convenient signall to this purpose may be, to shewe abroade some flagge in that part of that Shyp which pointeth most upon the discovered Straunger; and if it be a fleete that is soe discovered, then to hang out two flagges in the same manner, and withall to give to a great Gunne or two, that so notice may generally be taken of what is done.
Captain. If any ship from the fleet spots a strange fleet, or any group of unfamiliar ships, or any single ship at all, it’s essential that not only the General but the entire Armada gets notified as quickly as possible. A good signal for this could be to display a flag on the part of the ship that faces the discovered stranger; and if it’s a fleet that’s been spotted, then two flags should be shown in the same way, along with firing one or two cannon shots, so everyone is aware of what’s happening.
Likewise, whensoever a fleete comeinge out of the Sea, expecteth a Landfall: the first Shyp of them that maketh Land is to give present notice therof to all the rest of the fleete; and this she is to doe, if itt be by daye, by shewinge her Colors abroade, though itt be (for the time) in the[160] Maine-topp itt selfe, inclineinge and bendinge them towards that part whence Land is discovered; and if this discovery happen in the night, she is to shoote of two pieces of Ordinance and withall shewe a light abroade; and instantly cast about and stand off, that the residue of the fleete may take notice and beware.
Similarly, whenever a fleet comes in from the sea and is anticipating landfall, the first ship to reach the land must immediately alert the rest of the fleet. If it's during the day, this ship should display its flags, even if they’re just on the main mast, angling them towards the direction where land is seen. If the sighting occurs at night, the ship should fire two cannons and show a light; then it should quickly turn around and sail away, so the rest of the fleet can notice and take caution.
If any Shyp of a fleete shall find her selfe in daunger of founderinge in the Sea, by springeinge of a leake, or any the like mischaunce; if this bee by daye shee maye shoote off three pieces of Ordinance, and withall cause a youncker to goe upp to the Maine-topp and shewe a waft: And if this happen in the night time; then to continue this shooteinge ever and anon of a single piece, and withall to shewe a light, that notice may be taken by the Gunne and her selfe found out by the light, and so relieved. And because ther may be many occasions wherby a fleete may be far dispersed, and yet afterwards gett togither againe, and that itt is fitt, that upon the first ken one of another, they may be knowne one unto another and soe noe mistakeinges ensue, an apt Signall to this purpose, may be by the puttinge out and takeinge in of a flagge soe many times one after another as shall formerly be agreed upon, or by the soe often strikeinge of a Topp-sayle or the like; the which they are to answer one unto another.
If any ship in a fleet finds itself at risk of sinking in the sea due to a leak or similar mishap, during the day it should fire off three cannons and also send a young crew member up to the main top to show a signal. If this happens at night, it should continue firing a single cannon periodically and also display a light, so the sound and the light can help others locate it and provide assistance. Since there may be many situations where a fleet could be widely spread out but later come together again, it's important that upon first seeing each other they can recognize one another to avoid any mistakes. An effective signal for this purpose can be raising and lowering a flag a set number of times or repeatedly striking a topsail, which they should respond to in kind.
Boteler's suggestion of yellow and blue flags as signals for calling a Council is of especial interest as being the earliest proposal to use special flags for making signals. Until the year 1654, signals—at any rate in English fleets—were with two exceptions always made with the flags already in use for other purposes, that is, with the Flags of Command or Colours of Distinction, whose primary uses we have already discussed. These two exceptions are the red flag of war and the white flag of peace.
Boteler's idea of using yellow and blue flags to signal a Council is particularly noteworthy as it's the first suggestion to use specific flags for signaling. Until 1654, signals—at least in English fleets—were always made with the flags already in use for other reasons, specifically the Flags of Command or Colours of Distinction, which we've already talked about. The only two exceptions were the red flag for war and the white flag for peace.
The red flag, or "bloody colours" as it was often called, and the white flag are not mentioned in any of the early instructions. They were, in fact, international signals and formed part of the traditional "Custom of the Sea" which was never completely codified and, except so far as it was gathered into such collections as the Rooles d'Oléron and the Consolado del Mar, can now only be recovered by the laborious process of collecting precedents.
The red flag, often referred to as "bloody colors," and the white flag aren't mentioned in any of the early guidelines. They were actually international signals and were part of the traditional "Custom of the Sea," which was never fully documented. Aside from being included in collections like the Rooles d'Oléron and the Consolado del Mar, we can only recover this information today through the tedious process of gathering precedents.
The red flag, could we completely trace its descent, would no doubt be found to have sprung from the "scarlet cloak" which the ancient Greek navy seems to have borrowed from the Phoenicians, but we first meet with it, so far as English ships are concerned, in the document of circa 1299 referred to above[372] in which is set forth the injuries inflicted by the Normans on the shipping of England, Ireland and Gascony (then subject to the English crown). In April a fleet of English, Irish and Bayonne merchantmen set out from Portsmouth bound for Bordeaux. Off St Mathieu, on the coast of Brittany, they anchored. According to their own story, they were[161] becalmed. News of their presence reached a fleet of 290 ships of Normandy, then loading wine in the river Charente. Leaving half their cargoes, in order that their sailing might not be impeded, the Normans fitted up fore and after castles and fighting tops at the mastheads and hoisted streamers of red sendal two yards broad and thirty yards long, called "baucans," as a sign that no quarter would be given[373]. A southerly wind having now sprung up the Normans fell upon the other fleet, only to receive a thorough beating. In refusing to give up the spoils taken on this occasion, the allies explained to Edward I that when the "baucan" had been raised in an engagement of this kind no one could be held responsible for life or property taken[374].
The red flag, if we could fully trace its origins, would likely be found to have come from the "scarlet cloak" that the ancient Greek navy seems to have taken from the Phoenicians. However, we first encounter it, at least in relation to English ships, in the document from circa 1299 mentioned above[372]. This document details the damage inflicted by the Normans on the shipping of England, Ireland, and Gascony (which was under English rule at the time). In April, a fleet of English, Irish, and Bayonne merchant ships set sail from Portsmouth to Bordeaux. They anchored off St Mathieu on the coast of Brittany. According to their own account, they were becalmed. Word of their presence reached a fleet of 290 Norman ships, who were then loading wine in the Charente river. Leaving behind half their cargoes so they could sail better, the Normans equipped their ships with fore and aft castles and fighting tops at the mastheads, and they hoisted red streamers two yards wide and thirty yards long, called "baucans," as a signal that no quarter would be given[373]. With a southerly wind now filling their sails, the Normans attacked the other fleet, only to be thoroughly beaten. When they refused to return the spoils taken during this encounter, the allies told Edward I that once the "baucan" was raised in a battle like this, no one could be held accountable for life or property taken[374].
Although the red flag was a recognised signal for combat among all European nations, it was not until the year 1647 that it was formally included in the English "Instructions." It remained in them until the year 1799.
Although the red flag was a recognized signal for battle among all European nations, it wasn't until 1647 that it was officially included in the English "Instructions." It stayed in those instructions until 1799.
In the West Indies, so Cleirac tells us, the Spanish flag of combat was blue: in European waters it was red, with the arms of Castile upon it.
In the West Indies, as Cleirac informs us, the Spanish battle flag was blue: in European waters, it was red, displaying the arms of Castile.
The flag of peace, or truce, seems to have been adopted at sea about the end of the fifteenth century, but although it may be regarded from one point of view as a signal it will be convenient to defer our consideration of it until we come to deal with the flag incidents connected with the surrender of a ship[375].
The flag of peace, or truce, appears to have been adopted at sea around the end of the fifteenth century. While it can be seen as a signal from one perspective, it will be easier to discuss it later when we address the flag incidents related to the surrender of a ship[375].
(ii) THE FIRST ENGLISH CODES [376]
It is evident from the foregoing sketch of the early history of flag signals that up to the middle of the seventeenth century the signals of the English navy were of the most elementary description. The first steps towards the introduction of a more efficient system were taken in 1647 when the "Right Honourable the Committee of the Lords and Commons for the Admiralty and Cinque Ports" issued "Instructions" on a more elaborate plan. The general instructions, dated 6th April, 1647, are preserved; but, unfortunately, [162]the "Instructions for sailing," issued at the same time, which contained the signals, have not yet been brought to light. From the "supplementary instructions" preserved in the Harleian mss., and printed by Sir Julian Corbett[377], it may be inferred that the British navy was at length drawing on a level with the navies of France and Spain in respect to its method of communicating orders.
It’s clear from the earlier overview of the early history of flag signals that until the mid-seventeenth century, the signaling system of the English navy was very basic. The first steps towards a more effective system were made in 1647 when the "Right Honourable the Committee of the Lords and Commons for the Admiralty and Cinque Ports" issued "Instructions" for a more detailed plan. The general instructions, dated April 6, 1647, are still available; however, the "Instructions for sailing," released at the same time, which included the signals, have not been found yet. From the "supplementary instructions" kept in the Harleian manuscripts., and published by Sir Julian Corbett[377], it can be inferred that the British navy was finally approaching parity with the navies of France and Spain in terms of its methods for communicating orders.
In 1653 a further great improvement was made[378], and a "code" of instructions, with the accompanying signals, now appears, issued "By the Right Honourable the Generals and Admirals of the Fleet," and signed by Blake, Deane, and Monk. The following were the flags to be used for signals: A weft of the ensign or jack, a pendant, and the three flags—red, blue, and white—already in existence as flags of command.
In 1653, another major improvement was made[378], and a "code" of instructions, along with the signals, was issued "By the Right Honourable the Generals and Admirals of the Fleet," signed by Blake, Deane, and Monk. The flags to be used for signals included a version of the ensign or jack, a pendant, and the three existing flags—red, blue, and white—used as flags of command.
The signal to "Engage the enemy," doubtless that used by Monk in fighting Tromp, and by Blake in his last glorious action of Santa Cruz, was made "by shooting-off two guns and putting a red flag over the fore topmast-head."
The command to "Engage the enemy," certainly the one used by Monk when fighting Tromp, and by Blake in his last glorious battle at Santa Cruz, was signaled "by firing two guns and hoisting a red flag over the fore topmast-head."
This Commonwealth code was further expanded in 1665, under the guidance of the Duke of York, afterwards King James II. In a supplementary order of the same year, a red and white striped flag first appears as the signal to chase. In 1672 and 1673 the instructions and signals were further amplified and then printed, being possibly the first set of naval fighting instructions to be put into print.
This Commonwealth code was further expanded in 1665, under the guidance of the Duke of York, who later became King James II. In a supplementary order that same year, a red and white striped flag was first used as the signal to chase. In 1672 and 1673, the instructions and signals were further expanded and then printed, possibly making them the first set of naval combat instructions to be published.
In a finely bound manuscript copy of the 1673 Instructions, now in the Admiralty Library, which, from internal evidence, was prepared about 1689, we have the earliest surviving example of the "signal book" proper. Hitherto the signals had been embodied in the various Articles of Sailing and Fighting Instructions, the appropriate flag being merely described in the text of each article, but no diagram or coloured representation of the flag being given. In this ms. we have for the first time coloured drawings of flags arranged in order, with the meaning and place where hoisted against each in parallel columns, a convenient method of systematising the signals that was not followed in the official printed "Instructions" for a century.
In a beautifully bound manuscript copy of the 1673 Instructions, now in the Admiralty Library, which was likely prepared around 1689, we find the earliest surviving example of the proper "signal book." Until then, signals had been included in the various Articles of Sailing and Fighting Instructions, where the appropriate flag was simply described in the text of each article, but no diagram or colored representation of the flag was provided. In this ms., we see for the first time colored drawings of flags arranged in order, showing the meaning and the location where each flag should be hoisted in parallel columns, a practical method of organizing the signals that wasn't adopted in the official printed "Instructions" for an entire century.
The flags of the manuscript are as follows:
The flags of the manuscript are as follows:
Union Flag.
The Standard.
Red Ensign.
Blue Ensign.
[163]White Ensign.
Dutch Ensign (red, white, and blue in three horizontal stripes).
A flag striped red and yellow from corner to corner.
Red flag.
Blue flag.
White flag.
A "Jack coloured with colours." (This was a "Union Jack," or small Union flag.)
A pendant.
A flag striped red and white horizontally.
A flag striped red and white from corner to corner.
White with red diagonal cross.
Union Flag.
The Standard.
Red Ensign.
Blue Ensign.
[163]White Ensign.
Dutch Ensign (red, white, and blue in three horizontal stripes).
A flag striped red and yellow from corner to corner.
Red flag.
Blue flag.
White flag.
A "Jack with colors." (This was a "Union Jack," or small Union flag.)
A pendant.
A flag striped red and white horizontally.
A flag striped red and white from corner to corner.
White with a red diagonal cross.
In other copies of the 1673 Instructions the last four are omitted, but a flag striped yellow and white from corner to corner is mentioned as a signal for fireships.
In other versions of the 1673 Instructions, the last four are left out, but a flag striped yellow and white diagonally is noted as a signal for fireships.
The Instructions of 1673 formed the basis of the instructions for the next hundred years. They were issued in a revised form by Admiral Russell in 1691 when the following signal flags were added:
The Instructions of 1673 laid the groundwork for the instructions used for the next hundred years. They were released in an updated version by Admiral Russell in 1691, which included the following signal flags:
Yellow.
Striped yellow and white horizontally.
Red and white.
Genoese Ensign (similar to an elongated St. George's flag).
Yellow.
Horizontally striped yellow and white.
Red and white.
Genoese Ensign (similar to a long St. George's flag).
Russell's instructions were adopted by Rooke in 1703 with but slight modification of the articles and with no change in the flags.
Russell's instructions were taken on by Rooke in 1703 with only minor changes to the articles and no alterations to the flags.
The year 1714 saw the issue of the first printed "Signal Book." This was a private venture of one Jonathan Greenwood. The author justifiably boasts that he has "disposed matters in such a manner that any instruction may be found out in half a minute," and that he has "made it a pocket volume that it may be at hand upon all occasions." No doubt this duodecimo book was much more convenient than the folio size Instructions. Each signal is represented by a drawing of a ship flying the flag or flags of the signal at the proper place, the purport being added underneath, a method which appears to have been in use in the French navy at least 20 years earlier, for a Signal Book of 1693, containing De Tourville's signals arranged on this plan, was exhibited at the Franco-British Exhibition in 1908. Although the instructions were regarded as confidential the signals apparently were not, as the work is described as "designed to supply the Inferior Officers who cannot have recourse to the Printed Instructions."
The year 1714 marked the release of the first printed "Signal Book." This was a personal project by Jonathan Greenwood. The author proudly claims that he has "organized everything in such a way that any instruction can be found in half a minute," and that he has "created a pocket-sized volume for easy access at all times." It’s clear that this smaller book was much more user-friendly than the larger folio-sized Instructions. Each signal is illustrated with a picture of a ship displaying the flag or flags of the signal in the correct location, with the meaning provided below, a method that seems to have been used in the French navy at least 20 years prior, as a Signal Book from 1693 featuring De Tourville's signals arranged in this manner was showcased at the Franco-British Exhibition in 1908. While the instructions were seen as confidential, the signals apparently were not, as the work is described as "intended to assist the Inferior Officers who cannot refer to the Printed Instructions."
The next "Signal Book" proper was again a private venture and was published by John Millan in 1746, "price 2s. 6d. plain and 4s. coloured." In this book the flags are set out along the tops of the pages, and the signals made with them are classified below, according[164] to the different positions of the flags, with references to the numbers of the articles of the various Instructions—"Sailing," "Fighting," and "Additional"—in which the signals are laid down. The only new flags appearing here are the following:
The next official "Signal Book" was once again a private project and was published by John Millan in 1746, priced at 2s. 6d. for plain and 4s. for colored versions. In this book, the flags are displayed along the tops of the pages, and the signals made with them are categorized below, according[164] to the different positions of the flags, with references to the numbers of the articles in the various Instructions—“Sailing,” “Fighting,” and “Additional”—where the signals are described. The only new flags introduced here are the following:
White cross on red ground.
Red cross on blue ground.
Blue and white in two horizontal stripes.
Red and white in two horizontal stripes.
White cross on red background.
Red cross on blue background.
Blue and white in two horizontal stripes.
Red and white in two horizontal stripes.
In a manuscript signal book of ten years later, in the Library of the Royal United Service Institution, we have the earliest representation of a "chequered" flag. This book is interesting. It contains Hawke's autograph, and is possibly the one in use by him when he "came sweeping from the West" at Quiberon. The following are the flags then first appearing:
In a manuscript signal book from ten years later, in the Library of the Royal United Service Institution, we see the earliest depiction of a "checkered" flag. This book is fascinating. It has Hawke's signature and might be the one he used when he "swept in from the West" at Quiberon. Here are the flags that first appeared:
Red, white, and blue in six horizontal stripes.
Spanish flag.
Blue and white in five horizontal stripes.
Red and white chequered.
Blue with six white balls[379].
Yellow and blue chequered.
Blue and white chequered pendant.
Red, white, and blue arranged in six horizontal stripes.
Spanish flag.
Blue and white arranged in five horizontal stripes.
Red and white checkered.
Blue with six white circles[379].
Yellow and blue checkered.
Blue and white checkered pendant.
During the course of this—the "Seven Years'"—war a number of "additional" sailing and fighting instructions were issued by the Admiralty, to which the Admirals in command of fleets made some additions of their own. The advance made by the end of the war is indicated by a manuscript signal book dated 1762 containing the "General Printed and Additional Signals delivered out by Sir Edward Hawke." It illustrates the following flags:
During the "Seven Years'" war, the Admiralty issued several "additional" sailing and fighting instructions, which the Admirals in charge of fleets added to. The progress made by the end of the war is shown in a manuscript signal book dated 1762, which contains the "General Printed and Additional Signals delivered out by Sir Edward Hawke." It illustrates the following flags:
Standard.
Union.
Red Ensign (called the "English Ensign").
Red }
White } plain flags.
Blue }
Yellow }
Red and white, two }
Red and white, seven }
Blue and white, two }
Blue and white, seven } horizontal stripes.
Yellow and white, five }
Red, white and blue, three }
[165]Red, white and blue, six }
Red and blue }
Red and white } chequered.
Blue and yellow }
Red with blue cross.
Red with white cross.
Blue with red cross.
White with red cross.
White with blue cross.
Blue pierced with white square.
Spanish flag.
Red pendant.
Red and white striped pendant.
Standard.
Union.
Red Ensign (known as the "English Ensign").
Red }
White } plain flags.
Blue }
Yellow }
Red and white, two }
Red and white, seven }
Blue and white, two }
Blue and white, seven } horizontal stripes.
Yellow and white, five }
Red, white and blue, three }
[165]Red, white and blue, six }
Red and blue }
Red and white } chequered.
Blue and yellow }
Red with blue cross.
Red with white cross.
Blue with red cross.
White with red cross.
White with blue cross.
Blue pierced with white square.
Spanish flag.
Red pendant.
Red and white striped pendant.
To which, though they are not illustrated, were added a blue pendant and a white pendant.
To which, even though they aren't shown, a blue pendant and a white pendant were added.
Development of signals henceforth became very rapid, and new flags had to be invented to keep up with them. This is well seen in the signal book used by Rodney in his memorable fight with De Grasse in 1782. Here we have, in addition to flags already mentioned, the following new ones:
Development of signals became really fast from this point on, and new flags had to be created to keep up with them. This is clearly illustrated in the signal book used by Rodney in his famous battle with De Grasse in 1782. In addition to the flags already mentioned, we now have the following new ones:
Red and white, quarterly.
Blue and white, quarterly.
Red and blue, quarterly.
*Red and blue, two horizontal stripes.
*Blue and yellow, two horizontal stripes.
Blue, red, and white, three horizontal stripes.
Red, white, red, three horizontal stripes.
*Blue, white, red, three horizontal stripes (inverted Dutch Ensign).
Red pierced with white[380].
White pierced with red.
Yellow and blue, two vertical stripes.
White and red, two vertical stripes.
White with blue saltire.
Yellow with blue cross.
Blue and yellow in six horizontal stripes.
Eight pendants.
Red and white, quarterly.
Blue and white, quarterly.
Red and blue, quarterly.
*Red and blue, two horizontal stripes.
*Blue and yellow, two horizontal stripes.
Blue, red, and white, three horizontal stripes.
Red, white, red, three horizontal stripes.
*Blue, white, red, three horizontal stripes (inverted Dutch Ensign).
Red with white[380].
White with red.
Yellow and blue, two vertical stripes.
White and red, two vertical stripes.
White with blue saltire.
Yellow with blue cross.
Blue and yellow in six horizontal stripes.
Eight pendants.
In addition to these the white and blue ensigns were also to be used for signalling purposes.
In addition to these, the white and blue flags were also to be used for signaling purposes.
The flags marked * were also used inverted, as were also the two-striped red and white and blue and white flags already in use.
The flags marked * were also used upside down, just like the two-striped red and white and blue and white flags that were already in use.
The signal to "Prepare for battle" was the red flag at the main topgallant masthead under the Admiral's flag.
The signal to "Get ready for battle" was the red flag at the top of the main topgallant mast, displayed under the Admiral's flag.
To "Engage the enemy"; the same flag at the fore top masthead, just as in 1653.
To "Engage the enemy"; the same flag at the front top masthead, just like in 1653.
"To come to a closer engagement"; the blue and white flag (two horizontal stripes) at the fore topgallant masthead under the signal for engaging.
"To enter into a closer engagement"; the blue and white flag (two horizontal stripes) at the fore topgallant masthead under the signal for engaging.
In this code we reach the culmination of the old system of signalling by means of a large number of different flags each having a different meaning according to the position in which it was shown.
In this code, we reach the peak of the old signaling system that used a wide variety of flags, each having a different meaning depending on the position in which it was displayed.
(iii) THE INVENTION OF NUMERARY SIGNALS
The development of tactics and fleet organisation and the consequent increase of the signals had been so rapid during the latter half of the eighteenth century that the old methods had become inadequate. In 1746 there were 16 flags in use to express 144 signals, by 1780 there were about 50 flags, each hoisted on an average in seven different positions, providing for about 330 signals. Twenty-five years later the Trafalgar signal book contained upwards of 400, not including those in Popham's Code.
The development of tactics and fleet organization, along with the resulting increase in signals, progressed so quickly during the latter half of the eighteenth century that the old methods became insufficient. In 1746, there were 16 flags used to convey 144 signals; by 1780, there were around 50 flags, each displayed in an average of seven different positions, resulting in about 330 signals. Twenty-five years later, the Trafalgar signal book included over 400 signals, not counting those in Popham's Code.
So long as the signals were few in number, so that the flags could be made in a few strongly contrasted designs, and only the most prominent positions need be used for them, the old system had the advantage of simplicity, but when the signals multiplied, less conspicuous positions and less strikingly differentiated flags had also to be made use of, and simplicity gave place to complexity.
As long as there were only a few signals, allowing for flags to feature a few bold designs, and only the most visible locations were needed for them, the old system was simple. However, as the signals increased in number, less noticeable positions and less distinct flags also had to be utilized, and simplicity gave way to complexity.
It must be remembered that flags at sea have to be distinguished not only when a fair breeze is unfurling them plainly to the view; they have also to be distinguished in a dead calm when they hang down along the halyards, and when distance and haze lend enchantment to the view but not to the signalman.
It’s important to keep in mind that flags at sea need to be recognized not just when a good breeze is blowing them clearly in sight; they also need to be recognized in a dead calm when they droop along the halyards, and when distance and haze make the view look beautiful but not for the signalman.
In order that the differences in the flags may be readily distinguishable at sea in any circumstances two conditions are essential—
In order for the differences in the flags to be easily recognizable at sea under any circumstances, two conditions are essential—
(1) The colours must be quite unlike, so that they do not "merge" at a distance.
(1) The colors should be very different from each other, so they don't "blend" together from a distance.
(2) The designs of the flags must be simple and not complicated.
(2) The flag designs should be simple and not complex.
In practice this limits the colours to the following: Red, blue, and yellow, with black and white. Moreover, it is found that when two of these colours are to be shown in one flag they should be of one of the following combinations: red and white, yellow and blue, blue and white, or black and white. But with so many as 40 flags it was impossible to adhere to these two rules.
In reality, this limits the colors to the following: red, blue, and yellow, along with black and white. Additionally, it has been found that when two of these colors are used in one flag, they should be in one of the following combinations: red and white, yellow and blue, blue and white, or black and white. However, with as many as 40 flags, it was impossible to stick to these two rules.
The fact that no further development on old lines was possible was, no doubt, widely comprehended; for Admiral Sir Chas Knowles tells us that it was the Marquis of Hastings, an officer in the Army,[167] then in America, who first advised him to "strike out something new." The first steps in the new direction were taken about 1778 by Kempenfelt, Howe, and Sir Chas Knowles, each acting more or less independently. There is no need to waste time in discussing the rival claims of these admirals to be the inventor of the numerary method, because as a matter of fact this method of denoting signals had been invented by Mahé de la Bourdonnais, 40 years before, for use in the struggle he was preparing to wage with us for the mastery of India and the East Indies. La Bourdonnais was one of the most brilliant and versatile officers that France has produced; but he was of somewhat obscure birth when compared with the high nobility who at that period officered the French navy, and he had been admitted to their ranks by a back door, having first served in the French East India Company. Fortunately for Great Britain, the jealousy of Dupleix and of La Bourdonnais' high-born brother officers thwarted his plans, and finally resulted in his recall to France. His signals seem never to have been adopted[381], but the system is described by Bourdé de Villehuet in his book, Le Manœuvrier, published in 1769, one of the classic works on tactics of the eighteenth century. It is evident from an extract in one of his letters to Lord Barham that it was from this source that Kempenfelt became acquainted with the system.
The fact that there couldn’t be any more development along the old paths was clearly understood by many. Admiral Sir Chas Knowles mentions that it was the Marquis of Hastings, an officer in the Army who was then in America, who first suggested that he “come up with something new.” The initial steps in this new direction were taken around 1778 by Kempenfelt, Howe, and Sir Chas Knowles, each acting somewhat independently. There's no point in arguing over which of these admirals should be credited as the inventor of the numerary method. In reality, this method of signaling had been created by Mahé de la Bourdonnais, 40 years earlier, for the conflict he was preparing to lead against us for control of India and the East Indies. La Bourdonnais was among the most talented and adaptable officers that France ever had, but he was of somewhat less distinguished background compared to the high nobility who were commanding the French navy at that time. He had gained entry into their ranks through less conventional means, having first served in the French East India Company. Luckily for Great Britain, the jealousy of Dupleix and La Bourdonnais' aristocratic brother officers derailed his plans and ultimately led to his recall to France. His signaling system seems never to have been put into practice, but it is described by Bourdé de Villehuet in his book, Le Manœuvrier, published in 1769, which is considered one of the classic texts on 18th-century tactics. It’s clear from an excerpt in one of his letters to Lord Barham that it was from this work that Kempenfelt learned about the system.
The claim of Admiral Sir Chas Knowles to have "discovered the signals by numbers" in 1778, which numeral signals he gave to Lord Howe on his arrival at Newport, Rhode Island, may therefore be dismissed, so far as discovery is concerned, but his claims to have "discovered the tabular flags (suggested by a chessboard)" may possibly hold good.
The claim of Admiral Sir Chas Knowles to have "discovered the signals by numbers" in 1778, which numerical signals he gave to Lord Howe upon his arrival at Newport, Rhode Island, can be dismissed in terms of discovery. However, his claims to have "discovered the tabular flags (inspired by a chessboard)" might still be valid.
Sir Chas Knowles's signals were not adopted in the navy, but as we shall find "tabular flags" used in the Signal Books of Howe, it will be well to explain the two methods.
Sir Chas Knowles's signals weren't taken up by the navy, but since we'll see "tabular flags" used in Howe's Signal Books, it's important to clarify the two methods.
When a signal code has been drawn up and the signals have been numbered consecutively, the numbers may be represented by flags in two different ways.
When a signal code has been created and the signals have been numbered in order, the numbers can be shown by flags in two different ways.
The simple numerary method, that invented by La Bourdonnais and finally adopted by Howe for his principal signals, is to assign one flag to each of the figures 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 0; so that by combining the flags any desired signal number may be rendered.
The straightforward number system created by La Bourdonnais and later used by Howe for his main signals assigns one flag to each number: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 0. By combining these flags, any signal number can be communicated.
The other, the tabular method, for which Sir Chas Knowles claims the credit of invention, is more complicated. A chequered table like a chessboard is ruled out, each side having a convenient[168] number of squares, 8, 9, 10, or more. Then, choosing the same number of flags, these are laid out in order along the top, commencing at the left-hand corner, and also down the left side. The signal numbers are then placed in the squares of this table.
The other method, known as the tabular method, which Sir Chas Knowles takes credit for inventing, is more complex. A checkered table, like a chessboard, is created, with each side having a convenient number of squares, such as 8, 9, 10, or more. Then, the same number of flags is arranged in order along the top, starting from the left corner, and also down the left side. The signal numbers are then positioned in the squares of this table.
There will then obviously be two flags corresponding to each of the numbers, the top flag being that at the head of the vertical column in which the particular number is found, and the lower one that at the left of the corresponding horizontal column. For example, supposing we have three flags, red, white, and blue, they might be arranged as below:
There will obviously be two flags for each number: the top flag is at the head of the vertical column where the number is located, and the lower flag is at the left of the corresponding horizontal column. For example, if we have three flags—red, white, and blue—they might be arranged like this:
Red | White | Blue | |
Red | 1 | 4 | 7 |
White | 2 | 5 | 8 |
Blue | 3 | 6 | 9 |
The signal corresponding to 6 will then be a white flag over a blue one.
The signal for 6 will be a white flag over a blue one.
If the signals to be thus denoted number considerably more than 100, it is convenient to form the table of 10 squares to a side, giving 100 squares in all. The first 100 numbers will then be written in, and by the addition of suitable pendants to represent 100, 200, 300, etc., it will be possible to denote any signal number from 1 upwards.
If the signals to be represented exceed 100, it's useful to create a table with 10 squares on each side, totaling 100 squares. The first 100 numbers will be entered, and by adding suitable symbols to represent 100, 200, 300, and so on, it will be possible to represent any signal number starting from 1.
The disadvantage of this method is that the individual flags have no fixed numerical value, and a reference to the table is necessary before the number represented by the combined flags can be ascertained, and vice versâ.
The downside of this method is that the individual flags don’t have a set numerical value, and you need to refer to the table before you can figure out the number represented by the combined flags, and vice versâ.
In spite of this drawback, this was the method first chosen by Howe for all his signals[382], and it was used by him in his second numerary code for those of his signals which were intended for the use of private ships when communicating with the flagships, the numeral signals of the La Bourdonnais method being in this code only used for the Admiral's orders to his fleet. In the 1799 Signal Book the tabular method was discontinued.
In spite of this drawback, this was the method Howe initially chose for all his signals[382], and he used it in his second numeric code for signals meant for private ships when communicating with the flagships. The numeral signals from the La Bourdonnais method were only used in this code for the Admiral's orders to his fleet. The tabular method was discontinued in the 1799 Signal Book.
Some time before June, 1776, probably on being appointed to[169] command the North America Squadron in February of that year, Howe had compiled a signal book on the old plan of single flags in particular positions, condensed from the "general signal book," and containing all the signals "likely to be needful on the present occasion."
Some time before June 1776, likely after being assigned to[169] lead the North America Squadron in February of that year, Howe put together a signal book based on the traditional system of single flags in specific positions. This was summarized from the "general signal book" and included all the signals that would be "likely to be necessary for the current situation."
The flags he employed were as follows, those marked * being also used inverted:
The flags he used were as follows, with those marked * also being used upside down:
Union.
St George.
Red }
Yellow } plain flags.
Blue }
White }
*Red and white }
*Red and blue }
*Blue and white } in two horizontal stripes.
*Red and yellow }
*Blue and yellow }
*Red, blue, white }
*White, red, blue } in three horizontal stripes.
Blue, white, red }
Union.
St George.
Red }
Yellow } plain flags.
Blue }
White }
*Red and white }
*Red and blue }
*Blue and white } in two horizontal stripes.
*Red and yellow }
*Blue and yellow }
*Red, blue, white }
*White, red, blue } in three horizontal stripes.
Blue, white, red }
A year or two later, probably in consultation with Kempenfelt, he drew up the first of his codes on the numerary system. The signals were divided into those for the Admiral and those for private ships. For the former a "table" of 16 squares on each side was employed with the following flags:
A year or two later, likely after discussing it with Kempenfelt, he created the first of his codes for the numerary system. The signals were separated into those for the Admiral and those for private ships. For the Admiral, a "table" of 16 squares on each side was used with the following flags:
1. Yellow cross on blue ground.
2. Blue and yellow quarterly.
3. Blue cross on yellow.
4. Yellow.
5. Blue and yellow chequered.
6. White and red in two vertical stripes.
7. Red, white, and red in three vertical stripes.
8. Yellow and blue in two vertical stripes.
9. White cross on red.
10. Red and white chequered.
11. Red and white in two horizontal stripes.
12. Red and white quarterly.
13. Blue and yellow in two horizontal stripes.
14. Red.
15. Blue, yellow, blue, in three vertical stripes.
16. Yellow, blue, yellow, in three horizontal stripes.
1. Yellow cross on a blue background.
2. Blue and yellow divided into four sections.
Blue cross on yellow.
Yellow.
Blue and yellow checked pattern.
6. Two vertical stripes: one white and one red.
7. Red, white, and red arranged in three vertical stripes.
8. Two vertical stripes in yellow and blue.
White cross on red.
10. Red and white checked.
11. Red and white in two horizontal stripes.
12. Red and white in four sections.
13. Blue and yellow in two horizontal stripes.
14. Red.
15. Blue, yellow, blue, in three vertical stripes.
16. Yellow, blue, yellow, in three horizontal stripes.
The signals for "private" ships were mostly on the old plan of single flags in particular positions.
The signals for "private" ships mostly used the traditional method of single flags in specific positions.
To express numbers, as in the number of ships seen, depth of[170] water, latitude and longitude, a "table" of 10 squares each side was employed. The flags of this were as follows:
To express numbers, such as the number of ships spotted, water depth, latitude, and longitude, a "table" consisting of 10 squares on each side was used. Its flags were as follows:
1. Union.
2. Red.
3. White.
4. Blue.
5. Red and white.
6. Blue and yellow.
7. Red, white, and blue.
8. Red pendant.
9. Yellow pendant.
10. Red, white, and blue pendant,
and a blue pendant to represent 100 for use in numbers from 101 upwards.
Union.
Red.
3. White.
4. Blue.
Red and white.
Blue and yellow.
Red, white, and blue.
Red pendant.
Yellow necklace.
10. Red, white, and blue pendant,
and a blue pendant to represent 100 for use in numbers from 101 and above.
It will be noted that three of the most unsuitable of Rodney's flags, the quarterly red and blue, striped red and blue, and the red with blue cross, each of which would look like purple at a distance, had disappeared.
It should be observed that three of the least suitable flags designed by Rodney—the quarterly red and blue, the striped red and blue, and the red with blue cross—which would all appear purple from a distance, had vanished.
About the same date Kempenfelt produced his own numerary code. He tells Lord Barham, in a letter dated March, 1781[383], that the plan he followed was not that he most approved of.
About the same time, Kempenfelt created his own numerical code. He informs Lord Barham, in a letter dated March 1781[383], that the method he used wasn't the one he liked the most.
That which I would have adopted—though most evidently the best—I could not get any of the Admirals or Officers of note to approve and countenance. I therefore followed in a great measure Lord Howe's mode, he being a popular character.
That idea I wanted to adopt—even though it was clearly the best—I couldn't get any of the Admirals or notable Officers to support or endorse. So, I largely followed Lord Howe's approach since he was a popular figure.
In this code the transition from the old to the new method is well seen, for each signal has, besides a signal number for use after the new method, a flag and position for use after the old, e.g.:
In this code, the shift from the old method to the new method is clear, as each signal has, in addition to a signal number for the new method, a flag and position for the old method, e.g.:
"Engage the enemy" could be signalled as No. 224 or by means of a red flag at the fore topmast head.
"Engage the enemy" could be signaled as No. 224 or with a red flag at the front topmast head.
"Prepare for battle" by the same flag at the fore topmast shrouds, or as No. 226.
"Get ready for battle" by the same flag at the front topmast shrouds, or as No. 226.
"Come to closer engagement" by a red and white flag (two horizontal stripes) at the main topmast head, or as No. 171.
"Come to closer engagement" with a red and white flag (two horizontal stripes) at the top of the main mast, or as No. 171.
A special signal was provided to denote that the numerary signals were going to be used for practice, when every ship was to note down the significations. Kempenfelt improved upon Howe in that he did not separate out the "Private ship" signals, but included all in one series of more than 400 numbers. The flags for signalling by the old method were mostly the same as those already in use. His "table" for the new method was of 10 squares a side, as follows:
A special signal was given to indicate that the numerary signals were going to be used for practice, so every ship needed to take note of their meanings. Kempenfelt improved on Howe by not separating the "Private ship" signals but instead including all of them in a single series of over 400 numbers. The flags for signaling using the old method were mostly the same as the ones already in use. His "table" for the new method was 10 squares on each side, as follows:
1. Union.
2. Yellow.
[171]
3. Blue and yellow, chequered.
4. Red pierced with white.
5. White cross on red ground.
6. Blue cross on yellow ground.
7. Red and white, quarterly.
8. White and red in two vertical stripes.
9. Yellow and blue in two vertical stripes.
10. Red and white in four horizontal stripes.
With pendants for 100, 200, 300, 400, and 500.
Union.
Yellow.
[171]
Blue and yellow checkered.
Red and white.
5. White cross on a red background.
6. Blue cross on a yellow background.
Red and white, divided.
8. Two vertical stripes in white and red.
9. Yellow and blue in two vertical stripes.
10. Red and white in four horizontal stripes.
With pendants available for 100, 200, 300, 400, and 500.
Further development of this code ceased in 1782 on Kempenfelt's tragic end in the 'Royal George.'
Further development of this code stopped in 1782 after Kempenfelt's tragic end on the 'Royal George.'
From 1783 to 1788 Howe held office as First Lord of the Admiralty, and seems to have devoted part of his time to the improvement of the tactics of the Fighting Instructions and of their accompanying signals. He elaborated a new signal book, which he introduced into the navy on taking command of the Channel fleet. In this new book he abandoned the "tabular" method so far as the bulk of the signals—the Admiral's signals—were concerned, employing instead the simple numerary method, and for these numerals he chose the flags that were afterwards, in their transposed meanings, used at Trafalgar. For this reason, and because it was the code used on the "glorious First of June," and at Camperdown, and was the basis of those used at St Vincent, the Nile, Copenhagen, and Trafalgar, it is important to consider it in some detail.
From 1783 to 1788, Howe served as the First Lord of the Admiralty and seemed to dedicate part of his time to enhancing the tactics of the Fighting Instructions and their accompanying signals. He created a new signal book, which he implemented in the navy upon taking command of the Channel fleet. In this new book, he moved away from the "tabular" method for most of the signals—the Admiral's signals—opting instead for a simple numerical system, and for these numbers, he selected flags that were later used at Trafalgar with different meanings. Because this was the code used on the "glorious First of June," at Camperdown, and formed the basis for those used at St Vincent, the Nile, Copenhagen, and Trafalgar, it is important to examine it in some detail.
This second numerary code of Howe, the Signal Book for the Ships of War of 1790, is a quarto[384] volume of 85 pages.
This second numerical code by Howe, the Signal Book for the Ships of War from 1790, is a quarto[384] volume consisting of 85 pages.
After three pages of explanatory instructions relative to the method of making the signals, distinctness, destruction of signal books in danger of falling into the hands of the enemy, etc., follow two pages relative to the triangular distinguishing flags of squadrons. We then come to the Admiral's signals—nearly 200 in number, commencing at 10. These were, as already stated, in the "simple numerary" system invented by La Bourdonnais, in which each signal number is represented by the numeral flags corresponding to the figures composing it.
After three pages of detailed instructions on how to make the signals, the importance of clarity, and the need to destroy signal books to prevent them from falling into enemy hands, there are two pages about the triangular distinguishing flags of squadrons. Next, we get to the Admiral's signals—almost 200 in total, starting at 10. As mentioned earlier, these were in the "simple numerary" system created by La Bourdonnais, where each signal number is represented by the numeral flags that match the digits that make it up.
The numeral flags, five of which—Nos. 2, 3, 4, 6, and 7—are new to us, are shown in the accompanying plate. Each of these numeral flags had, however, another signification when hoisted singly, as follows:
The numeral flags, five of which—Nos. 2, 3, 4, 6, and 7—are new to us, are shown in the accompanying plate. Each of these numeral flags had, however, another meaning when displayed individually, as follows:
1. Enemy in sight.
2. Form in order of sailing by divisions.
3. Form established order of sailing.
4. Take and keep stations.
[172]5. Engage the enemy.
6. Signal not understood.
7. To chase.
8. To anchor.
9. Leave off chase.
0. Negative answer.
1. Enemy spotted.
2. Arrange in sailing divisions.
3. Established order of sailing.
4. Take and maintain positions.
[172]5. Attack the enemy.
6. Signal not clear.
7. Chase them.
8. Anchor the ships.
9. Stop the chase.
0. No response.
In addition to these, the following flags were to be used:
In addition to these, the following flags were to be used:
White cross on red ground.—Affirmative answer.
Red background with white cross.—Yes.
White with red border.—Annul.
Red-bordered white.—Cancel.
Union.—To call officers.
Union.—To召唤官员.
Blue and yellow chequered.—Rendezvous.
Blue and yellow checkered.—Meet up.
Yellow.—To distinguish signals made to the fireships.
Yellow.—To indicate signals sent to the fireships.
White with red border and pierced with blue.—Transpose the numeral flags.
White with a red border and punctured with blue.—Switch the numeral flags.
Red and white, yellow and blue, and their inversions.—For the four quarters of the compass.
Red and white, yellow and blue, and their opposites.—For the four directions of the compass.
Blue cornet[385]. —First signal to be carried out in the manner denoted by the remainder.
Blue cornet[385]. —The first signal to be executed in the way described by the rest.
Red and white striped.—Substitute. To repeat the flag next above it.
Red and white striped.—Replacement. To repeat the flag above it.
Blue and white striped.—Preparative.
Blue and white striped. — Prep.
White flag:—
White flag:—
(1) Truce.
(1) Ceasefire.
(2) Open secret instructions.
Open secret instructions.
(3) Signal made herewith is to take effect after the close of day.
The signal provided here will take effect after the end of the day.
To illustrate the use of the two latter flags we may take Nelson's signal at Trafalgar, "Prepare to anchor after the close of day."
To show how to use the last two flags, let's consider Nelson's signal at Trafalgar: "Get ready to anchor at the end of the day."
This signal consisted of four flags in one hoist:
This signal had four flags in one set:
Preparative.
No. 6 }
No. 3 } Anchor as soon as convenient.
White flag.
Preparative.
No. 6 }
No. 3 } Anchor when it's convenient.
White flag.
When a "Preparative" flag was hoisted with a signal it denoted that the order was not to be immediately obeyed[386]. If hauled down together with the signal, preparation was to be made to obey the latter directly the Admiral hoisted it again. If hauled down and the signal left flying, the latter was then to be carried into execution. Nelson had intended to hoist the signal to anchor (63) as soon as the fighting was over, with a view to securing his battered ships and their prizes against the bad weather he saw coming on, but Collingwood could not carry out the intention.
When a "Preparative" flag was raised with a signal, it meant that the order wasn’t to be followed right away[386]. If the flag was taken down along with the signal, preparations were to be made to follow the order as soon as the Admiral raised it again. If the flag was taken down but the signal remained up, the order was to be carried out. Nelson planned to raise the signal to anchor (63) as soon as the fighting ended, intending to secure his damaged ships and their prizes from the bad weather he anticipated, but Collingwood couldn’t execute that plan.
The white flag had, in the Admiralty copy of the 1790 book, four meanings. Alone, in battle, it denoted truce; hoisted at the fore topmast head it could be used to call in distant ships; when hoisted with [173]other flags it signified that the signal denoted by them was not to be carried into effect until the day closed; and, finally, it denoted an order to open secret instructions. In the Signal Book of 1793 the two latter significations were denoted by a black and white flag, the former when black was uppermost and the latter when white was uppermost. In 1805 the white flag had the first and third of these meanings, besides denoting numeral 8.
The white flag had, in the Admiralty copy of the 1790 book, four meanings. Alone, in battle, it indicated a truce; raised at the top of the fore mast, it could be used to signal distant ships; when raised with [173]other flags, it meant that the signal indicated by them wasn’t to be carried out until the day ended; and, finally, it indicated an order to open secret instructions. In the Signal Book of 1793, the last two meanings were represented by a black and white flag, the first meaning when black was on top and the second meaning when white was on top. In 1805, the white flag had the first and third of these meanings, in addition to representing the number 8.
The Admiral's flags and signals of Howe's second code, as used on 1st June, 1794, are reproduced in vol. 1 of Logs of the Great Sea Fights (Navy Records Society).
The Admiral's flags and signals from Howe's second code, used on June 1, 1794, are reproduced in vol. 1 of Logs of the Great Sea Fights (Navy Records Society).
These Admiral's, or "Numeral signals," as they are called by Howe in contradistinction to his tabular "Signals by private ships," are grouped under various headings, beginning with "Battle," "Bear-up," "Bring-to," and going on to "Enemy," "Engage," "Line," "Order," "Sail," "Tack," etc.
These Admiral's, or "Numeral signals," as Howe refers to them in contrast to his tabular "Signals by private ships," are categorized under different headings, starting with "Battle," "Bear-up," "Bring-to," and continuing with "Enemy," "Engage," "Line," "Order," "Sail," "Tack," and so on.
We then have certain subsidiary pendant signals, of which the most important are: a chequered blue and yellow pendant to denote that accompanying numeral flags represented figures only, and a quartered red and white pendant to serve the purpose of a note of interrogation.
We then have some additional pendant signals, the most important of which are: a checkered blue and yellow pendant to indicate that the accompanying numeral flags represent figures only, and a quartered red and white pendant to act as a question mark.
Now follow nine signals made with sails and guns, a quaint survival that disappears in 1799 [Except No. 1. This was No. 174 of the '99 Code, but could be made by the fore topsail if desired.] The following are their purports:
Now follow nine signals made with sails and guns, a charming survival that vanishes in 1799 [Except No. 1. This was No. 174 of the '99 Code, but could be made by the fore topsail if desired.] The following are their meanings:
1. "To prepare for sailing," denoted by loosing the fore topsail, just as in Rooke's Instructions of 1703. 2. Every one to repair to his respective ship. 3. Recalling ships. 4. Unmoor. 5. Weigh. 6. Moor (denoted by "Main topsail loose in top"). 8. Cut or slip. 9. Fast on shoal.
1. "To get ready for sailing," indicated by loosening the fore topsail, just like in Rooke's Instructions of 1703. 2. Everyone should head to their respective ship. 3. Recall the ships. 4. Unmoor. 5. Weigh anchor. 6. Moor (indicated by "Main topsail loose in top"). 8. Cut or slip. 9. Get stuck on a shoal.
We next have 14 signals for calling officers to take orders, made with the Union flag in different positions; a few signals to fireships, made with the yellow flag; 20 fog signals made with guns; and then the tabular signals for private ships. The "table" provided for these shows a slight variation on the usual form. It is not quite square, being 8 wide and 9 deep, as the first flag space on the left side is blank, so that the first row 1 to 8 is made by single flags. The flags used are:
We now have 14 signals for officers to take orders, created with the Union flag in various positions; a few signals for fireships, made with the yellow flag; 20 fog signals using guns; and then the tabular signals for private ships. The "table" provided for these shows a slight variation from the usual format. It isn’t quite square, measuring 8 units wide and 9 units deep, since the first flag space on the left side is blank, meaning the first row 1 to 8 is made up of single flags. The flags used are:
1. Red.
2. Blue.
3. White over red, two horizontal stripes.
4. The same inverted.
5. Blue over yellow, two horizontal stripes.
6. The same inverted.
7. Union.
8. Blue, white, red, horizontally.
1. Red.
2. Blue.
3. White over red, with two horizontal stripes.
4. The same but reversed.
5. Blue over yellow, with two horizontal stripes.
6. The same but reversed.
7. Union.
8. Blue, white, and red, arranged horizontally.
Stars are placed in the four squares whose flags would be one of the invertible flags over its own inversion, probably because there was only one flag supplied of each design, and the other squares are numbered 1 to 68. Sixty-one signals are given. We then have half a dozen signals with Jacks, Pendants, and Wefts, Signals for each point of the compass, ending with 11 pages of Night signals.
Stars are positioned in the four squares whose flags would be one of the invertible flags over its own inversion, likely because only one flag of each design was provided, while the other squares are numbered 1 to 68. A total of sixty-one signals are issued. We then have half a dozen signals with Jacks, Pendants, and Wefts, signals for each direction of the compass, concluding with 11 pages of Night signals.
Perhaps the best testimony of the value of this book is given in the letter from Nelson to Howe in acknowledgment of his congratulations on the victory of the Nile:
Perhaps the best proof of the value of this book comes from the letter Nelson wrote to Howe, thanking him for his congratulations on the victory at the Nile:
8th January 1799.
January 8, 1799.
It was only this moment that I had the invaluable approbation of the great, the immortal Earl Howe, an honour the most flattering a Sea-Officer could receive, as it comes from the first and greatest Sea-Officer the world has ever produced. I had the happiness to command a Band of Brothers; therefore night was to my advantage. Each knew his duty, and I was sure each would feel for a French ship. By attacking the enemy's van and centre, the wind blowing directly along their Line, I was enabled to throw what force I pleased on a few Ships. This plan my friends conceived by the signals (for which we are principally if not entirely indebted to your Lordship) and we always kept a superior force to the enemy[387].
It was in this moment that I received the invaluable approval of the great, legendary Earl Howe, an honor that is extremely flattering for a naval officer, as it comes from the foremost and greatest naval officer the world has ever seen. I was fortunate to lead a Band of Brothers; therefore, night worked to my advantage. Each person knew their duty, and I was confident that each would act against a French ship. By attacking the enemy's front and center, with the wind blowing directly along their line, I was able to apply whatever force I wanted against a few ships. This strategy was developed by my friends using the signals (for which we are largely, if not entirely, indebted to your Lordship), and we always maintained a superior force over the enemy[387].
Meanwhile, John McArthur, a purser in the navy, who had during the war of American Independence been frequently stationed to observe signals in the fleet and had therefore practical experience of the delays, difficulties and misunderstandings that occurred with the older methods of signalling by flags in particular positions, had been for many years at work on a new code which he submitted to the Admiralty in 1790. The basis of this plan was the old tabular system with two flags hoisted together or separately at the most conspicuous parts of the ship. The code contained upwards of 550 signals, with provision for an indefinite increase, and incorporated an ingenious device for continuously altering the numerical value of the flags. It was an advance upon any of the codes hitherto in use, but "some scruples of delicacy intervened in the adoption of any new plan of signals which would supersede that of Earl Howe's numerary code," and it was not adopted. Nevertheless, it attracted the attention of Hood, then the Senior Sea Lord, and on his appointment to command the Russian armament in 1791 he made McArthur his secretary. McArthur then turned his attention to re-arranging Howe's signals "by simplifying the form with Indices for facilitating their being made and understood, and engrafting in the body and instructions many new ideas and instructions of his own." Howe approved of the alterations, and the revised code was then printed[175] and issued to Hood's fleet. This "new arrangement" was introduced by Hood in 1793 into the Mediterranean and continued to be used there until 1799. It was the signal book in use at the Battles of St Vincent and the Nile. In it the values of Howe's numeral flags, as shown in Col. 1 of Plate XIII, were transposed as follows: 1 became 4; 2, 9; 3, 7; 4, 2; 5, 6; 6, 0; 7, 8; 8, 5; 9, 3; and 0, 1. The tabular flags were also transposed, 1 becoming 8; 2, 7; 3, 5; 5, 3; 6, 2; 7, 1; 8, 6; while 4 remained of the same value.
Meanwhile, John McArthur, a navy purser, who had been frequently assigned during the American Independence War to observe signals in the fleet, gained practical experience with the delays, difficulties, and misunderstandings that arose from the older flag signaling methods. For many years, he worked on a new code, which he submitted to the Admiralty in 1790. This plan was based on the old tabular system, using two flags hoisted together or separately at the most visible parts of the ship. The code included over 550 signals, with the potential for unlimited expansion, and featured an innovative way to continuously change the numerical value of the flags. It was an improvement over any existing codes but faced "some scruples of delicacy" regarding the replacement of Earl Howe's numerary code, so it was not adopted. However, it caught the attention of Hood, then the Senior Sea Lord, who appointed McArthur as his secretary when he took command of the Russian armament in 1791. McArthur then focused on re-arranging Howe's signals "by simplifying the form with indices to make them easier to interpret and incorporating many new ideas and instructions of his own." Howe approved the changes, and the revised code was printed[175] and distributed to Hood's fleet. This "new arrangement" was introduced by Hood in 1793 to the Mediterranean, where it remained in use until 1799. It was the signal book used at the Battles of St. Vincent and the Nile. In it, the values of Howe's numeral flags, as shown in Col. 1 of Plate XIII, were changed as follows: 1 became 4; 2 became 9; 3 became 7; 4 became 2; 5 became 6; 6 became 0; 7 became 8; 8 became 5; 9 became 3; and 0 became 1. The tabular flags were also altered, with 1 becoming 8; 2 becoming 7; 3 becoming 5; 5 becoming 3; 6 becoming 2; 7 becoming 1; 8 becoming 6, while 4 kept its original value.
(iv) THE VOCABULARY SIGNAL BOOK
With the compilation, in 1790, of Howe's second signal book, we have the end of that system, or want of system, which is especially noticeable during the American War of Independence, under which the signals used in each fleet or squadron varied with the idiosyncrasies of each individual commander-in-chief. Henceforth, although it was usual for the admiral commanding each fleet to add a few of his own devising, the bulk of the signals were, so to speak, stereotyped in form, and were in general use throughout the British navy.
With the release of Howe's second signal book in 1790, we see the end of the inconsistent signaling system that was particularly evident during the American War of Independence, where each fleet or squadron used signals that reflected the unique styles of their respective commanders. From that point on, while it was common for the admiral leading each fleet to introduce some personal signals, the majority of the signals became standardized in format and were widely used across the British navy.
In 1799 the Signal Book for the Ships of War was increased in size to 167 pages by the addition of an index to the signals and the inclusion of the printed instructions. The "Private ship" signals were placed at the end of the "Admiral's signals" and numbered consecutively after them, so that the "tabular" flags disappear, and all signals are henceforth made by the simple numerary code, the total number being increased from about 260 to 340.
In 1799, the Signal Book for the Ships of War was expanded to 167 pages by adding an index for the signals and including the printed instructions. The "Private ship" signals were added at the end of the "Admiral's signals" and numbered consecutively, eliminating the "tabular" flags. All signals are now communicated using a straightforward numeric code, increasing the total from about 260 to 340.
It will be seen from the plate of numeral flags that Howe's numerals were continued in the 1799 book with only two slight modifications: No. 1, instead of being a plain red flag, became yellow, red, yellow, in three equal horizontal stripes, and the substitute became plain white. But his arrangement was simplified. The half black and white flags were done away with as unnecessary, since their meanings could equally well be expressed by those remaining.
It can be seen from the plate of numeral flags that Howe's numerals continued in the 1799 book with just two minor changes: No. 1, instead of being a plain red flag, became yellow, red, yellow, in three equal horizontal stripes, and the replacement became a plain white flag. However, his arrangement was simplified. The half black and white flags were removed as unnecessary since their meanings could be easily conveyed by the remaining flags.
In addition to the signal book, each commander-in-chief compiled for his own fleet a tabular "pendant board," on which two pendants were assigned to the name of each ship of his fleet. By this means he was enabled to address any of the signals to a particular ship, without making the command general to the whole squadron. For example, Nelson, at Trafalgar, before making general his favourite signal, "Engage the enemy more closely," addressed it particularly to the 'Africa,' which, having become separated over night, found herself at a distance from the two columns, and, just before the commencement of the action, was sailing near to the enemy's van, on an[176] opposite and parallel course. This he did by hoisting flags Nos. 1 and 6, together with the pendants appropriated to the 'Africa's' name on the "pendant board."
In addition to the signal book, each commander-in-chief created a tabular "pendant board" for their own fleet, where two pendants were assigned to the name of each ship. This way, they could send signals to a specific ship without making the command general for the entire squadron. For instance, Nelson, at Trafalgar, before officially issuing his favorite signal, "Engage the enemy more closely," directed it specifically to the 'Africa,' which had become separated overnight and found itself far from the two columns. Just before the battle started, it was sailing close to the enemy's vanguard on an[176] opposite and parallel course. He did this by raising flags Nos. 1 and 6, along with the pendants designated for the 'Africa's' name on the "pendant board."
But a code for signalling or other purposes is like a language; if the language is what we call "dead," i.e. if words have ceased to be added to it, it is of little use for expressing every-day needs. Similarly, if the navy is not stagnating, continual amplification of tactics or of every-day details necessitates an increase in the range of conversation between the Admiral and his fleet. Although at the time of the battle of Trafalgar the signal book was only six years old, it had already had its range of signals increased by upwards of 80 additions, made in manuscript, on such varied matters as:
But a code for signaling or other purposes is like a language; if the language is what we call "dead," meaning no new words are being added, it's not very useful for expressing everyday needs. Likewise, if the navy isn't stagnant, the constant expansion of tactics or everyday details requires more communication between the Admiral and his fleet. Even though the signal book was only six years old during the Battle of Trafalgar, its range of signals had already been expanded by over 80 additions made in manuscript, covering various topics such as:
412. "The ships or vessels chased have separated on different courses."
412. "The ships or vessels that were being chased have gone their separate ways."
280. "Send for fresh beef immediately."
280. "Order fresh beef right away."
291. "Engage the enemy as close as possible."
291. "Engage the enemy as closely as you can."
This last is the third signal provided for close engagement, the others being "Engage the enemy more closely," expressed either by No. 16 (the signal Nelson favoured), or by the red pendant over the quarter-red and white flag.
This last is the third signal for close engagement, with the others being "Engage the enemy more closely," indicated either by No. 16 (the signal Nelson preferred) or by the red pendant above the quarter-red and white flag.
The need for a more flexible method of communication than that of set sentences had long been felt. Rodney and Howe had both found it impossible, in face of the enemy, to make their instructions clear to their captains, and even without this distraction, in bad weather, when ships could not get near enough for the voice to carry from one to another even with the assistance of the speaking trumpet, or when the roar of the gale rendered speech of no avail except within a range of a very few feet, while the launching of a boat was out of the question, much inconvenience had often been felt. Even when verbal communication was possible, much time was lost in closing near enough to make it.
The need for a more flexible way to communicate than just using fixed sentences had been recognized for a long time. Rodney and Howe both found it impossible to convey their instructions clearly to their captains while facing the enemy. Even without that stress, bad weather often made it hard for ships to get close enough for voices to be heard, even with speaking trumpets, or when the wind was so loud that you could only hear within a few feet. Launching a boat was out of the question, resulting in a lot of inconvenience. Even when talking was possible, too much time was wasted getting close enough to communicate effectively.
The steps to remedy this impediment—to make, as it were, the flag-language more civilised, so that it might express refinements of thought in one direction and little every-day wants in another, to increase, that is, its scope of expression from that of a child to that of a grown man—were first taken by Sir Home Popham.
The steps to fix this obstacle—to make the flag-language more sophisticated, so it could convey complex ideas in one direction and simple everyday needs in another, essentially expanding its ability to express from that of a child to that of an adult—were first initiated by Sir Home Popham.
It may be that in this matter, as in so many other inventions, the first to make some practical use of an idea got that idea at second hand[388]. However this may be in Popham's case, it is clear that the labour of perfecting the invention and what is perhaps equally important,[177] of persuading others that it was really worth a trial, was undertaken by Popham alone. For twelve years the books which he produced were privately printed by him, and from the free-handed way in which he gave them to his brother officers when urging them to try this code, it is probable that he carried out his propaganda at some pecuniary expense to himself. The idea that dominated it was to provide parts of speech and let the users make their own sentences whenever those in the signal book did not suffice. It was the step from a "Traveller's Manual of Conversation" to a dictionary of the language.
It might be that, like many other inventions, the person who first put an idea to practical use got it from someone else[388]. Regardless of whether that's true in Popham's situation, it's clear that he was the one who dedicated himself to perfecting the invention and, possibly just as importantly, convincing others that it was worth trying out. For twelve years, he privately printed the books he created, and given how generously he shared them with his fellow officers when encouraging them to test this code, it's likely he incurred some personal costs for his efforts. The main idea was to provide parts of speech and allow users to create their own sentences whenever the ones in the signal book fell short. It was a transition from a "Traveller's Manual of Conversation" to a comprehensive dictionary of the language.[177]
Popham tells us that his Telegraphic Signals, or Marine Vocabulary ("telegraphic" being, of course, used thirty years before the invention of the electric telegraph, in its primary sense of writing at a distance) was originally compiled in 1800, to facilitate the conveyance of messages from Popham's ship, the 'Romney,' off Copenhagen, to Admiral Dickson, off Elsinore, when that officer, with a squadron of ships, was giving additional weight to the British Ministers' arguments with the Danish Court. "Its utility was in that instance so obvious and so generally allowed by the Captains of the North Sea Squadron that Sir Home Popham conceived it might be brought into more extensive practice."
Popham tells us that his Telegraphic Signals, or Marine Vocabulary ("telegraphic" being used, of course, thirty years before the invention of the electric telegraph, in its original sense of writing over distances) was first created in 1800 to help send messages from Popham's ship, the 'Romney,' near Copenhagen, to Admiral Dickson, near Elsinore, while that officer, with a squadron of ships, was adding weight to the British Ministers' arguments with the Danish Court. "Its usefulness in that situation was so clear and widely accepted by the Captains of the North Sea Squadron that Sir Home Popham thought it could be used more widely."
The first edition of this code consisted of nearly 1000 words chosen by Popham from the dictionary as most useful for naval purposes. In 1803 a second part, consisting of nearly 1000 less useful words, and a third part, consisting of nearly 1000 "sentences most applicable to military or general conversation" were added. To prevent the signal numbers from becoming unduly high, derivations were grouped with their root-word, e.g. expedite, expedited, expediting, expedition, and expeditious were each expressed by No. 270, it being left for the receiver to determine the exact word by the context. Further, "In verbs, the number, person, tense and mood" had to "be applied to the sense of the sentence." When the exact word was not in the vocabulary, the one most nearly synonymous was to be adopted, but "should it be of any consequence to use a word not in the vocabulary," it could be spelt by the numerical alphabet, which was known by the numbers 1 to 25. It may be noted, as the solution of the conundrum that has puzzled many in spelling out "duty" in Nelson's celebrated signal that in this alphabet, not only are I and J treated as one letter, but V precedes U.
The first edition of this code had nearly 1000 words picked by Popham from the dictionary that he deemed most useful for naval purposes. In 1803, a second part was added, featuring nearly 1000 less useful words, along with a third part containing almost 1000 "sentences most relevant to military or general conversation." To keep the signal numbers from getting too high, variations were grouped with their root word, for example, expedite, expedited, expediting, expedition, and expeditious were all represented by No. 270, leaving it up to the receiver to figure out the exact word from the context. Additionally, "In verbs, the number, person, tense, and mood" had to "be applied to the meaning of the sentence." When the precise word wasn’t in the vocabulary, the closest synonym was to be used, but "if it was important to use a word not in the vocabulary," it could be spelled out using the numerical alphabet, which was designated by the numbers 1 to 25. It’s worth mentioning, as the solution to the riddle that has confused many in spelling out "duty" in Nelson's famous signal, that in this alphabet, I and J are treated as one letter, and V comes before U.
Thus, in the preparation for that signal, when Pasco told Nelson that "confides" was not in the vocabulary, he suggested the "one nearest synonymous," namely, "expects," as this latter could be expressed by three flags in one hoist, while "confides" required 11[178] flags in eight hoists. "Duty," however, had to be spelt[389]. The sentiment of the signal had been sufficiently spoilt by the substitution of "expects" for "confides"; the further substitution of "best" or "utmost" would have hopelessly ruined it.
Thus, in preparation for that signal, when Pasco told Nelson that "confides" wasn't in the vocabulary, he suggested the "one closest in meaning," which was "expects," since this could be shown with three flags in one hoist, while "confides" needed 11[178] flags in eight hoists. "Duty," however, had to be spelled[389]. The meaning of the signal had already been noticeably altered by changing "confides" to "expects"; further replacing it with "best" or "utmost" would have completely ruined it.
When the words of the message had been chosen from the vocabulary and their corresponding numbers written down for the signalman's guidance, it remained to translate them into flags. To do this required nine flags to represent the figures 1 to 9, and one flag to represent the cipher. It was convenient to add one or two substitute flags to say "ditto," in case not more than one flag of each numeral was available, with two flags for "yes" and "no."
When the message's words had been picked from the vocabulary and their corresponding numbers noted for the signalman's guidance, it was time to translate them into flags. To do this, nine flags were needed to represent the numbers 1 to 9, plus one flag for the cipher. It was also helpful to include one or two extra flags to indicate "ditto," in case there was no more than one flag for each number, along with two flags for "yes" and "no."
Popham found all these flags already provided in the 1799 Signal Book for the Ships of War, but the thousands he expressed thus: numbers between 1000 and 2000 by a ball or pendant placed above the "hoist," or group of three flags representing the hundreds, tens, and units; and numbers above 2000 by a similar ball or pendant placed below the "hoist." This was done to avoid unduly increasing the "substitute" flags, as one set of numeral flags was often all that was available, and for the same reason such numbers as 333, 888, 2222 were omitted from the code.
Popham found all these flags already included in the 1799 Signal Book for the Ships of War, but he summarized the thousands like this: numbers between 1000 and 2000 were indicated by a ball or pendant above the "hoist," or by a group of three flags representing the hundreds, tens, and units; and numbers above 2000 were shown by a similar ball or pendant placed below the "hoist." This was done to avoid unnecessarily increasing the "substitute" flags, since one set of numeral flags was often all that was available, and for the same reason, such numbers as 333, 888, and 2222 were left out of the code.
All that was now wanted was a flag to denote whether the signal hoisted was to be deciphered by the Signal Book or by the Vocabulary Code. For this purpose Popham designed a flag divided diagonally into white and red to be used as a "preparative" or "telegraph" flag, with all signals made in his code. This was hoisted before the message started, and hauled down when it finished.
All that was needed now was a flag to indicate whether the signal raised should be interpreted using the Signal Book or the Vocabulary Code. To achieve this, Popham created a flag split diagonally into white and red to serve as a "preparative" or "telegraph" flag, with all signals made in his code. This flag was raised before the message began and taken down when it was completed.
Such were the signal books in use at Trafalgar, and in the hands of a man like Nelson, who did not keep his tactical ideas to himself, but discussed them freely with his captains during the months of watching and preparation, they proved amply sufficient for the purpose.
These were the important signal books used at Trafalgar, and in the hands of someone like Nelson, who openly shared his tactical ideas with his captains during the months of monitoring and preparation, they were more than adequate for the task.
But suppose the books were captured by the enemy; how then? In such an event, which all captains were told to guard against by throwing the books overboard if there was any probability of their ship being captured, the most effective precaution was to change the whole of the signal numbers, both in the general signals and in the vocabulary, but this was a heavy task.
But what if the enemy captured the books? What then? In that case, which all captains were warned to prevent by throwing the books overboard if there was any chance their ship might be taken, the best precaution was to change all the signal numbers, both in the general signals and in the vocabulary, but this was a big task.
A less effective method was to transpose all the flags. It was less effective since, ex hypothesi, the enemy had the signal books, they had therefore only to note the colours of the flags which preceded some[179] easily recognised manoeuvre, such as "Make more sail," "Bear up and sail large," to discover what flags were now being used to indicate the signal numbers which they saw against that signal. A little patience and ingenuity would then supply the key to the changes in the flags, whereas if all the signal numbers were irregularly transposed, each signal would have to be re-constituted separately by the enemy.
A less effective method was to swap all the flags. It was less effective because, ex hypothesi, the enemy had the signal books, so they just needed to observe the colors of the flags preceding some[179] easily recognizable maneuver, like "Make more sail" or "Bear up and sail large," to figure out what flags were being used to show the signal numbers they saw for that signal. With a bit of patience and creativity, they could then figure out the key to the changes in the flags. On the other hand, if all the signal numbers were randomly swapped, the enemy would have to re-create each signal separately.
About fifteen months before Trafalgar the 12-gun schooner, 'Redbridge,' commanded by a Lieut. Lemprière, who, to judge by Nelson's remarks about him, was not particularly efficient, was captured by some French frigates off Toulon. Such a small ship, commanded by an officer of such subordinate rank, was not allowed the confidential signal books, but Lemprière had, in common with many other junior officers, obtained a surreptitious copy for himself—one of those little manuscript and hand-painted signal books one sees in museums, or occasionally picks up in second-hand book shops.
About fifteen months before Trafalgar, the 12-gun schooner 'Redbridge,' led by Lieutenant Lemprière, who, based on Nelson's comments, wasn't particularly capable, was captured by some French frigates off Toulon. A small ship like that, commanded by such a junior officer, wasn't given access to the confidential signal books, but Lemprière had, like many other junior officers, managed to get a secret copy for himself—one of those little handwritten and hand-painted signal books you see in museums or occasionally find in second-hand bookstores.
This book Lieut. Lemprière had neglected to throw overboard, and when, later on, one of Nelson's scouts, looking into Toulon harbour to see if the French were getting on comfortably, found the captured 'Redbridge' just outside, the latter made the signal for the scout ship to anchor; but fortunately the officer in command was a little sharper than the 'Redbridge's' late commander had been, and the net was spread in vain.
This book that Lieutenant Lemprière had forgotten to throw overboard, and later on, when one of Nelson's scouts looked into Toulon harbor to check if the French were doing well, spotted the captured 'Redbridge' just outside. The 'Redbridge' signaled the scout ship to anchor; but luckily, the officer in charge was a bit quicker than the 'Redbridge's' former commander had been, so the trap was set up for nothing.
Directly Nelson learned this he changed the flags and reported the matter to the Admiralty. On the 4th November, the Admiralty, despite the objection of Lord Keith that a change of signal numbers would be better, issued a circular letter to all commanders-in-chief telling them to alter their numeral flags in accordance with a painted copy enclosed with the letter. These are the flags shown in the third column of the plate. Further, as their Lordships had reason to apprehend that Lieut. Lemprière was not the only officer under commander's rank who had obtained a copy of the signal book, the strictest injunctions were to be given that such improper proceedings were not to take place in future, and existing irregular copies were to be impounded.
As soon as Nelson learned this, he changed the flags and reported the situation to the Admiralty. On November 4th, despite Lord Keith's suggestion that a change in signal numbers would be preferable, the Admiralty issued a circular letter to all commanders-in-chief instructing them to change their numeral flags according to a painted copy included with the letter. These flags are shown in the third column of the plate. Additionally, since their Lordships had reason to believe that Lieut. Lemprière wasn’t the only officer below the rank of commander who had gotten a copy of the signal book, strict instructions were to be given to prevent such improper actions in the future, and any existing unauthorized copies were to be confiscated.
The flags in use in the Mediterranean were changed in numerical value in accordance with the Admiralty order on the 16th January, 1804, and these new numeral flags were the ones used at Trafalgar, and, in fact, until the end of 1810[390].
The flags used in the Mediterranean were updated in value according to the Admiralty order on January 16, 1804, and these new numeral flags were the ones used at Trafalgar and, in fact, until the end of 1810[390].
We have seen that Howe's second code, first in its original form, next as re-arranged by McArthur, and finally as simplified and expanded for the 1799 Signal Book, in each case with practically the same numeral flags, sufficed, when supplemented by Popham's[180] Vocabulary, for the navy's needs throughout the most sustained and strenuous struggle that until the recent war had ever fallen to its lot[391].
We have seen that Howe's second code, first in its original form, then rearranged by McArthur, and finally simplified and expanded for the 1799 Signal Book, with virtually the same numeral flags, was enough to meet the navy's needs during the longest and toughest battle it had faced until the recent war. [180] [391].
Towards the close of this period, however, Popham, who seems to have devoted all the time not required for his professional duties, or for defence against the attacks made upon him, to the improvement of his code[392], brought out a greatly enlarged and improved vocabulary, which is best described in his own words:
Towards the end of this period, however, Popham, who appears to have spent all his free time, not occupied by his professional responsibilities or defending himself against attacks, on enhancing his code[392], released a significantly expanded and improved vocabulary, which is best described in his own words:
The present edition is wholly new cast and composed; very considerably enlarged by additional materials; and, as I trust, improved by a distribution of those materials which was intended to increase the facility of reference.
The current edition is entirely reworked and put together; greatly expanded with extra materials; and, I hope, enhanced by an arrangement of those materials aimed at making it easier to reference.
It consists of nearly 6,000 primitive words, exclusive of the inflexions of verbs, &c., making in all upwards of 30,000 real words; the sentences have also been extended to about 6,000, with 1,500 syllables, a Geographical Table, a Table of Technical Terms, a Table of Stores and Provisions, and a Spare Table for Local Significations.
It includes almost 6,000 basic words, not counting the variations of verbs, etc., totaling more than 30,000 actual words; the sentences have been expanded to about 6,000, with 1,500 syllables, a Geographic Table, a Table of Technical Terms, a Table of Supplies and Provisions, and an Extra Table for Local Meanings.
With so large a number of signals the limitation in the number of flags that can be conveniently hoisted at a time made itself at once felt, and Popham found himself compelled to abandon the "simple numerary" method. Taking the limit of convenience at three flags, the ten numeral flags of the Admiralty Signal Book would suffice for only 999 signals. Popham, therefore, after calculating the number of combinations available with various sets of flags, chose 23. These, which were mostly of his own design, he denoted by the numbers 1 to 9 and the letters A to O. With these 23 flags the number of available combinations is as follows:
With such a large number of signals, the restriction on the number of flags that could be easily hoisted at one time became clear, and Popham realized he had to move away from the "simple numerical" method. Setting the convenient limit at three flags, the ten numeral flags from the Admiralty Signal Book could only represent 999 signals. Therefore, after calculating the number of combinations possible with different sets of flags, Popham decided on 23. These, mostly designed by him, were labeled with the numbers 1 to 9 and the letters A to O. With these 23 flags, the number of available combinations is as follows:
Singly | 23 | |
Two at a time | 506 | |
Three at a time | 10,626 | |
——— | ||
Total | 11,155 |
So that upwards of 11,000 signals could be made using no more than three flags in one hoist.
So that over 11,000 signals could be made using no more than three flags in one hoist.
Hoisting four flags at a time, the number of possible signals with 23 flags is increased by 212,520, making 223,675 in all, sufficient for the most exhaustive vocabulary. If this code had been invented seven years earlier, Nelson could have made his signal in precisely his own words, the first three of which would have been as follows: England, 69B; confides, 5I3; that, B67. Curiously enough, Popham, in 1812, seems to have preferred "confides" to "expects," for the former was one of "most needed" words and could be made by three flags, whereas "expects" was No. 6138 and required four.
Hoisting four flags at a time, the total number of possible signals with 23 flags increases by 212,520, bringing the grand total to 223,675, which is enough for the most extensive vocabulary. If this code had been created seven years earlier, Nelson could have communicated his message using his own words, of which the first three would have been: England, 69B; confides, 5I3; that, B67. Interestingly, Popham, in 1812, seems to have preferred "confides" over "expects," as the former was listed as one of the "most needed" words and could be made with three flags, while "expects" was number 6138 and required four.
In demonstrating the extensive use to which his code could be put, Popham gives one or two amusing illustrations, apparently in all seriousness. Thus:
In showing how widely his code could be used, Popham offers a couple of funny examples, seemingly without any hint of irony. So:
FA1 | Have you an idea |
G647 | a change of ministers is about to take place |
52A | Certainly |
8BF | not |
G643 | ministers are gaining strength |
BOE | Your |
AC8 | sister |
852 | married |
85F | to |
C87 | a Lord of the Admiralty |
This vocabulary, published in 1812, was such an evident improvement that it was issued to the fleet in 1813.
This vocabulary, published in 1812, was such a clear improvement that it was sent out to the fleet in 1813.
In 1816 it was revised by Popham and re-issued by the Admiralty as an official Vocabulary Signal Book. Eleven years later the signal books were again revised and re-cast in three volumes:—
In 1816, Popham updated it, and the Admiralty published it again as an official Vocabulary Signal Book. Eleven years later, the signal books were revised and reformatted into three volumes:—
1. The General Signal Book, containing evolutionary and battle signals, to which the numeral flags were henceforth appropriated.
1. The General Signal Book, which includes signals for evolution and battle, to which the numeral flags were now assigned.
2. The Vocabulary Signal Book, containing words and general sentences, to which were appropriated the alphabetical flags, now increased to 21 by the addition of P, Q, R, S, T, V, and Y.
2. The Vocabulary Signal Book, which includes words and general sentences, now features 21 alphabetical flags with the addition of P, Q, R, S, T, V, and Y.
3. Night and fog signals.
Night and fog warnings.
In 1882, W was substituted for V and slight alterations were made in some of the flags, and in 1889, when the signal books underwent a more extensive revision, the alphabetical series was completed by the inclusion of all the letters, and a series of numeral pendants was added. The flags thus finally established in 1889 remain in use to this day. It may be observed that they contain a number of survivals from Howe's Code of 1790, four indeed with their original significance. They are as follows:
In 1882, W replaced V and some minor changes were made to a few of the flags. Then, in 1889, when the signal books were revised more thoroughly, the alphabetical series was completed with the addition of all the letters, and a set of numeral flags was added. The flags established in 1889 are still in use today. It's worth noting that they retain several features from Howe's Code of 1790, with four of them keeping their original meanings. They are as follows:
(1) An alphabetical series, in which many of the flags are of the same design as those in the International Code (see p. 184) but with different significations, as follows:
(1) An alphabetical series, where many of the flags have the same design as those in the International Code (see p. 184) but have different meanings, as follows:
A | flag, diagonally striped yellow & red | = Y | of Internatl Code |
B | flag, white, bordered with blue & pierced with red | = W | " " " |
C | flag, divided diagonally yellow, blue, red & black | = Z | " " " |
D | Pilot Jack (Union Jack with white border [393]) | ||
E | flag, divided horizontally blue, white, blue | = J | " " " |
F | flag quarterly yellow & black | = L | of Internatl Code |
G | flag divided vertically white, black, white | ||
H | flag, yellow with black ball | = I | " " " |
I | flag, blue with yellow saltire | = | Numeral 7 of 1790 |
J | pendant, divided vertically white & red | ||
K | flag, divided horizontally yellow & blue | ||
L | flag, white with red saltire | = V | of Internl Code |
M | pendant, divided horizontally red, yellow, red | ||
N | pendant, divided horizontally yellow, blue, yellow | ||
O | flag, divided diagonally red & yellow | = O | " " " |
P | pendant, blue with white cross | ||
Q | pendant, red | ||
R | pendant, yellow with red cross | ||
S | pendant, divided vertically blue & yellow | ||
T | pendant, blue with white ball | = D | " " " |
U | burgee, divided vertically white & blue | = A | " " " |
V | flag, white pierced blue | = S | " " " |
W | flag, yellow | = Q | " " " |
X | pendant, striped vertically black & yellow | ||
Y | pendant, white with red border | ||
Z | flag, chequered blue & white | = N | " " " |
Affirmative }
Confirmed
Preparative } as in 1790 (see Plate XIII)
Preparative } as in 1790 (see Plate XIII)
Negative flag, white with 5 black crosses
Negative flag, white with 5 black crosses
(2) A series of numeral flags:—
(2) A series of number flags:—
1 as No. 5 in 1790
1 as No. 5 in 1790
2 " 2 "
2 " 2 "
3 flag, chequered yellow & blue
3 flag, checkered yellow & blue
4 as No. 9 in 1790
4 as No. 9 in 1790
5 flag, divided horizontally red & white
5 flag, divided horizontally red & white
6 as No. 8 in 1790
6 as No. 8 in 1790
7 " "
7 " "
8 flag divided vertically red, white, blue
8 flag divided vertically red, white, blue
9 as "Dissent" in 1790
9 as "Dissent" in 1790
0 as No. 0 in 1790
0 as No. 0 in 1790
(3) A series of numbered and special pendants:—
(3) A collection of numbered and unique pendants:—
1 divided vertically red, white, blue
1 divided vertically red, white, blue
2 " horizontally " "
"horizontal"
3 white with red cross
white with red cross
4 striped vertically white & red (16 stripes)
4 vertically striped white & red (16 stripes)
6 white with 2 black crosses
6 white with 2 black crosses
7 divided quarterly white, black, yellow, red
7 divided into quarters: white, black, yellow, red
8 red
8 red
9 white with red ball
9 white and red ball
0 divided vertically yellow & blue
0 divided vertically yellow & blue
Interrogative divided quarterly red & white
Interrogative divided quarterly red & white
Answering " vertically " "
Answering "vertically"
Guard, red with white cross
Stop, red with white cross
Numeral, chequered blue & yellow
Numeral, checkered blue & yellow
Church, as No. 2 but with St. George's Cross in chief.
Church, as No. 2 but with St. George's Cross at the top.
These pendants are all of a different shape from those employed in the alphabetical series, being more narrow and elongated, and cut off square at the end, whereas the former are almost equilateral and might perhaps be more correctly designated as "triangular flags."
These pendants all have different shapes from those used in the alphabetical series; they are narrower and more elongated, with a square cut at the end, while the former are almost equilateral and could be more accurately referred to as "triangular flags."
The "substitutes" used are as follows:
The "substitutes" used are as follows:
1st. (repeating the 1st. flag or pendant of a "series") the Affirmative flag
1st. (repeating the 1st. flag or pendant of a "series") the Affirmative flag
2nd. ( " 2nd. " " " ) Answering pendant
2nd. ( " 2nd. " " " " ) Answering pendant
3rd. ( " 3rd. " " " ) No. 2 pendant
3rd. ( " 3rd. " " " ) No. 2 pendant
4th. ( " 4th. " " " ) No. 0
4th. ( " 4th. " " " ) No. 0
1st. (when using the numbered pendants) Interrogative pendant
1st. (when using the numbered pendants) Question pendant
2nd. ( " " " ) Answering "
2nd. ( " " " ) Answering "
With these we have probably reached the final development of form so far as flag signals are concerned, for wireless has taken the place of visual signalling to such an extent that it is not likely that circumstances can now arise that will necessitate any radical recasting of the flag signal system.
With this, we’ve probably reached the ultimate evolution of flag signals, since wireless technology has largely replaced visual signaling. It's unlikely that any situation will now come up that would require a complete overhaul of the flag signal system.
(v) COMMERCIAL CODES
Some elementary flag signals, notably that for a pilot, were in use among merchantmen at least as early as the fifteenth century, but the first attempt to supply a code of signals suitable for merchant ships appears to have been that made by Sir Home Popham in 1804, when, at the request of the East India Company, he compiled a book of "Commercial and Military Signals" for the use of the ships in their service. In this book the "military" element preponderates, as might be expected from the circumstances of the time at which it was drawn up. The signals relate almost exclusively to the fighting and manoeuvring of ships sailing in convoy. After the peace, in 1817, Captain Frederick Marryat drew up what may be regarded as the precurser of modern commercial codes. It was in six parts, each in the simple numerary system, with a distinguishing flag to indicate the part to which the signal related. The parts were as follows: 1. Names of men-of-war. 2. Names of merchantmen. 3. Ports, headlands, etc. 4. Sentences on various subjects. 5 and 6. A vocabulary adapted from Popham. This signal book went through ten editions before the author's death in 1848.
Some basic flag signals, especially for a pilot, were used by merchant ships as early as the fifteenth century, but the first attempt to create a signal code for merchant ships seems to have been made by Sir Home Popham in 1804. At the request of the East India Company, he put together a book of "Commercial and Military Signals" for use by their ships. This book mainly focused on the "military" aspect, which makes sense given the context of its creation. The signals primarily dealt with the combat and maneuvering of ships sailing together in a convoy. After the peace in 1817, Captain Frederick Marryat developed what can be seen as the precursor to modern commercial codes. It was divided into six parts, each using a simple numbering system, with a distinct flag to indicate which part the signal belonged to. The parts included: 1. Names of warships. 2. Names of merchant ships. 3. Ports, headlands, etc. 4. Sentences on various topics. 5 and 6. A vocabulary based on Popham's work. This signal book went through ten editions before the author's death in 1848.
In 1855, owing to the enormous increase in communication by sea, and the adoption of an official number for every merchant ship imposed by the Merchant Shipping Act of 1854, the need for a much[184] more ample code had become urgent, and the Board of Trade appointed a Committee to draw up a new one. This committee reported that an efficient code "ought to provide for not less than 20,000 distinct signals and should, besides, be capable of designating not less than 50,000 ships, with power of extension if required." They further stated that "a signal should not consist of more than four flags or symbols at one hoist," and pointed out that under this condition the ten numerals without repeaters would make only 5860 signals, or 9999 signals with three repeaters. They therefore abandoned the numeral system and chose 18 flags which, by using two, three, or four flags together, allowed of 78,642 permutations. These 18 flags, which embodied most of those already in use in Marryat's Code unchanged, or with slight alteration, were designated by the letters of the alphabet except a, e, i, o, u, x, y, z, the vowels being omitted because "by introducing them every objectionable word composed of four letters or less, not only in our own but in foreign languages, would appear in the code in the course of the permutation of the letters of the alphabet."
In 1855, due to the massive increase in sea communication and the introduction of an official number for every merchant ship mandated by the Merchant Shipping Act of 1854, there was an urgent need for a more comprehensive code. The Board of Trade set up a Committee to create a new one. This committee reported that an effective code "should include at least 20,000 distinct signals and should also be able to identify at least 50,000 ships, with the option to expand if necessary." They added that "a signal should consist of no more than four flags or symbols at one time," and noted that under this rule, the ten numerals without repeaters would produce only 5860 signals, or 9999 signals with three repeaters. They therefore discarded the numeral system and selected 18 flags that, by combining two, three, or four flags together, allowed for 78,642 different combinations. These 18 flags, which included most of those already in use in Marryat's Code with little to no changes, were designated by letters of the alphabet except for a, e, i, o, u, x, y, z. The vowels were omitted because "including them would result in every inappropriate word composed of four letters or less, not only in our language but in foreign languages, appearing in the code through the permutation of the letters of the alphabet."
The flags adopted were as follows:
The flags that were adopted were as follows:
B red burgee (flag with swallow-tailed fly)
B red burgee (a flag with a swallow-tailed end)
C pendant white with red ball
C pendant white with red ball
D " blue with white ball
D " blue with white ball
F " red
F " red
G " divided vertically yellow and blue
G " split into yellow and blue
H flag divided vertically white and red
H flag divided vertically white and red
J " " horizontally blue, white, blue
J " " horizontally blue, white, blue
K " " vertically yellow and blue
K " " yellow and blue vertically
L " " quarterly blue and yellow
L " " quarterly blue and yellow
M " blue with white saltire
M " blue with white saltire
N " chequered blue and white
N " chequered blue and white
P " blue pierced with white square (the blue Peter)
P " blue pierced with white square (the blue Peter)
Q " yellow
yellow
R " red with yellow cross
R " red with yellow cross
S " white pierced with blue square
S " white pierced with blue square
T " divided vertically red, white, blue
T " divided vertically red, white, blue
V " white with red saltire
V " white with red saltire
W " blue bordered white pierced with red square,
W " blue bordered white pierced with red square,
and an "Answering Signal" or Code Pendant divided vertically red and white in five stripes. In 1857 this "Commercial Code of Signals for use of all Nations" was issued by the Board of Trade, and it sufficed for the needs of the next thirty years, the name being changed to International Code about 1880. At the end of that period the Board of Trade appointed a Committee to bring it up to date and to consider whether a system of night signals should be added to it. In 1899 this Committee submitted a revision of the Code "which[185] differed from that then current only in the omission of certain signals which had become obsolete and the substitution of certain other signals for which modern developments had created a demand." The criticisms of the foreign maritime powers upon this book led, however, to a complete revision and recasting of the old code for reasons which the Committee summarise in their final report[394] in 1896 in the following words:
and an "Answering Signal" or Code Pendant split vertically into red and white with five stripes. In 1857, this "Commercial Code of Signals for use of all Nations" was published by the Board of Trade, and it met the needs for the next thirty years, with the name changing to International Code around 1880. At the end of that period, the Board of Trade set up a Committee to update it and to consider adding a system of night signals. In 1899, this Committee presented a revision of the Code "which[185] differed from the one then in use only by removing certain signals that had become outdated and replacing them with other signals that modern developments had created a need for." However, criticisms from foreign maritime powers regarding this book led to a complete revision and overhaul of the old code for reasons summarized by the Committee in their final report[394] in 1896 as follows:
Since the old Code of signals was first issued there has been a very considerable increase in the average speed of vessels belonging to the Mercantile Marine, owing both to the larger percentage of steamers as compared with sailing vessels and to the greater speed to which steamers now attain. Vessels consequently remain within signalling distance of one another and of signal stations for a much shorter time than was the case 40 years ago, and it is necessary that an efficient Code of signals should provide the means of rapid communication. In a Code, such as the International Code, in which signals are made chiefly by means of flags, rapidity of communication can best be secured by reducing to a minimum the number of flags required to make the signals, since every additional flag in a hoist involves delay in bending on the flags on the part of the person making the signals and delay in making out the flags on the part of the person taking in the signals, and to enable this to be done without the number of signals in the Code being reduced, it was necessary to provide an increased number of two or three flag signals by adding additional flags to the Code.
Since the old Code of signals was first issued, there has been a significant increase in the average speed of ships in the Mercantile Marine. This is due to a higher percentage of steamers compared to sailing vessels and the greater speeds steamers can achieve now. As a result, vessels stay within signaling distance of each other and signal stations for much shorter periods than they did 40 years ago. It's essential that an effective Code of signals allows for quick communication. In a Code like the International Code, where signals are primarily made using flags, quick communication is best achieved by minimizing the number of flags needed to create signals. This is because any extra flag in a hoist causes delays for both the person signaling and the person receiving the signals. To ensure that the number of signals in the Code remains the same while allowing for fewer flags, it was necessary to add more two or three flag signals to the Code.
The number of signals which can be made by permutations of 18 flags, no flag being used more than once in the same hoist, is as follows:—
The number of signals that can be created by rearranging 18 flags, with no flag used more than once in the same display, is as follows:—
One-flag signals | 18 | |
Two-flag signals | 306 | |
Three-flag signals | 4,896 | |
Four-flag signals | 73,440 | |
——— | ||
Total | 78,660 |
The number of signals actually provided in the old Code which can be made by the Code flags is:—
The number of signals currently available in the old Code that can be created using the Code flags is:—
One-flag signals | 4 | |
Two-flag signals | 215 | |
Three-flag signals about | 4,500 | |
(a) Four-flag signals, excluding those | } | |
representing the names of places | } | |
and ships, about | 8,700 } | |
(b) Four-flag signals representing the | } | 29,600 |
names of places, about | 3,400 } | |
(c) Four-flag signals representing the | } | |
names of ships, about | 17,500 } | |
——— | ||
Total about | 34,319 |
The following is the number of signals which can be made by means of the 26 flags which we have adopted, no flag being used more than once in the same hoist:—
The following is the number of signals that can be created using the 26 flags we have adopted, with no flag being used more than once in the same display:—
One-flag signals | 26 | |
Two-flag signals | 650 | |
Three-flag signals | 15,600 | |
Four-flag signals | 358,800 | |
———- | ||
Total | 375,076 |
Moreover, by using the Code pennant over and under one or two flags of the Code, the following additional signals made by not more than three flags are obtainable:—
Moreover, by using the Code pennant above and below one or two flags of the Code, the following additional signals created with no more than three flags can be obtained:—
Code Pennant over one flag | 26 | |
Code Pennant under one flag | 26 | |
Code Pennant over two flags | 650 | |
Code Pennant under two flags | 650 | |
——- | ||
Total | 1,352 |
It will therefore be seen that by the adoption of the eight additional flags, many of the more important signals which have at present to be made by three-flag hoists can be converted into two-flag signals, and that all the four-flag signals (excluding those representing the names of places and of ships) in the old Code can be made by three-flag signals, while between 3,000 and 4,000 new signals to be made by hoists of not more than three flags can be added.
It will therefore be clear that by adding the eight extra flags, many of the more significant signals that currently require three-flag hoists can be changed into two-flag signals. Additionally, all the four-flag signals (excluding those representing the names of places and ships) in the old Code can be created using three-flag signals, and we can add between 3,000 and 4,000 new signals that can be made with hoists of no more than three flags.
The abolition of all four-flag hoists for general signals will very greatly increase the Rapidity with which communication can be held by means of the International Code of Signals.
The removal of all four-flag hoists for general signals will significantly enhance the Rapidity with which communication can be conducted using the International Code of Signals.
It will also tend to secure another essential in efficient signalling, viz., Accuracy, for every flag added to a hoist affords an extra risk of mistake, both in bending on a wrong flag and in reading off the flags in the hoist incorrectly.
It will also help ensure another key factor in effective signaling, namely, Accuracy, because every additional flag on a hoist increases the chance of mistakes, both in attaching the wrong flag and in incorrectly interpreting the flags in the hoist.
In addition to the gain of rapidity and accuracy of signalling, the inclusion of the eight new flags has, as we have already stated, afforded the means of providing a large number of signals which do not appear in the current Code, and we have availed ourselves of this possibility to the extent of adding some 4,000 new signals.
In addition to the benefits of faster and more accurate signaling, the addition of the eight new flags has, as we’ve already mentioned, allowed us to create a significant number of signals that aren’t in the current Code. We’ve taken advantage of this opportunity by adding around 4,000 new signals.
Moreover, the fact that under the proposed scheme there is a flag to represent every letter of the alphabet has enabled us to arrange for a system of spelling proper names and words not appearing in the Signal Book, which we regard as less cumbersome than the Alphabetical Spelling Table which is at present in force.
Moreover, the fact that under the suggested scheme there is a flag for every letter of the alphabet has allowed us to set up a system for spelling proper names and words not included in the Signal Book, which we consider less cumbersome than the current Alphabetical Spelling Table.
These advantages appear to us to be so important that we have not hesitated to increase the number of flags to be used, although the step involved the abandonment of the Code suggested by us in 1889 and the preparation of an entirely new Signal Book.
These benefits seem so important to us that we didn't hesitate to increase the number of flags to be used, even though this meant abandoning the Code we proposed in 1889 and creating a completely new Signal Book.
The letters omitted from the alphabet in 1855 were now added,[187] the objection which had led to their omission on the former occasion being regarded as a "sentimental rather than practical objection," though the Committee took care to eliminate objectionable words as far as practicable.
The letters that were left out of the alphabet in 1855 were now included,[187] with the reason for their previous omission considered to be a "sentimental rather than practical objection," although the Committee made sure to remove any inappropriate words as much as possible.
The flags now added were:
The newly added flags were:
A Burgee divided vertically white and blue
A burgee split vertically into white and blue
E Pendant " " red, white, blue
E Pendant " " red, white, blue
I Flag yellow with blue ball
I Flag yellow with blue ball
O Flag divided diagonally yellow and red
O Flag divided diagonally yellow and red
U " " quarterly red and white
U " " quarterly red and white
X " white with blue cross
X " white with blue cross
Y " striped diagonally yellow and red in ten stripes
Y " striped diagonally yellow and red in ten stripes
Z " divided diagonally in 4 triangular parts, yellow, blue, red, and black.
Z " divided diagonally into 4 triangular sections: yellow, blue, red, and black.
At the same time the F and L flags were slightly altered.
At the same time, the F and L flags were changed a bit.
We have altered the flag F from a red pennant with a white ball on it to a red pennant with a white cross, as the flag at present in use is liable to be mistaken for Flag D (blue pennant with a white ball on it), and we have altered flag L from a flag of yellow and blue quarterly (the blue squares being at the top left-hand and bottom right-hand corners) to a flag of yellow and black quarterly, the black squares being at the top right-hand and bottom left-hand corners. Our chief reason for making this alteration is that in a calm it is difficult to distinguish the present flag L from flag K.
We changed flag F from a red pennant with a white ball on it to a red pennant with a white cross because the current flag could easily be confused with Flag D (which is a blue pennant with a white ball). We also changed flag L from a yellow and blue quarterly design (with the blue squares in the top left and bottom right corners) to a yellow and black quarterly design, with the black squares in the top right and bottom left corners. The main reason for this change is that, during calm conditions, it's hard to tell the current flag L apart from flag K.
Certain of the above flags are used singly with special significations, viz. A by H.M. ships on full speed trial, B to signify that explosives are being landed or discharged, C as affirmative, D as negative, P to denote that the ship is about to sail and S as signal for a pilot, while L is used in the United Kingdom to indicate infection from cholera, Yellow fever or plague, and Q is generally used aboard to denote liability to quarantine.
Certain flags mentioned above are used on their own with specific meanings: A is displayed by H.M. ships during full-speed trials, B indicates that explosives are being landed or discharged, C means affirmative, D means negative, P denotes that the ship is about to sail, and S signals for a pilot. Meanwhile, L is used in the United Kingdom to indicate infection from cholera, yellow fever, or plague, and Q is generally displayed on board to indicate liability to quarantine.
Signals made with two flags are urgent and important. Of the three-flag signals those from ABC to AST relate to the compass; from ASU to AVJ to money; from AVK to BCN to weights and measures; BCO to BOZ to decimals and fractions; from BEA to CWT to auxiliary verbs and phrases; while the general vocabulary occupies the permutations from CXA to ZNV. The Code flag over two flags serves for Latitude and Longitude, Divisions of time, and the Barometer and Thermometer, and the Code flag under two flags from UA to ZY provides a numeral table. The geographical names of places are signalled by four flags from ABCD to BFAU, while the permutations from CBDF to CZYX are used for an alphabetical spelling table. This completes the flag signals of the Code, but it[188] contains in addition a number of Distant Signals, Semaphore Signals and Morse Code Signals.
Signals made with two flags are urgent and important. For three-flag signals, those from ABC to AST relate to the compass; from ASU to AVJ to money; from AVK to BCN to weights and measures; from BCO to BOZ to decimals and fractions; from BEA to CWT to auxiliary verbs and phrases; while the general vocabulary is covered by the combinations from CXA to ZNV. The Code flag over two flags represents Latitude and Longitude, divisions of time, and the Barometer and Thermometer, and the Code flag under two flags from UA to ZY provides a numeral table. The geographical names of places are signaled by four flags from ABCD to BFAU, while the combinations from CBDF to CZYX are used for an alphabetical spelling table. This wraps up the flag signals of the Code, but it[188] also includes a number of Distant Signals, Semaphore Signals, and Morse Code Signals.
Combinations from GQBC onwards are used for the names of ships, which will be found in separate publications.
Combinations from GQBC onward are used for the names of ships, which can be found in separate publications.
This new Code was published in 1899 and brought into force on 1st January, 1901, the old Code being used concurrently with it until the 31st December of that year. It has now reached the seventeenth edition, and a complete revision of it, which will probably entail the alteration of many of the flags, is occupying the attention of an International Commission, but it will be several years before this is brought into use.
This new Code was published in 1899 and took effect on January 1, 1901, with the old Code still in use alongside it until December 31 of that year. It has now reached its seventeenth edition, and a complete overhaul of it, which will likely involve changing many of the flags, is currently being addressed by an International Commission, but it will be several years before this is implemented.
In making a signal, a ship first hoists her ensign with the code flag under it, and if necessary the distinguishing signal of the vessel or station with which she desires to communicate. On seeing this signal the ship (or station) addressed then hoists the "Answering Pendant" (i.e. the Code flag) at the "Dip," that is, some little distance below its position when hoisted "close up" to the block at the masthead or yardarm through which the signal halliards are rove. The first ship then hoists her own distinguishing signal, consisting of the four letters appropriated to her name, and then proceeds with the signal she wishes to make. When the first hoist is noted down and translated in the ship receiving the signal, this ship hauls the answering pendant "close up" to show that the signal is understood and keeps it there until the signalling ship has hauled that hoist down; the answering pendant is then again lowered to the "Dip" until the next hoist is disposed of, and when the ship signalling has finished, she hauls down her ensign to indicate that the message is at an end.
In signaling, a ship first raises her flag along with the code flag underneath it, and if needed, the unique signal of the vessel or station she wants to communicate with. When the other ship (or station) sees this signal, it then raises the "Answering Pendant" (the Code flag) at the "Dip," which means it's positioned a little lower than when it's raised "close up" to the block at the masthead or yardarm where the signal lines are run. The first ship then raises her own unique signal, made up of the four letters designated for her name, and continues with the signal she wants to send. Once the first signal is noted and decoded by the receiving ship, this ship raises the answering pendant "close up" to indicate that the signal is understood and keeps it up until the signaling ship lowers her signal. The answering pendant is then lowered again to the "Dip" until the next signal is dealt with, and when the signaling ship has finished, she lowers her flag to indicate that the message is complete.
Among signals of distress by means of flags—which from their nature are of international use and common to both men-of-war and merchant ships—the earliest appears to have been made by tying the ensign in a knot in the middle, or making a weft as it was called. Another, which appears to have been in use in the seventeenth century, was to invert the ensign; this, of course, could not be done with those ensigns (such as the modern French) which are symmetrical in design. The signal appears sometimes to have been given by placing the ensign in an unusual position, such as at the main topmast-head or in the shrouds. An instance in which the ensign was placed inverted in the shrouds will be found on page 199.
Among distress signals using flags—which are internationally recognized and common to both warships and merchant vessels—the earliest method seems to have involved tying the flag in a knot in the middle, known as a weft. Another method, used in the seventeenth century, was to turn the flag upside down; however, this wouldn’t work for flags (like the modern French flag) that have symmetrical designs. The signal was sometimes given by displaying the flag in an unusual location, like at the main topmast-head or in the shrouds. An example of the flag being placed upside down in the shrouds can be found on page 199.
FOOTNOTES:
[338] Herodotus, vii, 128.
[339] Thucydides, i, 49.
[340] Ibid. ii, 84; vii, 34.
[341] Thucydides, iii, 90.
[342] Polyaenus, Strategemata, i, 48 (2).
[343] Livy, xxxvii, 24: "Eudamum in alto multitudine navium maxime Hannibal, ceteris omnibus longe praestantem, urgebat; et circumvenisset ni signo sublato ex praetoria nave, quo dispersam classem in unum colligi mos erat, omnes quae in dextro cornu vicerant naves ad opem ferendam suis concurrissent."
[343] Livy, xxxvii, 24: "Hannibal was fiercely pursuing Eudamus in deep water with a large fleet of ships, far stronger than all the others, and he would have surrounded him if it hadn't been for the signal raised from the flagship, which was the usual method for assembling the scattered fleet into one. All the ships that had succeeded on the right flank would have rushed to assist their own."
[344] This work Λέοντος ἐν Χριστῷ τῷ Θεῷ αὐτοκράτος τῶν ἐν Πολέμοις τακτικῶν σύντομος παράδοσις is usually assigned to Leo VI (the philosopher), but it is possible that it may have been written by Leo III (the Isaurian) and dates therefore from the eighth century. It has not been translated into English.
[344] This work Λέοντος ἐν Χριστῷ τῷ Θεῷ αυτοκράτορα των εν Πολέμοις τακτικών σύντομη παράδοση is typically attributed to Leo VI (the philosopher), but it might have actually been written by Leo III (the Isaurian) and therefore dates back to the eighth century. It has not been translated into English.
[346] Due Ordinanze Militari Marittime del Conte Verde, Anno 1366, by Capitano di Corvetta Prasca in Rivista Marittima, June 1891. I have supplied as literal a translation as the state of the text admits.
[346] Due Ordinanze Militari Marittime del Conte Verde, Year 1366, by Captain Prasca in Rivista Marittima, June 1891. I have provided the most accurate translation possible given the condition of the text.
[347] The object of this manoeuvre is not clear, but since the ram and the guns pointing forward were the only weapons of the galley it can be readily understood that friendly galleys would only face one another in exceptional circumstances.
[347] The purpose of this maneuver isn't clear, but since the ram and the guns aimed forward were the only weapons on the galley, it's easy to see that friendly galleys would only confront each other in rare situations.
[348] Commander Prasca suggests that lon should be read as bon and that the meaning is: to a place on the poop where the banner can be well seen. I suggest that it should be read as son.
[348] Commander Prasca suggests that lon should be read as bon and that the meaning is: to a spot on the poop deck where the flag can be easily seen. I suggest that it should be read as son.
[353] Cada patron con un cómitre.
Each boss with a partner.
[355] Calcet.
Calcet.
[361] "À demy clouée."
"Half nailed."
[362] "à moitie pendant." Presumably there was some difference in these two methods of tying a flag in a weft, but it is not known in what this difference consisted. Perhaps "a demy clouée" meant that the fly was gathered into the hoist, while the other expression denoted that the flag was gathered up horizontally in the middle, the normal method of making a weft.
[362] "half during." There was likely some difference between these two ways of tying a flag in a weft, but it's unclear what that difference was. Maybe "a big cloud" meant that the fly was gathered into the hoist, while the other term referred to the flag being gathered horizontally in the middle, which is the usual way of making a weft.
[363] Harl. MS. 309.
[364] quarter.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ quarter.
[365] whither.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ where.
[366] Pepys MS. 1266.
[371] The latest ms. appears to be Sloane ms. 2427; the earliest that the author has seen is in the Bodleian. It was from a ms. almost identical with the latter that the printed edition was published in 1685.
[371] The most recent draft seems to be Sloane Ms. 2427; the oldest one the author has seen is in the Bodleian. The printed edition was published in 1685 from a draft that was almost identical to the latter.
[373] "lesqueles banères sount appelés baucans et la gent d'Engleterre les appelent stremers et celes banères signefient mort sans remède et mortele guerre en tous les lious où mariners sont."
[373] "Those banners are called baucans, and the people of England refer to them as stremers; these banners represent death without escape and deadly war in all areas where sailors are found."
[374] "nous ne sums tenus faire restitution ne amende si nulle chose eit esté fait ou prise par nous en ladite guerre; quar il est usage et ley de meer que de choses faites ou prises sur meer en guerre meisement ou ledit baukan soit levée ne doit estre fait restitution n'amende d'une partie ne d'autre." 'Baucan,' cognate with 'beacon,' must not be confused with 'bauçan.'
[374] "We aren’t obligated to make restitution or pay a fine if we haven’t done anything or taken anything in that war; it’s the custom and law of the sea that for actions taken or items taken at sea during wartime, especially when the said 'baukan' is raised, neither party should be required to make restitution or pay a fine.'Baucan,' related to 'beacon,' should not be confused with 'bauçan.'
[376] This and the two following sections are in substance a revision of a pamphlet Nelson's Signals, The Evolution of the Signal Flags, written by me in 1908 and published for the Admiralty by H.M. Stationery Office. I am indebted to the Controller of that Department for permission to make use of it in this work.
[376] This and the next two sections are basically a revised version of a pamphlet Nelson's Signals, The Evolution of the Signal Flags, which I wrote in 1908 and was published for the Admiralty by H.M. Stationery Office. I'm grateful to the Controller of that Department for allowing me to use it in this work.
[379] Shortly after 1756 the white balls disappear, and a white square takes their place, the flag thus becoming what is now familiarly called the Blue Peter. By Rodney's time this flag at the mainmast head had become the signal to recall everyone to his ship, whence its present use to denote that the ship is about to sail.
[379] Shortly after 1756, the white balls disappeared, and a white square took their place, with the flag becoming what we now commonly refer to as the Blue Peter. By Rodney's time, this flag at the top of the mainmast had become the signal to call everyone back to their ship, which is why it is currently used to indicate that the ship is about to sail.
[382] Possibly because with a "table" of 16 squares a side he was enabled to make 256 signals, with two flags only to each "hoist," whereas by the simple numerary method he could of course only make 99 with less than three flags.
[382] Possibly because with a "table" of 16 squares on each side, he was able to create 256 signals using just two flags for each "hoist," while with the basic numerical method, he could only make 99 using fewer than three flags.
[388] Richard Hall Gower, an officer of the East India Company's fleet, suggested in the 2nd edition of his Treatise on Seamanship, 1796, the use of a dictionary with the words numbered consecutively from 1 upwards under each letter of the alphabet. The letter and number were to be shown on a large board.
[388] Richard Hall Gower, an officer with the East India Company's fleet, proposed in the 2nd edition of his Treatise on Seamanship, 1796, the idea of a dictionary where words were numbered sequentially from 1 onwards beneath each letter of the alphabet. The letter and number were to be displayed on a large board.
[389] The hoists were: Telegraph flag; 253 (England); 269 (expects); 863 (that); 261 (every); 471 (man); 958 (will); 220 (do); 370 (his); 4, 21, 19, 24 (duty). In the hoist for 220 the second flag was the "substitute," duplicating the numeral "2."
[389] The flags raised were: Telegraph flag; 253 (England); 269 (expects); 863 (that); 261 (every); 471 (man); 958 (will); 220 (do); 370 (his); 4, 21, 19, 24 (duty). In the hoist for 220, the second flag was the "substitute," repeating the number "2."
[390] See the last column of Plate XIII.
[390] Check out the last column of Plate XIII.
[393] During the war this flag was altered to one divided vertically yellow, red yellow, in order to obviate the use of the Pilot Jack as an ordinary signal flag.
[393] During the war, this flag was changed to a vertically divided design of yellow and red, to avoid using the Pilot Jack as a regular signal flag.
[394] Parl. Paper C 8354 of 1897.
Chapter VII
Ceremonial and other Usages
The student who has wandered along the by-paths of early military and naval history may perhaps have been struck by the fact that although he met not infrequently with instances of the devotion and respect with which the soldier regarded his military ensigns he met with no similar examples in naval affairs. He might at first be disposed to attribute this to the fact that the histories he had read were not the work of professed seamen, but upon reflexion he would more probably be disposed to infer that, except in the ship of the Commander-in-Chief, there was at sea nothing to correspond to the military insignia. The examination into the early history of the flag which we have endeavoured to carry out in the first chapter of this book leads us to the conclusion that until the thirteenth century there was no equivalent of the military ensign in use at sea, and the early history of the salute at sea tends to confirm this view.
The student who has explored the lesser-known aspects of early military and naval history may have noticed that while there are plenty of examples showing the loyalty and respect soldiers have for their military insignia, he would find few similar cases in naval history. Initially, he might think this is due to the fact that the histories he read weren't written by experienced sailors, but upon further reflection, he would likely conclude that, except for the flagship of the Commander-in-Chief, there was nothing at sea that matched military insignia. The investigation into the early history of the flag that we conducted in the first chapter of this book leads us to believe that until the thirteenth century, there was no equivalent to military ensigns in maritime contexts, and the early history of saluting at sea supports this idea.
The Ordinance[395] drawn up by King John in 1201, which required all ships and vessels to strike and lower their sails at the command of the King's ships, makes no mention of a flag, and although the striking of the sails was perhaps primarily intended not so much as a mark of respect as a practical means of ensuring that the ships in question should render an effective submission to the will of the king's officers, the omission is at any rate of some significance. An instructive commentary upon the relative significance of the acts of striking sails or flags is afforded by the account of the taking of two Spanish ships by the 'Amity' of London in 1592[396]. These merchantmen had fallen in with each other off the south-west coast of Spain, and apparently each side had determined to make prize of the other. The Spaniards were displaying a flag with the arms of the King of Spain, which caused the English to "judge them rather ships of warre then laden with marchandise." After a long fight the English ship gained the advantage,
The Ordinance[395] created by King John in 1201 required all ships and vessels to strike and lower their sails when commanded by the King's ships. It doesn’t mention a flag, and while lowering the sails was probably more about practical compliance than showing respect, the fact that the flag wasn't mentioned is still noteworthy. A valuable insight into the importance of striking sails versus flags can be found in the account of two Spanish ships being captured by the 'Amity' of London in 1592[396]. These merchant ships met off the south-west coast of Spain, and both sides seemed eager to seize the other. The Spaniards displayed a flag bearing the arms of the King of Spain, leading the English to "consider them more as warships than as trading vessels." After a prolonged battle, the English ship gained the upper hand,
willing them to yeeld, or els we should sinke them: wherupon the one would have yeelded, which was shot betweene winde and water; but the other called him traiter. Unto whom we made answere, that if he would not yeeld presently also, we would sinke him first. And thereupon he understanding our determination, presently put out a white flag, and [190]yeelded, and yet refused to strike their own sailes, for that they were sworne never to strike to any Englishmen.
willing them to surrender, or else we would sink them: whereupon one was ready to surrender, which was caught between a rock and a hard place; but the other called him a traitor. We responded that if he didn’t surrender immediately, we would sink him first. Understanding our resolve, he quickly put out a white flag and [190] surrendered, yet he refused to lower their own sails because they were sworn never to yield to any Englishmen.
Evidently the striking of the sails was an act of greater submission than the display of the flag of truce, and its persistent survival until the year 1806 as part of the ceremony required when the salute was exacted by H.M. ships is a clear indication that it must have been originally the most essential part of that ceremony. When Pennington was given his instructions as Admiral of the Narrow Seas in May, 1631, he was told:
Evidently, lowering the sails was a greater sign of submission than raising the flag of truce, and its continued use until 1806 as part of the ceremony required when H.M. ships were saluted clearly indicates that it must have originally been the most important part of that ceremony. When Pennington received his instructions as Admiral of the Narrow Seas in May 1631, he was told:
If in this yor imployment you shall chance to meete in the Narrowe Seas anie ffleete belonging to anie forraine Prince or State you are to expect that the Admirall and cheefe of them in acknowledgmt of his Mats Soveraignty there shall strike their Top-sayle in passing by, or if they refuse to do it you are to force them thereunto[397],
If during this journey you happen to encounter any fleet belonging to a foreign prince or state in the Narrow Seas, you should expect that the admiral and the head of the fleet will lower their top sail as a sign of respect for His Majesty's sovereignty. If they refuse to do so, you are to compel them to comply[397],
but no instruction was given him in regard to their flag, and the Treaty made between Cromwell and the Dutch at the close of the First Dutch War in 1654 required the latter not only to haul down their flag when rendering the salute, but also to lower the topsail (vexillum suum e mali vertice detrahent et supremum velum demittent).
but no instructions were provided to him regarding their flag, and the treaty made between Cromwell and the Dutch at the end of the First Dutch War in 1654 required the Dutch not only to lower their flag when saluting but also to drop the topsail (vexillum suum e mali vertice detrahent et supremum velum demittent).
After Trafalgar the British Naval Power stood at such a height that it was felt that no loss of prestige could then arise from the abandonment of the claim so tenaciously insisted on for many centuries, and the instructions to naval officers to exact the salute were quietly dropped out of the King's Regulations where they had, for many years, appeared in the following terms:
After Trafalgar, British naval power reached such a peak that it was believed no loss of prestige could come from giving up the claim that had been insisted upon for many centuries. As a result, the orders to naval officers to demand the salute were quietly removed from the King's Regulations, where they had appeared for many years in the following terms:
When any of His Majesty's Ships shall meet with any Ship or Ships belonging to any Foreign Prince or State, within His Majesty's Seas, (which extend to Cape Finisterre) it is expected that the said Foreign Ships do strike their Topsail, and take in their Flag, in Acknowledgement of His Majesty's Sovereignty in those Seas; and if any shall refuse or offer to resist, it is enjoined to all Flag Officers and Commanders to use their utmost Endeavours to compel them thereto, and not suffer any Dishonour to be done to His Majesty. And if any of His Majesty's Subjects shall so much forget their Duty, as to omit striking their Topsail in passing by His Majesty's Ships, the Name of the Ship and Master, and from whence, and whither bound, together with Affidavits of the Fact, are to be sent up to the Secretary of the Admiralty, in order to their being proceeded against in the Admiralty Court. And it is to be observed, That in His Majesty's Seas, His Majesty's Ships are in no wise to strike to any; and that in other Parts, no Ship of His Majesty's is to strike her Flag or Topsail to any Foreigner, unless such Foreign Ship shall have first struck, or at the same time strike her Flag or Top-sail to His Majesty's Ship.
When any of His Majesty's Ships encounters any Ship or Ships belonging to any Foreign Prince or State within His Majesty's Seas (which extend to Cape Finisterre), it is expected that the said Foreign Ships lower their Topsail and take in their Flag to acknowledge His Majesty's Sovereignty in those Seas. If any refuse or attempt to resist, all Flag Officers and Commanders are instructed to do everything possible to compel compliance and ensure that no dishonor is brought upon His Majesty. If any of His Majesty's Subjects forget their Duty and fail to lower their Topsail when passing His Majesty's Ships, the name of the Ship and Master, along with details of their origin and destination, should be reported to the Secretary of the Admiralty, along with affidavits of the incident, so they can be prosecuted in the Admiralty Court. It should be noted that in His Majesty's Seas, His Majesty's Ships are not required to lower to anyone; and in other areas, no Ship of His Majesty is to lower her Flag or Topsail to any foreign vessel unless that foreign Ship has first lowered, or simultaneously lowers her Flag or Topsail to His Majesty's Ship.
An adequate presentment of the history of the salute at sea would claim a volume to itself, and is indeed rather outside the scope of the[191] present work, but it may be remarked that in the sixteenth century (and probably at an earlier date, though evidence of this is lacking) the requirement of the salute—in itself a mere passing ceremony—was expanded into a demand that no foreign ship or English merchantman should fly any flag at all when in the presence of any of H.M. ships of war. This point of view, as understood by the seamen of the late Elizabethan and early Stuart period, is set forth in the Observations of Sir Richard Hawkins published just after his death in 1622:
An adequate presentation of the history of salutes at sea would take a whole book, and it’s somewhat beyond the focus of the[191] current work, but it’s worth mentioning that in the sixteenth century (and likely even earlier, though there's not much evidence for this), the requirement for a salute—essentially just a brief ceremony—was broadened to mean that no foreign ship or English merchant ship should fly any flag at all in the presence of any of H.M. ships of war. This perspective, as understood by seamen in the late Elizabethan and early Stuart period, is explained in the Observations of Sir Richard Hawkins, published just after his death in 1622:
One thing the French suffered (upon what occasion or ground I know not) that the English always carried their flag displayed: which in other partes and Kingdomes is not permitted; at least in our seas, if a Stranger Fleete meete with any of his Majesties ships, the forraigners are bound to take in their flags, or his Majesties ships to force them to it though thereof follow the breach of peace, or whatsoever discommodity. And whosoever should not be jealous in this point, hee is not worthy to have the commaund of a Cock-boat committed unto him: yea no stranger ought to open his flag in any Port of England, where there is any Shipp or Fort of his Majesties; upon penaltie to loose his flagg and to pay for the powder and shott spend upon him. Yea, such is the respect to his Majesties Shippes in all places of his Dominions, that no English ship displayeth the Flagge in their presence, but runneth the like danger, except they be in his Majesties service: and then they are in predicament of the Kings Ships.
One issue the French had (I don't know the reason or occasion) is that the English always displayed their flag. In other places and kingdoms, that's not allowed; at least in our waters, if a foreign fleet encounters any of the King's ships, the foreigners have to take down their flags, or the King's ships will force them to do so, even if that leads to a breach of peace or other problems. Anyone who doesn't take this seriously isn't fit to command a small boat: in fact, no foreign vessel should display its flag in any English port where there is a ship or fort belonging to the King; if they do, they'll lose their flag and have to pay for any ammo used against them. Such is the respect for the King's ships in all parts of his dominions that no English ship can display its flag in their presence without risking the same consequences, unless they are on the King's service; then they are treated like the King's ships.
In Queene Maries Raigne, King Philip of Spaine comming to marry with the Queene, and meeting with the Royall Navie of England, the Lord William Howard, High Admirall of England, would not consent that the King in the Narrow Seas should carrie his Flagge displayed until he came into the Harbour of Plimouth.
In Queen Mary's reign, King Philip of Spain came to marry the Queen, and when he met the Royal Navy of England, Lord William Howard, the High Admiral of England, refused to allow the King to fly his flag in the Narrow Seas until he arrived in the harbor of Plymouth.
I being of tender yeares, there came a Fleete of Spaniards of above fiftie sayle of Shippes bound for Flaunders to fetch the Queene Dona Anna de Austria, last wife to Philip the second of Spaine, which entered betwixt the Iland and the Maine, without vayling their Top-sayles or taking in of their Flags, which my father, Sir John Hawkins (Admirall of a Fleete of her Majesties Shippes then ryding in Catt-water) perceiving, commanded his Gunner to shoot at the flagge of the Admirall, that they might thereby see their error.
I, being young, saw a fleet of Spaniards consisting of over fifty ships heading to Flanders to fetch Queen Dona Anna de Austria, the last wife of Philip II of Spain. They entered between the island and the mainland without lowering their topsails or taking in their flags. My father, Sir John Hawkins (Admiral of a fleet of Her Majesty's ships that was then anchored in Catt-water), noticing this, ordered his gunner to shoot at the admiral's flag so they could recognize their mistake.
The instances in which this point of view was impressed upon foreign ships and English merchant ships are numerous.
The situations where this perspective was communicated to foreign ships and English merchant ships are many.
The following example of the ceremonious manner in which the salute was sometimes voluntarily rendered outside the "Narrow Seas" is of special interest. It occurred during the expedition to Algiers in 1620, under Sir Robert Mansell:
The following example of the formal way the salute was sometimes voluntarily given outside the "Narrow Seas" is particularly interesting. It happened during the expedition to Algiers in 1620, led by Sir Robert Mansell:
The one and thirtieth of October, in the morning wee turned into the Road of Gibraltar, where were riding at anchor two of the King of Spaines[192] ships of warre, the Vice Admirall of a Squadron with the Kings Armes in his fore-top and another, who so soone as they perceived us weighed their Anchors, set sayle, and comming Lee-ward of our Admirall, strooke his flag, saluting him with their small shot and great Ordnance, after haled him with voyces; our Admirall striking his flag, answered them with voyces, gave them his Ordnance and small shot, all the Fleet following in order.
On the morning of October thirty-first, we entered the Strait of Gibraltar, where two of the King of Spain's warships were anchored. The Vice Admiral of a squadron had the King's crest on his fore top, and as soon as they saw us, they weighed anchor, set sail, and came upwind of our Admiral. They lowered their flag, greeting him with their small and heavy artillery, and called out to him. Our Admiral lowered his flag in response, welcomed them with calls, and returned their salute with his own heavy and small artillery, with the entire fleet following in formation.
Before the legislative union of the two kingdoms, the salute was exacted by English men-of-war of ships of the Scottish navy. In June, 1706, the 'Royal William,' one of the three small ships that then comprised the Scots navy, put into Tynemouth, whereupon the commanding officer of H.M.S. 'Dunwich' fired "a sharp great shot" at her and complained that her commanding officer was displaying a broad pendant in English waters. In his letter reporting the incident to the Lord High Admiral of Scotland, Commodore Gordon adds that the commander of H.M.S. 'Bonaventure' had told him "that he should be sorry of meeting me without the Island of May, since he had orders from the Board of England to make our frigates strike and salute[398]."
Before the legislative union of the two kingdoms, English men-of-war demanded a salute from ships of the Scottish navy. In June 1706, the 'Royal William,' one of the three small ships in the Scots navy at the time, docked in Tynemouth. The commanding officer of H.M.S. 'Dunwich' fired "a sharp great shot" at her, complaining that the ship's captain was flying a broad pendant in English waters. In his letter to the Lord High Admiral of Scotland reporting the incident, Commodore Gordon mentions that the commander of H.M.S. 'Bonaventure' had told him "that he would be sorry to meet me outside the Island of May, since he had orders from the Board of England to make our frigates strike and salute[398]."
Closely connected in idea with the lowering of the flag in salute and as a mark of respect to a stronger power is the lowering of it as a sign of submission and surrender in action. Its application to this purpose seems comparatively modern and to have been really an extension of the salute. In naval warfare among the ancients and during the middle ages submission was often of little use; the only safe thing to be done by those who saw that they would be beaten and cared to save their lives was to take to flight. Prisoners, except a few likely to be of value for ransom, were usually disposed of summarily by being thrown overboard, for there was little room for them in the early ships and none at all in the galleys. It will be remembered that Chaucer says of his "Schipman": "If that he foughte and hadde the heigher hand By water he sente hem hoom to everyland." When Hubert de Burgh's men in 1217 agreed that so soon as they had boarded Eustace the Monk's ship one of their number should climb the mast and cut down the flag, they did not imagine that this would indicate surrender; the object they had in view was to confuse the remaining enemy ships by depriving them of the mark by which they could recognise their leader's ship.
Closely related to lowering the flag as a salute and a sign of respect for a stronger power is lowering it as a sign of submission and surrender in action. This use seems relatively modern and has really evolved from the salute. In ancient naval warfare and during the Middle Ages, submission often didn't help; the only safe course for those who knew they were going to lose and wanted to save their lives was to flee. Prisoners, except for a few who might be valuable for ransom, were usually dealt with quickly by being thrown overboard, as there was little space for them on the early ships and none at all in the galleys. Chaucer mentions his "Schipman": "If that he fought and had the higher hand By water he sent them home to every land." When Hubert de Burgh's men in 1217 agreed that as soon as they boarded Eustace the Monk's ship, one of them would climb the mast and cut down the flag, they didn't think this would mean surrender; their goal was to confuse the remaining enemy ships by removing the sign that identified their leader's ship.
Until the use of great ordnance had been sufficiently developed at sea to enable an enemy ship to be overcome at a distance, it is obvious that the dispute for the mastery could only be settled by hand-to-hand encounter. In these circumstances there would be no need of any method of indicating surrender other than by a personal[193] appeal for quarter on the part of the vanquished crew, and indeed, the vanquished would hardly have the time or opportunity of removing the various flags placed along the bulwarks or flown from the masthead as a preliminary to such an appeal. But when it became possible for the ship to be destroyed from a distance, some method of indicating a wish to surrender on terms became necessary. This appears to have first been provided by displaying a flag of truce, a practice that was no doubt adopted about the beginning of the sixteenth century from the usages of land warfare where it had been current for many centuries. The following instance of its employment at sea occurred during Sir Richard Hawkins' voyage into the South Sea in 1593-4. In April, 1594, Hawkins' ship was caught at a disadvantage in the Bay of San Mateo. The crew were not over-anxious to fight, and talked of surrendering. Hawkins harangued them: "Came we into the South Sea," he asked, "to put out flagges of truce? And left we our pleasant England, with all her contentments with intention and purpose to avayle ourselves of white ragges?" After some fighting, which their neglect of proper preparations rendered useless, the captain of the ship "presently caused a flagge of truce to be put in place of our Ensigne, and began to parley of our surrendering[399]." It will be noted that the colours were hauled down and the white flag then hoisted on the ensign staff.
Until the use of heavy artillery at sea was developed enough to allow a ship to defeat an enemy from a distance, it was clear that disputes for dominance could only be resolved through direct combat. In such cases, there was no need for any method of signaling surrender other than a personal request for mercy from the defeated crew, and indeed, they would barely have time or opportunity to take down the various flags along the ship's sides or those flown from the mast before making such a request. However, when it became possible to destroy a ship from afar, a way to indicate a desire to surrender under terms became necessary. This was likely first established by displaying a flag of truce, a practice that was adopted in the early sixteenth century from the customs of land warfare, where it had been in use for many centuries. An instance of its use at sea occurred during Sir Richard Hawkins' voyage to the South Sea in 1593-4. In April 1594, Hawkins' ship found itself at a disadvantage in the Bay of San Mateo. The crew was not particularly eager to fight and considered surrendering. Hawkins addressed them: "Did we come into the South Sea," he asked, "to put up flags of truce? And did we leave our pleasant England, with all its comforts, with the intention of resorting to white rags?" After some fighting, which their lack of proper preparations made ineffective, the captain of the ship "quickly ordered a flag of truce to replace our ensign, and began to negotiate about our surrender." It should be noted that the colors were lowered, and the white flag was then raised on the ensign staff.
This method of indicating a wish to surrender was evidently the general practice at this period, for in the same year, during an attack upon a carrack by the Earl of Cumberland at Terceira, some of the crew of the carrack who had had enough fighting waved a flag of truce and called out to the English to save their lives, but the captain ordered them to take in the flag of truce, for he had determined never to yield while he lived. In the time of the First Dutch War the striking of the colours formed part of the outward symbolism of surrender, but not the whole. According to Captain Joseph Cubitt's account of the Battle off the Texel on 31st August, 1653, some of the Dutch ships "that had lost all their masts struck their colours and put out a white handkerchief on a staff, and hauled in all their guns[400]." It may be concluded from this that the mere hauling down of the colours was not in itself considered sufficient to indicate that the ship desired to take no further part in the fight, nevertheless it is clear that as great importance was attached to the capture of the flags as to the capture of a regiment's colours on land, for the States General published a list of rewards[401] offered to their "soldiers at sea" which included an [194]offer of 1000 guilders to him who should "fetch off and deliver up" the flag of the chief admiral, 500 guilders for a subordinate admiral's flag, 250 guilders for a jack, 150 guilders for a flag from the mizen, and 50 guilders for a stern ensign.
This way of showing a desire to surrender was clearly the common practice at this time, because in the same year, during an attack on a carrack by the Earl of Cumberland at Terceira, some crew members of the carrack, tired of fighting, waved a flag of truce and叫out to the English to save their lives, but the captain ordered them to bring in the flag of truce, as he had decided never to give up as long as he lived. During the First Dutch War, striking the colors was part of the outward symbolism of surrender, but not the whole thing. According to Captain Joseph Cubitt's account of the Battle off the Texel on August 31, 1653, some of the Dutch ships "that had lost all their masts struck their colors and displayed a white handkerchief on a staff, and hauled in all their guns[400]." From this, we can conclude that simply lowering the colors wasn't enough to show that the ship wanted to stop fighting, but it is clear that capturing flags was considered as important as capturing a regiment's colors on land, because the States General published a list of rewards[401] for their "soldiers at sea," which included an offer of 1000 guilders for anyone who could "fetch off and deliver up" the flag of the chief admiral, 500 guilders for a subordinate admiral's flag, 250 guilders for a jack, 150 guilders for a flag from the mizen, and 50 guilders for a stern ensign.
The process of surrender is illustrated by Captain John Smith in his Accidence for Young Seamen[402] in the following words:
The surrender process is described by Captain John Smith in his Accidence for Young Seamen[402] as follows:
They hang out a flag of truce ... hale him amaine, abase or take in his flag, strike their sailes and come aboard with their Captaine, Purser and Gunner, with their commission, coket, or bils of lading.
They put up a flag of truce ... bring him in force, lower or take in his flag, strike their sails, and come on board with their Captain, Purser, and Gunner, along with their commission, cocket, or bills of lading.
By the time of the Second Dutch War (1666) the mediation of a flag of truce appears to have become unnecessary, for Van de Velde's picture of the surrender of the 'Royal Prince,' Admiral Ayscue's flagship which ran aground on the Galloper during the Four Days' Fight, clearly shows the lowered ensign and a man at the main masthead in act of lowering the admiral's flag. Van de Velde was present at the action, so that there can be little doubt but that the details are correct. From this date the lowering of the colours appears to have been sufficient.
By the time of the Second Dutch War (1666), using a flag of truce seems to have become unnecessary. Van de Velde's painting of the surrender of the 'Royal Prince,' Admiral Ayscue's flagship that ran aground during the Four Days' Fight, clearly shows the lowered flag and a man at the main mast lowering the admiral's flag. Van de Velde witnessed the event, so there’s little doubt that the details are accurate. From this point on, simply lowering the colors seems to have been enough.
But perhaps the principal reason for the disuse of the white flag at sea lay in its ambiguity. On the occasion above referred to, Ayscue was Admiral of the White Squadron, and the 'Royal Prince' was displaying a large white flag at the masthead and an ensign which was almost entirely white save for a small St George's cross in its upper corner. In such circumstances the display of another white flag would have been liable to misunderstanding. A like ambiguity would have arisen in the French navy, where from 1661 until the Revolution the ensign was plain white, and it may be noted that in 1794 during the attack on Martinique the French fired on a flag of truce sent by the English, and explained their action later as being due to a mistaken supposition that it was intended for the colours of their late rulers the Bourbons; whereupon it was agreed that in future ships bearing flags of truce should have the enemy's flag at the bow and their own national colours at the stern.
But maybe the main reason the white flag was rarely used at sea was its confusion. In the situation mentioned earlier, Ayscue was the Admiral of the White Squadron, and the 'Royal Prince' was flying a large white flag at the top of the mast along with an ensign that was almost completely white except for a small St George's cross in the corner. In this context, displaying another white flag could easily lead to misunderstandings. A similar confusion occurred in the French navy, where from 1661 until the Revolution, the ensign was simply white. It’s worth noting that in 1794, during the attack on Martinique, the French fired on a truce flag sent by the English and later explained their actions as a result of mistakenly believing it represented the colors of their former rulers, the Bourbons. From that point on, it was agreed that ships displaying truce flags should show the enemy's flag at the front and their own national colors at the back.
The plainest and most unmistakable method of indicating surrender is to hoist the enemy colours above one's own, and this was the course adopted by some of the Spanish ships which surrendered at Trafalgar, although others appear to have hoisted the white flag after hauling down their own colours[403]. Modern practice, however, recognises the hauling down of the colours accompanied by the cessation [195]of fire as sufficient; the victors on taking possession then hoist their own flag above the enemy flag as a sign of capture.
The simplest and clearest way to show surrender is to raise the enemy's flag above your own, and some of the Spanish ships that surrendered at Trafalgar did just that. However, others seemed to raise the white flag after lowering their own flag[403]. Today, though, the standard practice is to lower your flag and stop firing as a sufficient sign of surrender; the victors then raise their own flag above the enemy's flag to indicate capture.
It is evident from an incident that occurred during the capture of the Island of Goree by Commodore Keppel in 1758 that the precise significance of hauling down the flag was in doubt even at that comparatively late date. The fire of the British Squadron was so overpowering that the enemy's flag was hauled down and the fire thereupon ceased.
It’s clear from an event that took place when Commodore Keppel captured Goree Island in 1758 that the true meaning of lowering the flag was still uncertain even by that time. The British Squadron’s fire was so intense that the enemy's flag was lowered, and then the firing stopped.
A lieutenant being ordered ashore, attended by the Commodore's Secretary ... was surprised on being asked before they quitted the boat on what terms the surrender was "expected." The lieutenant astonished at this question asked if they had not struck their flag, intimating an unconditional submission resting merely on the clemency of the victor? He was answered "No: lowering of the flag was intended only as a signal for a parley."
A lieutenant was ordered to go ashore, accompanied by the Commodore's Secretary. He was surprised when he was asked, before they left the boat, on what terms the surrender was "expected." The lieutenant, astonished by this question, asked if they hadn’t lowered their flag, suggesting that it was an unconditional submission that depended only on the victor’s mercy. He was answered, "No: lowering the flag was meant only as a signal for a discussion."
The action was thereupon renewed and finally the Governor ordered the regimental colours to be dropped over the walls as a signal of surrender at discretion[404].
The action was then restarted, and finally the Governor ordered the regimental colors to be dropped over the walls as a sign of surrender at discretion[404].
The captor's flag is not hoisted above the colours of a neutral vessel seized for breach of blockade or similar reasons; in such a case the captor's flag (if hoisted) should be hoisted in another part of the ship.
The captor's flag is not raised above the colors of a neutral ship that has been taken for breaking a blockade or similar reasons; in that situation, the captor's flag (if raised) should be displayed in a different part of the ship.
The custom of "half-masting" the flag, that is, of lowering it to a position halfway or more down the flagstaff as a sign of mourning, does not seem to be very ancient, but it is probably older than the seventeenth century. The earliest instance in which I have met it occurred in July, 1612, on the occasion of the murder of James Hall by the Esquimoes during the first expedition in search of the North-West Passage in which Baffin took part, when the 'Heart's Ease' rejoined the 'Patience' with "her flag hanging down and her ancient hanging over the poop, which was a sign of death." On entering the Thames two months later the 'Heart's Ease' again lowered her flag and ensign "in token and sign of the death of Mr Hall," so that it was at that date well understood to signify the death of the commanding officer of a ship. It was the custom in the navy after the Restoration to observe the anniversary of the execution of Charles I in a similar manner, for Teonge twice records the fact in his Diary:
The custom of "half-masting" the flag, which means lowering it to a position halfway or more down the flagpole as a sign of mourning, doesn’t seem to be very old, but it’s probably older than the seventeenth century. The earliest instance I’ve come across happened in July 1612, when James Hall was murdered by the Eskimos during the first expedition to find the North-West Passage that Baffin was part of. When the 'Heart's Ease' rejoined the 'Patience,' it had "her flag hanging down and her ancient flag over the poop, which was a sign of death." Two months later, as the 'Heart's Ease' entered the Thames, she once again lowered her flag and ensign "in token and sign of the death of Mr. Hall," so by then it was well understood that this signified the death of the commanding officer of a ship. After the Restoration, the navy adopted a similar practice to mark the anniversary of King Charles I's execution, which Teonge mentioned twice in his Diary:
30 Jan. 1675. This day being the day of our King's marterdome wee shew all the signs of morning as possible wee can, viz. our jacks and flaggs only halfe staff high;
30 Jan. 1675. Today, on the anniversary of our King’s martyrdom, we show all the signs of mourning that we can, namely, our jacks and flags at half staff;
and again:
and again:
30 Jan. 1678. A solemn day, and wee keep it accordingly with jacks and pendents loared halfeway.
30 Jan. 1678. A serious day, and we observe it appropriately with flags and banners lowered halfway.
Evidently the practice of half-masting the flags was well understood both in the English navy and in the merchant service, but it is doubtful if it became a universal custom until comparatively modern times. The 'Black Pinnace,' which brought the body of Sir Philip Sydney from Holland in 1586, had black sails, but the illustration in the contemporary account of his funeral[405] shows the flags at the masthead, and the Danish ship which brought over the Duke of Richmond's body in 1673 had a "black Flagg at his Main Top Masthead and black colours[406]." Black as a sign of mourning is of great antiquity, and a black sail was used for this purpose among the ancient Greeks, but a black flag was used by Drake at Cartagena in 1585 as a sign of war to the death, and was commonly adopted by pirates with a like meaning. It was never used in the navy in the sinister connection in which it is used ashore; an execution in one of H.M. ships was signalised by the display of a yellow flag at the masthead.
Clearly, the practice of lowering flags to half-mast was well understood in both the English navy and the merchant service, but it’s uncertain if it became a widespread custom until relatively modern times. The 'Black Pinnace,' which brought Sir Philip Sydney’s body from Holland in 1586, had black sails, but the illustration in the contemporary account of his funeral[405] shows the flags at masthead level, and the Danish ship that brought the body of the Duke of Richmond in 1673 had a "black flag at his main top masthead and black colors[406]." The use of black as a sign of mourning is very old, and black sails were employed for this purpose by the ancient Greeks. However, a black flag was used by Drake at Cartagena in 1585 as a sign of war to the death and became commonly adopted by pirates with a similar meaning. It was never used in the navy in the sinister way it is used on land; an execution on one of H.M. ships was marked by flying a yellow flag at the masthead.
We may conjecture that the original signification of the lowered flag was the passing away of the authority which that flag connoted.
We can guess that the original meaning of the lowered flag was the end of the authority that the flag represented.
After the battle of Lepanto in 1571 the fleet of Don John entered Messina "the galleys gay with all their flags and streamers and towing their prizes with lowered colours."
After the battle of Lepanto in 1571, Don John's fleet entered Messina "the galleys decorated with all their flags and streamers, towing their prizes with lowered colors."
There were several ways of treating the flag of a captured ship during the seventeenth century. It might be hung below the ensign of the captor on his ensign staff, hung over his stern spread upon a spar or trailing in the water, hung over the stern of the captured ship in like manner[407], or kept to "dress ship" with. When Captain Heaton was in command of H.M.S. 'Sapphire' during the First Dutch War,
There were a few different ways to display the flag of a captured ship during the seventeenth century. It could be hung below the captor's ensign on their flagstaff, draped over the back of the ship on a spar or trailing in the water, or displayed on the captured ship in the same way[407]. Captain Heaton was in command of H.M.S. 'Sapphire' during the First Dutch War,
he took so many prizes that on a festival day the Yards, Stays, backstays and shrouds being hung with Dutch, French, Spanish and Burgundian colours and pendants variously intermixed, made a beautiful show, and raised the courage of all belonged to her[408].
he won so many prizes that on a festival day the Yards, Stays, backstays, and shrouds were decorated with Dutch, French, Spanish, and Burgundian colors and various mixed pendants, creating a stunning display that boosted the spirits of everyone associated with her[408].
The practice of hoisting numerous flags in token of rejoicing is so ancient and so widespread that it may be regarded rather as the result of a primitive instinct than the outcome of any formal symbolism, but it may be noted that, although the display of numerous flags by ships in harbour on holy days and days of national rejoicing was allowed, and in some cases even enjoined by authority, the display at sea of "ostentatious bravery" was usually interpreted to indicate [197]some warlike or provocative action on the part of the ship indulging in it. This was certainly the case until the end of the seventeenth century, but with the dawn of the eighteenth a more law-abiding, or perhaps we should say more civilised, spirit began to prevail upon the sea, and these primitive methods of displaying the red rag to the bull began to go into disuse. The practice of displaying flags upon occasions of rejoicing, however, gave rise from time to time to unpleasant incidents between ships of different nations from the indiscriminate use of all the flags in a ship, including national flags of other nations, in the desire to make a fair show; for until the nineteenth century was well advanced both men-of-war and merchantmen carried very few signal flags, which are the only flags over whose relative precedence when hoisted in "dressing ship" no offence can be given.
The practice of raising multiple flags to celebrate is so old and common that it seems more like a basic instinct than a formal symbol. However, it's worth mentioning that while ships were allowed, and sometimes even required, to display many flags in port on holy days and national holidays, showing "showy aggression" at sea was usually seen as a sign that the ship was acting in a warlike or provocative manner. This was definitely true until the late seventeenth century, but as the eighteenth century began, a more law-abiding, or we could say more civilized, attitude started to take over at sea, leading to the decline of these primitive ways of showing off. Still, the tradition of displaying flags during celebrations occasionally led to unpleasant incidents between ships from different countries due to the careless use of various flags, including the national flags of other nations, in an effort to put on a good show. Until well into the nineteenth century, both warships and merchant ships carried very few signal flags, which are the only flags that can be displayed together in "dressing ship" without causing offense.
Prior to 1889 it was usual in the Royal navy for one of the junior officers to draw up a scheme for "dressing ship" on ceremonial occasions for the approval of the captain, but since that date the order of the signal flags, some 60 in number, has been laid down in the Signal Manual so that uniformity is secured, the national ensign (or ensign of a foreign power if the occasion warrants the use of this) being exhibited only at a masthead.
Before 1889, it was common in the Royal Navy for one of the junior officers to create a plan for "dressing ship" during ceremonial events for the captain's approval. However, since then, the arrangement of signal flags—around 60 in total—has been specified in the Signal Manual to ensure consistency, with the national flag (or the flag of a foreign power when appropriate) displayed only at the masthead.
The modern practice, for all ordinary occasions, is to hoist the national colours in the morning and to keep them up until sunset, but innumerable references to hoisting or "heaving out" the colours indicate that in earlier days this was not the custom, and that they were only hoisted at sea when there was some special reason for so doing. There was a routine for hoisting the flag in harbour in the time of Elizabeth, for the orders for Drake's fleet in 1589 and the "Brief Noates" of John Young circa 1596 both contain an article to this effect, those absent without leave at the time being deprived of their "aftermeal," but the hour at which the ceremony took place is not stated. The practice at the end of the eighteenth century, as related by Wm Spavens[409], Pensioner on the Naval Chest at Chatham, was as follows:
The current practice for most occasions is to raise the national flag in the morning and keep it up until sunset. However, countless mentions of hoisting or "heaving out" the colors suggest that this wasn't always the case; in the past, the flag was only raised at sea for specific reasons. There was a procedure for raising the flag in harbor during Elizabeth's reign, as seen in the orders for Drake's fleet in 1589 and John Young's "Brief Notes" from around 1596, which both include a rule stating that those absent without permission during the ceremony would miss their "aftermeal." However, the exact time for this event isn't mentioned. By the late eighteenth century, as described by Wm Spavens[409], Pensioner on the Naval Chest at Chatham, the practice was as follows:
At sunrise every ship in the fleet hoists her colours viz the ensign and jack, unless it blows hard and the yards and top masts are struck, in which case the colours are not hoisted but when some vessel is coming in or passing; and at sunset they are again struck or hauled down; at half past 7 o'clock the drums begin to beat and continue till 8, when the ship on board of which the Commander in Chief hoists his flag, fires a gun.
At sunrise, every ship in the fleet raises her flags, specifically the ensign and jack, unless it's really windy and the yards and top masts are lowered. In that case, the flags aren’t raised unless another vessel is coming in or passing by. At sunset, the flags are lowered again. At 7:30, the drums start to beat and continue until 8, when the ship where the Commander in Chief has his flag fires a cannon.
We do not know when this practice of hoisting the colours at sunrise was first instituted, but it is not older than the seventeenth[198] century. In 1844 the time was altered to 8 a.m. from 25th March to 20th September and 9 a.m. from 21st September to 24th March. If there is sufficient light for the ensign to be seen, it is hoisted earlier or later than these hours, if the ship is coming to an anchor, getting under way, passing or meeting another ship, approaching a fort or town, etc.
We don't know exactly when the tradition of raising the flag at sunrise started, but it goes back no further than the seventeenth century. In 1844, the times were changed to 8 a.m. from March 25 to September 20, and 9 a.m. from September 21 to March 24. If there's enough light for the flag to be visible, it can be raised earlier or later than those times if the ship is anchoring, departing, passing another ship, or approaching a fort or town, etc.
The use of false flags as a means to deceive or entrap an enemy is probably as old as the flag itself. We have already had an example of the application of a similar ruse in the case of the Greek and barbarian standards in the year 480 b.c., but perhaps the earliest instance upon record of the use of flags at sea for this purpose occurred about the end of the twelfth century when Frederick of Sicily was a little boy (dum ... Fredericus Sicilae Rex esset puerulus). The Pisans had fitted out twelve ships and galleys and set out to attack Messina, which they tried to blockade. One night the citizens discovered that four of the galleys were off the Pharos, or lighthouse. They fitted out two galleys under Walter of Ferrara with picked crews, and hoisting Pisan flags (which presumably would be visible near the lighthouse) they fell upon the Pisans and took two of the galleys. Many instances of the use of false flags, either to avoid scaring an unsuspecting prey or to escape the notice of a stronger enemy, might be culled from the sea literature of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, one of the most interesting being the following, taken from Captain Wyatt's account of Dudley's voyage in 1594-5:
The use of false flags to trick or capture an enemy is likely as old as flags themselves. We've already seen an example of a similar trick with the Greek and barbarian standards in 480 B.C., but one of the earliest recorded instances of using flags at sea for this purpose happened around the end of the twelfth century when Frederick of Sicily was just a kid (dum ... Fredericus Sicilae Rex esset puerulus). The Pisans had equipped twelve ships and galleys to attack Messina, which they attempted to blockade. One night, the citizens noticed that four of the galleys were near the Pharos, or lighthouse. They launched two galleys under Walter of Ferrara with selected crews and raised Pisan flags (which would likely be visible near the lighthouse) to surprise the Pisans and captured two of their galleys. Numerous examples of using false flags, either to avoid alarming an unsuspecting target or to evade a stronger enemy, can be found in the maritime literature of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, one of the most intriguing being the following, taken from Captain Wyatt's account of Dudley's voyage in 1594-5:
But this before mentioned Spaniarde perceavinge the imminent dainger ensewinge and seinge noe way to avoyde it ... made triall of a thirde, which was to worke theire safetie by desaitefull pollecie, a fitt subject for base objects to worke strainge strategems, yett the usuall occupation of Spanish practises. Being in this dilemma, and driven withall to this forced conclusion by necessite, they bore up with us puttinge forth an English flagg, keeping his men soe close that they might not soe much as seeme to bee Spaniards. But wee seinge her to be a flibote standinge with us, bearinge in her top the English collers, supposed them at the least to be some Irishmen bounde for Lisborne.... But beinge noe soener past us, and perceavinge that if wee should cast aboute after them, wee might hasarde the bouldginge of our selves, beinge a shipp of soe great a burden, and withall soe neare the Rock, they then begin to disclose themselves, abusinge that most contemptuouslie which before they had most safelie, although craftelie, used for their safegarde, by takinge their English flagg, by whom they had theire safe pass, from their top and hanging it at theire sterne most disdainefullie[410].
But this previously mentioned Spaniard, seeing the imminent danger and realizing there was no way to avoid it, tried a third option: to save themselves through deceitful tactics, a typical move for shady characters who come up with strange strategies, yet unfortunately common in Spanish practices. In this tough situation, forced by necessity, they approached us under an English flag, keeping their men so close that they didn’t look like Spaniards at all. However, noticing that there was a flibot with us displaying English colors, we thought they might at least be some Irishmen headed for Lisbon. But just as they passed us, realizing that if we turned around to chase them, we risked damaging ourselves since we were a heavily loaded ship and very close to the rocks, they then began to reveal their true nature. They disregarded the very protection that they had previously secured so cleverly, taking down the English flag that had granted them safe passage and hanging it at the stern in the most contemptuous way.
Among more modern instances, one that is almost classic occurred in January, 1797, when five large East Indiamen under the orders of[199] Lennox, master of the 'Woodford,' met a French squadron of six frigates off Java. Lennox immediately hoisted the flag of a British admiral and made imaginary signals, and by this means deceived the French into thinking that they were in presence of a number of British men-of-war; with the result that they withdrew and the East Indiamen escaped capture.
Among more recent examples, one that is nearly classic took place in January 1797, when five large East Indiamen under the command of[199] Lennox, captain of the 'Woodford,' encountered a French squadron of six frigates off Java. Lennox quickly raised the flag of a British admiral and made fake signals, tricking the French into believing they were facing several British warships. As a result, they retreated, and the East Indiamen managed to escape capture.
There is no clear pronouncement of International Law as to what is and what is not lawful in the use of false colours, and publicists are by no means unanimous upon the subject, but the following instance is given by Halleck[411] as an example of what should not be allowable:
There’s no clear statement in International Law about what is and isn’t allowed when using false colors, and experts don’t completely agree on the issue. However, Halleck[411] provides the following example of what shouldn’t be permitted:
In that year (1783) the 'Sybille,' a French frigate of thirty-eight guns, Captain le Comte de Krergaron de Soemaria, enticed the British ship 'Hussar,' twenty guns, Captain J. M. Russell, by displaying an English ensign reversed in the main shrouds, and English colours over French at the ensign staff. She was also under jury-masts, had some shot holes, and in every way intimated herself to be a distressed prize to some of the British ships. Captain Russell at once approached to succour her, but she immediately, by a preconcerted and rapid movement, aimed at carrying away the bowsprit of the 'Hussar,' raking and then boarding her. This ruse de guerre, of so black a tint, was only prevented taking full effect by the promptitude of Captain Russell, who managed to turn his ship in such a way as only to receive half the raking fire. He then engaged with the 'Sybille,' and, on eventually capturing her, publicly broke the sword of the French captain, who he considered had sullied his reputation by descending to fight the 'Hussar' for above thirty minutes under false colours, and with signals of distress flying. "She" (the 'Hussar'), said Captain Russell, "had not had fair play, but Almighty God had saved her from the most foul snare of the most perfidious enemy." He confined the captain of the 'Sybille' as a State prisoner. It appears that the latter was subsequently brought to trial by his own Government, but was acquitted.
In that year (1783), the 'Sybille,' a French frigate with thirty-eight guns, commanded by Captain le Comte de Krergaron de Soemaria, tricked the British ship 'Hussar,' which had twenty guns and was captained by J. M. Russell, by flying an English flag upside down in the rigging and English colors over the French flag at the mast. The 'Sybille' was also sailing with jury masts, had some shot holes, and seemed in every way to be a distressed prize from some British ships. Captain Russell immediately moved in to help her, but she quickly executed a planned maneuver aimed at damaging the 'Hussar's' bowsprit, raking her and then boarding. This ruse de guerre, of such a dark nature, was only thwarted by Captain Russell's quick thinking, as he managed to turn his ship in a manner that allowed only half the raking fire to hit. He then engaged the 'Sybille,' and when he eventually captured her, he publicly broke the sword of the French captain, whom he believed had tarnished his reputation by fighting the 'Hussar' for over thirty minutes under false colors while displaying distress signals. "She" (the 'Hussar'), said Captain Russell, "had not received fair treatment, but Almighty God saved her from the most vile trap laid by the most treacherous enemy." He detained the captain of the 'Sybille' as a state prisoner. It seems the latter was later tried by his own government but was acquitted.
It is, however, now generally agreed that ships of war may hoist false colours for the purpose of deceiving the enemy, provided that their proper national colours are substituted for them before any hostile act is committed. As regards the use of neutral colours by merchantmen seeking to escape capture, it will be remembered that during the late war the Germans claimed this as a violation of the law, but the British Government contended that it was a legitimate ruse de guerre, and had been recognised in the past as not entailing a breach of international law.
It is now widely accepted that warships can fly false flags to fool the enemy, as long as they raise their true national colors before taking any hostile action. Regarding merchant ships using neutral colors to avoid capture, it’s important to remember that during the recent war, the Germans argued this was against the law, while the British Government maintained it was a legitimate ruse de guerre, which has historically been recognized as not violating international law.
A few remarks may be offered upon the various methods of fastening the flag to its support. In the earliest times it seems to have been[200] nailed to its staff, and while it was small and easily portable this entailed no inconvenience. Afterwards it became customary to form a socket of canvas, buckram, or other stout material to which the hoist was sewn, and which was slipped over the staff from the top. This method was only convenient for the smaller flags, and with larger ones it appears to have been usual to sew a band of canvas down the hoist and attach a number of ribands to this by which the flag was tied to the staff. Finally, the flag was sewn to a piece of rope which could be made fast at the ends to halliards running through a block or sheave in the cap at the top of the staff, but at first these halliards were, in the case of masthead flags, taken only down to the top, not to the deck, so that a sailor had to ascend the mast whenever the flag was taken down or put up, or when any signal had to be made aloft. Thus, during the battle with the Dutch off Lowestoft on 3rd June, 1665, the Duke of York
A few comments can be made about the different ways to attach the flag to its pole. In the earliest days, it seems to have been[200] nailed to its staff, which was fine when the flag was small and easy to carry. Later on, it became common to create a socket out of canvas, buckram, or other sturdy material to which the hoist was sewn, and this socket was slipped over the staff from the top. This method worked well for smaller flags, but with larger ones, it was common to sew a strip of canvas down the hoist and attach several ribands to it, which were used to tie the flag to the staff. Eventually, the flag was sewn to a length of rope that could be secured at the ends to halliards running through a block or sheave at the top of the staff. At first, though, these halliards for masthead flags only went down to the top, not all the way to the deck, meaning a sailor had to climb the mast every time the flag was raised or lowered, or when any signals needed to be made aloft. Thus, during the battle with the Dutch off Lowestoft on June 3, 1665, the Duke of York
ordered the signal to be given for the whole fleet to tack, but the sailor who had got up the mast to give the signal was so long about it that before he could let the flag fly Opdam had with his van bore up round.... This little accident lost above six hours.
ordered the signal to be given for the whole fleet to change direction, but the sailor who climbed up the mast to signal took so long that by the time he could let the flag fly, Opdam had already turned his front ships around.... This little accident cost more than six hours.
No doubt it was "accidents" of this nature that led, at a later date, to the introduction of longer halliards reaching down to the deck[412]. After the introduction of the driver or spanker boom about 1790 the ensign staff on the poop had to be removed in three-masted ships when the ship was under sail, and the ensign was then hoisted at the "peak" or outer end of the gaff by which this spanker sail was supported, the halliards passing from the poop through a small block made fast at the extremity of this spar. This continued to be the position for the ensign when the ship was at sea until the abolition of sails brought it again to its original position.
No doubt it was "accidents" like these that later led to the introduction of longer halliards reaching down to the deck[412]. After the driver or spanker boom was introduced around 1790, the ensign staff on the poop had to be removed from three-masted ships when the ship was under sail. The ensign was then raised at the "peak" or outer end of the gaff that supported the spanker sail, with the halliards going from the poop through a small block secured at the end of this spar. This continued to be the position for the ensign when the ship was at sea until the elimination of sails brought it back to its original position.
It remains to say a few words about the sizes of flags. The "baucan" streamer of circa 1293 was 30 yards long and 2 yards wide at the head. In 1337 the streamers range from 14 to 32 yards in length and were from 3 to 5 "cloths" wide. It is not known what the width of a "cloth" was, but it was certainly not the full width in which the cloth was made in the loom, which would have been 54 inches or more. Probably it was about one yard, for the banners were 1¾ yards long and 2 "cloths" wide, and we know that these were rectangular and rather deeper in the hoist than they were long in the fly. In the time of Elizabeth the streamers were from 12 to 28 yards long and[201] 2 to 3 yards broad at the head, rather less in size than those of 1337, but the banners had increased in size and some were 5 yards long and 4½ yards deep. In 1623 ensigns were of 9 to 18 "breadths," flags 5 to 24 "breadths" and pendants 8 to 24 yards long. This "breadth" was probably 11 inches, for in 1664 the material was being woven in widths of 23 inches and then cut in half. Pepys, at a somewhat later date, tells us that
It’s worth mentioning a few things about flag sizes. The "baucan" streamer from around 1293 was 30 yards long and 2 yards wide at the head. By 1337, the streamers varied from 14 to 32 yards in length and were 3 to 5 "cloths" wide. The exact width of a "cloth" is unknown, but it definitely wasn’t the full width made on the loom, which would have been 54 inches or more. It was likely about one yard, since the banners were 1¾ yards long and 2 "cloths" wide. We know these were rectangular and deeper in the hoist than they were in the fly. During Elizabeth's reign, the streamers ranged from 12 to 28 yards long and 2 to 3 yards wide at the head, which were slightly smaller than the ones from 1337. However, the banners had grown larger, with some measuring 5 yards long and 4½ yards deep. By 1623, ensigns were made of 9 to 18 "breadths," flags from 5 to 24 "breadths," and pendants were 8 to 24 yards long. This "breadth" was likely 11 inches, as in 1664, material was woven in 23-inch widths and then cut in half. Pepys, at a slightly later date, tells us that
it is in general to be noted that the Bewper of which Colors are made being 22 inches in breadth, and the half of that breadth or 11 inches going in ordinary discourse by the name of a Breadth when wrought into Colours, every such breadth is allowed about half-a-yard for its Fly.
it is generally noted that the Bewper from which Colors are made is 22 inches wide, and half of that width, or 11 inches, is commonly referred to as a Breadth when made into Colors. Each Breadth is allowed about half a yard for its Fly.
By this rule the largest ensigns in 1623 were 27 feet long and 16 feet 6 inches deep, and the largest "flags" (i.e. masthead flags) 36 feet long and 22 feet deep. In Pepys' time the ensign or flag of a first rate was 26 breadths and 14 yards in the fly, while the jack was of 14 breadths and 7 yards fly, and the pendant 3 breadths at the head and 32 yards fly. The "distinction" pendant as used in the Downs was broader and shorter, being of 5 breadths and 21 yards fly. The Lord High Admiral's flag was 24 or 22 breadths and 12 or 11 yards fly. In 1708 the ensigns had slightly increased in size and varied from 10 to 30 breadths, but the "breadth" was then nearer 10 inches than 11. An ensign of 26 breadths in 1709 was 14 yards long and the Union canton was 189 inches by 117 inches. In 1742 ensigns were from 16 to 34 breadths and 9 to 17 yards long, and jacks were from 6 to 16 breadths and 3 to 8 yards long.
By this rule, the largest flags in 1623 were 27 feet long and 16 feet 6 inches deep, while the largest "flags" (i.e., masthead flags) were 36 feet long and 22 feet deep. During Pepys' time, the flag of a first-rate ship was 26 breadths and 14 yards in the fly, the jack had 14 breadths and 7 yards in the fly, and the pendant was 3 breadths at the head and 32 yards in the fly. The "distinction" pendant used in the Downs was wider and shorter, measuring 5 breadths and 21 yards in the fly. The Lord High Admiral's flag was 24 or 22 breadths and 12 or 11 yards in the fly. In 1708, the flags had slightly increased in size, ranging from 10 to 30 breadths, but the "breadth" was then closer to 10 inches than 11. An ensign with 26 breadths in 1709 measured 14 yards long, and the Union canton was 189 inches by 117 inches. By 1742, flags ranged from 16 to 34 breadths and 9 to 17 yards long, and jacks ranged from 6 to 16 breadths and 3 to 8 yards long.
These were truly enormous flags, and towards the end of the eighteenth century the sizes seem to have suffered a gradual reduction. In modern times the "breadth" has been reduced to 9 inches, and the largest ensigns are not more than 22 breadths, but the relative length of the flag has been slightly increased. Thus the largest ensign of 1742 was 51 feet long and 28 feet deep; the largest modern ensign is 33 feet long and 16½ feet deep. The largest Union flag is now 18 breadths, i.e. 27 feet by 13 feet 6 inches, while pendants vary from 3 to 20 yards in length. The proportions of the crosses in a modern Union flag are as follows:
These were really huge flags, and by the end of the eighteenth century, their sizes began to gradually decrease. Nowadays, the "breadth" has been reduced to 9 inches, and the largest flags are no more than 22 breadths, but the relative length of the flag has increased a bit. So, the largest flag from 1742 was 51 feet long and 28 feet deep; the largest modern flag is 33 feet long and 16½ feet deep. The largest Union flag is now 18 breadths, meaning it's 27 feet by 13 feet 6 inches, while pendants range from 3 to 20 yards in length. The proportions of the crosses in a modern Union flag are as follows:
St George's Cross | { red | 1/5 of width of flag |
{ white border | 1/15 " " | |
St Andrew's Cross | white | 1/10 " " |
{ red | 1/15 " " | |
St Patrick's Cross | { white border | 1/30 " " |
It may be observed that the white "fimbriation" of the St Patrick's cross, required by the rules of heraldry to prevent the colour red from touching the colour blue (white being a "metal": silver) is now[202] taken from the width of the red, reducing that from 1/10 to 1/15. The two crosses, St Andrew's and St Patrick's ought, however, to be of equal width, and the fimbriation of the latter should therefore be taken from the blue ground.
It can be noted that the white "fimbriation" of the St. Patrick's cross, required by heraldry rules to prevent red from touching blue (with white considered a "metal": silver), is now[202] taken from the width of the red, reducing it from 1/10 to 1/15. However, the two crosses, St. Andrew's and St. Patrick's, should be of equal width, so the fimbriation of the latter should be taken from the blue background.
In the white ensign the St George's cross in the fly is 2/15 of the width of the flag. In the red and blue ensigns the Union canton now occupies one-fourth of the flag; in the white it is, of course, slightly smaller owing to the space occupied by the large St George's cross.
In the white ensign, the St. George's cross in the fly is 2/15 of the flag's width. In the red and blue ensigns, the Union canton now takes up one-fourth of the flag; in the white ensign, it's slightly smaller because of the space taken by the large St. George's cross.
The pendant at the masthead of one of H.M. ships is a sign that the ship is in "commission"; that is, in active service under the command of an officer of the Royal Navy holding a commission from the Crown or the Lord High Admiral or the Commissioners for executing that office. It is not flown in ships in reserve. In ships flying the flag of an Admiral, or a Commodore's broad pendant, the Admiral's or Commodore's flag is in itself sufficient indication that the ship is in commission, and the pendant is not flown in those ships. It is, however, not struck when a captain hoists a Senior Officer's pendant.
The pendant at the top of the mast on one of H.M. ships shows that the ship is "in commission," meaning it's actively serving under the command of a Royal Navy officer who has a commission from the Crown, the Lord High Admiral, or the Commissioners responsible for that office. This pendant isn’t displayed on ships that are in reserve. On ships flying an Admiral's flag or a Commodore's broad pendant, those flags alone indicate that the ship is in commission, so the pendant isn’t used on those ships. However, it doesn’t get lowered when a captain raises a Senior Officer's pendant.
It is difficult to say when the custom of hoisting a pendant on commissioning the ship became established. Mainwaring, writing about 1623, speaks of the pendants as serving solely "for a show to beautify the ship," and Boteler, ten years later, knew them only as used for this purpose or as a means of distinguishing the squadrons of a fleet[413]; but from 1661 onwards there was, in addition to the three squadronal pendants with red, white or blue fly, a fourth with the fly striped red, white and blue. This was the distinctive pendant of all H.M. ships in commission which did not form part of a fleet divided into squadrons by the red, white and blue squadronal colours.
It’s hard to pinpoint when the tradition of raising a pendant when launching a ship began. Mainwaring, writing around 1623, mentions that pendants were used mainly "for show to beautify the ship," and Boteler, ten years later, only recognized them as a way to beautify or to differentiate the squadrons in a fleet[413]; however, starting in 1661, alongside the three squadron pendants in red, white, or blue, there was a fourth pendant featuring red, white, and blue stripes. This striped pendant became the official symbol for all H.M. ships in commission that weren’t part of a fleet organized into squadrons based on the red, white, and blue squadron colors.
The first step towards the recognition of the pendant as the distinctive sign of a man-of-war was taken by the Proclamation of 1661, which assigned the Union pendant to H.M. ships only, and the next by the Proclamation of 1674, which forbade merchantmen to fly any pendant whatsoever; but although the use of a pendant was thereby confined to men-of-war, it does not seem to have been the custom at that time to fly it continuously. It is clear from the Diary which Teonge, the naval chaplain, kept during his service in the Navy from 1675 to 1679, that the pendant was only hoisted—with the jack and ensign—when the ship wished to make her nationality known; or was preparing to fight; or on days of rejoicing, when pendants were hung from every yardarm; but the significance of the pendant seems to have been generally recognised at that date, for in the account which he gives of the launching in 1676 of a brigantine by the Knights of Malta, he says that after the religious ceremony,[203] "they hoysted a pendent to signify shee was a man of warre, and then at once thrust her into the water."
The first step toward recognizing the pendant as the unique symbol of a man-of-war was made by the Proclamation of 1661, which granted the Union pendant exclusively to H.M. ships. The next step was the Proclamation of 1674, which prohibited merchant ships from displaying any pendant at all. However, even though the use of a pendant was limited to men-of-war, it does not seem like it was common practice at that time to fly it all the time. It's clear from the Diary kept by Teonge, the naval chaplain, during his service in the Navy from 1675 to 1679, that the pendant was only raised—with the jack and ensign—when the ship wanted to announce her nationality, was preparing for battle, or was celebrating, when pendants were displayed from every yardarm. But the importance of the pendant seems to have been generally recognized at that time, because in his account of the launching in 1676 of a brigantine by the Knights of Malta, he notes that after the religious ceremony,[203] "they hoisted a pendant to signify she was a man of war, and then immediately put her into the water."
Although it was not until 1824 that the King's Regulations for the Navy contained any instruction that ships in commission were to fly a pendant, it is probable that the practice of flying a pendant continuously in H.M. ships in commission was established about the end of the seventeenth century, for the first edition of the Regulations (1731) contained a direction to Captains "to husband the Ship's Colours, and not to keep them abroad in windy weather, the Pendant being a sufficient mark of distinction," from which it is clear that the latter was then flown continuously. The practice in the Navy at the beginning of the nineteenth century is given by Captain Basil Hall[414] in the following words:
Although it wasn't until 1824 that the King's Regulations for the Navy included instructions for ships in commission to fly a pendant, it's likely that the practice of continuously flying a pendant on H.M. ships in commission began around the end of the seventeenth century. The first edition of the Regulations (1731) advised Captains "to conserve the Ship's Colours, and not to display them in windy weather, as the Pendant serves as a sufficient mark of distinction," indicating that the pendant was already being flown continuously at that time. Captain Basil Hall[414] described the practice in the Navy at the start of the nineteenth century as follows:
In the mean time I must proceed to put my ship in commission. The first thing to do is to get hold of one of the warrant-officers to "hoist the pendant," which is a long slender streamer, having a St George's cross on a white field in the upper part next the mast, with a fly, or tail, either Red, White, and Blue, or entirely of the colour of the particular ensign worn by the ship; which, again, is determined by the colour of the Admiral's flag under whose orders she is placed. The pendant being hoisted shows that the ship is in commission, and this part of the colours is never hauled down day or night. At sunset, when the ensign is hauled down, a smaller pendant three or four yards in length, is substituted for the long one, which, in dandified ships, waves far over the stern. Ships in ordinary[415] hoist merely an ensign.
In the meantime, I need to get my ship ready for service. The first step is to find one of the warrant officers to "hoist the pendant," which is a long, narrow flag featuring a St. George's cross on a white background at the top near the mast, with a tail that can be red, white, blue, or the same color as the ship's ensign. The color of the ensign is decided by the color of the Admiral's flag under whose command the ship operates. Hoisting the pendant indicates that the ship is active, and it is never taken down day or night. At sunset, when the ensign is lowered, a shorter pendant, three or four yards long, replaces the longer one, which on fancy ships flies high above the stern. Ships that are not in active service only fly an ensign.
According to modern practice the pendant is hoisted at 9 a.m. on the day on which the ship is "commissioned" and is kept flying night and day (unless an Admiral's flag is hoisted in her) until she is "paid off." At the present day the regulation size is strictly adhered to, even in "dandified ships"; but it is a common practice for ships abroad, when ordered to return home to pay off, to hoist a very long narrow pendant, apparently as a sign of rejoicing. This pendant, which is of course not officially recognised, is made by the signal staff out of white bunting which they have "acquired" in the course of the commission, and is usually of such length (150-250 feet) as to reach from the masthead to the water, even when inclined at a considerable angle from the perpendicular, but in some instances it is much longer and it has been known to reach 1400 feet. A bladder filled with air is fastened at the end to keep it buoyant when trailing on the water.
According to modern practice, the pendant is raised at 9 a.m. on the day the ship is "commissioned" and is kept flying day and night (unless an Admiral's flag is displayed) until she is "paid off." These days, the official size is strictly followed, even on "dandified ships"; however, it's common for ships abroad, when ordered to return home to decommission, to fly a very long, narrow pendant as a sign of celebration. This pendant, which is not officially recognized, is made by the signal staff from white bunting they've "acquired" during the commission and is usually 150-250 feet long, extending from the masthead to the water, even when tilted at a significant angle from vertical, but in some cases, it can be much longer, reaching up to 1400 feet. A bladder filled with air is attached at the end to keep it afloat when trailing in the water.
It was at one time the custom to fly the Union flag at the masthead of any of H.M. ships in which a foreign personage of importance was embarked. The two following examples are typical of this usage, [204]which is now obsolete. When William Prince of Orange came to England in 1677 to marry the Princess Mary, the royal yacht which brought him over carried this flag at the masthead while he was on board; and in 1689 Admiral Russell, who had embarked the Queen of Spain in his ship at Flushing and conveyed her to the Downs and thence to Corunna, flew the Union flag at the main topmast-head during the time the Queen was on board his ship. In modern times the personal standard of the Prince or the Queen would have been flown, but it is clear from these and similar examples that the wearing of a foreign flag at the masthead of one of H.M. ships would at an earlier period have been regarded as an intolerable act of humiliation.
It used to be customary to fly the Union flag at the top of any of H.M. ships when a foreign dignitary of importance was on board. The two examples below are typical of this practice, [204] which is now outdated. When William, Prince of Orange, came to England in 1677 to marry Princess Mary, the royal yacht that brought him over displayed this flag at the top while he was on board; and in 1689, Admiral Russell, who took the Queen of Spain on his ship from Flushing to the Downs and then to Corunna, flew the Union flag at the main topmast while the Queen was on his ship. Nowadays, the personal standard of the Prince or Queen would be flown, but these examples show that flying a foreign flag at the top of one of H.M. ships would have been seen as a disgraceful act in earlier times.
Analogous to this usage was the flying of the Union flag at the main when the Lord Lieutenant of Ireland, Governors of Colonies, or Ambassadors were embarked, but this mark of honour was not permitted in the waters of the English Channel or in the presence of an Admiral's flag. In 1821 the Lord Lieutenant of Ireland was granted the use of a special form of the Union flag bearing in the centre a harp on a blue escutcheon, and in modern times the Governors General or Governors of Colonies or Dominions may, when afloat, fly a Union flag bearing the badge of the Colony in the centre.
Similar to this practice was the flying of the Union flag at the main when the Lord Lieutenant of Ireland, Governors of Colonies, or Ambassadors were on board, but this honor was not allowed in the waters of the English Channel or in the presence of an Admiral's flag. In 1821, the Lord Lieutenant of Ireland was given the right to use a special version of the Union flag featuring a harp on a blue shield in the center. In modern times, the Governors General or Governors of Colonies or Dominions can, when at sea, fly a Union flag that displays the badge of the Colony in the center.
In this account of the history of British flags I have not dwelt upon the immaterial or emotional aspects of these important national emblems; partly because this seemed somewhat foreign to the aim I had in view; partly because this side has been sufficiently illustrated in other works. There is, however, one aspect which may receive an illustration here. Among the privileges and duties of which a British flag has for so many centuries been an outward emblem, not the least in value has been that of freedom. Towards the end of 1769 Lord St Vincent, then plain Captain Jervis, was in the Port of Genoa in H.M.S. 'Alarm.' Two Turkish galley slaves temporarily released from their chains were walking on the mole near their galley when they caught sight of one of the 'Alarm's' boats. They jumped into her and wrapped themselves in the British colours, claiming their freedom. The Genoese guard removed them by force, part of the boat's pendant being torn away in the struggle. Jervis demanded of the Doge and Senate of Genoa that the officer of the guard should bring the slaves with the fragment of the colours and make a formal apology on the quarter deck of the 'Alarm.' When this had been done, Jervis "asked the slave who had wrapped the pendent round his body what were his sensations when the guard tore him from the pendent staff. His reply was that he felt no dread for he knew that the touch of the royal colours gave him freedom." And upon this note I must make an end.
In this account of the history of British flags, I haven't focused on the intangible or emotional aspects of these important national symbols. This is partly because it seemed somewhat unrelated to my main purpose and partly because other works have explored this side extensively. However, there is one aspect worth mentioning here. Among the privileges and duties that a British flag has represented for so many centuries, one of the most valuable has been freedom. Toward the end of 1769, Lord St Vincent, then Captain Jervis, was in the Port of Genoa aboard H.M.S. 'Alarm.' Two Turkish galley slaves who were temporarily released from their chains were walking on the mole near their galley when they spotted one of the 'Alarm's' boats. They jumped in and wrapped themselves in the British colors, claiming their freedom. The Genoese guard forcibly removed them, and part of the boat's pendant was torn away during the struggle. Jervis demanded that the Doge and Senate of Genoa have the officer of the guard bring the slaves along with the fragment of the colors and make a formal apology on the quarter deck of the 'Alarm.' Once this was done, Jervis asked the slave who had wrapped the pendant around his body how he felt when the guard pulled him away from the flagstaff. His reply was that he felt no fear because he knew that the touch of the royal colors granted him freedom. With that, I will conclude.
FOOTNOTES:
[396] Hakluyt, Voyages, vii, 103.
[400] S. P. D. Inter., xxix, 11.
[404] Charnock, Biographia Navalis, v, 318.
[407] The practice of towing captured galleys stern foremost with their flags trailing in the water was in vogue as early as the end of the thirteenth century.
[407] The practice of towing captured galleys backwards with their flags dragging in the water was popular as early as the late thirteenth century.
[411] International Law, i, 568.
[412] The date is not known, but it was after 1672. Cf. Narborough's Journal, 29th May, 1672: "A seaman set at the Foretopmasthead with the Flagg of Defiance loose in his arms ready to hoist."
[412] The exact date is unknown, but it was after 1672. See Narborough's Journal, May 29, 1672: "A sailor positioned at the top of the foremast with the Flag of Defiance loose in his arms, ready to raise it."
[415] I.e. in reserve.
In backup.
INDEX
Admiral, flags of, 63-5, 85;
in boats, 100;
rank distinguished by balls, 101
---- Lord High, use of standard 77, 80, 87, 88, 91;
anchor flag, 80-4, 201;
of Scotland, 84, 192
Admiralty flag, 81
Æthelstan, 32
Agrippa, blue flag, 11
Alexander the Great, 7
Amadeo of Savoy, 112, 143
Anchor, as badge of Lord High Admiral, 82
Anne, Queen, 84
Anthony, A., 45
Antioch, 22
Aradus, 7
Artemisia, 8
Athens, 7
Audley, Thomas, 87, 155
Australia, flags of, 85, 121, 135, 136
Baldwin, 19
banner, early, 2;
of Richard I, 4, 21;
of Edward I, 34;
Tudor, 45
baucan, 42, 161
Bauçan, 21
Bayeux Tapestry, 13
Bayonne, 42
Bohemond, 18
Boteler, Sir Nathaniel, 61, 86, 117, 158
Bristol, 46
Bruges, 42
Brutus, 11
Buckingham, Duke of, 78, 82, 89, 91, 157
Bytharne, Jehan, 154
Cabot, John, 77
Cadiz, expeditions to, 88, 89, 114, 157
Calais, 45
Canada, flags of, 121, 135
carroccio, 27
Charlemagne, flag of, 12, 17, 32
Charles II, flag flown at homecoming, 66
Childers, H. C. E., 85
Cinque Ports, flag of, 42, 43, 128
Clarence, Duke of (William IV), 85
colonial flags, 128, 135
colours of distinction, 110;
see also Ensign
comitus, 25
commodore, pendant of, 102, 105;
of Bombay Marine, 122
Conflans, Antoine de, 150
Constantine, 12
Constantinople, 26
council, banner of, 77, 142, 143, 145, 149, 155, 157
crescent, in early standards, 7
Cromwell, Oliver, 65
cross, as standard, 7;
in flags, 19;
coloured for, at Crusades, 33, 37;
of St George, 37
crusades, 17
Danes, 30, 50
Dartmouth, Lord, 107
Dover, 43
dragon standard, form of, 10;
in Bayeux Tapestry, 16;
in England, 32;
of Richard I, 33;
at Westminster, 33;
in army, 34;
in Scotland, 49
Drake, Sir Francis, 45, 60, 113
East India Co., flag of, 130;
signals, 183
Edward I, 37;
cross of St George, 39;
convention with Count of Flanders, 42
Edward III, founds chapel of St George, 40;
adopts arms of France, 74;
at Sluys, 77;
flag at sea, 86
Egypt, 6
ensign, called 'colours,' 6;
commonwealth, 62;
red for merchant ships, 68;
union replaces St George's cross, 71, 118;
of three colours, 92;
change in white, 99;
striped, 115;
introduction of red, 115;
of white and blue, 117;
squadronal colours, 117, 119
Essex, Earl of, 88
Eustace the monk, 86
Faversham, 42
flag, definition of, 1;
origin and development, 1;
unknown to the Greeks, 9;
early Chinese, 9;
early Athenian, 9;
laterally-attached, 12;
protection, 12, 19;
Arab, 13;
unusual form in Bayeux Tapestry, 15;
triangular, 16;
Crusaders', 18;
introduction of heraldic devices, 21;
consecrated, 14, 21, 23;
authority conveyed by, 22, 27;
of Pisa, 23;
of Genoa, 24;
of Venice, 25;
division of fleet by, 25, 91;
origin of national, 27, 28;
early English, 30;
Saxon, 30;
Danish, raven, 30;
of St George (vide s.v.);
baucan, 42;
early English ships, 42-6;
Union (vide s.v.);
alterations under the Commonwealth, 62;
of command, 74;
squadronal colours, 111, 117;
privateers, 124;
public offices, 126;
for signals (vide s.v.);
ceremonials, 189; striking, 189;
salute, 190;
lowered as sign of surrender, 192-5;
[206]white flag of truce, 193;
half-masted, 195;
black for mourning, 196;
black indicating no quarter, 196;
yellow at executions, 196;
of captured ship, 195-6;
as indication of rejoicing, 196;
dressing ship, 197;
time for hoisting at sea, 197;
false colours, 198;
methods of attachment, 199;
sizes of, 200.
(See also Banner, Ensign, Gonfanon, Standard.)
flagstaff, naked, use of, 95
flammula, 11
Flanders, 42
Florence, 27, 28
Garter, Order of, 44
Gaston de Bearn, 18
Genoa, rise of, 23;
flag of St George, 24
geton, 6, 44
Godfrey of Bouillon, 18
gonfanon, early form, 2, 5, 13;
in Bayeux Tapestry, 14;
chansons de geste, 20;
Genoese, 24;
of St Mark, 26;
of council, 44
Greece, 7, 9
Greenwood, Jonathan, 163
guidon, 6
Hamburg, 29
Harold, standard of, 16, 32
Hastings, 42, 46
Hawke, Sir Edward, 164
Hawkins, Sir John, 45, 114, 156, 191
---- Sir Richard, 191, 193
Henry II, 37, 38
---- IV, 74
---- V, ordinances of war, 41
---- VIII, flags on ships, 45, 113;
adopts harp for Ireland, 52
Histiaea, 8
Holy Trinity, 44
Hood, Lord, 174
Hospitallers, flag of knights, 21
Howard of Effingham, 78, 82, 88
Howe, Earl, 120, 167, 168, 171
Indian Marine (Royal), flags of, 121
Innocent III, 22
insignia, 2;
mentioned by Vegetius, 10
Ireland, early flags, 50;
red saltire, 51;
great standard of, 52;
arms of, 52, 75;
harp, 52, 64, 65, 75
Jack, definition of, 6;
introduction of, 60;
during Commonwealth, 64, 94;
on merchant ships, 68;
on yachts, 69;
budgee jack, 69, 124;
special form for use in America, 70, 127;
disuse of, at sea, 71;
misuse of term, 73
Jaffa, 19
James I, 54, 75
---- II (Duke of York), 67, 81, 83, 162
Jerusalem, 18
John (Don) of Austria, 112
Kempenfelt, Richard, 167, 169, 170
Knowles, Sir Charles, 166
La Bourdonnais, Mahé de, 167
Lateran, mosaic, 12
Leo, Emperor, tactical signals, 141
Lloyds, flag, 128
Lubeck, 29
Lyme Regis, 41, 46
McArthur, John, 174
Marryat, Frederick, 183
Mary, Queen, impales arms of Spain in Standard, 74
Milan, early national ensign of, 27
Millan, John, 163
Mocenigo, Piero, 146
Nelson, Lord, 121, 172, 174, 175, 178
New Zealand, flags of, 135
Northumberland, Earl of, 83
Octavian, 11
Padua, 27
Papal flags, 19, 21, 22, 23
Parma, 27
Pembroke, Earl of, 80, 84, 99
pendant, 6, 114;
Union, 73;
to distinguish squadrons, 90;
of command, 102;
of distinction, 98, 102;
budgee, 105;
of Commodore, 102, 105;
of senior officer, 107;
of ships of war, 110;
of Bombay Marine, 122;
sizes of, 201, 203;
hoisted on commissioning, 202
Pennington, Sir John, 61, 158
pennon, 6
pennoncel, 6, 38, 43
Pepys, Samuel, 57, 66, 95, 102,
104, 108, 126, 130
Pergamum, 8
Philip Augustus, 21
Philip of Flanders, 21
---- of Spain, 191
phoinikis, 9, 10, 141
pinnae, 11
Pisa, flags of, 22
Polyaenus, 8
Pompey, 11
Popham, Sir Home, 176, 180, 183
private ship, definition of, 90
privateer, flags of, 124;
red jack, 70, 125
protentinus, 25
Raymond of Toulouse, 18
Richard I, banner and standard, 4, 21, 33, 74
---- II, orders army to bear St George's cross, 40;
impales arms of Edward the Confessor in Standard, 74
Riga, 29
Robert of Normandy, 19
Rooke, Sir George, 98, 163
royal arms, flags of, 42, 43, 44, 74;
[207]of Scotland, 48
Rupen, 22
Rupert, Prince, 79
Russell, Edward, 163
Rye, 46
St Andrew, becomes patron saint of Scotland, 47;
cross placed upon clothing of Scots army, 41, 47;
flag, 55, 59, 64, 65,
92, 131
St Columba, 47
St Cuthbert, 34
St Edmund, 34, 39, 40, 43
St Edward, 34, 39, 40, 43, 44
St George, cross of, 20;
flag of, 24, 34, 36,
42, 44, 51, 55, 57,
59, 91, 113;
cult of 35;
early representations in England, 36;
origin of cross of, 37;
introduction into England, 38;
becomes patron saint, 40;
cross placed on clothing of army, 40;
flag on early ships, 42-6;
in use during Commonwealth, 62;
jack, 68;
as admiral's flag, 87, 99;
introduced into white ensign, 101, 118;
replaced by Union in ensign, 118
St John, 33, 34, 43;
flag of Knights of, 21
St Katherine, 44
St Margaret, 50
St Mark, 25, 26, 149
St Mary, flag of, 23, 27, 43, 44
St Maurice, 12, 32
St Nicholas, 44
St Patrick, 50, 52
St Peter, 22, 33, 47
St Wilfred, 33
Sandwich, 42
Saracens, 18
Scotland, early flags of, 46;
discontent with the Union Flag, 56;
flag during Commonwealth, 63, 64;
Northern lighthouses, 128;
salute to English men-of-war, 192
semeion, 2, 8, 9, 140
ships, early flags of English, 41-6, 76;
Scottish, 48, 63;
Irish, 52;
distinction between royal and merchant, 59;
flags during Commonwealth, 63;
public ships of war, 110;
private men-of-war, 124;
public ships, 126;
method of signalling, 188
---- merchant, flags of, 46, 129;
abuse of Union flag, 66;
to fly St George's jack, 68, 70, 132;
forbidden to fly Union flag, 130;
red ensign, 130;
East India Co., 130;
irregular colours, 133;
Levant Co., 134;
Guinea Co., 135;
Scottish East India Co., 135;
of British Dominions, 135;
blue ensign, 136
Sidon, 7
signals, vexillum, 10;
early flag signals, 140;
of 14th cent., 142;
of 15th cent., 146;
of 16th cent., 150;
of 17th cent., 157;
special flags first proposed, 160;
red flag, 160;
first English codes, 161;
Commonwealth, 162;
late Stuart, 162;
of Russell, 163;
of Rooke, 163;
of Hawke, 164;
numerary codes, 166;
of Sir Chas. Knowles, 166;
of la Bourdonnais, 167;
tabular system, 167;
of Howe, 169, 171;
of McArthur, 174;
vocabulary, 175;
of Popham, 176, 180;
at Trafalgar, 178;
modern codes, 181;
commercial codes, 183;
of Marryat, 183;
International Code, 184
signum, 2, 9, 10, 141
standard, early forms, 3;
at crusades, 4, 21;
Egyptian, 6;
Phoenician, 7;
Greek, 7;
Roman, 9;
of Brutus, 11;
position of, 11;
lowered, 11, 12;
of Harold, 16;
Battle of the, 33, 34, 49;
of the Generals at Sea, 64;
of Charles II, 66;
Royal, history of, 74;
of Commonwealth and Protectorate, 75, 79;
early use at sea, 76;
flown by Lord High Admiral, 77, 80;
by commanders of fleets, 78;
of William III, 80
streamers, 6;
lengths of, 45, 200
Strickland, Sir Roger, 95
Tancred, 18
Templars, flag of, 21
Tenterden, 46
Trafalgar, 178
Trinity House, 67, 103, 128
tufa, 11
Union Flag, origin of, 54;
proclamation of 1606, 55;
objection of Scots, 56;
quarterly form, 57;
first called 'Britain or British flag,' 58;
confined to ships of the R.N., 59;
introduction of the jack, 60;
form during Commonwealth, 63-5, 93;
at Restoration, 66;
usurped by merchant shipping, 66;
imitations of, 68;
proclamations against use by merchant ships, 67, 68;
union of 1707, 71;
of 1801, 71; modern patterns, 72;
flown by admirals, 89, 100;
use by captains in command, 98;
flown by privateers, 124;
white bordered, 127;
as signal, 158;
proportions of crosses in, 201;
for persons of distinction, 203
Venice, flag of, 25, 26, 149
Verona, 27
vexillum, 2, 9, 10, 30
William the Conqueror, gonfanon of, 12, 14
William III, 80
Wynter, William, 88, 155
Xerxes, 8
Yachts, flying union flag, 69;
flags of, 136
Yarmouth, 46
Young, Captain John, 60, 114, 197
Admiral, flags of, 63-5, 85;
in boats, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
ranking shown by balls, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
---- Lord High, use of standard 77, 80, 87, 88, 91;
anchor flag, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__;
of Scotland, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
Admiralty flag, 81
Æthelstan, 32
Agrippa, blue flag, 11
Alexander the Great, 7
Amadeo of Savoy, 112, 143
Anchor, as badge of Lord High Admiral, 82
Anne, Queen, 84
Anthony, A., 45
Antioch, 22
Aradus, 7
Artemisia, 8
Athens, 7
Audley, Thomas, 87, 155
Australia, flags of, 85, 121, 135, 136
Baldwin, 19
banner, early, 2;
of Richard I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__;
of Edward I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
Tudor, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
baucan, 42, 161
Bauçan, 21
Bayeux Tapestry, 13
Bayonne, 42
Bohemond, 18
Boteler, Sir Nathaniel, 61, 86, 117, 158
Bristol, 46
Bruges, 42
Brutus, 11
Buckingham, Duke of, 78, 82, 89, 91, 157
Bytharne, Jehan, 154
Cabot, John, 77
Cadiz, expeditions to, 88, 89, 114, 157
Calais, 45
Canada, flags of, 121, 135
carroccio, 27
Charlemagne, flag of, 12, 17, 32
Charles II, flag flown at homecoming, 66
Childers, H. C. E., 85
Cinque Ports, flag of, 42, 43, 128
Clarence, Duke of (William IV), 85
colonial flags, 128, 135
colours of distinction, 110;
check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
comitus, 25
commodore, pendant of, 102, 105;
of Mumbai Marine, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Conflans, Antoine de, 150
Constantine, 12
Constantinople, 26
council, banner of, 77, 142, 143, 145, 149, 155, 157
crescent, in early standards, 7
Cromwell, Oliver, 65
cross, as standard, 7;
in flags, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
coloured for, at Crusades, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__;
of St. George, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
crusades, 17
Danes, 30, 50
Dartmouth, Lord, 107
Dover, 43
dragon standard, form of, 10;
in the Bayeux Tapestry, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
in England, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
of Richard I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
at Westminster, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
in the army, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
in Scotland, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Drake, Sir Francis, 45, 60, 113
East India Co., flag of, 130;
signals, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Edward I, 37;
St George's Cross, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
agreement with Count of Flanders, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Edward III, founds chapel of St George, 40;
adopts France's arms, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
at Sluys, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
flag at sea, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Egypt, 6
ensign, called 'colours,' 6;
commonwealth, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
red for merchant ships, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
union replaces St George's cross, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__;
in three colors, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
change in white, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
striped, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
introduction of red, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
of white and blue, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
squadron colors, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
Essex, Earl of, 88
Eustace the monk, 86
Faversham, 42
flag, definition of, 1;
origin and development, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
unknown to the Greeks, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
early Chinese, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
early Athenian, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
side-attached, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
protection, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__;
Arab, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
uncommon style in Bayeux Tapestry, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
triangular, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
Crusaders', __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
heraldic devices introduction, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
consecrated, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__;
authority conveyed by, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__;
of Pisa, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
of Genoa, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
of Venice, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
division of fleet by, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__;
origin of national, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__;
early English, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
Saxon, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
Danish, raven, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
of St George (see s.v.);
baucan, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
early English ships, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
Union (see s.v.);
changes under the Commonwealth, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
of command, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
squadron colors, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__;
privateers, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
public offices, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
for signals (see s.v.);
ceremonials, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; striking, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__;
hi, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
lowered as a sign of surrender, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
[206]white flag of truce, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
half-mast, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
black for mourning, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
black indicating no mercy, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
yellow at executions, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
of captured ship, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
as a sign of celebration, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
dressing ship, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
time for hoisting at sea, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
false colors, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
attachment methods, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
sizes of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
(See also __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__.)
flagstaff, naked, use of, 95
flammula, 11
Flanders, 42
Florence, 27, 28
Garter, Order of, 44
Gaston de Bearn, 18
Genoa, rise of, 23;
St George's flag, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
geton, 6, 44
Godfrey of Bouillon, 18
gonfanon, early form, 2, 5, 13;
in the Bayeux Tapestry, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
epic poems, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
Genoese, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
of St. Mark, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
of council, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Greece, 7, 9
Greenwood, Jonathan, 163
guidon, 6
Hamburg, 29
Harold, standard of, 16, 32
Hastings, 42, 46
Hawke, Sir Edward, 164
Hawkins, Sir John, 45, 114, 156, 191
---- Sir Richard, 191, 193
Henry II, 37, 38
---- IV, 74
---- V, ordinances of war, 41
---- VIII, flags on ships, 45, 113;
adopts harp for Ireland, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Histiaea, 8
Holy Trinity, 44
Hood, Lord, 174
Hospitallers, flag of knights, 21
Howard of Effingham, 78, 82, 88
Howe, Earl, 120, 167, 168, 171
Indian Marine (Royal), flags of, 121
Innocent III, 22
insignia, 2;
mentioned by Vegetius, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Ireland, early flags, 50;
red saltire, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
great standard of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
arms of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__;
harp, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__
Jack, definition of, 6;
introduction of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
during the Commonwealth, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__;
on cargo ships, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
on yachts, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
budgie jack, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__;
special form for use in America, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__;
abandonment of, at sea, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
misuse of term, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Jaffa, 19
James I, 54, 75
---- II (Duke of York), 67, 81, 83, 162
Jerusalem, 18
John (Don) of Austria, 112
Kempenfelt, Richard, 167, 169, 170
Knowles, Sir Charles, 166
La Bourdonnais, Mahé de, 167
Lateran, mosaic, 12
Leo, Emperor, tactical signals, 141
Lloyds, flag, 128
Lubeck, 29
Lyme Regis, 41, 46
McArthur, John, 174
Marryat, Frederick, 183
Mary, Queen, impales arms of Spain in Standard, 74
Milan, early national ensign of, 27
Millan, John, 163
Mocenigo, Piero, 146
Nelson, Lord, 121, 172, 174, 175, 178
New Zealand, flags of, 135
Northumberland, Earl of, 83
Octavian, 11
Padua, 27
Papal flags, 19, 21, 22, 23
Parma, 27
Pembroke, Earl of, 80, 84, 99
pendant, 6, 114;
Union, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
to differentiate squadrons, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
of command, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
of distinction, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__;
budgee, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
of Commodore, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__;
of senior officer, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
of warships, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
of Mumbai Marine, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
sizes of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__;
hoisted on commissioning, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Pennington, Sir John, 61, 158
pennon, 6
pennoncel, 6, 38, 43
Pepys, Samuel, 57, 66, 95, 102,
104, 108, 126, 130
Pergamum, 8
Philip Augustus, 21
Philip of Flanders, 21
---- of Spain, 191
phoinikis, 9, 10, 141
pinnae, 11
Pisa, flags of, 22
Polyaenus, 8
Pompey, 11
Popham, Sir Home, 176, 180, 183
private ship, definition of, 90
privateer, flags of, 124;
red jack, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
protentinus, 25
Raymond of Toulouse, 18
Richard I, banner and standard, 4, 21, 33, 74
---- II, orders army to bear St George's cross, 40;
impales the arms of Edward the Confessor in Standard, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Riga, 29
Robert of Normandy, 19
Rooke, Sir George, 98, 163
royal arms, flags of, 42, 43, 44, 74;
[207]of Scotland, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Rupen, 22
Rupert, Prince, 79
Russell, Edward, 163
Rye, 46
St Andrew, becomes patron saint of Scotland, 47;
cross placed on the clothing of the Scottish army, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__;
flag, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__,
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_4__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_5__
St Columba, 47
St Cuthbert, 34
St Edmund, 34, 39, 40, 43
St Edward, 34, 39, 40, 43, 44
St George, cross of, 20;
flag of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__,
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_4__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_5__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_6__,
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_7__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_8__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_9__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_10__;
cult of 35;
early representations in England, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
origin of cross of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
introduction to England, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
becomes patron saint, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
cross worn on military uniform, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
flag on early ships, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
in use during Commonwealth, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
jack, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
as admiral's flag, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__;
introduced into white ensign, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__;
replaced by Union in flag, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
St John, 33, 34, 43;
flag of Knights of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
St Katherine, 44
St Margaret, 50
St Mark, 25, 26, 149
St Mary, flag of, 23, 27, 43, 44
St Maurice, 12, 32
St Nicholas, 44
St Patrick, 50, 52
St Peter, 22, 33, 47
St Wilfred, 33
Sandwich, 42
Saracens, 18
Scotland, early flags of, 46;
discontent with the Union Jack, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
flag during Commonwealth, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__;
Northern lighthouses, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
salute to English warships, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
semeion, 2, 8, 9, 140
ships, early flags of English, 41-6, 76;
Scottish, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__;
Irish, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
distinction between royalty and trade, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
flags during Commonwealth, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
military ships, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
private warships, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
public ships, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
signaling method, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
---- merchant, flags of, 46, 129;
Union flag misuse, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
to fly St George's flag, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__;
not allowed to fly Union flag, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
red ensign, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
East India Company, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
irregular colors, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
Levant Co., __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
Guinea Co., __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
Scottish East India Company, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
of British territories, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
blue flag, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Sidon, 7
signals, vexillum, 10;
early flag signals, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
of 14th century, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
of 15th century, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
of the 16th century, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
of the 17th century, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
special flags first proposed, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
red flag, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
first English codes, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
Commonwealth, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
late Stuart, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
of Russell, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
of Rooke, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
of Hawke, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
numerary codes, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
of Sir Chas. Knowles, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
of la Bourdonnais, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
table system, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
of Howe, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__;
of McArthur, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
vocabulary, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
of Popham, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__;
at Trafalgar, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
modern codes, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
commercial codes, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
of Marryat, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
International Code, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
signum, 2, 9, 10, 141
standard, early forms, 3;
at crusades, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__;
Egyptian, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
Phoenician, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
Greek, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
Roman, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
of Brutus, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
position of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
lowered, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__;
of Harold, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
Battle of the, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__;
of the Admirals at Sea, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
of Charles II, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
Royal history, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
of Commonwealth and Protectorate, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__;
initial use at sea, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
flown by the Lord High Admiral, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__;
by fleet commanders, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
of William III, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
streamers, 6;
lengths of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
Strickland, Sir Roger, 95
Tancred, 18
Templars, flag of, 21
Tenterden, 46
Trafalgar, 178
Trinity House, 67, 103, 128
tufa, 11
Union Flag, origin of, 54;
proclamation of 1606, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
objection from Scots, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
quarterly report, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
initially referred to as the 'Britain or British flag,' __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
restricted to ships of the Royal Navy, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
introduction of the jack, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
form during Commonwealth, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__;
at Restoration, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
usurped by commercial shipping, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
imitations of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
proclamations against use by merchant ships, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__;
union of 1707, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
of 1801, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; current trends, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__;
flown by admirals, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__;
used by commanding captains, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
flown by privateers, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
white-bordered, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
as a signal, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
cross proportions in, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
for distinguished individuals, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Venice, flag of, 25, 26, 149
Verona, 27
vexillum, 2, 9, 10, 30
William the Conqueror, gonfanon of, 12, 14
William III, 80
Wynter, William, 88, 155
Xerxes, 8
Yachts, flying union flag, 69;
flags of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Yarmouth, 46
Young, Captain John, 60, 114, 197
PRINTED IN ENGLAND
AT THE CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS
BY J. B. PEACE, M.A.
PRINTED IN ENGLAND
AT THE CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS
BY J. B. PEACE, M.A.
Obvious typographical and punctuation errors have been corrected after careful comparison with other occurrences within the text and consultation of external sources.
Obvious typos and punctuation mistakes have been fixed after closely comparing them with other parts of the text and checking external sources.
Except for those changes noted below, inconsistent or archaic spelling of a word or word-pair within the text has been retained. For example: anchor-flag, anchor flag; city-states, city states; footsoldiers, foot-soldiers, foot soldiers; engrafting; warre; yeeld.
Except for the changes mentioned below, any inconsistent or outdated spelling of a word or word pair within the text has been kept. For example: anchor-flag, anchor flag; city-states, city states; footsoldiers, foot-soldiers, foot soldiers; engrafting; warre; yeeld.
p 28. 'Ghibbellines' changed to 'Ghibellines'.
Chap I Footnote [54]. 'coiore' changed to 'colore'.
Chap II Footnote [99]. xx above xj has been changed to xx*xj; this represents 20x11 (220).
p 59. 'his Mats Shippes' changed to 'his Mats Shippes'.
p 68. 'His Matys' changed to 'His Matys '.
p 89. xx above iiij has been changed to xx*iiij; this represents 20x4 (80).
p 100. Reference to Footnote [277] is made twice in the original text.
p 135. 'British Dominons' changed to 'British Dominions'.
p 138. A mid-line blank space has been replaced by '_________'.
p 162. 'coloumns' changed to 'columns'.
p 183. 'fifthteenth' changed to 'fifteenth'.
p 200. 'robands' changed to 'ribands'.
p 28. 'Ghibbellines' changed to 'Ghibellines'.
Chap I Footnote [54]. 'coiore' changed to 'colore'.
Chap II Footnote [99]. xx above xj has been changed to xx*xj; this represents 20x11 (220).
p 59. 'his Mats Shippes' changed to 'his Mats Shippes'.
p 68. 'His Matys' changed to 'His Matys '.
p 89. xx above iiij has been changed to xx*iiij; this represents 20x4 (80).
p 100. Reference to Footnote [277] is made twice in the original text.
p 135. 'British Dominons' changed to 'British Dominions'.
p 138. A mid-line blank space has been replaced by '_________'.
p 162. 'coloumns' changed to 'columns'.
p 183. 'fifthteenth' changed to 'fifteenth'.
p 200. 'robands' changed to 'ribands'.
Download ePUB
If you like this ebook, consider a donation!